Anda di halaman 1dari 1095

POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101

BHT-412-FM-4
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
BHT 36087 AND SUBSEQUENT
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON
CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
BHT-412-FM-4
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
BHT 36087 AND SUBSEQUENT
THIS MANUAL SHALL BE IN THE HELICOPTER DURING ALL OPERATIONS
23 JUNE 1994
REVISION 25 25 SEPTEMBER 2003
200
BHT-412-FM-4
NP Rev. 24 05 NOV 2002
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NOTICE PAGE
Manufacturers Data portion of this supplement is proprietary to Bell
Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure, reproduction, or use of these data for
any purpose other than helicopter operation is forbidden without prior
written authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
BHT-412-FM-4
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ............................0 ........................23 JUN 94
Revision...........................1 ....................... 23 DEC 94
Revision...........................2 ........................06 JUN 95
Revision...........................3 ........................23 JUN 95
Revision...........................4 ....................... 29 AUG 95
Revision...........................5 ....................... 26 OCT 95
Revision...........................6 ........................23 FEB 96
Revision...........................7 ....................... 22 AUG 96
Revision...........................8 ........................10 SEP 96
Revision...........................9 .......................12 MAR 97
Revision..........................10 ......................12 MAR 97
Revision..........................11 ....................... 23 JUL 97
Revision..........................12 ...................... 08 AUG 97
Revision..........................13 ...................... 14 NOV 97
Revision..........................14 ...................... 14 NOV 97
Revision..........................15 ......................26 MAR 98
Revision..........................16 ...................... 21 APR 98
Revision..........................17 ...................... 14 MAY 98
Revision..........................18 ...................... 28 OCT 98
Revision..........................19 ...................... 20 DEC 99
Revision..........................20 ...................... 26 MAY 00
Revision..........................21 .......................05 SEP 00
Revision..........................22 ....................... 11 JUN 01
Revision..........................23 ...................... 23 MAY 02
Revision..........................24 ...................... 05 NOV 02
Revision..........................25 .......................25 SEP 03
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION REVISION
NO. NO. PAGE PAGE
Cover .............................................................. 24
Title................................................................. 25
NP ................................................................... 24
A B.............................................................. 25
C/D.................................................................. 25
i ......................................................................... 0
ii ...................................................................... 19
iii/iv ................................................................... 0
1-1 ................................................................... 18
1-2 ................................................................... 19
1-3 ................................................................... 24
1-4 ................................................................... 23
1-4A/1-4B........................................................ 18
1-5 ................................................................... 20
1-6 ................................................................... 22
1-7 ..................................................................... 9
1-8 1-10 ...................................................... 17
1-11 ................................................................. 23
1-12 ................................................................. 19
1-13 1-16 ...................................................... 5
1-17 ................................................................. 20
1-18 1-21 ...................................................... 5
1-22 ................................................................. 17
1-23 1-24 .................................................... 10
2-1 2-2 ........................................................ 19
2-3 ..................................................................... 0
2-4 ................................................................... 15
2-5 ................................................................... 20
2-6 ................................................................... 17
2-7 ................................................................... 19
2-8 ..................................................................... 0
2-9 2-12 ...................................................... 17
2-12A/2-12B.................................................... 25
2-13 ................................................................. 17
2-14 ................................................................. 22
2-15 ................................................................... 9
2-16 ................................................................. 19
2-17 ................................................................. 20
2-18 ................................................................. 19
2-19 ................................................................. 23
2-20 ................................................................. 20
2-20A/2-20B.................................................... 19
2-21 ................................................................. 15
2-22 ................................................................. 13
2-23/2-24........................................................... 0
3-1 3-2 ........................................................ 19
3-3 ..................................................................... 0
25 SEP 2003 Rev. 25 A
BHT-412-FM-4
3-4 3-5........................................................ 17
3-6..................................................................... 9
3-7 3-8........................................................ 17
3-9................................................................... 18
3-10 3-16.................................................... 17
3-17................................................................. 18
3-18 3-19.................................................... 19
3-20................................................................. 17
3-21 3-22.................................................... 19
3-23................................................................. 17
3-24 3-26...................................................... 0
3-27................................................................... 9
3-28 3-30...................................................... 0
3-31................................................................. 19
3-32 3-34...................................................... 0
4-1/4-2............................................................. 21
4-3..................................................................... 2
4-4 4-6........................................................ 17
4-7 4-8........................................................ 14
4-9 4-10........................................................ 2
4-10A/4-10B ..................................................... 2
4-11 4-56 .................................................... 21
5-1/5-2................................................................0
5-3 5-9.......................................................... 0
5-10................................................................. 17
5-11................................................................. 24
5-12 5-22...................................................... 0
A-1/A-2 ............................................................. 0
A-3/A-4 ........................................................... 23
A-5 .................................................................. 25
A-6 A-7....................................................... 23
A-8 .................................................................. 25
A-9/A-10 ......................................................... 25
B Rev. 25 25 SEP 2003
LOG OF PAGES CONT
REVISION REVISION
NO. NO. PAGE PAGE
BHT-412-FM-4
Original ............................0 ........................23 JUN 94
Revision...........................1 ....................... 23 DEC 94
Revision...........................2 ........................06 JUN 95
Revision...........................3 ........................23 JUN 95
Revision...........................4 ....................... 29 AUG 95
Revision...........................5 ....................... 26 OCT 95
Revision...........................6 ........................23 FEB 96
Revision...........................7 ....................... 22 AUG 96
Revision...........................8 ........................10 SEP 96
Revision...........................9 .......................12 MAR 97
Revision..........................10 ......................12 MAR 97
Revision..........................11 ....................... 23 JUL 97
Revision..........................12 ...................... 08 AUG 97
Revision..........................13 ...................... 14 NOV 97
Revision..........................14 ...................... 14 NOV 97
Revision..........................15 ......................26 MAR 98
Revision..........................16 ...................... 21 APR 98
Revision..........................17 ...................... 14 MAY 98
Revision..........................18 ...................... 28 OCT 98
Revision..........................19 ...................... 20 DEC 99
Revision..........................20 ...................... 26 MAY 00
Revision..........................21 .......................05 SEP 00
Revision..........................22 ....................... 11 JUN 01
Revision..........................23 ...................... 23 MAY 02
Revision..........................24 ...................... 05 NOV 02
Revision..........................25 .......................25 SEP 03
25 SEP 2003 Rev. 25 C/D
LOG OF FAA APPROVED REVISIONS

APPROVED DATE
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
ORGANIZATION
The Rotorcraft Flight Manual is divided
into five sections as follows:
Section 1 - LIMITATIONS
Section 2
Section 3
Section 4
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
GENERAL INFORMATION
- NORMAL
PROCEDURES
- EMERGENCY AND
MALFUNCTION
PROCEDURES
- PERFORMANCE
Section 5 - WEIGHT AND
BALANCE
Appendix A - OPTIONAL
EQUIPMENT
Sections 1 through 4 contain the FAA
approved data necessary to operate the
basic helicopter in a safe and efficient
manner. Section 5 contains Weight and
Balance data. Appendix A contains the
listing of approved Supplements for
optional equipment which shall be used in
conjunction with the basic Flight Manual
when respective optional equipment kits
are installed.
The Manufacturer's Data manual, (BHT-
412-MD-4) contains additional information
to be used in conjunction with the Flight
Manual.
TERMINOLOGY
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES ARE
USED THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL TO
EMPHASIZE IMPORTANT AND CRITICAL
INSTRUCTIONS AS FOLLOWS:
AN OPERATING PROCEDURE,
PRACTICE, ETC., WHICH, IF NOT
CORRECTLY FOLLOWED, COULD
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY
OR LOSS OF LIFE.
. .................
CAUTION
AN OPERATING PROCEDURE,
PRACTICE, ETC., WHICH, IF NOT
STRICTLY OBSERVED, COULD
RESULT IN DAMAGE TO OR
DESTRUCTION OF EQUIPMENT.
NOTE
AN OPERATING PROCEDURE,
CONDITION, ETC., WHICH IS
ESSENTIAL TO HIGHLIGHT.
USE OF PROCEDURAL WORDS
The concept of procedural word usage and
intended meaning which has been adhered
to in preparing this manual is as follows:
"Shall" has been used only when
application of a procedure is mandatory.
"Should" has been used only when
application of a procedure is
recommended.
"May" and "need not" have been used only
when application of a procedure is
optional.
"Will" has been used only to indicate
futurity, never to indicate a mandatory
procedure.
BHT-412-FM-4
ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations used through out this manual are
defined as follows:
AC
ADD
ADF
ADI
AFCS
AHRS
ALTN
AOG
API
AP1/AP2
ATT or ATTD
AUX
BAT
BLWR
C
CDI
I CCP
CG
CPL
CPLT
CRS
CYC CTR
- Alternating Current
- Air Data Display
- Automatic Direction Finder
- Attitude Director Indicator
- Automatic Flight Control
System
- Attitude Heading and
Reference System
- Alternate
- Aircraft on Ground
- Actuator Position Indicator
- Autopilot 1/ Autopilot 2
- Attitude
-Auxiliary
- Battery
- Blower
- Celsius
- Course Deviation Indicator
- Compass Control Panel
- Center of Gravity
-Couple
- Copilot
- Course
- Cyclic Center
DC
DCPL
DECEL
DECR
DEG
DH
DET
EEPROM
EMERG
ENC
F
FT
FUELTRANS
GEN
GOV
HD
HDG
Hp
HSI
HYDR
IAS
ICS
IFR
IGE
IMC
INCR
INTCON
- Direct Current
-Decouple
- Deceleration
- Decrease
- Degrees
-Decision Height
- Detector
- Electrically Erasable
Programable Read Only
Memory
-Emergency
- Encoding
- Fahrenheit
- Force Trim or foot/feet
- Fuel Transfer
- Generator
- Governor
- Density Altitude
- Heading
- Pressure Altitude
- Horizontal Situation Indicator
- Hydraulic
- Indicated Airspeed
- Intercommunication System
- Instrument Flight Rules
- In Ground Effect
- Instrument Meteorological
Conditions
- Increase
- Interconnect
II Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
INV
ITT
IVSI
KCAS
KIAS
LE
LF
LH
LRC
LT
MAG
MAX END
MCP
N,
Nil
NAV
NON-ESNTL
NORM
NR
OAT
OEI
OGE
OVRD
PART SEP
- Inverter
- Interturbine
Temperature
- Instantaneous Vertical
Speed Indicator
- Knots Calibrated
Airspeed
- Knots Indicated
Airspeed
- Level
- Low Frequency
- Left Hand
- Long Range Cruise
- Light
- Magnetic
- Maximum Endurance
- Maximum Continuous
Power
- Gas Producer RPM
- Power Turbine RPM
- Navigation
- Non-essential
- Normal
- Rotor RPM
- Outside Air
Temperature
- One Engine
Inoperative
- Out of Ground Effect
- Override
- Particle Separator
PNL
PWR
PSI
RAD ALT
REL
RH
SAS
SBY ATT
SL
STBY
SYNC
SYS
VAC
VDC
VEL HLD
VFR
VG
VLF
VMC
VNE
VTOCS
XPDR
XFEED
XMSN
- Panel
- Power
- Pounds per Square
Inch
- Radar Altimeter
- Release
- Right Hand
- Stability
Augmentation System
- Standby Attitude
- Sea Level
- Standby
- Synchronize
- System
- Volts Alternating
Current
- Volts Direct Current
- Velocity Hold
- Visual Flight Rules
- Vertical Gyro
- Very Low Frequency
- Visual Meteorological
Conditions
- Never Exceed Speed
- Takeoff Climbout
Speed
- Transponder
- Crossfeed
- Transmission
iii/iv
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Section
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Subject Paragraph Number
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................ 1-1.................... 1-3
BASIS OF CERTIFICATION ........................................ ......... 1-2.................... 1-3
TYPES OF OPERATION ............................................................. 1-3.................... 1-3
PASSENGER ............... ......................... 1-3-A .............. 1-3
CARGO ................................................................................... 1-3-B .............. 1-3
FLIGHT CREW ......................................................................... 1-4.................... 1-4
CONFIGURATION....................................................................... 1-5.................... 1-4
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT........................................................ 1-5-A .............. 1-4
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 1-5-B .............. 1-4
DOORS OPEN/REMOVED ........................................ 1-5-C.............. 1-4A/1-4B
WEIGHT AND CENTER OF GRAVITY ....................................... 1-6.................... 1-4A/1-4B
WEIGHT................................................................................... 1-6-A.............. 1-4A/1-4B
CENTER OF GRAVITY .......................................................... 1-6-B.............. 1-4A/1-4B
AIRSPEED................................................................................... 1-7.................... 1-5
ALTITUDE................................................................................... 1-8.................... 1-5
MANEUVERING.......................................................................... 1-9.................... 1-6
PROHIBITED MANUEVERS................................................. 1-9-A .............. 1-6
CLIMB AND DESCENT........................................................... 1-9-B .............. 1-6
SLOPE LANDING ........................................ ......... 1-9-C .............. 1-6
HEIGHT - VELOCITY ........................................ 1-10.................. 1-6
AMBIENT TEMPERATURES...................................................... 1-11.................. 1-6
ELECTRICAL.............................................................................. 1-12.................. 1-6
BATTERY................................................................................ 1-12-A ......... 1-6
GENERATOR ............... ...................... ... 1-12-B ............ 1-6
STARTER .............................................................................. 1-12-C ............ 1-7
GROUND POWER UNIT ........................................................ 1-12-D ............ 1-7
POWER PLANT .......................................................................... 1-13.................. 1-7
GAS PRODUCER RPM........................................................... 1-13-A ............ 1-7
POWER TURBINE RPM (Nl) ................................................. 1-13-B ............ 1-7
INTERTURBINE TEMPERATURE .......................................... 1-13-C ............ 1-8
ENGINE TORQUE................................................................... 1-13-D ............ 1-8
FUEL PRESSURE................................................................... 1-13-E ............ 1-8
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ................................................. 1-13-F ............ 1-8
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE................................................ 1-13-G ............ 1-9
COMBINING GEARBOX OIL PRESSURE ............................. 1-13-H ............ 1-9
COMBINING GEARBOX OIL TEMPERATURE ..................... 1-13-J ............. 1-9
TRANSMISSION ........................................ ......... 1-14.................. 1-9
TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE .......................................... 1-14-A............ 1-9
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE .................................. 1-14-B ............ 1-9
MAST TORQUE ........................................ ...... 1-14-C ............ 1-10
Rev.18 -11
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)
Page
Subject Paragraph Number
ROTOR....................................................................................... 1-15 ........... 1-10
ROTOR RPM - POWER ON ................................................ 1-15-A ............ 1-10
ROTOR RPM - POWER OFF .............................................. 1-15-B ............ 1-10
ROTOR RPM - GROUND OPERATION ............................... 1-15-C ............ 1-10
HYDRAULIC................................................................................ 1-1 ................ 1-10
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE....................................................... 1-16-A ............ 1-11
HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE ............................................... 1-16-B ............ 1-11
FUEL AND OIL ......................................... 1-17 ................. 1-11
FUEL ....................................................................................... 1-17-A ............ 1-11
OIL....................................................................................... 1-17-B ............ 1-11
ROTOR BRAKE ............................................. 1-18................ 1-11
LANDING GEAR ......................................................................... 1-19................ 1-12
INSTRUMENT MARKINGS AND PLACARDS........................... 1-20................ 1-12
HEATER...................................................................................... 1-21 ................ 1-12
HOIST PENALTY REGION ......................................................... 1-22................ 1-12
AHRS ALIGNMENT .................................................................... 1-23................ 1-12
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Title Number Number
Gross weight center of gravity charts ..................................... 1-1 .................. 1-13
Weight-altitude-temperature limitations for takeoff,
landing, and in-ground-effect maneuvers ............................... 1-2.................. 1-15
Maximum speed - sideward and rearward flight,
crosswind and tallwind at a hover ........................................... 1-3.................. 1-16
Height-velocity diagram (OEI) ................................................ 1-4.................. 1-17
Instrument markings ................................................................. 1-5.................. 1-18
Placards and decals.................................................................. 1-6.................. 1-23
Hoist C.G. envelope................................................................... 1-7......... 1-......... 1-24
1-2 Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Section 1
LIMITATIONS
1-1. INTRODUCTION
Compliance with limitations in this section is
required by appropriate operating rules.
1-2. BASIS OF CERTIFICATION
This helicopter is certified under FAR Part 29,
Category A and B. Refer to BHT-412-FMS-62.4
for Category A Operations.
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION
Basic configured helicopter is approved as a
fifteen-place helicopter and is certified for
operation under day or night VFR and IFR
nonicing conditions.
1-3-A. PASSENGER
NOTE
Refer to Section 5 for loading tables
t o be us e d i n we i ght / CG
computations.
Out board f aci ng seat s shoul d not be
occupied unless at least four forward or aft
facing passenger seats are occupied.
Above loading does not apply if cargo or a
combination of cargo and passengers are
being transported. It shall then be pilot
responsibility to ensure helicopter is properly
loaded so entire flight is conducted within
limits of gross weight center of gravity charts
(Figure 1-1).
1-3-B. CARGO
Maximum allowable deck loading for cargo is
100 pounds per square foot (4. 9 kg/ 100
sq cm). Deck mounted cargo tiedown fittings
are provided and have an airframe structural
capacity of 1250 pounds (567.0 kilograms)
vertical and 500 pounds (226.8 kilograms)
hor i zont al per f i t t i ng. Provi si ons f or
installation of cargo tiedown fittings are
i ncorporated i n aft cabi n bul khead and
transmission support structure and have an
airframe structural capacity of 1250 pounds
(567.0 kilograms) at 90 degrees to bulkhead
and 500 pounds (226.8 kilograms) in any
direction parallel to bulkhead. Cargo shall be
secured by an approved restraint method that
will not impede access to cargo in event of
emergency.
NOTE
Refer to the applicable operating
rules for internal cargo operations.
Baggage compartment has a load limit of 400
pounds (181 kilograms), not to exceed 100
pounds per square foot (4.9 kg/100 sq cm).
Refer to Section 5.
05 NOV 2002 Rev. 24 1-3
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
1-4. FLIGHT CREW
The minimum flight crew consists of one pilot
who shall operate helicopter from right crew
seat. Refer to Section 5. for minimum crew
station weight.
The l ef t crew seat may be used for an
additional pilot when approved dual controls
are installed.
1-5. CONFIGURATION
1-5-A. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
1-5-A-1. AFCS
AFCS shall be disengaged or operated in SAS
mode during prolonged ground operation,
except as required for AFCS check.
AHRS shall be certified only on helicopters
S/N 36248 and subsequent.
1-5-A-2. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT IFR
Both autopilots, AP 1 and AP 2, shall be
engaged in ATT mode during flight.
Heated pitot-static system.
Pilot windshield wiper.
Two VHF communications radios.
Two navigation receivers with auxiliary
equipment appropriate to intended IFR
route of flight.
DME equipment.
ATC transponder.
Marker beacon receiver.
3 inch standby attitude indicator.
Pilot IVSI.
Force trim.
Roof window blackout curtains.
EMERGENCY COMM panel, (if installed)
(single pilot only).
Digital AFCS preflight test (level 1 minimum)
shall be accomplished prior to first flight of
the day or before planned flight into IMC.
1-5-B. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Ref er t o appropr i at e Fl i ght Manual
Supplement(s) for additional limitations,
procedures, and performance data wi th
optional equipment installed. See Appendix A.
When a CVR is required by the operating
r ul es, onl y headset s wi t h a dynami c
microphone are approved. CVR operation with
other types of microphones requires FAA
approval.
1-4 Rev. 23 23 MAY 2002
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
1-5-C. DOORS OPEN/REMOVED
Helicopter may be flown with doors open or
removed only with Bell Standard Interior (412-
705-501) or Bell Deluxe Interior (412-705-500)
installed. Flight operation is approved for
following alternative configurations during
VFR conditions only:
Symmetrical configurations:
Both crew doors removed.
Both sliding doors locked open or
removed with both hinged panels
installed or removed.
Asymmetrical configurations:
Cargo dooors can be opened or closed
asymmetrically, to a locked position, with
following restrictions:
1. Two way communications between
pilot and cabin crew member.
2. All crew members and passengers are
secured with an approved restraint.
NOTE
Opening or removing doors shifts
helicopter center of gravity and
reduces VNE. Refer to Section 5 and to
Airspeed limitations.
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY
1-6-A. WEIGHT
Maximum gross weight for takeoff and
landing is 11,900 pounds (5398 kilograms).
Refer to Weight-Altitude-Temperature
Limitations chart (figure 1-2) for maximum
allowable weight for takeoff, landing, and IGE
hover operation.
Minimum gross weight for flight is 6400
pounds (2903 kilograms).
Minimum combined crew weight at fuselage
station 47.0 is 170 pounds (77.1 kilograms).
1-6-B. CENTER OF GRAVITY
1-6-B-1. LONGITUDINAL CENTER OF
GRAVITY
Longitudinal center of gravity limits vary from
station 130 to 144, depending on gross
weight. Refer to Gross weight center of
gravity charts (figure 1-1).
1-6-B-2. LATERAL CENTER OF GRAVITY
Lateral center of gravity limits are 4.5 Inches
(114.3 millimeters) left and right of fuselage
centerline for all gross weights.
Rev. 18 1-4A /1-4B
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
1-7. AIRSPEED VNE with doors symmetrically open or
removed is 100 KIAS with Bell Helicopter
Minimum IFR airspeed is 60 KIAS. installed Blanket Interior (412-705-501) or
Deluxe Interior (412-705-500).
Basic VNE is 140 KIAS from sea level to 3000
feet density altitude at all gross weights. VNE Maximum allowable airspeed for sideward or
decreases for ambient conditions in rearward flight at or below 3000 feet HD is 35
accordance with airspeed limitations placard knots. See figure 1-3 for additional limitations.
(paragraph 1-20).
(paragraph 1- 20).Maximum allowable tailwind or crosswind
Airspeed shall not exceed 105 KIAS (or speeds for hover operations at or below 3000
placarded VNE, if less) when operating above feet HD is 35 knots. See figure 1-3 for
81% mast torque.
additional limitations.
VNE with only one autopilot engaged is 115 Refer to Critical relative wind azimuths
KIAS (or placarded VNE, if less). If both diagram in Section 4.
autopilots are disengaged, basic VNE applies. 1-8. ALTITUDE
VNE for steady state autorotation is: NOTE
NOTE
105 KIAS at or below 10,000 feet (3048 Refer to applicable operating rules for
meters) pressure altitude; high altitude oxygen requirements.
80 KIAS above 10,000 feet (3048 meters) Maximum operating pressure altitude is
pressure altitude. 20,000 feet (6096 meters).
Maximum density altitude for takeoff, landing,
and in-ground-effect maneuvers is 14,000 feet
(4267 meters). Refer to Weight-Altitude-
VNE with cargo doors opened asymmetrically Temperature Limitations chart (figure 1-2).
is 80 KIAS.
Above 15,000 feet (4,572 meters) pressure
VNE with cargo doors in transit or in an altitude, restart shall be attempted in manual
unlocked position Is 60 KIAS. fuel control mode only.
VNE with doors symmetrically open or
removed is 60 KIAS with Bell Helicopter
installed energy attenuating passenger seats
(412-706-002).
NOTE
Asymmetric door configuration is not
authorized with energy attenuating
seats installed.
Rev. 20 1-5
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
Below 15,000 feet (4,572 meters) pressure Minimum ambient temperature for operation
altitude, restart may be attempted In either at all altitudes is -40C (-40F).
manual or automatic fuel control mode.
1-9. MANEUVERING
NOTE
1-9-A. PROHIBITED MANEUVERS Refer to paragraph 1-13-F, Engine
Oil Pressure.
Aerobatic maneuvers are prohibited.
1-9-B. CLIMB AND DESCENT 1-12. ELECTRICAL
Maximum IFR rate of climb or descent is 1000 1-12-A. BATTERY
feet per minute. Maximum battery case temperature is 54.5C
(130F), as Indicated by illumination of
Maximum IFR approach slope is 5 degrees. BATTERY TEMP warning light.
1-9-C. SLOPE LANDING WARNING
WARNING
Slope landings are limited to side slopes not
to exceed 10 degrees. BATTERY SHALL NOT BE USED
FOR ENGINE START AFTER
1-10. HEIGHT-VELOCITY ILLUMINATION OF BATTERY
TEMP LIGHT. BATTERY SHALL
The height-velocity limitations are critical in BE REMOVED AND SERVICED IN
the event of single engine failure during ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFAC-
takeoff, landing, or other operation near the TURER'S INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR
surface (figure 1-4). The AVOID area of the TO RETURN TO SERVICE.
Height-Velocity diagram defines the
combinations of airspeed and height above Minimum ambient temperature for battery
ground from which a safe single engine start when battery and helicopter have been
landing on a smooth, level, firm surface cold soaked is -25C (-13F).
cannot be assured.
1-12-B. GENERATOR
The H-V diagram Is valid only when the
Weight-Altitude-Temperature limitations are Continuous operation 0 to 75 amps
not exceeded (figure 1-2). The diagram does Caution 75 to
not define the conditions which assure Caution 75 to 150 amps
continued flight following an engine failure
nor the conditions from which a safe power NOTE
off landing can be made. During OEI operation electrical
loads may have to be reduced to
1-11. AMBIENT TEMPERA- remain below maximum
TURES
continuous limits.
The maximum sea level ambient air
temperature for operation is +51.7C (+125F)
and decreases with pressure altitude at the
standard lapse rate of 2C (3.6F)/1000 feet
(305 meters) to 20.000 feet (6096 meters).
1-6 Rev. 22 11 JUN 2001
FAA APPROVED
Maximum
continuous
BHT-412-FM-4
helicopter logbook detailing the extent of
operation In excess of twin engine takeoff
power limits. This does not apply to
approved ITT limits for starting.
150 amps (each)
NOTE
Ammeter needle may deflect full
scale momentarily during
generator assisted start of second
engine.
1-12-C. STARTER
1-13-A. GAS PRODUCER RPM
(N
1
)
1-13-A-1. TWIN ENGINE
OPERATION
I
Starter energizing times shall be limited as
follows:
30 seconds ON
60 seconds OFF
30 seconds ON
5 minutes OFF
30 seconds ON
15 minutes OFF
1-12-D. GROUND POWER UNIT
28 vdc ground power units for starting
shall be limited to 1000 amps maximum.
1-13. POWER PLANT
Pratt and Whitney Aircraft of Canada, Ltd.
PT6T-3D.
NOTE
Operation in 2'/2 minute or
Continuous OEI range is intended
for emergency use only, when one
engine becomes inoperative due
to an actual malfunction.
Anytime an engine is operated in an OEI
range, an entry shall be made in the
Continuous operation
Maximum continuous
Maximum for takeoff
61 to 103.1%
103.1%
103.1%
1-13-A-2. ONE ENGINE
INOPERATIVE (OEI)
Continuous OEI
2 1/2 minute OEI
Maximum OEI
103.7
103.7 to 109.2%
109.2%
1-13-B. POWER TURBINE RPM
(Ni.)
Minimum in cruise
Minimum for hover,
takeoff, and climb
Maximum continuous
Operation with ENG
torque at or below 30%
Maximum with ENG
torque at or below 30%
97%
100%
100%
100 to 104.5%
104.5%
Rev. 9 1-7
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
1-13-C. INTERTURBINE
TEMPERATURE
NOTE
Either ITT gage shall be installed
in pairs.
1-13-C-1. TWIN ENGINE
OPERATION
GAGE PN 212-075-067-115
Continuous 300 to 810 C
Maximum continuous 810 C
Maximum transient (5
seconds maximum
above 810

) 925 C
Maximum for starting (2
seconds maximum
above 960

) 1090 C
2 1/2 minute OEI
Maximum OEI
820 to 940 C
940 C
1-13-D. ENGINE TORQUE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (OEI)
Continuous OEI
Maximum Continuous
OEI
21/2 minute OEI
Maximum OEI
5 to 73.2%
73.2%
73.2 to 81%
81%
1-13-E. FUEL PRESSURE
Minimum
Continuous operation
Maximum
4 psi
4 to 35 psi
35 psi
GAGE PN 212-075-067-119
Continuous 300 to 810 C
Maximum continuous 810 C
Maximum transient (5
seconds maximum
above 810

) 940 C
Maximum for starting (2
seconds maximum
above 960

) 1090 C
CAUTION
INTENTIONAL USE OF ITT ABOVE
810C IS PROHIBITED DURING
NORMAL OPERATIONS EXCEPT
DURING START.
1-13-C-2. ONE ENGINE
INOPERATIVE (OEI)
GAGE PN 212-075-067-115
Maximum continuous
OEI 820 C
2 1/2 minute OEI 820 to 925 C
Maximum OEI 925 C
GAGE PN 212-075-067-119
Maximum continuous
OEI 820 C
1-13-F. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
NOTE
During extremely cold ambient
temperatures, Idle rpm will be
high and the ENGINE OIL
pressure may exceed maximum
limits for up to two minutes after
starting.
NOTE
Either Engine Oil Pressure/
Temperature gage shall be
installed in pairs. Refer to
paragraph 1-11, AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURE.
GAGE PN 209-070-262-113
Minimum for flight Idle 40 psi
Operation below 79% N,
rpm 40 to 90 psi
Continuous operation 90 to 115 psi
Maximum 115 psi
GAGE PN 209-070-262-109
Minimum for flight idle 40 psi
Operation below 79% N,
rpm 40 to 80 psi
Continuous operation 80 to 115 psi
Maximum 115 psi
1-8 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
1-13-G. ENGINE OIL
TEMPERATURE
Continuous operation 0 to 115 C
Maximum for MIL-L-7808
oil
Minimum 0 C
Maximum for MIL-L-23699
oil
Maximum for DOD-L-
85734 oil
115

C
120 C
120 C
Continuous operation 0 to 115 C
Maximum for MIL-L-7808
oil
Maximum for MIL-L-23699
oil
Maximum for DOD-L-
85734 oil
115 C
1-14. TRANSMISSION
120 C
1-14-A. TRANSMISSION OIL
PRESSURE
120 C
1-13-H. COMBINING GEARBOX OIL
PRESSURE
NOTE
During extremely cold ambient
temperatures, idle rpm will be
high and the XMSN OIL pressure
may exceed maximum limits for
up to two minutes after starting..
NOTE
During extremely cold ambient
temperatures,GEAR BOX OIL
pressure may exceed maximum
limits for up to two minutes after
starting.
Minimum for idle 30 psi
Idle range 30 to 40 psi
Continuous operation 40 to 70 psi
Maximum 70 psi
Minimum for idle
Operation below 94%
N11 rpm
40 psi
40 to 60 psi
1-14-B. TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE
Continuous operation 15 to 110 C
Continuous operation 60 to 80 psi
Maximum 110 C
Maximum 80 psi
1-13-J. COMBINING GEARBOX OIL
TEMPERATURE
Minimum 0 C
Rev. 17 1-9
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
1-14-C. MAST TORQUE
1-14-C-1. TWIN ENGINE
OPERATION
Maximum continuous 81%
Takeoff range (5 minutes
maximum) 81 to
Maximum continuous 100%
Operation with ENG
torque at or below 30% 100 to 104.5%
Maximum with ENG
torque at or below 30% 104.5%
100%
100% Maximum
TAKEOFF POWER SHALL NOT BE
USED ABOVE 105 KIAS.
CAUTION
WHEN OPERATING NEAR THE
MAXIMUM MAST TORQUE LIMIT,
INADVERTENT OVERTORQUE
MAY OCCUR DURING
MANEUVERING FLIGHT
CONDITIONS INVOLVING TURNS
AND/OR NOSE DOWN ATTITUDE
CHANGES. DECREASE POWER
TO 90% MAST TORQUE PRIOR TO
MANEUVERING HELICOPTER.
Intentional use of mast torque over 100%
is prohibited.
1-15-B. ROTOR RPM - POWER
OFF
Minimum for autorotation
with gross weight below
8000 pounds (3629 kg) 80%
Power off operation with
gross weight below 8000
pounds (3629 kg) 80 to 104.5%
Minimum for autorotation
with gross weight at or
above 8000 pounds (3629
kg) 91%
Maximum 104.5%
1-15-C. ROTOR RPM - GROUND
OPERATION
Minimum
Minimum with stick
centering indicator
system inoperative
Transient (avoid steady
state operations)
77%
97%
26 to 77%
1-15. ROTOR
1-16. HYDRAULIC
1-15-A. ROTOR RPM - POWER
ON
Minimum 97%
Continuous operation 97 to 100%
NOTE
Refer to BHT-412-MD-4 for
approved fluids and vendors.
Hydraulic fluid type MIL-H-5606 (NATO H-
515) shall be used at all ambient
temperatures.
Both hydraulic systems shall be operative
prior to takeoff.
1-10 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
WARNING
THE HELI COPTER I S NOT
CONTROLLABLE WI TH BOTH
HYDRAULI C BOOST SYSTEMS
INOPERATIVE.
1-16-A. HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
1-16-B. HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE
1-17. FUEL AND OIL
NOTE
Refer to BHT-412-MD-4 for lists of
approved fuels, oils, capacities, and
vendors.
1-17-A. FUEL
Fuel conforming to ASTM D-1655 Type B,
NATO F-40, or MIL-T-5624 Grade JP-4 may
be used at all ambient temperatures.
Fuel conforming to ASTM D-1655 Type A
or A-1, NATO F-44, MIL-T-5624 Grade JP-5,
NATO F-34, or MIL-T-83133 Grade JP-8,
limited to ambient temperatures above
-30C (-22F).
1-17-B. OIL
1-17-B-1. ENGINE AND COMBINING
GEARBOX
Oil conforming to PWA Specification No.
521 Type I and MIL-L-7808 (NATO 0-148)
may be used at all ambient temperatures.
Oil conforming to PWA Specification No.
521 Type Il and MIL-L-23699 (NATO 0-156),
or DOD-L-85734AS limited to ambient
temperatures above -40C (-40F).
1-17-B-2. TRANSMISSION,
INTERMEDIATE AND TAIL
ROTOR GEARBOX
Oil conforming to DOD-L-85734AS (Turbine
Oil 555) is the only approved oil for use in
the transmission and gearboxes.
1-18. ROTOR BRAKE
Engine starts with rotor brake engaged are
prohibited. Rotor brake application is limited
to ground operation and shall not be applied
until both engines are shut down and rotor rpm
has decreased to 40% N
R
or below.
Minimum 600 psi
Caution 600 to 900 psi
Continuous operation 900 to 1100 psi
Maximum 1100 psi
Maximum 88C
23 MAY 2002 Rev. 23 1-11
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
1-19. LANDING GEAR for Bell Helicopter approved Hoists.
No Flight Manual Limitations.
WARNING
1-20. INSTRUMENT MARKINGS
AND PLACARDS THIS PENALTY REGION IS VALID FOR
ALL HOIST INSTALLATIONS.
NOTE
Illustrations shown in figure 1-5 are OPERATION IN PENALTY REGION
artist representations and may or may AFFECTS AIRWORTHINESS
not depict actual approved instruments LIMITATIONS OF ROTOR
due to printing limitations. Instrument COMPONENTS (REFER TO BHT-412-
operating ranges and limits shall agree MM).
with those presented in this section. ALIGNMENT
1-23. AHRS ALIGNMENT
Refer to Figure 1-5 for instrument range
markings and Figure 1-6 for placards and To perform in-flight/shipboard AHRS
decals. alignment, the following conditions must be
met:
1-21. HEATER
Heater shall not be operated when OAT is
above 21C (69.8F). Pitch Less than 10

1-22. HOIST PENALTY REGION Roll Less than 5


Yaw Rate Less than 1/sec
Pilot shall know C.G. at time of hoist operation
to determine if C.G. is within penalty region of Lateral and Less than 0.05g
figure 1-7, Hoist C.G. envelope. Logitudinal
Each hoist operation performed is defined as Acceleration
an extension and retraction of hoist cable
while hovering with any weight attached. For a minimum of 30 seconds for attitude and
heading to become valid.
Refer to BHT-412-FMS-7 or BHT-412-FMS-26
1-12 Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
ENGLISH UNITS
BHT-412EP-FM-1-1-1
Figure 1-1. Gross weight center of gravity charts (Sheet 1 of 2).
Rev. 5 1-13
3432 359
400 5398-
5200 /
5000-
-- 4800
4400
-4200
3302
4000 3992 FOWARD LIMIT AFT LIMIT
3800
3600 -
3400
I
3200
3000
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
MINIMUM WEIGHT 3658
3250 3300 3350 3400 3450 3500 3550 3600 650
LONGITUDINAL C.G. FUSELAGESTA.-mm
METRIC UNITS
BHT-412EP-FM-1-1-2
Figure 1-1. Gross weight center of gravity charts (Sheet 2 of 2).
1-14 Rev. 5
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
NOTE: ALLOWABLE GROSS WEIGHTS OBTAINED FROM THIS CHART MAY EXCEED
CONTINUOUS HOVER CAPABILITY UNDER CERTAIN AMBIENT CONDITIONS.
REFER TO HOVER CEILING CHARTS IN SECTION 4.
-40-20 0 20 40 60
OAT- C
9 10 11 12 LBX1000
4.0 4.5 5.0 5.4 kg x 1000
GROSS WEIGHT
BHT-412EP-FM-1-2
Figure 1-2. Weight-altitude-temperature limitations for takeoff, landing, and in-ground-
effect maneuvers.
Rev. 5 1-15
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
NOTE:
OGE CRITICAL RELATIVE WIND AZIMUTH IGE CRITICAL RELATIVE WIND AZIMUTH
14,000 FT. DENSITY ALTITUDE
Figure 1-3. Maximum speed - sideward and rearward flight, crosswind and tailwind at a
hover.
Rev. 5
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
HEIGHT - VELOCITY DIAGRAM
FOR SMOOTH. LEVEL. FIRM SURFACES
400 120
AND ABOVE NOTE: HELICOPTER CONFIGURATION AND ABOVE
SHALL COMPLY WITH THE WEIGHT .
375 380 ALTITUDE TEMPERATURE LIMITS -114.3
AS PRESENTED IN FIGURE 1-2FOR
360 HEIGHT - VELOCITY DIAGRAM TO BE -110
VALID.
340
320
-100
300
280
260
80
220
200 60
180
160 0
140
40
120
10 30
80
-20
40 10
0 10 20 30 40 VNE
INDICATED AIRSPEED - KNOTS
BHT-412EP-FM-1-4
Figure 1-4. Height-velocity diagram (OEI).
Rev. 20 1-17

. S

R .
AA APPROVED
2EP 2
. S 2

R .
AA APPROVED BHT 2
2EP
. S

FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Rev. 10 1-231
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
,
.
:
'
:
.
O o o C 0
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
-
4
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
o
o


r
r
,

C
O
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Section 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Number Subject Paragraph
INTRODUCTION .........................................................................
FLIGHT PLANNING ....................................................................
TAKEOFF AND LANDING ......................................................
W EIGHT AND BALANCE .......................................................
PREFLIGHT CHECK...................................................................
BEFORE EXTERIOR CHECK.................................................
EXTERIOR CHECK.................................................................
INTERIOR AND PRESTART CHECK.........................................
ENGINE START ..........................................................................
ENGINE 1 START ...................................................................
ENGINE 2 START ...................................................................
POST START ..........................................................................
ENGINE FAILS TO START.....................................................
DRY M OTORING RUN............................................................
COLD W EATHER START.......................................................
SYSTEM S CHECK......................................................................
STICK CENTERING INDICATOR CHECK.............................
FORCE TRIM CHECK.............................................................
PRELIMINARY HYDRAULIC CHECK ....................................
ENGINE FUEL CONTROL CHECK........................................
GOVERNOR CHECK ..............................................................
FUEL CROSSFEED AND INTERCONNECT VALVE CHECK
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CHECK..........................................
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS CHECK............................................
AFCS CHECK .........................................................................
AHRS CHECK (S/N 36248 AND SUB) ...................................
CABIN HEATER CHECK........................................................
BEFORE TAKEOFF....................................................................
POWER ASSURANCE CHECK..............................................
PROLONGED GROUND OPERATION ..................................
OPERATION IN OR NEAR MAGNETIC DISTURBANCES
(AHRS EQUIPPED SHIPS - S/N 36248 AND SUB).............
TAKEOFF....................................................................................
IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS ..........................................................
MANEUVERING WITH AFCS IN SAS MODE ........................
MANEUVERING WITH AFCS IN ATT MODE.........................
DESCENT AND LANDING..........................................................
ENGINE SHUTDOW N.................................................................
2-1..................
2-2..................
2-2-A ..............
2-2-B ..............
2-3..................
2-3-A ..............
2-3-B ..............
2-4..................
2-5..................
2-5-A ..............
2-5-B ..............
2-5-C ..............
2-5-D ..............
2-5-E ..............
2-5-F ..............
2-6 ..................
2-6-A ..............
2-6-B ..............
2-6-C ..............
2-6-D ..............
2-6-E ..............
2-6-F ..............
2-6-G ..............
2-6-H ..............
2-6-J...............
2-6-K ..............
2-6-L ..............
2-7..................
2-7-A ..............
2-7-B ..............
2-7-C ..............
2-8 ..................
2-9..................
2-9-A ..............
2-9-B ..............
2-10................
2-11................
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-4
2-7
2-9
2-9
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-12
2-12A/2-12B
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-14
2-14
2-14
2-15
2-15
2-16
2-17
2-18
2-18
2-19
2-19
2-19
2-19
2-20
2-20
2-20
2-20
2-21
Rev. 19 2-1
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
POSTFLIGHT CHECK ................................................................
LIST OF FIGURES
2-12................ 2-22
Figure
Number
Page
Number Title
Preflight check sequence .....................................................
2-1................ 2-23/2-24
1 2-2 Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Section
2
2-1. INTRODUCTION
This section contains instructions and
procedures for operating the helicopter
from the planning stage, through actual
flight conditions, to securing the
helicopter after landing.
Normal and standard conditions are
assumed in these procedures. Pertinent
data in other sections is referenced when
applicable.
The instructions and procedures contained
herein are written for the purpose of
standardization and are not applicable to
all situations.
The minimum, normal, maximum, and
cautionary operation ranges for the
helicopter and its subsystems are
indicated by instrument markings and
placards.
Anytime an operating limitation is
exceeded, an appropriate entry shall be
made in the helicopter logbook. The entry
shall state which limit was exceeded, the
duration of time, the extreme value
attained, and any additional information
essential in determining the maintenance
action required.
These instrument markings and placards
represent careful aerodynamic
calculations that are substantiated by
flight test data.
2-2. FLIGHT PLANNING
Each flight should be planned adequately
to ensure safe operations and to provide
the pilot with the data to be used during
flight. Essential weight, balance, and
performance information should be
compiled as follows:
Check type of flight to be performed and
destination.
Select appropriate performance charts
to be used.
2-2-A. TAKEOFF AND LANDING
Refer to the Limitations section for takeoff
and landing weight limits and to the
Performance section for takeoff and
landing distance information.
2-2-B. WEIGHT AND BALANCE
Determine proper weight and balance of
the helicopter as follows:
Consult Section 5 for instructions.
Compute takeoff and anticipated landing
gross weight, check helicopter center of
gravity (CG) locations, and determine
weight of fuel, oil, payload, etc.
Check that loading limitations listed in
Section 1 have not been exceeded.
Refer to Section 1, Limitations, for
subsystems restrictions.
2-3
BHT-412-FM-4
2-3. PREFLIGHT CHECK
The pilot is responsible for determining
whether the helicopter is in condition for
safe flight. Refer to figure 2-1 for preflight
check sequence.
NOTE
The pilot walk-around and interior
checks are outlined in the
following procedures. The
preflight check is not intended to
be a detailed mechanical check,
but simply a guide to help the
pilot check the condition of the
helicopter. It may be made as
comprehensive as conditions
warrant, at the discretion of the
pilot.
All areas checked shall include a
visual check for evidence of
corrosion, particularly when
helicopter is flown near or over
salt water or in areas of high
industrial emissions.
2-3-A. BEFORE EXTERIOR
CHECK
Flight planning - Completed.
Gross weight and CG - Compute (refer
to Section 5).
Publications - Checked.
Portable fire extinguishers - Condition
and security.
Aft fuel sumps - Drain samples as
follows:
FUEL TRANS switches - OFF.
BOOST PUMP switches - OFF.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL
switches - OFF.
BAT BUS 1 switch - ON.
FAA APPROVED
Aft fuel sump drain buttons (left and
right) - Depress.
NOTE
If aft sumps fail to drain, sump
valves may be operated manually.
Forward and middle fuel sumps - Drain
samples as follows:
Press-to-drain valves - Press.
Fuel filters - Drain before first flight of
day as follows:
BOOST PUMP switches - ON.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL
switches - ON.
Fuel filter (left and right) - Drain
samples.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL
switches - OFF.
BOOST PUMP switches - OFF.
BAT BUS 1 switch - OFF.
Main and tail rotor blade tie downs -
Remove and stow.
Pitot tube cover(s) - Remove and
stow.
No. 1 and 2 engine air intake covers -
Remove and stow.
2-3-B. EXTERIOR CHECK.
WARNING
IF HELICOPTER HAS BEEN
EXPOSED TO SNOW OR ICING
CONDITIONS, SNOW AND ICE
SHALL BE REMOVED PRIOR TO
FLIGHT.
2-4 Rev. 15
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
1. FUSELAGE - FRONT N11 governor spring - Check condition.
Cabin nose - Condition; all glass clean; Engine fire extinguisher - Check bottle
wipers stowed.
pressure gauge and temperature range.
Remote hydraulic filter bypass indicator Combining gearbox filter - Check
- Verify normal.
bypass indicator retracted.
Pitot tube(s) - Unobstructed. Oil cooler blower - Unobstructed.
Static ports (left and right) - Avionics compartment - Security of
Unobstructed.
components; check OVER TRQ warning
flag (cat's eye) for indication of
Cabin nose ventilators - Unobstructed.
overtorque. AFCS computers - Secured;
Nose compartment door - Secure. compartment door secured.
Battery vent and drain tubes - Access doors and engine cowling -
Unobstructed. Secured.
Searchlight and landing light - Stowed. Drain lines - Clean and unobstructed.
Antennas - Condition and security. Engine exhaust ejectors - Covers
removed; unobstructed.
2. FUSELAGE - CABINE LEFT SIDE.
Copilot door - Condition and operation;
glass clean. Check security of
emergency release handles.
Tailboom - Condition; access covers
Position lights - Condition. secured.
Passenger door - Condition and Tail rotor driveshaft covers - Secured.
operation; glass clean. Condition of pop-
out windows.
CAUTION
Landing gear - Condition; handling
wheels removed. DO NOT BEND ELEVATOR TRAILING
EDGE TAB.
Passenger step (if Installed) - Condition
and security. Elevator - Condition and security.
Check for spring condition by moving
3. FUSELAGE - AFT LEFT SIDE elevator toward the leading edge down
position.
No. 1 engine compartment - Check.
Tail rotor (90x) gearbox - Verify actual
No. 1 engine oil level - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gauge. Visually
presence of oil In sight gauge. Visually check oil level, check filler cap and chip
check oil level. Filler cap secured. detector plug for security.
Rev. 20 2-5
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
Tail rotor blades - Visually check 6. FUSELAGE - CABIN RIGHT SIDE
condition and cleanliness.
Passenger door- Condition and
Tail rotor - Condition and free operation, glass clean. Condition of
movement on flapping axis.
pop-out windows.
Tail rotor yoke - Evidence of static Transmission
oil - Verify actual
stop contact damage (deformed static presence of oil in sight gauge.
stop yield indicator).
Visually check oil level.
Tail skid - Condition and security. Position lights - Condition.
Intermediate (42) gearbox - Verify Landing gear - Condition, handling
actual presence of oil in sight gauge. wheels removed.
Visually check oil level. Check filler
cap and chip detector plug for Passenger step (if installed)
security.
Condition and security.
Condition and security.
Pilot door - Condition and operation,
glass clean. Check security of
Tailboom - Condition.
emergency release handles.
Baggage compartment - Cargo 7. CABIN TOP
secured, smoke detector condition, Hub and sleeve assembly - Check
door secured.
condition.
5. FUSELAGE - AFT RIGHT SIDE. Swashplate, support assembly, and
compartment - Check collective lever - Check condition.
unobstructed.
Main rotor pitch links - Security and
condition.
Tail rotor actuator - Check.
Main rotor hub - Check general
Engine fire extinguisher - Check condition:
bottle pressure gauge and
temperature range.
Mast retaining nut - Secured.
Combining gearbox oil level - Verify Yoke assembly - Condition.
actual presence of oil In sight gauge.
Visually check oil level. Pitch horns - Security and
condition.
Oil cooler blower - Unobstructed.
Elastomeric bearings, lead-lag
No. 2 engine compartment - Check. dampers - Check general
condition.
No. 2 engine oil level - Verify actual
presence of oil in sight gauge. Blade retention bolts - Security
Visually check oil level. Filler cap and proper latching.
secured.
Droop restrainers - Security and
Access doors and engine cowling - condition.Verify droop stop clevis is
Secured.
in lower position of cam plate.
Fuel filler - Visually check quantity; Simple pendulum absorbers -
secure cap.
Security and condition.
2-6 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Rotor blades - Visually check condition
and cleanliness.
Main driveshaft and coupling -
Condition, security and grease leakage.
Check Temp-Plates (four places each
coupling) for evidence of elevated
temperature indicated by dot changing
color to black.
CAUTION
IF ANY TEMP-PLATE IS MISSING OR
HAS BLACK DOTS, MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL SHALL ASSIST IN
DETERMINING AIRWORTHINESS.
Transmission oil filler cap - Secured.
No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic reservoirs -
Visually check fluid levels; caps secured.
Antenna(s) - Condition and security.
Combining gearbox oil filler cap -
Secured.
Anticollision light - Condition and
security.
No. 1 and No. 2 engine air intakes -
Unobstructed; check particle separator
doors closed.
Engine and transmission cowling -
Secured.
Fresh air inlet screen - Unobstructed.
Rotor brake reservoir cap - Security.
2-4. INTERIOR AND PRESTART
CHECK
Cabin interior - Cleanliness and security
of equipment.
Cargo and baggage (if applicable) -
Check security.
Protective breathing equipment (if
installed) - Condition and properly
serviced.
NOTE
Opening or removing doors shifts
helicopter center of gravity and
reduces VNE. Refer to Section 1 and
Section 5.
Passenger doors - Secured.
Seat and pedals - Adjust.
Seat belt and shoulder harness - Fasten
and adjust.
Shoulder harness inertia reel and lock -
Check.
Directional control pedals - Check
freedom of movement, position for
engine start.
Flight controls - Position for start,
friction as desired.
EEPROM READ switch - Locked in
down position.
Transmission chip detector indicators -
Check, reset if required.
Lower pedestal circuit breakers - IN.
Collective control head switches - OFF.
COMPASS CONTROL panel switches -
MAG position (normal slaved).
AHRS control panel switches - MAG
position (locked). (S/N 36248 and
subsequent)
Radio equipment - OFF.
FUEL INTCON switch - NORM.
FUEL TRANS switches - OFF.
BOOST PUMP switches - OFF.
FUEL XFEED switch - NORM.
Rev. 19 2-7
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL switches
- OFF.
PART SEP switches - NORM.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 GOV switches
- AUTO.
HYDR SYS NO.1 and NO.2 switches -
ON.
STEP switch (if installed) - As desired.
ROTOR RPM audio switch - Spring
loaded to AUDIO.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON, cover down.
Instruments - Static check.
STATIC SOURCE switch (if installed) -
PRI.
APPROACH PLATE AND MAP LIGHT
knob(s) - OFF.
AUX SYS PITOT and STATIC switches (if
installed) - NORM.
Altimeter(s) - Set.
Clock - Set and running.
FIRE EXT switch - OFF.
FIRE PULL handles - In (forward).
AFT DOME LIGHT rheostat and switch -
OFF.
PITOT STATIC HEATERS switch - OFF.
WIPER switches - OFF.
CARGO RELEASE switch (if installed) -
OFF.
HEATER switch - OFF.
AFT OUTLET switch - OFF.
VENT BLOWER switch - OFF.
EMERG LT switch (if installed) -
DISARM.
STBY ATT switch (if installed) - TEST;
check standby attitude indicator light
illuminates and OFF flag retracts
momentarily, then switch OFF.
WSHLD HEAT switches (if installed) -
OFF.
Overhead circuit breakers - In.
All LT rheostats - OFF.
UTILITY LIGHT switch - OFF.
POSITION light - OFF.
ANTI COLL light - ON.
EMERG LOAD switch - NORMAL.
NON-ESNTL BUS switch - Spring
loaded to NORMAL.
INV 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
GEN 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
IF EXTERNAL POWER IS USED -
CONNECT (1000 AMPS MAXIMUM).
CHECK 27 1 VDC; ADJUST POWER
SOURCE IF REQUIRED.
BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2 switches -
ON; check BATTERY caution light
illuminates.
NOTE
Test operate all lights when night
flights are planned or anticipated.
Accomplish light tests with
external power connected or
during engine runup.
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
INV 1 and 2 switches - ON. NOTE
If Anticollision light is desired,
NON-ESNTL BUS - MANUAL.
ROTOR BRAKE lights - Test. Pull
brake ON and check that both lights
illuminate; return to OFF and check
lights extinguish.
NOTE
Rotor brake shall be off at all
times when the engines are
running.
FIRE 1 and 2 warning lights test button
- Press to test.
BAGGAGE FIRE warning light test
button - Press to test (verify light
flashes).
OVER TORQ caution light - Press.
Check light illuminates and MAST
TORQUE indicator reads 105 1%.
CAUTION
IF MAST TORQUE INDICATOR
INDICATES AN ERROR GREATER
THAN 1% FROM THE 105%
POSITION, THE MAST TORQUE
SYSTEM IS UNRELIABLE.
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS
REQUIRED.
CYC CTR caution lights - Press to test.
Caution panel TEST switch - PNL (All
segments extinguish except CAUTION
PANEL).
Caution panel TEST switch - LT (All
segments illuminate).
Caution panel RESET button - Press
(MASTER CAUTION light extinguishes).
FUEL SYS test switch - FWD TANK,
then MID TANK; note digital and needle
indications.
FUEL SYS DIGITS TEST button - Press
(digital display reads 888).
2-5. ENGINE START
NOTE
If the helicopter has been cold
soaked in ambient temperatures
of -18C (0F) or less, both
throttles will be difficult to move
and follow through coupling may
be increased.
Throttles - Rotate engine 1 throttle full
open, then back against idle stop.
Actuate ENG 1 IDLE STOP release, roll
engine 1 throttle to full closed, then
apply friction as desired. Repeat
procedure using engine 2 throttle and
ENG 2 IDLE STOP release.
NOTE
When either IDLE STOP release is
activated, the appropriate idle
stop plunger will not release if
pressure is applied toward the
closed position of the throttle.
Moderate frictions should be applied to
overcome follow-through coupling
between throttles.
RPM INCR/DECR switch - DECR for 8
seconds.
2-5-A. ENGINE 1 START
NOTE
Either engine may be started first.
However, the following procedure
is provided for starting engine 1
first.
At ambient temperatures 5C
(41F) and below, refer to
paragraph 2-5-F.
Engine 1 FUEL TRANS switch - ON,
check NO. 1 FUEL TRANS caution light
extinguished.
Rev. 17 2-9
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
Engine 1 BOOST PUMP switch - ON,
check NO. 1 FUEL BOOST light
extinguished.
Engine 1 FUEL switch - ON. (FUEL
VALVE caution light will illuminate
momentarily.)
Engine 1 FUEL PRESS indicator -
Check.
Rotor - Clear.
CAUTION
PROLONGED EXPOSURE TO
AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OF
0C (32F) OR LESS MAY FREEZE
MOISTURE IN THE ENGINE FUEL
CONTROL SYSTEM. MONITOR
ENG RPM (N) DURING COLD
WEATHER STARTING FOR
OVERSPEED. IF AN OVERSPEED
APPEARS IMMINENT, ABORT
START AND CLOSE THROTTLE
TO OFF POSITION.
START switch - ENG 1 position.
Observe starter limitations.
Engine 1 ENGINE OIL pressure -
Indicating.
Engine 1 throttle - Open to idle at 12%
GAS PROD RPM (N,) minimum.
Engine 1 ITT - Monitor to avoid a hot
start. Maximum ITT during start is
1090C, not to exceed two seconds
above 960C. If ITT continues to rise,
abort start by activating idle stop
release and rolling throttle to fully
closed. Starter should remain engaged
until ITT decreases. Do not attempt
restart until corrective maintenance has
been accomplished.
NOTE
If engine fails to start, refer to
paragraph 2-5-D procedures.
Collective pitch - Ensure in full down
position.
CAUTION
IF STICK CENTERING INDICATOR
SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE,
GROUND OPERATION SHALL BE
CONDUCTED AT 97% ROTOR
RPM OR ABOVE.
NOTE
On side slopes greater than five
degrees, disregard CYC CTR
caution lights and position cyclic
as desired.
Cyclic - Position as necessary to
extinguish CYC CTR caution lights.
NOTE
CYC CTR caution lights are
inhibited between 95 and 105%
ROTOR RPM.
START switch - Centered (off) at 55%
GAS PROD RPM (N,).
GAS PROD - Check 61 + 1% when
throttle is on idle stop.
NOTE
Do not increase ROTOR above
85% RPM until XMSN oil
temperature is above 15C.
ENGINE, XMSN, and GEAR BOX OIL
PRESSURES- Check.
Engine 1 PART SEP OFF caution light -
Check extinguished.
CAUTION
DURING RPM INCREASE, ANY
ABNORMAL INCREASE IN ONE-
PER-REV VIBRATION MAY
INDICATE ONE OR MORE MAIN
DROOP RESTRAINERS FAILED
TO DISENGAGE FROM STATIC
POSITION. VERIFY PROPER
OPERATION PRIOR TO FLIGHT.
I
2-10 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Engine 1 throttle - increase to 77 - 85%
ENG RPM (Ni). Friction as desired.
NOTE
Minimize blade flapping by
maintaining highest rotor RPM
(NR) within allowable range.
Rotor RPM (NR) - Minimum 77 - 85%, as
desired.
Engine 2 FUEL PRESS - Check.
START switch - ENG 2 position.
Observe starter limitations.
Engine 2 ENGINE OIL pressure -
Indicating.
Engine 2 throttle - Open to idle at 12%
GAS PROD RPM (N,).
Engine 2 ITT - Monitor. Observe ITT
limitations.
NOTE
If external power is used, proceed
to engine 2 start. If battery was
used, proceed as follows:
N, RPM - Check 71% minimum.
GEN 1 switch - ON.
NOTE
Before attempting generator
assisted start on second engine,
it is recommended that the battery
be charged until the ammeter load
drops below 150 amps.
AMPS 1 indicator - Check at or below
150 amps.
2-5-B. ENGINE 2 START
NOTE
At ambient temperatures of 5C
(41F) and below, refer to
paragraph 2-5-F.
Engine 2 FUEL TRANS switch - ON.
Check NO. 2 FUEL TRANS caution light
extinguished.
Engine 2 BOOST PUMP switch - ON.
Check No. 2 FUEL BOOST light out
(FUEL XFEED caution light will
illuminate momentarily.)
Engine 2 FUEL switch - ON (FUEL
VALVE caution light will illuminate
momentarily).
START switch - Centered (off) at 55%
GAS PROD RPM (N,).
GAS PROD - Check 61+1% RPM (N,)
when engine 2 throttle is on Idle stop.
CAUTION
ENSURE SECOND ENGINE
ENGAGES AS THROTTLE IS
INCREASED. A NONENGAGED
ENGINE INDICATES 10 TO 15%
HIGHER N,, RPM THAN THE
ENGAGED ENGINE AND NEAR
ZERO TORQUE. IF A
NONENGAGEMENT OCCURS,
CLOSE THROTTLE OF THE
NONENGAGED ENGINE. WHEN
THE NONENGAGED ENGINE HAS
STOPPED, SHUT DOWN THE
ENGAGED ENGINE.
IF A SUDDEN (HARD)
ENGAGEMENT OCCURS, SHUT
DOWN BOTH ENGINES.
MAINTENANCE IS REQUIRED.
Engine 2 throttle - Increase slowly to
match Engine 1 N,, rpm. Monitor
tachometer and torquemeter to verify
engagement of second engine.
Engine 2 oil pressure - Check.
ENG 2 PART SEP OFF caution light -
Check extinguished.
2-5-C. POST START
Rev. 17 2-11
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
Radios - ON as required.
N
R
- 77 - 85% or above.
NOTE
If external power was used -
Disconnect. GEN 1 switch - ON.
ELT (if installed) - Check for
inadvertent transmission.
2-5-D. ENGINE FAILS TO START
GEN 2 switch - ON. (BAT BUS 1 will
switch off automatically.)
CAUTION
ONLY BATTERY BUS 2 SWITCH
SHOULD REMAIN ON WITH BOTH
GENERATORS OPERATING.
NOTE
During rpm increase, any
abnormal increase in 1 per rev
vibration may indicate one or
more main rotor droop restraints
failed to disengage from static
position. Verify proper operation
prior to operating.
When the engine fails to start within 15
seconds after the throttle has been
opened to idle, the following action is
recommended:
IDLE STOP release - Actuate.
Throttle - Fully close.
Starter - Disengage.
BOOST PUMP switch - OFF.
FUEL switch - OFF.
After GAS PROD RPM (N1) has
decreased to zero, allow 30 seconds
for fuel to drain from engine.
Caution lights - Check all extinguished
(except AFCS).
ENGINE, XMSN, and GEAR BOX OIL
temperatures and pressures - Within
limits.
AMPS 1 and 2 - Within limits.
NOTE
AMPS 2 will indicate a higher load
than AMPS 1 until battery is fully
charged.
Conduct a DRY MOTORING RUN before
attempting another start.
2-5-E. DRY MOTORING RUN
The following procedure is used to clear
an engine whenever it is deemed
necessary to remove internally trapped
fuel and vapor.
Throttle - Fully closed.
BOOST PUMP switch - ON.
2-12 Rev. 17

FUEL switch ON.
IGN circuit breaker Pull out.
Starter Engage for 15 seconds, then
disengage.
BOOST PUMP switch OFF.
FUEL switch OFF.
IGN circuit breaker Push in.
Allow the required cooling period for
the starter before proceeding. Follow
normal start sequence as described on
preceding pages.
2-5-F. COLD WEATHER START
NOTE
This procedure is not applicable to
helicopters (S/N 36309 and Sub) and
earlier helicopters with Pratt & Whitney
Canada (P&WC) Cold Weather Starting
Service Bulletin (SB) incorporated.
This procedure is applicable to either engine.
At ambient temperature 5C (41F) and below,
incorporate warm-up procedures as follows:
GOV switch MANUAL.
ENG 1/2 throttle Open slowly to
maintain 77 85% ENG RPM as desired
(minimum 3 minutes).
After warm-up:
Throttle Reduce to idle.
GOV switch Return to AUTO.
CAUTION
DO NOT ALLOW GAS PRODUCER TO
DECREASE BELOW 50% RPM (N
1
).
NOTE
During extremely cold ambient
temperatures, idle rpm will be high and
the ENGINE, XMSN, and GEAR BOX OIL
pressure may exceed limits for up to
two minutes after starting. Warm-up
shall be conducted at 77 85% NR at
flat pitch.
Continue start sequence per paragraph 2-5-A
or 2-5-B.
25 SEP 2003 Rev. 25 2-12A/2-12B
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
2-6. SYSTEMS CHECK
2-6-B. FORCE TRIM CHECK
2-6-A. STICK CENTERING Flight controls - Friction off, collective
2-6-A. STICK CENTERING lock removed.
lock removed.
INDICATOR CHECK
Cyclic and pedals - Move slightly each
CAUTION direction to check force gradients.
CAUTION Yaw trim release switch (if installed) -
Press forward. Check yaw trim only
releases, reengages with switch
released.
DURING EXTREME COLD
AMBIENT TEMPERATURES LIMIT Cyclic FORCE TRIM release button -
CYCLIC MOVEMENTS UNTIL Depress. Check trim releases with
XMSN OIL TEMPERATURE button depressed, reengages with
REACHES 15C. button released.
FORCE TRIM switch - OFF. Check trim
adisengages and FT OFF caution light
CAUTION illuminates.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON, cover down.
DO NOT DISPLACE CYCLIC MORE
THAN 1.5 INCHES FROM CENTER 2-6-C. PRELIMINARY HYDRAULIC
TO CHECK THE SYSTEM. IF CYC CHECK
CTR CAUTION LIGHTS DO NOT
ILLUMINATE WITHIN THE 1.5 Throttles - Set to idle.
INCH DISPLACEMENT, THE
SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE.
NOTE
Uncommanded control movement
DO NOT DISPLACE CYCLIC or motoring with either hydraulic
BEYOND POINT AT WHICH CYC system off may indicate hydraulic
CTR CAUTION LIGHT system malfunction.
ILLUMINATES. NO. 1 HYD SYS switch OFF, then ON.
NOTE NO. 2 HYD SYS switch - OFF, then ON.
CYC CTR caution lights are
inhibited between 95 and 105%
ROTOR RPM.
Cyclic - Displace approximately 1.25
Inch (31.7 mm) forward, aft, left and
. right. Check CYC CTR caution light
illuminates each time when displaced
and extinguishes when centered.
Rev. 17 2-13
BHT-412-FM-4 FAAAPPROVED
2-6-D. ENGINE FUEL CONTROL Engine 2 throttle - Full open. Check No. 1
CHECK
engine Increases 2% ENG RPM (Ni,) and
both engines stabilize at 97 1% ENG RPM
Throttles (both) - Idle. (Nil).
(NOTE
CAUTION Helicopters rigged for Category A
operations will obtain 103% ENG
DO NOT ALLOW GAS PROD TO RPM (Nn). Refer to Flight Manual
DECREASE BELOW 50% RPM Supplement BHT412-FMS-62.3 &
(N.).
62.4 for Airspeed Limitations.
NOTE
RPM INCR/DECR switch - Full INCR. Check
In the vicinity of 8000 feet ENG does not exceed 101.5% RPM (Nn). Set
pressure altitude, GAS PROD at 100% ENG RPM (Nn).
RPM (N.) may not change
significantly when manual fuel 2-6-F. FUEL CROSSFEED AND
control is selected.
INTERCONNECT
VALVE CHECK
GOV switch (ENGINE 1 or 2) - MANUAL FUEL XFEEDNTCON test switch TEST
observe a change in GAS PROD RPM (N|) BUS 1 and hold.
and GOV MANUAL caution light illuminates.
Open respective throttle carefully to ensure NOTE
GAS PROD RPM (N|) responds upward, then After turning either boost pump
return to idle position. off, FUEL BOOST caution light
should illuminate on failed side
Return GOV switch to AUTO. Check for a only.
return to original GAS PROD RPM (N|) and
GOV MANUAL caution light extinguishes. ENGINE 1 BOOST PUMP switch - OFF.
Check Engine I FUEL PRESSURE
Check second governor in like manner. decreases, then returns to normal. (This
indicates crossfeed valve has been opened
Throttles (both) - Increase slowly above by Bus No. 1 power and check valve is
85% ROTOR RPM. functioning properly). Return switch to ON.
2-6-E. GOVERNOR CHECK FUEL INTCON switch - OPEN. Check FUEL
INTCON caution light Illuminates then
extinguishes. (This Indicates interconnect
CAUTION valve has been opened by BUS NO. 1 power
and that the valve is functioning properly).
IF HELICOPTER IS SITTING ON
ICE OR OTHER SLIPPERY OR FUEL INTCON switch - OVRD CLOSE.
LOOSE SURFACE, ADVANCE Check FUEL INTCON caution light
THROTTLES SLOWLY TO illuminates then extinguishes.
PREVENT ROTATION OF
HELICOPTER. FUEL XFEED/INTCON test switch - TEST
Engine 1 throttle - Fully open. BUS 2 and hold.
ENGINE 2 BOOST PUMP switch - OFF.
ENG - Stabilized at 95 1% RPM (N||). ENGINE 2 BOOST PRESS decrease
Check engine 2 FUEL PRESS decreases,
then returns to normal. Return switch to ON.
2-14 Rev. 22 11 JUN 2001
FAA APPROVED
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
BHT-412-FM-4
FUEL INTCON switch - OPEN. Check
FUEL INTCON caution light illuminates
then extinguishes. (This indicates that
the interconnect valve has been opened
by BUS NO. 2 power and that the valve
is functioning properly).
FUEL INTCON switch - NORM. Check
FUEL INTCON caution light illuminates
then extinguishes.
FUEL XFEED/INTCON test switch -
NORM.
FUEL XFEED switch - OVRD CLOSE.
ENGINE 1 BOOST PUMP switch - OFF.
Check fuel pressure drops to zero on
affected system. Return switch to ON.
Repeat procedure for ENGINE 2 BOOST
PUMP switch.
FUEL XFEED switch - NORM.
2-6-G. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
CHECK
DC VOLTS - Check 27 1 volts.
AC VOLTS - Check 104 to 122 volts
AMPS 1 and 2 - Check within limits.
GEN 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
EMERG LOAD switch - EMERG LOAD.
Check that the following items remain
operational:
AP 2.
EMERG LOAD switch - NORMAL
GEN 1 and 2 switches - ON
INV 1 switch - OFF; check INVERTER 1
caution light illuminates. Check No. 1
and No. 2 AC VOLTS for indication that
inverter 2 has assumed all ac loads.
Return INV 1 switch to ON.
INV 2 switch - OFF; check INVERTER 2
caution light illuminates. Check No. 1
and No. 2 AC VOLTS for indication that
inverter 1 has assumed all ac loads.
Return INV 2 switch to ON.
STBY ATT switch (if installed) - ON.
EMERG LT switch (if installed) - TEST;
check all emergency lights illuminate.
Switch to ARM; check lights dim to faint
glow.
2-6-H. HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
CHECK
NOTE
The Hydraulic Systems Check is
to determine proper operation of
the hydraulic actuators for each
flight control system. If abnormal
forces, unequal forces, control
binding or motoring are
encountered, it may be an
indication of a malfunctioning
flight control actuator.
FORCE TRIM switch - OFF.
VHF #1.
Pilot map light
Pilots ICS
STBY ATT indicator
Collective - Full down, friction
removed.
Rotor - Set to 100% RPM.
Cyclic - Centered, friction removed.
Essential engine instruments (Refer to
BHT-412-MD-4 for a complete list of
EMER BUS components).
HYDR SYS NO. 1 switch - OFF. Check
NO. 1 HYDRAULIC caution light and
MASTER CAUTION light illuminate and
system 1 pressure drops to zero.
Rev. 9 2-15
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
Cyclic - Check normal operation by
moving cyclic forward, aft, left, and right
approximately one inch. Center cyclic.
Collective - Check for normal operation
by increasing collective control 1 to 2
inches. Repeat 2 to 3 times as required.
Return to full down position.
Pedals - Displace slightly left and right.
Note an increase in force required to
move pedal in each direction.
NOTE
An electrical interlock prevents both
hydraulic systems from being switched
off at the same time. If one system is off
and the second system is switched off,
the second system will remain on.
HYDR SYS NO. 2 switch - OFF. Check
hydraulic system 2 remains operational
and system 1 remains off.
HYDR SYS NO. 1 switch - ON. Check
NO. 1 HYDRAULIC caution light
extinguishes and system 1 regains
normal pressure. Check NO. 2
HYDRAULIC caution light illuminates and
system 2 pressure drops to zero.
Cyclic - Check normal operation by
moving cyclic forward, aft, left, and right
approximately one inch. Center cyclic.
Collective - Check for normal operation
by increasing collective control 1 to 2
inches. Repeat 2 to 3 times as required.
Return to full down position.
Pedals - Displace slightly left and right.
Note the pedals are now boosted.
HYDR SYS NO. 2 switch - ON. Check
NO. 2 HYDRAULIC caution light
extinguishes, system 2 pressure returns
to normal, and hydraulic system 1
remains operational.
Cyclic and collective friction - Set as
desired.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON. Check FT
OFF caution light extinguishes.
WARNING
BOTH HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS SHALL
BE OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO
TAKEOFF.
NOTE
System 1 will normally operate 10 to 20
C cooler than system 2.
2-6-J. AFCS CHECK
NOTE
Verification of AFCS actuator centering
is necessary. Failure of the actuators to
center could result in reduced control
margins (pitch and roll) and abnormal
control positions (pitch, roll, and yaw).
NOTE
For S/N 36087 - 36247, if fast slaving is
desired, center ADI roll trim knob, then
push and hold VG FAST ERECT button
until attitude indicator displays zero
degrees bank angle. Use of VG FAST
ERECT button will disengage the
respective autopilot.
I
Pilot and copilot attitude indicators -
Erect and set as necessary.
WARNING
IF AFCS IS LEFT ENGAGED IN ATT
MODE DURING GROUND OPERATION,
IT CAN DRIVE THE CYCLIC STICK TO A
CONTROL STOP.
2-16 Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Verify AP 1 and AP 2 are disengaged. completion of AFCS CHECK.
Cyclic force trim switch - Check ON. Press TEST switch to exit AFCS test.
For helicopters not equipped with Flight 2-6-K. AHRS CHECK (S/N 36248 AND
Director Kit: Press and hold the CPL switch SUBSEQUENT)
on autopilot control panel. While holding CPL
switch, press the TEST switch. Release both Confirm AFCS TEST flashing, ADI Pitch and
switches - verify TEST ON. Roll adjustment indicies aligned, press and
hold AHRS control Panel No. 1 and No. 2
NOTE TEST switches.
AUTO TRIM light will remain
illuminated during AFCS test. NOTE
Test may be performed in MAG or DG
mode.If TEST accomplished in DG
mode, heading must be manually
aligned.
Verify following responses for each system:
AFCS TEST switch - ON for level 1 test.
Verify AL-300 Air Data Display (ADD) HSI
reads LE 1.
Heading Rotates to 015

Verify AP 1 light flashes, then press.


Heading OFF Flag In view
NOTE
ADI
Pilot shall closely monitor controls
during test, taking care not to restrict Pitch 5

nose up
control movements. To prevent
nuisance failures, hands must remain Roll 45

right
off controls.
Cyclic-- Verify movement aft right
approximately one inch, then return to ATT Flag In view
neutral.
Verify AP 2 light flashes, then press. RT Flag In view
Cyclic - Verify movement aft right AHRS
approximately one inch, then return to CONTROL
neutral. PANEL
Upon completion of test, verify AP 1 and
AP 2 lights extinguish and AL-300 reads * / + Indicator Needle Deflection - *
END 1.
If error codes are present, press SBY (or
cyclic NAV STBY switch) once to view
each code until END 1 is displayed (refer
to table 3-3 for a list of error codes).
(AHRS equipped helicopters) - Proceed
to paragraph 2-6-K AHRS CHECK prior to Press AFCS TEST switch to exit test mode.
Rev. 20 2-17
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
2-6-L. CABIN HEATER CHECK Within operating ranges.
GAS PROD - Check 75% RPM (N1) Caution and warning lights -
minimum (both engines). Extinguished.
Thermostat knob - Full COLD. Flight instruments - Check operation
and set. When flying IFR check as
follows:
CAUTION
IVSI - Needle near zero.
HEATER SWITCH SHALL BE Altimeter - Set and check.
TURNEDOFF WHEN HEATED AIRFLOW
DOES NOT SHUT OFF AFTER HSI - Check.
THERMOSTAT IS TURNED TO FULL
COLD, HEATER AIR LINE LIGHT ADI - Check.
ILLUMINATES, OR CABIN HTR CIRCUIT
BREAKER TRIPS. Radio Altimeter - Zero altitude, OFF flag
retracted, DH set as desired.
CAUTION
WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE HEATER ABOVE 21
C OAT.
IF AFCS IS LEFT ENGAGED IN ATT
HEATER switch - ON. MODE DURING GROUND OPERATION,
IT CAN DRIVE THE CYCLIC STICK TO A
VENT BLOWER switch - ON. CONTROL STOP.
Thermostat setting - Increase and AFCS - AP 1 and AP 2 engaged and
observe heated airflow. select ATT or SAS mode as desired (ATT
mode shall be used during IFR flight;
DEFOG lever - ON. Check airflow is
SAS mode recommended for ground
diverted from pedestal outlets to operations, hover, andtakeoff).
windshield nozzles. Return lever to OFF.
TRIM/FD 1 or 2 - As desired.
AFT OUTLET switch - ON. Check airflow TRIM/FD 1 or 2-As desired.
distributed equally between pedestal FORCE TRIM Switch - ON in ATT mode,
outlets and aft outlets. Return switch to as desired in SAS mode.
OFF.
Auxiliary navigation Panel - As desired.
NOTE
Heater operation affects performance.
Refer to Hover Ceiling and Rate of
Climb charts for HEATER ON in Section MODERATE FRICTION SHALL BE
4. APPLIED TO OVERCOME FOLLOW-
THROUGH COUPLING BETWEEN
HEATER switch - As desired.
THROTTLES.
VENT BLOWER switch - As desired. Throttles - Full open. Adjust frictions.
2-7. BEFORE TAKEOFF ENG - 100% RPM (N11) for both engines.
Engine, gearbox, transmission, POSITION lights - As required.
hydraulic, and electrical instruments -
2-18 Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
ANTI COLL light Check ON.
PITOT-STATIC HEATERS switch ON.
Check ammeter for load indication. Leave
ON in visible moisture when temperature
is below 4.4C (40F) OFF if not required.
Radio(s) Check functioning.
EMERGENCY COMM panel (If installed)
Check for single pilot operations.
Cyclic control Centered or slightly into
the wind.
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER TEST switch
(if installed) Press and hold for three
seconds. Verify meter indicates GOOD.
NOTE
For other Cockpit Voice Recorder
installations, refer to the applicable
Flight Manual Supplement.
STEP switch (if installed) As desired.
Passenger seat belts Fastened.
All doors Secured.
2-7-A. POWER ASSURANCE CHECK
Power assurance check should be performed
daily. (Refer to Section 4.)
2-7-B. PROLONGED GROUND
OPERATION
NOTE
For prolonged ground operation, AFCS
shall not be operated in ATT mode.
CAUTION
MINIMUM ROTOR 97% RPM FOR
GROUND OPERATION WITH STICK
CENTERING INDICATOR SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE.
NOTE
For ground operation, maintain rotor
RPM (N
R
) within allowable range.
Higher minimum rotor RPM reduces
blade flapping.
NR 77 - 85% or above, as desired.
Cyclic Position as necessary to
extinguish CYC CTR caution lights.
NOTE
On side slopes greater than five
degrees, maintain 100% ROTOR
RPM. CYC CTR caution lights are
inhibited.
2-7-C. OPERATION IN OR NEAR
MAGNETIC DISTURBANCES
(S/N 36248 AND SUB)
CAUTION
TO AVOI D HEADI NG ERROR,
ACCOMPLI SH I NFLI GHT AHRS
HEADING SYNCHRONIZATION ONLY
IN LEVEL FLIGHT AND, IF FLIGHT
DIRECTOR INSTALLED, UNCOUPLED
(STBY).
When operation AHRS equipped helicopters in
an area of suspected adverse magnetic
disturbance (e.g., an off-shore oil platform), a
significant heading error can occur during
landing and takeoff. Prior to landing or before
takeoff, switch AHRS from MAG mode to DG
mode and, if necessary, manually align
heading with visual reference. When clear of
magnetic disturbance switch back to MAG
mode t o i ni t i at e aut omat i c headi ng
synchronization.
2-8. TAKEOFF
CAUTION
DURING LIFTOFF TO HOVER, ANY
ABNORMAL INCREASE IN ONE PER
REV VIBRATION MAY INDICATE ONE
OR MORE MAIN ROTOR DROOP
RESTRAI NERS FAI LED TO
DISENGAGE FROM STATIC POSITION.
VERI FY PROPER OPERATI ON
PRIOR TO FLIGHT.
23 MAY 2002 Rev. 23 2-19
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
NOTE AVOID area of the Height-Velocity
diagram. Torque shall not exceed 15%
When AFCS is in ATT mode, the FORCE above IGE hover power while
TRIM release button and the CLTV/YAW accelerating to Takeoff Climbout Safety
TRIM REL switch should be depressed Speed. (Refer to Section 4.)
before liftoff (to trim actuators to center Cyclic control - Apply forward cyclic to
positions) and should be held until
desired climbout attitude is attained.
Collective pitch - Adjust as desired after
reaching VTOCS (45 KIAS).
AP 1 and AP 2 - As required Airspeed - Within limits (60 KIAS
TRIM/FD 1 or 2 - As desired. minimum for IFR).
Area- Clear.
2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS
(AHRS equipped helicopters - S/N 36248 and
subsequent).
CAUTION
CAUTION WHEN OPERATING NEAR THE
MAXIMUM MAST TORQUE LIMIT,
INADVERTANT OVERTORQUE MAY
NOTE HSI HEADING PRIOR TO OCCUR DURING MANEUVERING
LIFTOFF. TO ENSURE NO MAGNETIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS INVOLVING
DISTURBANCE EXISTS, TURNS AND/OR NOSE DOWN
CROSSCHECK HEADING IN HOVER. IF ATTITUDE
DISCREPANCY EXISTS, OPERATE IN CHANGES. DECREASE POWER TO
DG MODE (REFER TO OPERATIONS IN 90% MAST TORQUE PRIOR TO
OR NEAR MAGNETIC MANEUVERING HELICOPTER.
DISTURBANCES). DISTURBANCES). ENG - 97 to 100% RPM (N11).
NOTE Airspeed - Within limits for flight
altitude.
As collective is increased, it may be
necessary to rematch engine torques Engine, gearbox, and transmission
prior to reaching hover. Instruments - Within limits.
RPM (trim) switch - Adjust to obtain NOTE
matching torque, N1, or ITT, as required, Maximum pitch attitude capability of
and 100% N
R.
standby attitude indicator is 60
degrees.
Hover power - Check torque required to
hover at four feet skid height. Refer to applicable operating rules for
high altitude oxygen requirements.
NOTE (AHRS equipped helicopters - S/N 36248 and
Downwind takeoffs are not subsequent).
recommended since the published
takeoff distance performance will not
be achieved. CAUTION
During takeoff, pitch attitude must be
adjusted commensurate with power WHEN AHRS IS SWITCHED FROM DG
application to prevent entering the MAG MODE IT
2-20 Rev. 20
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
INSTANTANEOUSLY SYNCHRONIZE
TO DETECTED MAGNETIC HEADING.
MAKE SWITCH SELECTION ONLY IN
LEVEL FLIGHT TO AVOID INVALID
HEADING SYNCHRONIZATION DUE TO
FLUX VALVE SENSING ERRORS
DURING TURNS.
2-9-A. MANEUVERING WITH AFCS IN
SAS MODE
Use normal pilot control techniques.
2-9-B. MANEUVERING WITH AFCS IN
ATT MODE
Depress cyclic FORCE TRIM release
button and maneuver as desired. Release
button when desired attitude is reached.
Autopilot will hold attitude until
retrimmed to new attitude. Attitude may
also be adjusted with cyclic ATTD TRIM
switch.
For momentary yaw changes, due to
power change, press forward on YAW
TRIM REL switch (if installed), which
releases pedal force trim only. Adjust
yaw with pedals, then release switch.
For momentary attitude changes, manual
cyclic movement may be used. However,
AFCS actuators may be saturated to limit
authority when cyclic is moved manually.
NOTE
In-flight use of VG FAST ERECT button
(S/N 36087 - 36247) will disengage
respective autopilot.
2-10. DESCENT AND LANDING
desired (minimum friction for ATT mode
operation).
AFCS - Engage ATT or SAS mode as
desired.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON in ATT mode,
as desired In SAS mode.
Throttles - Full open.
ENG - 100% RPM (Nl).
Flight path - Stay clear of AVOID area of
Height-velocity diagram (Refer to Section
1). For landing distance Information in
the event of engine failure during
approach (refer to Section 4).
STEP SWITCH (if installed) - As desired.
CAUTION
RUN ON LANDINGS MAY RESULT IN
ROLL OSCILLATIONS WHILE ON THE
GROUND. IF THIS OCCURS,
LOWERING COLLECTIVE FULLY
DOWN OR DISENGAGING AP 1 AND AP
2 WILL STOP THE OSCILLATIONS.
AFTER LANDING
Collective pitch - Full down.
Pedals - Centered.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON.
FORCE TRIM release button - Depress
and check for actuator centering.
AFCS - SAS mode.
Flight controls - Adjust friction as
Rev. 19 2-20A/2-20B
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
2-11. ENGINE SHUTDOWN
AP 1 and AP 2 - Disengage, check
autopilot lights extinguish, AFCS and
MASTER CAUTION lights illuminate.
Cyclic - Friction as desired. Maintain
cyclic stick as near center as possible at
all rotor speeds.
NOTE
For ground operation, maintain
rotor RPM (NR) within allowable
range. Higher minimum rotor
RPM reduces blade flapping.
Throttles - Reduce to 77 - 85% NR, as
desired.
CAUTION
IF STICK CENTERING INDICATOR
SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE, N
R
FOR
GROUND OPERATION SHALL BE
97% OR ABOVE.
Stick centering check - Complete.
Center cyclic and friction as necessary
to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights.
NOTE
On side slopes greater than five
degrees, disregard CYC CTR
caution lights and position cyclic
as required.
ITT - Stabilize for one minute.
ELT (if installed) - Check for
inadvertent transmission.
STBY ATTD switch (if installed) - OFF.
EMERG LT switch (if installed) -
DISARM.
Engine instruments - Within limits.
IDLE STOP release switch - ENG 1
position.
Engine 1 throttle - Fully closed. Check
ITT and GAS PROD RPM (N,)
decreasing.
BATTERY BUS 1 Switch - ON.
IDLE STOP release switch - ENG 2
position.
Engine 2 throttle - Fully closed. Check
ITT and GAS PROD RPM (N,) decreasing.
GEN 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
INV 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
Engine 1 and 2 FUEL switches - OFF.
Engine 1 and 2 BOOST PUMP switches
- OFF.
Engine 1 and 2 FUEL TRANS switches -
OFF.
Radios - OFF.
WARNING
DO NOT USE COLLECTIVE TO
SLOW ROTOR RPM. USE OF
COLLECTIVE TO SLOW ROTOR
RPM CAN CAUSE EXCESSIVE
FLAPPING AND / OR CONING.
CAUTION
AVOID RAPID ENGAGEMENT OF
ROTOR BRAKE IF HELICOPTER IS
ON ICE OR OTHER SLIPPERY OR
LOOSE SURFACE TO PREVENT
ROTATION OF HELICOPTER.
Rotor brake - As desired. Apply at or
below 40% ROTOR RPM. Return to
stowed position after main rotor stops.
Pilot - Remain at flight controls until
rotor has come to a complete stop.
Lighting and miscellaneous switches -
OFF.
BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2 switches -
OFF
Collective down lock - Secured as
desired.
Rev. 15 2-21
BHT-412-FM-4
2-12. POSTFLIGHT CHECK
If conditions require, perform the
following:
NOTE
Refer to BHT-412-MD-4 for
additional information.
Check general condition of droop
restraint system and verify that the
FAA APPROVED
droop restraint arms are engaged in the
lower detent of the cam window.
Install main rotor blade tiedown socks
on blades and secure to mooring points.
Install tail rotor tiedown strap and
secure to vertical fin.
Install exhaust covers, engine inlet
protective plugs, and pitot tube covers.
Rev. 13
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
BHT-412EP-FM-2-1
Figure 2-1. Preflight check sequence
2-23/2-24
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Section 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject
Page
Number Paragraph
INTRODUCTION .........................................................................
DEFINITIONS ..............................................................................
ENGINE .......................................................................................
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE ....................................................
ENGINE RESTART IN FLIGHT...............................................
DUAL ENGINE FAILURE........................................................
ENGINE UNDERSPEED .........................................................
ENGINE OVERSPEED - FUEL CONTROL / GOVERNOR
FAILURE .................................................................................
ENGINE OVERSPEED - DRIVESHAFT FAILURE...............
ENGINE COMPRESSOR STALL............................................
ENGINE HOT START/SHUTDOWN .......................................
FIRE.............................................................................................
ENGINE FIRE ..........................................................................
CABIN SMOKE OR FUMES ...................................................
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT FIRE........................................
TAIL ROTOR ...............................................................................
COMPLETE LOSS OF TAIL ROTOR THRUST......................
TAIL ROTOR FIXED PITCH FAILURES................................
LOSS OF PITCH CHANGE CONTROL LINKAGE .................
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ................................................................
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ..............................................................
DC POW ER FAILURE.............................................................
AC POW ER FAILURE.............................................................
FUEL SYSTEM............................................................................
FUEL BOOST PUMP FAILURE.................................
FUEL FILTER PARTIALLY BLOCKED ..................................
FUEL QUANTITY INDICATIONS MALFUNCTION ................
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM ............................
AFCS FAILS TO ENGAGE OR DISENGAGE ........................
AFCS FAILS TO HOLD ATTITUDE........................................
AFCS HARDOVER OR ABNORMAL CONTROL
DISTURBANCE .......................................................................
AUTOTRIM FAILURE .............................................................
PITCH OR ROLL FAILURE ....................................................
AUTOTRIM RUNAW AY ..........................................................
AHRS - ALIGNMENT IN FLIGHT (S/N 36248 AND SUB) ...
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................
INTERCOM FAILURE .............................................................
3-1 ..................
3-2..................
3-3 ..................
3-3-A ..............
3-3-B ..............
3-3-C ..............
3-3-D ..............
3-3-E ..............
3-3-F ..............
3-3-G ..............
3-3-H ..............
3-4 ..................
3-4-A ..............
3-4-B ..............
3-4-C ..............
3-5..................
3-5-A ..............
3-5-B ..............
3-5-C ..............
3-6..................
3-7..................
3-7-A ..............
3-7-B ..............
3-8 ..................
3-8-A ..............
3-8-B ..............
3-8-C ..............
3-9..................
3-9-A ..............
3-9-B ..............
3-9-C ..............
3-9-D ..............
3-9-E ..............
3-9-F ..............
3-9-G ..............
3-10................
3-10-A ............
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-9
3-10
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-12
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-18
3-18
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-20
3-20
3-20
3-20
3-21
3-21
3-21
Rev. 19 3-1
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)
Page
Subject Paragraph Number
COMMUNICATION RADIO FAILURE .................................... 3-10-B ............ 3-22
CABIN HEATER...................................3-11................. 3-22
LANDING GEAR ........................................ 3-12................ 3-22
STATIC PORT OBSTRUCTION ................................................. 3-13................ 3-22
STICK CENTERING INDICATOR FAILURE .............................. 3-14................ 3-22
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Title Number Number
WARNING (RED) LIGHTS .......................................................... 3-1 .................. 3-23
CAUTION (AMBER) LIGHTS ...................................... 3-2.................. 3-25
DIGITAL AFCS ERROR CODES ........................................... 3-3.................. 3-32
3-2 Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
* Section 3
3-1. INTRODUCTION
The following procedures contain the
indications of equipment or system failure
or malfunction, the use of emergency
features of primary and backup systems,
and appropriate warnings, cautions, and
explanatory notes. Table 3-1 lists fault
conditions and corrective actions required
for illumination of red warning lights.
Table 3-2 addresses malfunction
procedures associated with amber caution
lights. Table 3-3 lists the Digital AFCS
error codes.
All corrective action procedures listed
herein assume the pilot gives first priority
to aircraft control and a safe flight path.
The helicopter should not be operated
following any emergency landing or
shutdown until the cause of the
malfunction has been determined and
corrective maintenance action taken.
3-2. DEFINITIONS
The following terms indicate the degree of
urgency in landing the helicopter.
LAND AS SOON AS
PRACTICAL
The duration of the
flight and landing
site are at the
discretion of the
pilot. Extended flight
beyond the nearest
approved landing
area is not
recommended.
The following terms are used to describe
the operating condition of a system,
subsystem, assembly, or component.
Affected
Normal
Fails to operate in
the intended or usual
manner.
Operates in the
intended or usual
manner.
LAND AS SOON AS
POSSIBLE
Land without delay at
the nearest suitable
area (i.e., open field)
at which a safe
approach and
landing is reasonably
assured.
3-3. ENGINE
3-3-A. SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE
The Ni rpm of the normally operating
engine is allowed to droop to 97% during
transition from twin engine operation to
single engine operation. The N,, rpm
should be increased to 100% if possible.
Flight can be continued on remaining
engine until a desirable landing site is
available. There are certain combinations
of gross weight, altitude, and cold ambient
temperatures at which a single engine
approach will result in the OEI torque limit
being exceeded. A run-on landing at 20 to
30 knots is recommended.
3-3
BHT-412-FM-4
CAUTION
RUN ON LANDINGS MAY RESULT
IN ROLL OSCILLATIONS WHILE
ON THE GROUND. IF THIS
OCCURS, LOWERING
COLLECTIVE FULLY DOWN OR
DISENGAGING AP 1 AND AP 2
WILL STOP THE OSCILLATIONS.
Loss of an engine while hovering at high
gross weight and extremely cold
conditions will most likely result in
exceeding the OEI torque limit. If an
overtorque is observed or suspected, an
appropriate log book entry shall be made.
Refer to Performance charts in Section 4.
NOTE
If an engine restart is to be
attempted, refer to ENGINE
RESTART IN FLIGHT in this
Section.
INDICATION:
ENG 1 OUT or ENG 2 OUT warning light
illuminated.
N1 rpm below 53% and decreasing.
N11 rpm below 85% and decreasing.
ITT below 400C and decreasing.
No. 1 or 2 OIL PRESSURE, DC
GENERATOR, and PART SEP OFF
caution lights illuminated.
Normal engine N11 rpm droops to 97%.
PROCEDURE:
WARNING
IF CORRECTIVE ACTION IS NOT
INITIATED IMMEDIATELY, ROTOR
3-4 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED
RPM COULD DECAY
EXCESSIVELY.
CAUTION
DURING COLD WEATHER
OPERATIONS CAREFULLY
MONITOR TORQUE OF THE
NORMAL ENGINE WHEN ONE
ENGINE FAILS OR IS SHUT DOWN
IN FLIGHT.
Collective - Reduce as required to
maintain rotor rpm and power within OEI
limits.
Airspeed - 70 KIAS or as required to
maintain flight within OEI limits.
RPM switch - INCR; set N11 rpm at 100%
if possible.
Throttle (affected engine) - Closed.
BOOST PUMP switch (affected engine)
- OFF.
FUEL switch (affected engine) - OFF.
FUEL XFEED switch - OVRD CLOSE.
Fuel INTCON switch - OPEN.
GEN switch (affected engine) - OFF.
NON-ESNTL BUS - As desired.
If No. 2 engine failed:
BATTERY BUS 2 switch - OFF;
BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON.
MASTER CAUTION light - Reset.
Altitude - Descend below 5000 feet Hp
(if practical) to prevent possible fuel
starvation if remaining boost pump fails.
Land as soon as practical.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
3-3-B. ENGINE RESTART IN
FLIGHT
The conditions which would warrant an
attempt to restart the engine would
probably be a flameout, caused by a
malfunction of the automatic mode of the
fuel control unit. The decision to attempt
an engine restart during flight is the pilots
responsibility.
*PROCEDURE:
For battery start (nonassisted):
BATTERY BUS switch (normal engine)-
OFF.
BATTERY BUS switch (affected engine)
- ON.
START switch - Engage; observe
starter limitations.
Engine oil pressure - Indicating a rise.
CAUTION
...............
CAUTION
IF THE CAUSE OF ENGINE
FAILURE IS OBVIOUSLY
MECHANICAL, AS EVIDENCED BY
ABNORMAL SOUNDS, DO NOT
ATTEMPT A RESTART.
Throttle (affected engine) - Closed.
BOOST PUMP switch (affected engine)
- ON.
FUEL switch (affected engine) - ON.
FUEL XFEED switch - NORM.
GOV switch (affected engine) -
MANUAL.
GEN switch (affected engine) - OFF.
WHEN RESTARTING ENGINE IN
MANUAL FUEL CONTROL MODE,
CAREFULLY MONITOR ITT.
Throttle - Open slowly at 12% N, rpm
until ITT begins to rise. Do not open
throttle further until ITT and N, rpm
stabilize.
START switch - Centered at 55% N,
rpm.
CAUTION
WHEN OPERATING IN MANUAL
FUEL CONTROL MODE, MAKE
SLOW, SMOOTH THROTTLE
MOVEMENTS TO AVOID
COMPRESSOR STALL,
OVERTEMP, OVERSPEED, AND
POSSIBLE DRIVE TRAIN
DAMAGE. COORDINATE
THROTTLE AND COLLECTIVE
PITCH CHANGES TO AVOID
OVERLOADING THE NORMAL
ENGINE.
CAUTION
OEI PERFORMANCE CAN BE
AFFECTED DURING GENERATOR
ASSISTED START (WITH BOTH
BATTERY SWITCHES ON).
Rev. 17 3-5
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
Throttle - Increase slowly; adjust as
required to control torque, ITT, and N,
rpm.
NOTE
If torque of affected engine is
controlled slightly (approximately
4%) below torque of normal
engine, rotor rpm will be governed
within limits automatically by
normal engine.
GEN switches (both) - ON.
BATTERY BUS 2 switch - ON.
No. 1 and 2 OIL PRESSURE, DC
GENERATOR, and PART SEP OFF
caution lights illuminated.
PROCEDURE:
WARNING
IF CORRECTIVE ACTION IS NOT
INITIATED IMMEDIATELY, ROTOR
RPM COULD DECAY
EXCESSIVELY.
Collective pitch - Reduce. Establish
autorotative glide at 65 to 90 KIAS.
FUEL TRANS switch (affected engine)--
ON.
FUEL INTCON switch - NORM.
Land as soon as practical.
If restart was unsuccessful, secure
affected engine as prescribed in Single
Engine Failure procedure --
3-3-C. DUAL ENGINE FAILURE
* INDICATION:
ENG 1 OUT and ENG 2 OUT warning
lights illuminated.
RPM warning light illuminated.
Rotor rpm audio on.
N, rpm below 53% and decreasing (both
engines).
NOTE
AIRSPEED for best angle of glide
in autorotation is 90 KIAS, and
AIRSPEED for minimum rate of
descent is 65 KIAS.
Autorotational rate of descent is a
function of AIRSPEED and ROTOR
RPM and is virtually unaffected by
gross weight and density altitude.
I
Accomplish autorotative landing.--
If time permits before landing and a
restart will not be attempted, proceed
as follows:
Throttles (both) - Closed.
BOOST PUMP switches (both) - OFF.
FUEL switches (both) - OFF.
FUEL TRANS switches (both) - OFF.
After landing, complete shutdown.
Ni, rpm below 85% and decreasing (both
engines).
ITT below 400C and decreasing (both
engines).
3-6 Rev. 9
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
3-3-D. ENGINE UNDERSPEED
NOTE
Normal deviations of ROTOR RPM
from the governed setting may
occur when large collective
changes are made but should not
be confused with fuel control
failure, unless a large steady-state
TORQUE split occurs.
If there is a low power demand (less than
single engine power available) at the time
of low side failure, ROTOR RPM and ENG
RPM (N,,) of the affected engine will
decrease and stabilize at or slightly below
the governed value. Torque, ITT, and GAS
PROD RPM (N1) of the affected engine will
also decrease. As ROTOR RPM decreases,
the normal engine will increase TORQUE
output to assume the load. If power
demand is near zero, there may not be a
significant torque split.
If there is a high power demand (greater
than single engine power available) at the
time of low side failure, ROTOR RPM will
decrease along with ENG RPM (N11),
TORQUE, ITT, and GAS PROD RPM (N1) of
the affected engine. As ROTOR RPM
decreases, the normal engine will increase
to maximum power to assume the load,
causing significant increases in TORQUE,
ITT, and GAS PROD RPM (N1), while ENG
RPM (N11) will remain below the governed
value.
INDICATION:
Low ENG RPM (N11 and ROTOR RPM
(possibly with RPM warning light and
audio if power demand is in excess of
single engine power available).
TORQUE split (proportional to power
demand).
Low GAS PROD RPM (N1), ITT, and
TORQUE on affected engine.
PROCEDURE:
WARNING
IF CORRECTIVE ACTION IS NOT
INITIATED IMMEDIATELY, ROTOR
RPM COULD DECAY
EXCESSIVELY.
Collective - Adjust as necessary to
maintain ROTOR RPM.
Airspeed - 70 KIAS or as required to
maintain flight within OEI limits.
Affected engine - Identify.
Throttle frictions - Tighten on normal
engine; reduce on affected engine.
Throttle (affected engine) - Reduce to
flight idle.
GOV switch (affected engine) -
MANUAL.
CAUTION
WHEN OPERATING IN MANUAL
FUEL CONTROL MODE, MAKE
SLOW, SMOOTH THROTTLE
MOVEMENTS TO AVOID
COMPRESSOR STALL,
OVERTEMP, OVERSPEED, AND
POSSIBLE DRIVE TRAIN
DAMAGE. COORDINATE
THROTTLE AND COLLECTIVE
PITCH CHANGES TO AVOID
OVERLOADING THE NORMAL
ENGINE.
Throttle (affected engine) - Increase
slowly. Adjust throttle and collective as
required to maintain TORQUE of affected
engine slightly below TORQUE of normal
engine.
MASTER CAUTION light - Reset.
Land as soon as practical.
Rev. 17 3-7
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
3-3-E. ENGINE OVERSPEED -
FUEL CONTROL/GOVERNOR
FAILURE
NOTE
Normal deviations of ROTOR RPM
from the governed setting may
occur when large collective
changes are made but should not
be confused with fuel control
failure, unless a large steady-state
TORQUE split occurs.
If there is a low power demand (less than
single engine power available) at the time
of high side failure, ROTOR RPM and ENG
RPM (N,,) of the affected engine will
increase considerably above the governed
value. TORQUE, ITT, and GAS PRODUCER
RPM (N,) of the affected engine will also
increase. As ENG RPM (Nl,) and ROTOR
RPM increase above the governed value,
the normal engine will reduce power to
keep itself from overspeeding, and will
indicate significantly lower TORQUE, ITT,
and GAS PROD RPM (N,) than the affected
engine.
Definite TORQUE split (proportional to
power demand).
High GAS PROD RPM (Ni), ITT, and
TORQUE on affected engine.
Return of ENG RPM (Ni,) and ROTOR
RPM to governed value (if power
demand is high).
*PROCEDURE:
CAUTION
IF CORRECTIVE ACTION IS NOT
INITIATED IMMEDIATELY,
ROTORRPM CAN OVERSPEED
EXCESSIVELY.
Collective - Adjust as necessary to
maintain ROTOR RPM.
Affected engine - Identify.
Throttle (affected engine) - Reduce to
maintain TORQUE at or slightly below
TORQUE of normal engine.
If there is a high power demand (greater
than single engine power available) at the
time of high side failure, ROTOR RPM and
ENG RPM (Ni) of the affected engine will
surge initially, along with TORQUE, ITT,
and GAS PROD RPM (N,). As ENG RPM
(Ni,) and ROTOR RPM increase, the normal
engine will reduce power to keep itself
from overspeeding. The affected engine
then tries to assume all the load, which is
beyond its capability due to the high
power demand. ENG RPM (N,,) of the
affected engine (and ROTOR RPM) will
then decrease and rejoin the ENG RPM
(N,,) of the normal engine, stabilizing at or
slightly above the governed value as the
normal engine adjusts power output to
share the load.
INDICATION:
High ENG RPM (N,,) and ROTOR RPM,
possibly with RPM warning light.
Throttle frictions - Tighten on normal
engine; reduce on affected engine.
Throttle (affected engine) - Reduce to
idle.
GOV switch (affected engine) -
MANUAL.
N CAUTION
WHEN OPERATING IN MANUAL
FUEL CONTROL MODE, MAKE
SLOW,SMOOTH, COORDINATED
THROTTLE AND COLLECTIVE
MOVEMENTS TO AVOID
COMPRESSOR STALL,
OVERTEMP, UNDERSPEED/
OVERSPEED, AND POSSIBLE
DRIVETRAIN DAMAGE.
I
3-8 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Throttle (affected engine) - increase
slowly. Adjust throttle and collective as
required to maintain TORQUE of affected
engine slightly below TORQUE of normal
engine.
MASTER CAUTION - Reset.
IF NR OR MAST TORQUE
EXCEEDS 110% OR OVERSPEED
VALUES ARE UNKNOWN, LAND
AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
Land as soon as practical.
3-3-E-1. GOVERNOR ACTUATOR
FAILURE (FULL
INCREASE)
* INDICATION:
N,
i
and rotor rpm increase to
approximately 101%.
RPM INCR-DECR switch Inoperative.
PROCEDURE:
If this failure occurs during takeoff or
landing, no Immediate corrective action
is necessary to complete either
maneuver.
As soon as practical, roll back both
throttles to maintain 97 to 100% N,, rpm.
Further adjustment of collective and
throttles simultaneously will allow full
power at pilots discretion.
Land as soon as practical.
3-3-E-2. GOVERNOR ACTUATOR
FAILURE (FULL
DECREASE)
Published Flight Manual performance may
not be attainable.
3-3-F. ENGINE OVERSPEED -
DRIVESHAFT FAILURE
WARNING
FAILURE OF THE MAIN
DRIVESHAFT TO THE
TRANSMISSION WILL RESULT IN
COMPLETE LOSS OF POWER TO
THE MAIN ROTOR. ALTHOUGH
THE COCKPIT INDICATIONS FOR
A DRIVESHAFT FAILURE ARE
SOMEWHAT COMPARABLE TO A
DUAL ENGINE FAILURE, IT IS
IMPERATIVE THAT
AUTOROTATIVE FLIGHT
PROCEDURES BE ESTABLISHED
IMMEDIATELY. FAILURE TO
REACT IMMEDIATELY TO THE
LOW ROTOR RPM AUDIO SIGNAL,
CAUTION LIGHT, AND
TACHOMETER INDICATION WILL
RESULT IN LOSS OF CONTROL.
INDICATION:
Left yaw.
Rapid decrease in N
Rapid increase in N,,.
Illumination of rotor RPM warning light
with audio.
Possible Increase in noise due to:
Overspeeding engine turbines.
Overspeeding combining gearbox.
Driveshaft breakage.
PROCEDURE:
Collective - As required to establish
autorotative descent.
Airspeed - Establish airspeed for
minimum rate of descent or maximum
glide.
Throttles - Close, If time permits.
Controls - As required for autorotative
landing.
3-3-G. ENGINE COMPRESSOR
STALL
* INDICATION:
Engine 'pops'.
High or erratic ITT.
Decreasing or erratic N
1
and N
2
RPM.
Torque oscillations.
Rev. 18 3-9
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
*PROCEDURE:
INDICATION:
Collective - Reduce, maintain slow
flight
FIRE 1 PULL or FIRE 2 PULL handle
Heater switch - Reposition
ITT and N, - Check for normal *PROCEDURE:
indications
Abort start of affected engine as follows:
SEAT BELT and no smoking signs -
ON. Throttle - Closed
If an audible compressor stall is noted, FUEL XFEED switch - OVRD CLOSE
refer to maintenance to determine cause.
BOOST PUMP switch - OFF
3-3-H. ENGINE HOT START/
FUEL switch - OFF
SHUTDOWN
* INDICATION:
Appropriate FIRE handle - Pull
A hot start is caused by a combination of FIRE EXT swtch - MAIN.
excessive fuel in the combustion chamber
and delayed fuel ignition. Internal and FIRE warning light remains on more
external damage can result.
Flames emitting from the exhaust. * PROCEDURE:
Excessive ITT indication. FIRE EXT switch - RESERVE
*PROCEDURE: Complete engine shutdown
Abort start of affected engine as follows: Exit helicopter.
Throttle - Closed; keep starter
engaged 3-4-A-2. DURING TAKEOFF OR
APPROACH
BOOST PUMP switch - OFF APPROACH
FUEL switch - OFF If a landing site is available, begin
approach; if not available, continue
Starter - Continue to energize until takeoff.
ITT decreases.
* INDICATION
Complete shutdown.
FIRE 1 PULL or FIRE 2 PULL handle
Exit helicopter and check for damage. illuminated.
If ITT limits for starting were exceeded,
refer to Engine Maintenance Manual for *PROCEDURE:
inspection requirements.
Airspeed - 45 KIAS minimum.
3-4. FIRE Collective - Reduce (altitude
permitting)
3-4-A. ENGINE FIRE
Appropriate FIRE PULL handle - Pull
3-4-A-1. DURING START FIRE EXT switch - MAIN.
3-10 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED
If FIRE warning light remains on more
than 10 seconds:
PROCEDURE:
FIRE EXT switch - RESERVE
N11 rpm - Set at 100%
Land as soon as possible
Complete engine shutdown
Exit helicopter.
3-4-A-3. IN FLIGHT
PROCEDURE:
Initiate emergency descent immediately
if possible.
Shut down affected engine as follows:
Appropriate FIRE PULL handle - Pull
Throttle (affected engine) - Closed
FIRE EXT switch - MAIN
FUEL XFEED switch - OVRD CLOSE
BOOST PUMP switch (affected engine)
- OFF
FUEL switch (affected engine) - OFF
Fuel INTCON switch - OPEN.
If FIRE warning light remains on:
FIRE EXT switch - RESERVE
N11 rpm (normal engine) - Set at 100%
Land as soon as possible
If a landing site is not readily available,
proceed as follows:
BHT-412-FM-4
NOTE
If reserve bottle has not been
discharged, FIRE PULL handle
(affected engine) - In (to provide
fire protection for normal engine).
GEN switch (affected engine) - OFF.
If No. 2 engine was shut down:
BATTERY BUS 2 switch - OFF
BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON
NON ESNTL BUS switch - MANUAL,
as desired.
After landing, proceed as follows:
Complete engine shutdown
Exit helicopter.
3-4-B. CABIN SMOKE OR FUMES
INDICATION:
Smoke, toxic fumes, etc., in cabin.
*PROCEDURE:
VENT BLOWER switch - ON.
Vents and windows - Open.
If additional ventilation is required:
Airspeed - Reduce to 60 KIAS or
less.
Passenger doors - Open.
If time and altitude permit and the
source is suspected to be electrical,
attempt to identify and isolate the
affected system.
Land as soon as possible.
Rev. 17 3-11
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
3-4-C. BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT 3-5-A-1. LOSS OF T/R THRUST AT
FIRE HOVER
INDICATION: PROCEDURE:
BAGGAGE FIRE warning light Close throttles immediately and make a
illuminates. hovering autorotation landing. A slight
rotation can be expected on touchdown.
*PROCEDURE:
Reduce power to minimum required. 3-5-A-2. LOSS OF T/R THRUST IN
Land as soon as possible. CLIMB
Inspect tailboom area for damage. The degree of right yaw upon failure will
be greater than that experienced in level
flight due to the higher power and anti-
3-5. TAIL ROTOR torque settings.
The key to successful handling of a tail *PROCEDURE:
rotor emergency lies in pilot ability to
quickly recognize the type of malfunction Close throttles and lower collective pitch
and to select the proper emergency immediately. Establish a glide speed
procedure. Following is a discussion of slightly above normal autorotation
some types of tail rotor malfunctions and approach speed.
their probable effects.
If a turn is required to reach a more
3-5-A. COMPLETE LOSS OF TAIL desirable place to land or to align into
the wind, make it to the right. A turn to
ROTOR THRUST the right can be more nearly streamlined
by the use of a little power.
*INDICATION:
Once aligned for landing, yaw can be
This is a situation involving a break in the controlled in the following manner:
drive system, such as a severed
driveshaft, wherein the tail rotor stops
turning and delivers no thrust. A failure of RIGHT YAW
this type in powered flight will result in the
nose of the helicopter swinging to the If the nose yaws right with power off, a
right (left side slip) and usually a roll of pulse of up collective will produce more
the fuselage. Nose down tucking will also friction in the mast thrust bearings,
be present. The severity of the initial creating a left moment. The greater the
reaction will be affected by airspeed, input of the pulse, the more the
density altitude, gross weight center of response will be.
gravity, and power being used.
WARNING
DO NOT ALLOW ROTOR RPM TO
DECAY BELOW MINIMUM LIMITS.
Moving the collective upward abruptly
increases rotor loading. Do not hold
3-12 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
collective up, as rotor rpm will decrease
lower than desirable. It is essential that
the collective be returned to the down
position for autorotation. This cycle is
one pulse. The pulse should be rapid (up
and down) but should not be used at low
a I t i t u d e s.
as near level as possible. A more positive
and abrupt use of collective will also be
necessary.
CAUTION
LEFT YAW
If the nose yaws left with power off, a
slight addition of power should arrest it.
Further increase in power results in
more right yaw response.
LANDING
CAUTION
RUN ON LANDINGS MAY RESULT
IN ROLL OSCILLATIONS WHILE
ON THE GROUND. IF THIS
OCCURS, LOWERING
COLLECTIVE FULLY DOWN OR
DISENGAGING AP 1 AND AP 2
WILL STOP THE OSCILLATIONS.
THE FLARE AND THE ABRUPT
USE OF COLLECTIVE WILL
CAUSE THE NOSE TO ROTATE
LEFT, BUT DO NOT CORRECT
WITH THROTTLE. ALTHOUGH
APPLICATION OF THROTTLE
WILL RESULT IN ROTATION TO
THE RIGHT, ADDITION OF POWER
IS A VERY STRONG RESPONSE
MEASURE AND IS TOO
SENSITIVE FOR THE PILOT TO
MANAGE PROPERLY AT THIS
TIME. DO NOT ADD POWER AT
THIS TIME. SLIGHT ROTATION
UPON TOUCHDOWN AT ZERO
GROUND SPEED SHOULD NOT
CAUSE ANY REAL PROBLEM.
3-5-A-3. LOSS OF T/R THRUST IN
LEVEL FLIGHT OR POWER
DIVE
*PROCEDURE:
During the final stages of the approach, a
mild flare should be executed and all
power to the rotor should be off. Maintain
helicopter in a slight flare and use
collective smoothly to execute a soft,
slightly nose-high landing. Landing on the
aft portion of the skids will tend to correct
side drift. This technique will, in most
cases, result In a run-on type landing.
ZERO GROUND SPEED LANDING
If it is essential that the landing be made
at zero ground speed, the only change in
the technique described previously is that
the flare should be executed closer to the
ground and more steeply. This will require
a more rapid forward cyclic input to land
Close throttles and reduce collective
pitch immediately. Attain an airspeed
slightly above the normal autorotative
glide speed.
If altitude permits with airspeed above
60 knots, throttle and pitch may be
gently applied to see if some degree of
powered flight can be resumed. If any
adverse yawing is experienced, re-enter
autorotation and continue descent to a
landing.
The landing technique is the same as
prescribed for the climb condition
above.
Rev. 17 3-13
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
3-5-A-4. LOSS OF T/R THRUST
DURING DESCENT (LOW
POWER OR POWER OFF)
PROCEDURE:
If both throttles are not closed at the
time of the failure, close them. Proceed
as prescribed in the previous condition
of level flight.
3-5-B-2. FIXED PITCH FAILURE IN
FLIGHT
If tail rotor fixed pitch failure occurs
during climb (left pedal applied), cruise
(approximately neutral pedals), and
descent (right pedal applied), a descent
and landing can be effected safely by use
of power and throttle changes.
*PROCEDURE:
3-5-A-5. LOSS OF TAIL ROTOR
COMPONENTS
The loss of any tail rotor components
will result in a forward center of gravity
shift. Other than additional nose down
pitching, this situation would be quite
similar to complete loss of tail rotor
thrust, as discussed above.
3-5-B. TAIL ROTOR FIXED PITCH
FAILURES
INDICATION:
Tail rotor pitch change control failures
are characterized either by a lack of
directional response when a pedal is
pushed or by locked pedals. If pedals
cannot be moved with a moderate
amount of force, do not attempt to apply
a maximum effort, since a more serious
malfunction could result.
3-5-B-1. FIXED PITCH FAILURE AT
HOVER
*PROCEDURE:
Do not close throttles unless a severe
right yaw occurs. If pedals lock in any
position at a hover, landing from a hover
can be accomplished with greater safety
under power controlled flight rather than
by closing throttles and entering
autorotation.
If the helicopter is in a trimmed
condition when the malfunction is
discovered, engine power and airspeed
should be noted and the aircraft should
be flown to a suitable landing area.
Combinations of engine torque, rotor
rpm, and airspeed will correct or
aggravate yaw attitude and these should
be adjusted as required to control yaw
during landing.
RIGHT PEDAL LOCKED FORWARD OF
NEUTRAL
Power should be reduced and engine
rpm maintained within the green arc.
This will help streamline the helicopter
in flight. Right turns are easier than left
turns. Airspeed should be maintained at
or above 60 knots.
Execute a shallow to normal approach,
maintaining engine rpm and an airspeed
of about 60 knots during the initial part
of the approach.
At 60 to 75 feet AGL and when the
landing area can be made, start a slow
deceleration to arrive at the intended
landing point with about 25 knots
indicated airspeed.
At 2 to 5 feet AGL, slowly reduce throttle
to overcome yaw effect and allow
helicopter to settle. When aligned with
the landing area, allow aircraft to touch
down.
3-14 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
CAUTION
RUN ON LANDINGS MAY RESULT
IN ROLL OSCILLATIONS WHILE
ON THE GROUND. IF THIS
OCCURS, LOWERING
COLLECTIVE FULLY DOWN OR
DISENGAGING AP 1 AND AP 2
WILL STOP THE OSCILLATIONS.
After ground contact use collective and
throttle as necessary to maintain
alignment with landing strip, and to
minimize forward speed. If helicopter
starts to turn, move cyclic as necessary
to follow the turn until helicopter comes
to a complete stop.
LEFT PEDAL LOCKED FORWARD OF
NEUTRAL
Reduce power and maintain engine rpm
within the green arc. Normal turns can
be safely made under these conditions,
although the nose may be displaced to
the left (depending on how far the pedal
is forward). Maintain about 60 knots
during the initial part of the approach.
On final approach, reduce throttles to
minimum operating rpm (97% NR) and
simultaneously begin a slow
deceleration so as to arrive at a point
about two feet above the intended
touchdown area as effective
translational lift is lost.
Apply collective pitch (maintaining
minimum operating rpm) to stop the rate
of descent and forward speed, and to
align the helicopter with the intended
landing path. If not aligned after pitch
application, increase throttle to further
help with alignment. Allow helicopter to
touch down at near-zero ground speed,
maintaining alignment with throttle.
Reduce power and maintain engine rpm
within the green arc. Normal turns can
be safely made under these conditions.
Execute a shallow approach, holding 60
knots airspeed during the initial part of
the approach.
At 50 to 75 feet AGL and when the
landing area can be made, start a slow
deceleration to arrive at the intended
landing point with 25 knots indicated
airspeed.
At 2 to 5 feet AGL, use throttle slowly as
necessary to maintain alignment with
the landing area and to control yaw; do
not allow helicopter to settle until
alignment is assured, then touch down.
CAUTION
RUN ON LANDINGS MAY RESULT
IN ROLL OSCILLATIONS WHILE
ON THE GROUND. IF THIS
OCCURS, LOWERING
COLLECTIVE FULLY DOWN OR
DISENGAGING AP 1 AND AP 2
WILL STOP THE OSCILLATIONS.
After ground contact, use collective and
throttle as necessary to minimize
forward speed and to maintain
alignment. Move cyclic as necessary to
follow the turn until helicopter has come
to a complete stop.
3-5-C. LOSS OF PITCH CHANGE
CONTROL LINKAGE
INDICATION:
In this type of failure, the pitch-change
mechanism is broken at some point and
PEDALS LOCKED IN NEUTRAL
Rev. 17 3-15
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
the tail rotor will assume a blade angle
determined by the aerodynamic and
counterbalance forces.
PROCEDURE:
The corrective action procedures are
described in FIXED PITCH FAILURES
above. The specific procedure to be
used depends on the yaw change
experienced.
3-6. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
This helicopter has two independent
hydraulic boost systems, both of which
supply power to the flight control system
for the main rotor. The tail rotor control
system is powered by system 1 only.
If a hydraulic system failure occurs shortly
after the helicopter has been cold soaked
at or below -25C (-13F) and the center of
gravity of the helicopter is near the
forward or aft limit, some resistance may
occur when the cyclic is near control
position extremes. This resistance can be
overcome by increased pilot effort.
INDICATION:
NO. 1 or NO. 2 HYDRAULIC caution light
illuminates.
Abnormal (low, high, or fluctuating)
hydraulic pressure in affected system.
Possible high temperature in affected
system.
Increased pedal forces (if system 1
failed).
Increased cyclic forces near control
extremes (cold weather only).
*PROCEDURE:
If either hydraulic system fails, or if
system temperature or pressure exceeds
limits, proceed as follows:
3-16 Rev. 17
WARNING
DO NOT EXTEND FLIGHT WITH
FAILED HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
THE HELICOPTER IS NOT
CONTROLLABLE WITH BOTH
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
INOPERATIVE.
DURING COLD WEATHER
OPERATION AVOID HIGH RATES
OF CLIMB. MAKE APPROACHES
AND LANDINGS INTO THE WIND.
AVOID EXTENDED HOVERING
AND DO NOT HOVER WITH THE
WIND COMING FROM THE AFT
LEFT QUADRANT.
Affected system - Identify positively.
HYDR SYS switch (affected system)-
OFF.
N,i rpm - Set to 100%.
MASTER CAUTION light - Reset.
Land as soon as possible.
3-7. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
3-7-A. DC POWER FAILURE
INDICATION:
DC GENERATOR caution light
illuminates.
All lighting and avionics on nonessential
buses inoperative.
*PROCEDURE:
GEN FIELD and GEN RESET circuit
breakers - Check in.
GEN switch (affected generator) -
RESET, then ON.
FAA APPROVED
If generator remains inoperative,
proceed as follows:
GEN switch (affected generator) - OFF.
If No. 2 generator failed:
BATTERY BUS 2 switch - OFF.
BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON.
NON-ESNTL BUS switch - MANUAL.
DC AMPS - Monitor; if load exceeds
limit:
NON-ESNTL BUS switch - As desired.
Switch off unnecessary equipment as
required.
If both generators fail and neither will
reset, proceed as follows:
CAUTION
DO NOT SELECT EMERG LOAD
AT PRESSURE ALTITUDES
ABOVE 5000 FEET. BOTH FUEL
BOOST PUMPS WILL BECOME
INOPERATIVE, RESULTING IN
POSSIBLE FUEL STARVATION.
Emergency load switch - As desired.
NOTE
A fully charged battery will
provide sufficient electrical power
for approximately 30 minutes with
essential equipment operating
normally except for limitations as
follows:
VHF Comm #1 - Transmit 3
minutes, Receive 30 minutes.
Pitot Static Heaters - 7 1/2
minutes.
BHT-412-FM-4
Utility Light (overhead portable) -
3 minutes.
Searchlight - 2 minutes.
Windshield Wipers - 2 minutes.
With emergency load switch In
EMERG LOAD position, battery
will provide approximately 90
minutes of electrical power.
Land as soon as practical.
3-7-B. AC POWER FAILURE
* INDICATION:
NO. 1 or NO. 2 INVERTER caution light
illuminates.
Possible loss of power to certain ac
instruments (with no INVERTER caution
light).
*PROCEDURE:
If either INVERTER caution light
illuminates, proceed as follows:
AC voltmeters - Check to determine
that remaining inverter has assumed
all ac loads.
INV PWR circuit breakers - Check in.
AP 1 or AP 2 button (affected system)
- Depress to reengage autopilot.
If power Is lost only to certain ac
instruments, but INVERTER caution
lights remain out, proceed as follows:
AC FEEDERS circuit breakers (8 each)
- Check in.
During IFR flight, if both inverters fail,
land as soon as practical; or continue
flight under VFR, if desired.
Rev. 18 3-17
I
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
3-8. FUEL SYSTEM
3-8-A. FUEL BOOST PUMP FAILURE.
* INDICATION:
NO. 1 or NO. 2 FUEL BOOST caution
light illuminates.
PROCEDURE:
CAUTION
IF EITHER BOOST PUMP FAILS,
USABLE FUEL WILL BE
APPROXIMATELY 60 POUNDS LESS
THAN INDICATED.
If practical, descend below 5000 feet Hp
to prevent possible fuel starvation in the
event remaining boost pump fails.
FUEL INTCON switch - OPEN.
NOTE
If FUEL XFEED switch is in NORM
position, crossfeed valve will be
automatically opened allowing the
remaining pump to supply fuel to both
engines.
Land as soon as practical.
3-8-B. FUEL FILTER PARTIALLY
BLOCKED.
Land as soon as practical.
3-8-C. FUEL QUANTITY INDICATIONS
MALFUNCTION
* INDICATION:
One fuel quantity indicator goes to zero
from a previously normal condition.
(Possible power failure to the respective
fuel signal conditioner. The digital
indicator will read half total quantity.)
Power loss to both signal conditioners
will give a zero quantity indication.
NOTE
A power failure to the signal
conditioner will disable the FUEL LOW
caution panel indication and alter the
FUEL TRANS caution indication for
affected fuel system. Refer to Table 3-2.
* PROCEDURE:
FUEL QTY circuit breaker - Recycle.
(Affected side.)
FUEL INTCON switch - OPEN.
NOTE
Allow sufficient time for fuel levels to
equalize. Approximate fuel loads may
be obtained by doubling remaining fuel
quantity indicated.
3-9. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
CONTROLS SYSTEM
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) can
be affected by malfunctions of any vertical
gyros, yaw rate gyros, (AHRS for S/N 36248
and subsequent), inverters, accelerometers (4
axis only), or by other electrical malfunctions.
Failure of No. 1 hydraulic system will render
AFCS yaw axis inoperative but will not affect
pitch or roll SAS or ATT mode functions.
Failure of No. 2 hydraulic system will not
affect AFCS.
Digital AFCS fault codes will be displayed on
the AL-300 Air Data Display. Table 3-3 lists
error codes and descriptions.
3-18 Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
NOTE
If both autopilots are disengaged, the
following procedures do not apply.
3-9-A. AFCS FAILS TO ENGAGE OR
DISENGAGES
* INDICATION:
NO. 1 AUTOPILOT/NO. 2 AUTOPILOT
caution light illuminated.
AP 1 or AP 2 off (light not illuminated).
Error code(s) displayed on AL-300. If
more than one error exists, the AL-300
will continuously scroll through all error
codes.
Possible erratic API indications on AP 1
or AP 2.
Possible ATT FAIL flag displayed on pilot
or copilot ADI.
Possible illumination of NO. 1 or NO. 2
INVERTER caution light.
NOTE
If inverter 1 or 2 fails, AP 1 or AP 2 will
disengage, but can be reengaged by
depressing respective button on AFCS
control panel.
* PROCEDURE:
Airspeed - Reduce to 115 KIAS or less.
INV 1 and 2 switches - ON; check NO. 1
and NO. 2 INVERTER caution lights
extinguished.
Pilot and copilot ADIs - Check ATT FAIL
flags retracted, indicators functioning
properly.
Check the following circuit breakers in:
CAUTION
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET ANY
CIRCUIT BREAKER MORE THAN
ONCE.
INV 1 PWR and INV 2 PWR
AC FEEDERS (8)
NO. 1 and NO. 2 ESNTL BUS FEEDERS
(ON MAIN DC)
AFCS (No. 1 and No. 2)
AFCS 26V (No. 1 and No. 2)
AFCS 115V (No. 1 and No. 2)
PILOT ATT SYS and CPLT ATT SYS
PILOT AHRS and COPILOT AHRS 28VDC
(S/N 36248 and subsequent)
No. 1/No. 2 ATTD - 26Vac - Check/
Reset
AP 1 or AP 2 switch (affected system) -
Press to reengage.
If either autopilot will not reengage, or if
abnormal control disturbance occurs,
proceed as follows:
Affected autopilot - Disengage.
Airspeed - Maintain at or below 115
KIAS.
If IFR, land as soon as practical; or
continue flight under VFR, if desired.
If fault condition cannot be cleared, use
error code displayed on AL-300 to
determine failed axis. Refer to Table 3-3
for a list of error codes.
If both autopilots fail to reengage,
proceed as follows:
If IFR, land as soon as practical; or
continue flight under VFR, if desired.
Rev. 19 3-19
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
3-9-B. AFCS FAILS TO HOLD
ATTITUDE
. PROCEDURE:
FORCE TRIM switch - Check ON.
SAS/ATT button - Check ATT light
illuminated.
If AUTOTRIM caution light illuminated -
Follow procedure for AFCS FAILS TO
ENGAGE OR DISENGAGE (Paragraph 3-
9-A).
3-9-C. AFCS HARDOVER OR
ABNORMAL CONTROL
DISTURBANCE
WARNING
IF AP 1 OR AP 2 FAILS OR IS
DISENGAGED, REDUCE
AIRSPEED TO 115 KIAS OR LESS.
AL-300 will continuously scroll through
all error codes.
PROCEDURE:
Ensure cyclic friction set at minimum.
Attempt to reset AUTOTRIM light by
cycling either AP 1 or AP 2 OFF, then
ON.
If fault condition cannot be cleared, use
error code displayed on AL-300 to
determine failed axis. Refer to Table 3-3
for a list of error codes.
NOTE
If AUTOTRIM caution light
illuminates and no error codes are
displayed on the AL-300 (ADD),
then either or both autopilot
computers may be in AOG mode.
AOG mode inhibits the autotrim
and attitude hold functions. This
note does not apply to Flight
Director equipped helicopters.
PROCEDURE:
Cyclic FORCE TRIM release switch -
Press.
Correct helicopter attitude with cyclic
and pedals, then release cyclic FORCE
TRIM SWITCH.
Airspeed - Reduce to 115 KIAS or less.
Actuator position indicators - Check
both systems. If any API shows
maximum displacement or erratic
operation of any actuator, switch
affected autopilot OFF.
If IFR, land as soon as practical, or
continue flight under VFR, if desired.
3-9-D. AUTOTRIM FAILURE
* INDICATION:
AUTOTRIM caution light illuminates.
Error code(s) displayed on AL-300
(ADD). If more than one error exists, the
3-9-E. PITCH OR ROLL FAILURE
Pilot may choose to remain in ATT mode,
using cyclic FORCE TRIM release switch
and APIs to manually re-trim as required to
keep actuators working near center; or
pilot may select SAS mode with FORCE
TRIM switch ON or OFF as desired.
3-9-F. AUTOTRIM RUNAWAY
An autotrim runaway can occur only when
both AP 1 and AP 2 are ON in ATT mode.
INDICATION:
An autotrim runaway in flight will be
evidenced by the cyclic stick being driven
in a direction opposite to the actuator
position Indications (AP 1 or AP 2). This
condition occurs because the series
actuators will be driven to limit authority
to compensate for the autotrim runaway.
When the actuators are saturated (on
stops), the helicopter will respond to the
runaway trim command; however, with
both AP 1 and AP 2 operative, the autotrim
Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED
will be cut off automatically two seconds after
actuator saturation.
PROCEDURE:
Cyclic FORCE TRIM release button -
Depress to center actuators and retrim to
desired attitude.
Airspeed - Reduce to 115 KIAS or less.
AP 2 or AP 1 - OFF.
APIs - Monitor for proper operation.
If IFR, land as soon as practical; or
continue flight under VFR, if desired.
3-9-G. AHRS - ALIGNMENT IN
FLIGHT (S/N 36248 AND SUBSEQUENT)
NOTE
During in-flight realignment in
turbulent conditions, prolonged invalid
heading data may result despite valid
attitude data. Refer to Manual AHRS
Heading Synchronization.
A power loss of 0.5 seconds or more will
require realignment of AHRS.
* INDICATIONS:
ATT, RT, or HDG fail flag displayed on
pilot or copilot ADI/HSI.
No. 1 or No. 2 AUTOPILOT- Disengaged
- Caution light illuminated.
Error Code(s) displayed on AL-300. If
more than one error exists, the AL-300
will continuously scroll through all error
codes.
Possible erratic API/HSI/ADI indication.
AUTOMATIC AHRS REALIGNMENT
* PROCEDURE:
Airspeed - reduce to 115 KIAS or less.
Affected autopilot - Verify Disengaged.
Unaffected autopilot - Verify Engaged.
Pilot/Copilot AHRS 28 Vdc Circuit
Breaker - Check in/Reset.
No. 1/No. 2 ATTD 26 Vac Circuit Breaker
BHT-412-FM-4
- Check in/Reset.
Maintain unaccelerated straight and level
flight for a minimum of 30 seconds for
AHRS to realign. Verify AHRS alignment
complete.
MANUAL AHRS HEADING
SYNCHRONIZATION
*PROCEDURE:
Pilot/copilot AHRS - 28 Vdc circuit
breaker - Check in.
Pilot/Copilot HSI -115 Vac circuit
breaker - Check in.
MAG/DG mode switch - While in straight
and level flight, switch to DG position,
then return to MAG position. Verify AHRS
alignment complete.
AHRS FAILS TO REALIGN
* INDICATIONS:
Failed systems do not realign.
HSI and ADI do not function properly.
Either autopilot will not reengage.
Abnormal control disturbances.
* PROCEDURE:
Airspeed - at or below 115 KIAS.
Affected autopilot - Verify disengaged.
Unaffected autopilot - Verify engaged.
If IFR, land as soon as practical; or
continue under VFR.
NOTE
If fault condition cannot be cleared, use
error code display on AL-300 to
determine failed axis. Refer to Table 3-3
for a list of error codes
3-10. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
3-10-A. INTERCOM FAILURE
* INDICATION:
Weak or no reception in headsets.
Rev. 19 3-21
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
* PROCEDURE:
Check headset connection.
Verify volume and ICS controls set
properly.
Cycle ICS circuit breaker out and in.
For single pilot operations only with
Emergency Communications Panel
installed:
Plug headset into EMERGENCY COMM
jack (above and behind pilot position).
Select desired radio on copilot ICS panel.
Key selected radio with EMERGENCY
COMM switch (on center pedestal).
3-10-B. COMMUNICATION RADIO
FAILURE.
* INDICATION:
Weak or no reception in headset.
PROCEDURE:
Verify proper radio selected.
Verify volume properly adjusted.
Verify frequency properly set.
Check headset connection.
Cycle appropriate circuit breaker out and
back in.
3-11. CABIN HEATER
A malfunction in the bleed air heater controls
may or may not cause heater to become
inoperative.
* INDICATION:
HEATER AIR LINE caution light
illuminates.
Heated airflow does not shut off when
thermostat knob is turned to full cold
position.
* PROCEDURE:
HEATER switch - OFF immediately.
CABIN HTR circuit breaker - Check; if
out, do not reset.
Check prior to next flight.
3-12. LANDING GEAR
NOT APPLICABLE TO SKID GEAR
HELICOPTER!
3-13. STATIC PORT
OBSTRUCTION
* INDICATION:
Erratic readings from the airspeed indicator,
vertical speed indicator, and altimeter when
operating helicopter in rain with STATIC
SOURCE switch in PRI position.
* PROCEDURE:
Windows and vents - Close.
HEATER switch - OFF.
STATIC SOURCE switch - ALTN.
NOTE
This procedure selects an alternate
static source (cabin air) for pilot side
instruments only.
3-14. STICK CENTERING
INDICATOR FAILURE
* INDICATION:
CYC CTR caution lights fail to illuminate
when cyclic is displaced 1.5 inches or
more from center position while RPM
warning light is illuminated.
* PROCEDURE:
Maintain rotor rpm between 97 and 100%
NR for ground operation until shutdown.
0
3-22 Rev. 19
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Table 3-1. WARNING (RED) LIGHTS
PANEL
WORDING
FIRE PULL (1 or 2)
BAGGAGE FIRE
ENG OUT (1 or 2)
FAULT CONDITION
Fire indication in No. 1 or
No. 2 engine compartment
Smoke in baggage
compartment
GAS PROD abnormally low
(below 53 2%) RPM (N1)
on No. 1 or No. 2 engine.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Pull illuminated FIRE PULL handle.
Select MAIN fire extinguisher. Close
throttle of affected engine. Select
RESERVE fire extinguisher if
necessary. Land as soon as
possible.
Reduce power to minimum required.
Land as soon as possible. Inspect
tailboom area for damage.
Check ENG TORQUE, GAS PROD
RPM (N1), ENG RPM, (N11), and ITT.
Adjust power and airspeed (70
KIAS). Reset remaining engine N11 to
normal range. Close throttle of
affected engine. Refer to ENGINE
FAILURES and ENGINE RESTART IN
FLIGHT procedures. Land as soon
as practical.
XMSN
PRESSURE
O I L Transmission oil pressure Reduce power. Land as soon as
below limit, possible.
XMSN OIL TEMP Transmission oil
temperature above limit.
Reduce power. Check XMSN OIL
temperature. If not within limits,
land as soon as possible.
C BOX
PRESSURE
C BOX TEMP
O I L Combining gearbox oil Reduce power. Land as soon as
pressure below normal. possible.
Combining gearbox oil
temperature above limit.
Reduce power. Check temperature.
If not within limits, land as soon as
possible.
Rev. 17 3-23
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-1. WARNING (RED) LIGHTS (Cont)
PANEL
WORDING
BATTERY TEMP
FAULT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION
Battery case temperature BATTERY switch - OFF. Land as
above limit. soon as practical.
WARNING
BATTERY SHALL NOT BE USED
FOR ENGINE START AFTER
ILLUMINATION OF BATTERY TEMP
LIGHT. BATTERY SHALL BE
REMOVED AND SERVICED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
PRIOR TO RETURN TO SERVICE.
ROTOR BRAKE
RPM
(with audio)
or
RPM
(without audio)
Rotor brake linings not
retracted.
Rotor rpm at or below 95%.
or
Rotor rpm at or above
105%.
Check rotor brake handle fully up in
detent. If light remains on, land as
soon as possible.
Adjust collective pitch and/or RPM
INCR-DECR switch as required.
Refer to Engine Fuel Control
Malfunction procedures.
3-24
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Table 3-2. CAUTION (AMBER) LIGHTS
PANEL
WORDING
OIL PRESSURE (ENG
1 or 2)
DC GENERATOR
(ENG 1 or 2)
FAULT CONDITION
Engine oil pressure below
limit.
Failure of dc generator.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Shut down affected engine. FUEL
INTCON switch - OPEN.
Land as soon as practical.
GEN FIELD and GEN RESET circuit
breakers - Check in. GEN switch
(affected generator) - RESET, then
ON. If light remains on, turn GEN
switch OFF.
If No. 2 generator failed:
BATTERY BUS 2 switch - OFF.
BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON.
If nonessential bus power is
required:
NON-ESNTL BUS switch
MANUAL.
DC AMPS - Monitor.
If both generators fail:
CAUTION
DO NOT SELECT EMERG LOAD AT
PRESSURE ALTITUDES ABOVE
5000 FEET. BOTH FUEL BOOST
PUMPS WILL BECOME
INOPERATIVE, RESULTING IN
POSSIBLE FUEL STARVATION.
PART SEP OFF (ENG Particle separator bypass
1 or2) door closed or circuit
breaker out. Ice and dust
protection system
inoperative.
Emergency load switch - As
required. Land as soon as practical.
Check ENG 1 (or 2) RPM and PART
SEP circuit breakers in.
Move PART SEP switch to OVRD
ON.
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-2. CAUTION (AMBER) LIGHTS (Cont)
PANEL
WORDING FAULT CONDITION
NO. 1 FUEL BOOST/ Fuel boost pump failure has
NO. 2 FUEL BOOST occurred.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If practical, descend below 5000 feet
Hp to prevent possible fuel
starvation If other boost pump tails.
FUEL INTCON switch - OPEN.
CAUTION
IF EITHER BOOST PUMP FAILS,
USABLE FUEL WILL BE
APPROXIMATELY 60 POUNDS LESS
THAN INDICATED.
NOTE
If either fuel boost pump
fails, and the FUEL XFEED
switch Is In NORM position,
the crossfeed valve is
opened automatically by a
pressure switch, allowing
either boost pump to
furnish fuel to both
engines.
Land as soon as practical.
NO. 1 FUEL FILTER/ Fuel filter is partially
NO. 2 FUEL FILTER blocked.
Land as soon as practical.
3-26
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
Table 3-2. CAUTION (AMBER) LIGHTS (Cont)
PANEL
WORDING
FUEL LOW
(Less than 100 lbs.
difference between
No. 1 and No. 2 fuel
quantities)
FAULT CONDITION
Fuel level in left or right
cells at or below 190
pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Land as soon as practical. I
NOTE
NOTE
The FUEL LOW light will
not illuminate for the
affected side when fuel
quantity indication
malfunction occurs. Refer
to FUEL QUANTITY
INDICATION
MALFUNCTION.
Interconnect valve will open
automatically when fuel level in
opposite side decreases to 190
pounds (as indicated by illumination
of FUEL INTCON caution light). This
will allow the fuel quantity in the
lower cells to equalize. In the event
of a fuel boost pump failure, all fuel
in the lower cells will be available to
both engines through either boost
pump.
FUEL LOW
(100 lbs. or more
difference between
No. 1 and No. 2 fuel
quantities)
FUEL INTCON caution light can be
extinguished by placing FUEL
INTCON switch to OPEN position.
Possible fuel leak in cells FUEL INTCON switch - OVRD
with lower quantity. CLOSE.
Land as soon as possible.
GOV MANUAL (ENG Engine governor in manual Torque, ITT, and rpm must be
1 or 2) mode. controlled with throttle.
ENGINE CHIP (ENG 1 Metal particles in engine
or 2) oil.
FUEL VALVE (ENG 1
or 2)
NO. 1 GEN OVHT/
NO. 2 GEN OVHT
(if installed)
CAUTION PANEL
Fuel valve not properly
seated or circuit breaker
out.
Generator overheating.
Caution panel inoperative.
Reduce power and shut down
engine as soon as practical to
minimize engine damage. Land as
soon as practical.
Check FUEL VALVE circuit breakers
In. Land as soon as practical. If on
ground, cycle FUEL switch.
GEN switch - OFF.
Check MASTER CAUTION circuit
breaker In. Monitor aircraft
instruments. Land as soon as
practical.
Rev. 9 3-27
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
Table 3-2. CAUTION (AMBER) LIGHTS (Cont)
PANEL
WORDING FAULT CONDITION
NO. 1 INVERTER/ NO. Failure of ac power
2 INVERTER Inverter;
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check both ac voltmeters to
determine that remaining Inverter
automatically assumed load for
failed inverter.
Check INV PWR circuit breakers in.
Reengage AP 1 or AP 2. During IFR
flight, if both inverters fall, land as
soon as practical; or continue flight
under VFR, If desired.
NO. 2 INVERTER
EXTERNAL POWER
DOOR LOCK
BATTERY
C BOX CHIP
XMSN CHIP
42/90 BOX CHIP
NO. 1 HYDRAULIC/
NO. 2 HYDRAULIC
or
Emergency load switch in
EMERG LOAD position.
External power receptacle
door open.
Passenger door(s) or
baggage compartment door
not locked.
Both BATTERY switches/
relays in the same position.
Metal particle in combining
gearbox oil.
Metal particles in
transmission oil (one or
more remote XMSN CHIP
Indicators tripped).
Metal particles in 420 or 90

gearbox oil.
Hydraulic pressure below
limit or temperature above
limit.
Place emergency load switch in
NORMAL position, if electrical load
shedding is not required.
Check external power disconnected.
Check doors closed.
Check doors closed and locked.
Turn one BATTERY switch ON, other
OFF. If light remains on, reverse
BATTERY switch positions.
Reduce power.
Land as soon as practical.
Reduce Power.
Land as soon as practical.
Land as soon as practical.
Verify fault and affected system
from gage readings. Turn off
affected system. Land as soon as
possible.
3-28
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
Table 3-2. CAUTION (AMBER) LIGHTS (Cont)
PANEL
WORDING
NO. 1 FUEL TRANS/
NO. 2 FUEL TRANS
FAULT CONDITION
Fuel transfer pump or
ejector pump malfunction
(no fuel transfer from lower
forward and middle cells to
lower aft cell);
or
Check valve malfunction
allowing fuel to leak from
aft to mid cell after normal
transfer is complete (total
fuel 800 pounds or less).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check FUEL TRANS circuit breaker
- in. Check FUEL TRANS switch -
ON.
NOTE
FUEL TRANS light will
remain Illuminated after
fuel transfer with fuel
quantity indication
malfunction. Refer to FUEL
QUANTITY INDICATION
MALFUNCTION.
CAUTION
IF EITHER TRANSFER PUMP FAILS,
USABLE FUEL WILL BE 25 POUNDS
LESS THAN INDICATED.
If light remains illuminated:
FUEL TRANS switch - OFF.
CAUTION
FUEL TRAPPED IN MID CELL IS
UNUSABLE AND MUST BE
SUBTRACTED FROM TOTAL FUEL
QUANTITY INDICATION.
Monitor MID TANK quantity
periodically. Land as soon as
Practical.
3-29
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-2. CAUTION (AMBER) LIGHTS (Cont)
PANEL
WORDING
FUEL INTCON
(Switch In NORM
position).
FUEL INTCON
(Switch in OPEN
position).
FUEL XFEED
FAULT CONDITION
Fuel interconnect valve not
fully closed. (Automatic
valve opening is normal if
FUEL LOW light is also
illuminated.)
FUEL Interconnect valve
not fully open or FUEL
INTCON circuit breakers
out.
Fuel crossfeed valve not
fully open or closed, or
FUEL XFEED circuit
breakers out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check FUEL INTCON circuit
breakers (both) in. FUEL INTCON
switch - OPEN, then NORM.
Check FUEL INTCON circuit
breakers in. FUEL INTCON switch -
OVRD CLOSE, then OPEN.
Check FUEL XFEED circuit breakers
(both) in. Cycle FUEL XFEED switch.
HEATER AIR LINE Heater mixing valve Turn HEATER switch OFF
malfunction. immediately.
NO. 1 AUTOPILOT/ Autopilot 1 or 2 inoperative.
NO. 2 AUTOPILOT
Automatic flight control
system hardover;
or
Loss of ac power to AP 1 or
AP 2;
or
Loss of attitude gyro input
to AP 1 or AP 2 (possible
disengagement of either or
both autopilots.)
or
Auto trim malfunction.
Displacement between AP 1
and AP 2 actuators at least
50 percent travel.
Engage affected autopilot. If unable
to engage, continue flight on
remaining system.
Reduce airspeed to 115 KIAS or
below. Check AFCS control panel. If
either autopilot is off, attempt to
switch ON. (Refer to AFCS
malfunction procedures.)
During IFR flight, if both AP 1 and
AP 2 are failed and will not reset,
land as soon as practical; or
continue flight under VFR, if
desired.
Reduce airspeed to 115 KIAS or
below. Check actuator position
panel. If APIs are centered, depress
SYS 2 button to check AP 2 actuator
displacement. Turn off affected
system.
Cycle either AP 1 or AP 2 OFF, then
ON. If light does not extinguish,
follow AUTOTRIM FAILURE
procedures in this section.
Refer to applicable regulations for
operating with flight data recorder
Inoperative.
AUTOTRIM
FDR SYS FAIL
(if installed)
Pitch, roll, or yaw trim
inoperative.
Flight data recorder
inoperative.
3-30
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Table 3-2. CAUTION (AMBER) LIGHTS (Cont)
PANEL
WORDING
FT OFF
CYC CTR
OVER TORQ
AHRS FAN
FAULT CONDITION
Force trim inoperative.
Cyclic not centered.
Mast torque exceeds 100.5%.
AHRS fan inoperative
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check FORCE TRIM switch ON and
FORCE TRIM circuit breaker in. During
IFR flight, If system remains inoperative,
land as soon as practical; or continue
flight under VFR, if desired. Pilot may
increase cyclic friction to provide
additional cyclic stabilization.
Center cyclic.
Reduce power or severity of maneuver.
Land as soon as practical.
Avoid prolonged ground run operations if
OAT exceeds 40 C.
Rev. 19 3-31
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-3. DIGITAL AFCS ERROR CODES
PWR PRE CONT AL-300 ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION
UP FLT TEST DISPLAY
X X X EO LOST PROCESSOR
X X X E1 RAM PARTITION FAIL
X E2 INSTRUCTION SET FAIL
X E3 REGISTER TEST FAIL
X X X E4 RAM RD/WR FAIL
X X X E5 EPROM CHECKSUM FAIL
X X E6 CPU FAIL
X X X E7 D/A-A/D FAIL
X E8 INTERRUPT REG FAIL
X E9 +15V MONITOR FAIL (POSSIBLE
HARDWARE E/A FAIL)
X E10 -15V MONITOR FAIL
X Ell +5V MONITOR FAIL
X E12 +10V MONITOR FAIL
X E13 LVC MONITOR FAIL
X E14 SAWTOOTH MONITOR FAIL
X E15 ACTUATOR REFERENCE MONITOR FAIL
X E16 WATCHDOG MONITOR FAIL
X X X E17 TICKET FAILURE
X E18 LVC FAIL
X E19 SAWTOOTH FAIL
X E20 ACTUATOR REFERENCE FAIL
X E21 WATCHDOG FAIL
X E25 TRIM END AROUND FAIL
X E26 TRMMON CKSUM FAIL
X E28 NO ROLL TRIM
X E29 NO PITCH TRIM
X E31 ROLL TRIM FAIL
X E32 PITCH TRIM FAIL
X E34 ROLL TRIM RUNAWAY
X E35 PITCH TRIM RUNAWAY
X E36 TRMRUN CKSUM FAIL
X E38 YAW SERIES SERVO FAIL
X E39 ROLL SERIES SERVO FAIL
X E40 PITCH SERIES SERVO FAIL
X E42 VG MISCOMPARE
X E55 ERROR CODE STORAGE ALERT:< 100
AVAILABLE
X E56 ERROR CODE STORAGE ALERT: NONE
AVAILABLE
X E101 PITCH ARL TEST FAIL
X E102 ROLL ARL TEST FAIL
X E103 PITCH ACT MOVED DURING ARL TEST
X E104 ROLL ACT MOVED DURING ARL TEST
X E105 PITCH TRIM ACT MOVED
X E106 ROLL TRIM ACT MOVED
X E110 NO ROLL TRIM
X E111 NO PITCH TRIM
X E113 ROLL TRIM BACKWARDS
3-32
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
Table 3-3. DIGITAL AFCS ERROR CODES (Cont)
PWR PRE CONT AL-300 ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION
UP FLT TEST DISPLAY
X E114 PITCH TRIM BACKWARDS
X E115 SERVO VALID DELAY (2 SEC) FAIL
X E116 WATCHDOG CANNOT DISENGAGE AP
X E117 YAW ACT/SERVO AMP FAIL
X E118 ROLL ACT/SERVO AMP FAIL
X E119 PITCH ACT/SERVO AMP FAIL
X E121 FD ANN FAIL
X E124 FD ANN FAIL OTHER
X E125 POD DURING TEST
X E126 ROD DURING TEST
X E129 FTR DURING TEST
X E131 TRIM SWITCH OFF DURING TEST
X E133 PITCH TRIM ACT MOVED
X E134 ROLL TRIM ACT MOVED
X E136 PITCH TRIM ACT MOVED
X E137 ROLL TRIM ACT MOVED
X E139 YAW SERIES ACT MOVED
X E141 PITCH TRIM (H) E/A ON
X E142 PITCH TRIM (L) E/A ON
X E143 ROLL TRIM (H) E/A ON
X E144 ROLL TRIM (L) E/A ON
X E147 TRIM ENABLE FAIL
X E148 TRIM ONE-SHOT FAIL
X E149 PITCH TRIM (H) E/A OFF
X E150 PITCH TRIM (L) E/A OFF
X E151 ROLL TRIM (H) E/A OFF
X E152 ROLL TRIM (L) E/A OFF
X E155 SERVO VALID FAIL
X E156 TRIM END AROUND FAIL
X E157 APON OTHER INPUT FAIL
X E201 AL-300 KNOB MOTION
X E204 ANALOG GROUND FAIL
X E208 ROLL ATTITUDE MORE THAN 10 DEG
X E209 PITCH ATTITUDE MORE THAN 10 DEG
X E210 YAW RATE GYRO MORE THAN 10 DEG/
SEC
X E211 DIRECTIONAL GYRO FAIL
X E212 VERTICAL GYRO NOT VALID
X E213 DIRECTIONAL GYRO NOT VALID
X E216 SERIAL I/O NOT VALID
X E217 OTHER AUTOPILOT NOT IN TEST
X E219 AP CONTROLLER BUTTON(S) PRESSED
X E221 HARDWARE NOT VALID
X E222 FOUR-WAY BEEP SWITCH PRESSED
X E225 POD DURING TEST
X E226 ROD DURING TEST
X E229 FTR DURING TEST
X E231 TRIM SWITCH OFF DURING TEST
3-33
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-3. DIGITAL AFCS ERROR CODES (Cont)
PWR PRE CONT AL-300 ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION
UP FLT TEST DISPLAY
X E233 ENG TORQUE LESS THAN 5% OR
GREATER THAN 30%
X E234 ENG TEMP LESS THAN 150 DEG OR
GREATER THAN 900 DEG C
X E236 AIRSPEED INPUT OPEN
X E237 HEADING NOT VALID
X E241 C/A RESET BUTTON PRESSED
X E244 ERASE EEPROM SWITCH ON DURING
TEST
X E245 READ EEPROM SWITCH ON DURING
TEST
3-34
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
*
Section
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Subject Paragraph Number
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................... 4-1.................. 4-3
POWER ASSURANCE CHECK ...................................... 4-2 .................. 4-3
DENSITY ALTITUDE................................................................... 4-3.................. 4-3
HEIGHT -VELOCITY ENVELOPE.............................................. 4-4.................. 4-4
HOVER CEILING......................................................................... 4-5.................. 4-4
HOVER CEILING - IGE ........................................................ 4-5-A.............. 4-4
HOVER CEILING - OGE ...................................................... 4-5-B.............. 4-4
TAKEOFF DISTANCE................................................................. 4-6.................. 4-4
CLIMB AND DESCENT............................................................... 4-7.................. 4-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB............................................ 4-7-A.............. 4-4
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB........................................ 4-7-B.............. 4-5
AIRSPEED CALIBRATION ................................ 4-8 .................. 4-5
LANDING DISTANCE ................................................................. 4-9.................. 4-5
NOISE LEVELS..................................................4-10........ 4-10 .. . 4-5
FAA NOISE CERTIFICATION ................................ 4-10-A ............ 4- 4-5
ICAO ANNEX 16 NOISE CERTIFICATION ............................ 4-10-B............ 4-6
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Title Number Number
Power assurance check ............................................................ 4-1.................. 4-7
Density altitude ......................................................................... 4-2 .................. 4-9
Critical relative wind azimuths ................................................. 4-3.................. 4-10
Hover ceiling IGE ....................................................................... 4-3A............. 4-10A/4-10B
Hover ceiling OGE ........................................ 4-4.................. 4-11
Takeoff distance......................................................................... 4-5 .................. 4-23
Twin engine rate of climb.......................................................... 4-6 .................. 4-25
Single engine rate of climb ....................................................... 4-7.................. 4-49
Airspeed calibration ........................................ ......... 4-8 .................. 4-55
Single engine landing distance ...................................... .. 4-9................... 4-56
SEP 052000 Rev.21 4-1/4-2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
* Section
4
4-1. INTRODUCTION
The performance data presented herein are
derived from the engine manufacturer's
specification power for the engine less
installation losses. These data are
applicable to the basic helicopter without
any optional equipment which would
appreciably affect lift, drag, or power
available.
4-2. POWER ASSURANCE
CHECK
Power Assurance Check charts (figure 4-1)
are provided to determine if the engines
can produce installed specification power.
A power assurance check should be
performed daily. Additional checks should
be made if unusual operating conditions or
indications arise. The hover check is
performed prior to takeoff, and the in-flight
check is provided for periodic in-flight
monitoring of engine performance. Either
power assurance check method may be
selected at the discretion of the pilot. It is
the pilots responsibility to accomplish the
procedure safely, considering passenger
load, terrain being overflown, and the
qualifications of persons on board to
assist in watching for other air traffic and
to record power check data.
4-3. DENSITY ALTITUDE
A Density Altitude Chart (figure 4-2) is
provided to aid in calculation of
performance and limitations. Density
altitude is an expression of the density of
the air in terms of height above sea level;
hence, the less dense the air, the higher
the density altitude. For standard
conditions of temperature and pressure,
density altitude is the same as pressure
altitude. As temperature increases above
standard for any altitude, the density
altitude will also increase to values higher
than pressure altitude. The chart
expresses density altitude as a function of
pressure altitude and temperature.
The chart also includes the inverse of the
square root of the density ratio (1/1o),
which is used to calculate KTAS by the
relation:
EXAMPLE
If the ambient temperature is -15C and
the pressure altitude is 6000 feet, find
the density altitude, 1//o, and true
airspeed for 100 KCAS.
SOLUTION
Enter the bottom of the chart at -15C.
If either engine does not meet the
requirements of the hover or the in-flight
power assurance check, published
performance may not be achievable. The
cause of engine power loss, or excessive
ITT should be determined as soon as
practical. Refer to Engine Maintenance
Manual.
Move vertically upward to the 6000 foot
pressure altitude line.
From this point, move horizontally to the
left and read a density altitude of 4000
feet and move horizontally to the right
and read 1/io equals 1.06.
Rev. 2 4-3
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
True airspeed = KCAS x 1/Ja = 100 x
1.06 = 106 KTAS.
4-4. HEIGHT- VELOCITY
ENVELOPE
Refer to Section 1 - Limitations.
4-5. HOVER CEILING
4-5-A. HOVER CEILING - IGE
Adequate cyclic and directional control are
available at the gross weights allowed by
the Hover Ceiling IGE charts in relative
winds up to 35 knots from any direction at
or below 3000 feet HD. Improved control
margins will be achieved by avoiding
winds in the critical relative wind azimuth
areas (figure 4-3).
The Hover Ceiling chart (figure 4-3A)
provides the maximum allowable gross
weights for hovering IGE at all pressure
altitude and outside air temperature
conditions with heater on or off.
Conversely, the hover ceiling altitude can
be determined for any given gross weight.
4-5-B. HOVER CEILING - OGE
The Hover Ceiling charts (figure 4-4)
provide maximum weights for hovering
OGE at all pressure altitude and outside
air temperature conditions with heater on
or off.
CAUTION
cyclic and directional control have been
demonstrated in relative winds of 35
knots from any direction at or below
3000 feet HD. Improved control margins
will be achieved by avoiding winds in
the critical relative wind azimuth areas
(figure 4-3).
AREA B (shaded area) as shown on
hover ceiling charts presents additional
hover performance which can be
achieved in calm winds or winds outside
the critical relative wind azimuth areas.
NOTE
Tail rotor or cyclic control margin
may preclude operation in AREA
B of the hover ceiling charts when
the relative wind is in the
respective critical wind azimuth
area.
4-6. TAKEOFF DISTANCE
The Takeoff Distance charts (figure 4-5)
provide takeoff distances required to clear
a 50 foot or 15 meter obstacle in a zero
wind condition, using a takeoff flight path
which will avoid the critical areas of the
Height-Velocity diagram (Section 1).
Takeoff is initiated from a hover at 4 feet
(1.2 meters) skid height with climbout
speed of 45 knots.
NOTE
Downwind takeoffs are not
recommended because the
published takeoff distance
performance cannot be achieved.
OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY
RESULT IN VIOLATION OF
HEIGHT-VELOCITY LIMITATIONS.
Some of the OGE hover ceiling charts are
divided into two areas as follows:
AREA A (unshaded area) as shown on
the hover ceiling charts presents hover
performance for which satisfactory
4-7. CLIMB AND DESCENT
4-7-A. TWIN ENGINE RATE OF
CLIMB
The Twin Engine Rate of Climb charts
(figure 4-6) provide the rates of climb that I
can be obtained at all outside air
temperatures/pressure altitudes/gross
4-4 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
weight combinations with heater on or off
at maximum continuous power and takeoff
power.
NOTE
All rate of climb data are based on
changes in true altitude (pressure
altitude corrected for nonstandard
temperature).
4-7-B. SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF
CLIMB
The Single engine rate of climb charts
I (Figure 4-7) provide the rates of climb that
can be obtained at all outside air
temperatures/pressure altitudes/gross
weight combinations with heater off at
maximum continuous power and 30 minute
OEI power.
NOTE
Published single engine
performance is intended for
emergency use only when one
engine becomes inoperative due
to an actual malfunction. Routine
operation in excess of published
twin engine operating limits can
affect engine service life.
feet per minute rate of descent and zero
wind.
4-10. NOISE LEVELS
4-10-A. FAA NOISE
CERTIFICATION
This helicopter is certified as a Stage 2
helicopter as prescribed in FAR Part 36,
Subpart H, for gross weights up to and
including the certificated maximum takeoff
and landing weight of 11,900 pounds (5398
kilograms). There are no operating
limitations in meeting the takeoff, flyover,
or approach noise requirements.
The following noise levels comply with
FAR Part 36, Appendix H, Stage 2 noise
level requirements. They were obtained by
analysis of approved data from noise tests
conducted under the provisions of FAR
Part 36, Amendment 36-14.
The certified noise levels are:
Flight Condition
Takeoff
Flyover
Approach
EPNL(EPNdB)
92.8
93.4
95.6
4-8. AIRSPEED
CALIBRATION
The Airspeed calibration chart (Figure 4-8)
provides calibrated airspeeds for all
indicated airspeeds during level flight,
climb and autorotation.
4-9. LANDING DISTANCE
The Single engine landing distance chart
I (Figure 4-9) provides the landing distances
required to clear a 50 foot (15 meter)
obstacle for all outside air temperatures,
pressure altitudes, and gross weights.
Landing distances are based on an
approach condition of 45 KIAS and 500
NOTE
No determination has been made
by the Federal Aviation
Administration that the noise
levels of this helicopter are or
should be acceptable or
unacceptable for operation at,
into, or out of any airport.
VH is defined as the airspeed in level flight
obtained using the minimum specification
engine torque corresponding to maximum
continuous power available for sea level
25C ambient conditions at the relevant
maximum certificated weight. The value of
V
H
thus defined for this helicopter is 122
KTAS.
Rev. 17 4-5
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
4-10-B. ICAO ANNEX 16 NOISE
CERTIFICATION
This helicopter complies with noise
emission standards applicable to the
aircraft as set out by International Civil
Aviation Organization (ICAO) in Annex 16,
Volume 1, Chapter 8, for gross weights up
to and including certificated maximum
takeoff and landing weight of 11,900
pounds (5398) kilograms). There are no
operating limitations in meeting takeoff,
flyover or approach noise requirements.
requirements. They were obtained by
analysis of approved data from noise tests
conducted under provisions of ICAO
Annex 16, Volume 1, Second Edition -
1988.
Noise levels for the 412EP are:
Flight Condition
Takeoff
Flyover
Approach
EPNL(EPNdB)
92.8
93.4
95.6
Following noise levels comply with ICAO
ANNEX 16, Volume 1, Chapter 8 noise level
4-6 Rev. 17
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
MODEL 412
POWER ASSURANCE CHECK- HOVER
PTBT-3D ENGINE
HEATER/ECU - OFF.
THROTTLES:
TEST ENGINE-FULL OPEN, FRICTIONED.
OTHER ENGINE-FLIGHT IDLE.
NIl RPM-97%.
COLLECTIVE PITCH-INCREASE UNTIL LIGHT ON SKIDS OR
HOVERING. DO NOT EXCEED 810 ITT, 103.1% NI RPM, OR
73.2% TORQUE.
STABILIZE POWER ONE MINUTE, THEN RECORD PRESSURE
ALTITUDE, OAT, ENGINE TORQUE AND ITT.
ENTER CHART AT INDICATED ENGINE TORQUE, MOVE UP
TO INTERSECT PRESSURE ALTITUDE, PROCEED TO THE
RIGHT TO INTERSECT OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE, THEN
MOVE UP TO READ VALUE FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE ITT.
IF INDICATED ITT EXCEEDS MAX ALLOWABLE, REPEAT
CHECK STABILIZING POWER FOUR MINUTES.
REPEAT CHECK USING OTHER ENGINE.
IF EITHER ENGINE EXCEEDS ALLOWABLE ITT AFTER
STABILIZING FOUR MINUTES, PUBLISHED PERFORMANCE
MAY NOT BE ACHIEVABLE. CAUSE SHOULD BE
DETERMINED AS SOON AS PRACTICAL.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE ITT-C
500 550 600 650 700 750 800
40 50 60 70
ENGINE TORQUE-PERCENT (INDICATED)
412EP-FM-4-1-I
Figure 4-1. Power assurance check (Sheet 1 of 2)
Rev. 14 4-7
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
MODEL 412
POWER ASSURANCE CHECK - IN-FLIGHT
PTST-3D ENGINE
ESTABLISH LEVEL FLIGHT ABOVE 1000 FEET AGL.
AIRSPEED-100 KIAS (OR VNE, IF LESSI.
HEATER/ECU-OFF.
THROTTLES:
TEST ENGINE-FULL OPEN, FRICTIONED.
OTHER ENGINE-DECREASE SLOWLY UNTIL TEST ENGINE
TORQUE IS WITHIN TEST RANGE. DO NOT EXCEED 810C
ITT, 103.1% N1 RPM, OR 73.2% TORQUE.
N11 RPM-97%.
STABILIZE POWER ONE MINUTE IN LEVEL FLIGHT, THEN
RECORD PRESSURE ALTITUDE, OAT, ENGINE TORQUE AND
ITT.
ENTER CHART AT INDICATED ENGINE TORQUE, MOVE UP
TO INTERSECT PRESSURE ALTITUDE, PROCEED TO THE
RIGHT TO INTERSECT OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE, THEN
MOVE UP TO READ VALUE FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
ITT.
IF INDICATED ITT EXCEEDS MAX ALLOWABLE, REPEAT
CHECK STABILIZING POWER FOUR MINUTES.
REPEAT CHECK USING OTHER ENGINE.
IF EITHER ENGINE EXCEEDS ALLOWABLE ITT AFTER
STABILIZING FOUR MINUTES, PUBLISHED PERFORMANCE
MAY NOT BE ACHIEVABLE. CAUSE SHOULD BE
DETERMINED AS SOON AS PRACTICAL.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE ITT-C
500 550 B00 650 700 750 800
40 50 60 70
ENGINE TORQUE-PERCENT (INDICATED)
412EP-FM-4-1-2
Figure 4-1. Power assurance check (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-8 Rev. 14
FAA APPROVED
38
(11.0)- 36
BHT-412-FM-4
(7.0)-
(6.0)-
(5.0)-
(4.0)-
(3.0)-
1 80
EXAMPLE IF AMBIENT TEMP IS -15"C
AND PRESSURE ALT IS 6.000 FEET. THE
1 76 DENSITY ALT IS 4,000 FEET AND IS 1 06
1.74
1
- 1.72
- 1 70
-1.68
TEMPERATURE - C
Figure 4-2. Density altitude
412EP-FM-4-2
Rev. 2 4-91
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
NOTE:
1. Pedal critical wind
azimuth-hovering with
the relative wind within
these azimuth angles
can result in inability to
maintain heading due
to large left pedal
requirements for
certain wind velocities.
2. Longitudinal cyclic
critical wind azimuth -
aft cyclic may be
limited with
longitudinal AFCS
hardover.
OGE CRITICAL RELATIVE WIND AZIMUTH
SEE NOTE
1
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) 0 TO 52C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
0
0
14.000 FT HD LIMIT
// ; , Z \ AREA A / |
0 10 20 30 40 50 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I I I I I I I I I ' I
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-1
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 1 of 12)
SEP 0 5 000 Rev. 21 411
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO 0C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT HD LIMIT
_- / 7~ i % -40 I
_ / 7AO
R:A A -R A
- I
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I I ' I ' I I I
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EPzFM4z4-2
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 2) 12-EP-FM-
4-12 Rev. 21 SEP 05 2000
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) 0 TO 20C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT HD LIMIT
, Ht1
AR EA A
0 10 20 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I I I I I I I I
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-3
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 3)
SEP 0 5 2000 Rev. 21 4-13
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO OC
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT HD LIMIT
A-C
- - 1 0 1 11 12
OAT - GROSS WEIGHT-LBS x 1000
0
// / z _ 7 ZAREAA A [\
OAT - 'GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 000w
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 4) 42-EP-FM-4-4-4
4-14 Rev. 21 SEP 05 2000
/ _i ^ _ _ _ _ -|
2^i^^^z~zz~zmI (J
___ -40-5 - 0 1 0 0 __910111
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) 0 TO 20C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT HD LIMIT
,-X~ z _ _ __ _ _ N_ 0-
_ _ _ AREA A
0 10 20 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I I I I I I I I I I
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-5
0Di~~~ ~ ~Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 5)
SEP 05 2000 Rev 21 4-15
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO 0

C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT HD LIMIT
.__ / ___I I 'A^T - c
*^16 Aev. 8k S^p-4
e /-
AREA A
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-6
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 6)
| 4-16 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) 0 TO 52C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14.000 FT HD LIMIT
* I
,:----- l_ 0__-kT
-
40
\10
0 10 20 30 40 50 8 9 10 11 12
OAT- C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-7
0b~~~~ ~ ~Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 7)
SEP 0 :2000 Rev. 21 4-17
" _zJ_^ =::
/=^ ^^:z=:
^ ^
'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
^ --- ^ -^- - ---
SEP 0 52000 Rev. 21 4-17 m
BHT412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO 0C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT HD LIMIT OAT - C
_40 - - -- - -3,p'- 0 as~--^^^-
1
'-I-' 0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - !C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-8
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 8)
4-18 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 20
/ /^_zzz:iz
_ -'' _ ^ ^ - - - _ _-/_
/_ / _ _ _ _ - _
4-18
Rev. 21 SEP
0 5 200~
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
. MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) 0 TO 20C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT HD LIMIT
0 ' I I - ---- M-
AREA A
0 10 20 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - OC GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
0^--I I I I I - I I I I
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-9
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 9)
SEP 0 5 200 Rv. 21 4-19
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO 0

C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14.000 FT HD LIMIT OAT - C
/-' L_ . -3o,20
I I I r I I I I 'I I
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-10
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 10)
4-20 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2D0
/_ _ _ _ ^ ^ ^ _ _
4-20 Rev. 21 SFp 0 5 2[[
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) 0 TO 20C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14.000 FT HD LIMIT
OAT - C
p0, ^ AREA A
0 10 20 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I I I I I ' I I i I
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-11
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 11)
SEP05 2O. Rev. 21 4-21
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.)
-40 TO 0C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT HD LIMIT
~_,o/ ' _ OAT c 'C
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - ,C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I I I l I I I I I 0
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412-EP-FM-4-4-12
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling OGE (Sheet 12)
4-22 Rev. 21 SEP O 5 2
j _ z _ / _ _ _ : _
J fzzrz'~
4-22 Rev. 21 r'~EP 0 5 2QQQ
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TAKEOFF DISTANCE
OVER 50 FOOT OBSTACLE
HOVER POWER * 15% TORQUE INITIATED FROM 4 FT. SKID HEIGHT
ENGINE RPM 100% VTOCS = 45 KIAS
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) HEATER ON OR OFF
I^B OOO-14,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
_\Y i 11/ r i i _ /
7 -? /iI
MAXIMUM
-~- i--- ---- _I.- --- -- GROSS WEIGHT
FOR TAKEOFF
_z--MAX O AT
HEATER ON
* //-' '--
*I --- 6 -0-420 0 20 40 60 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
OAT - C TAKEOFF DISTANCE - FT.
ENGLISH
412EP-FM-4-5-1
0I Figure 4-5. Takeoff distance (Sheet 1 of 2)
SEP 05 2000 Rev. 21 4-23
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
TAKEOFF DISTANCE
OVER 15 METER OBSTACLE
HOVER POWER + 15% TORQUE INITIATED FROM 1.2 meter SKID HEIGHT
ENGINE RPM 100% VTOCS= 45 KIAS
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA) HEATER ON OR OFF
- 4267 meter DEN. ALT. LIMIT
-- / ------ -k-- ~MAXIMUM
GROSS WEIGHT
O-- AT- C TAKEOF DI E-FOR TAKEOFF
TMRI~~~
MIN
OAT __ -MAX OAT
MAX OAT
OT- I; /HEATER
ON/-
-60-40-20 0 20 40 60 100 200 300 400
OA - OHEATERNC TAKEOFF DISTANCE-
METRIC
412EP-FM-4-5-2
Figure 4-5. Takeoff distance (Sheet 2)
4-24 Rev. 21 SEP b52w
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
i^B-~ ~ ~RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 III Hll ll ll l i t'lll tlllImll fl lll'l ml l iI iihi .. I hliiiimh
00000 \\
18000
-4
ol2000 ____ _ _ _ _tv \ \_ *^\ _______3
16000 _
a~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,,ooo----^\\S^ -: ~~~~
,., 14000
0 O _ _ _ _ ___ ___ ___ ___ y. 1X __- o
L-
0
0
t: w
* 1000 \3 X----
8000 0--h?
V,
____________________________ _______________41 2-EP-FM -4-6-1
0b~~~ ~ ~Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 1 of 24)
SEPO 5 2 Rev. 21 4-25
S~P 0 5 o'~t Re. 21 4-25
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 131415161718
20000l ill l l liiililiil
18000 _ ___
16000 - - - -- -_
, 12000
y> \ \. M ~~~~~4- w
60000 3--
8000 - --- J
4000igure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 2)
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 2) 412-EP-FM-4-6-2
4-26 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2;
i
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18
20000 L LL 6
18000
''4
0
16000 ---- ^ \_ 0
0-- -- __
> N
^
S
^ \ ^ ___40
uj 12000 _X 0
0 8000 - - 1200 1 0 I00 '- 2800 3200 36
Q- 6000 --- ------ ---- ------ 4jj- --- : I
2000 - ----
* o
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 5200 5600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-3
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 3)
SEP 0 5 Rev. 21 4-27
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC ^
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12131415161718
20000 U iUll Ll llil
18000 -_ \ \ \ -
16000 -5
IIi
0 _____ ___Iv__ ___ .
42 Re-2 E ooo
~ 1oo4000-------------,Hflx
--
w 12000
-
\r
6 1000 30
4000
2000 I- [
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-4
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 4)-EP-FM-4-4
4-28 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000
18000
16000,, " j a
w 14000 x, '
4,
0
, 12000 S
~oooo ______ x,\_\ ^^^Lr - - - 1
0
o 8000 - - 'i I412-EP-FM-4-5
4000
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 5)
2- 6000S
Rev 21 4-29
,,N
IIII
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-5
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 5)
SEP 0 5 2000 Rev. 21 4-29
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 J
1
] 6
h. .,.;.S,
~1u
18000- 0
~,4eooo~ ^ ^ ^ S ^ ZmJ P40
w 12000 _
C ,,ooo Li.
80001 0
vrw_ 1
rY
o. 6000 w
4000
2000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 6) 412-EP-FM-4-
4-30 Rev. 21 SEP 05 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB (4536 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
~)^B-~ ~RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 u iii
18000 - - '- 6
16000 5uIIIIII -
w 14000
RATE O CI
- -- 40
, 12000 ----- -
0
Liic~~~" I _5 1oooo " "-3
8000
Liiw~ a
0 6000
\
Q.
4000
\ _
2000\
D o-^
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FTr/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-7
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 7)
SEP 052000
Rev. 21 4-31
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB (4536 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 I L J il'iii L ll 61 ii wl l nil l ul6ii
18000s - 0
16000 - - ------ -- -- 16000
120 161
DO
s0 O 0 2 0 3 0 3600
L 14000
I- I- A
La-
,. 12000
%!' o
10000 -3 0
8000 <
I 2-
Q 6000 -- - ---
4000
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3
Ill
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 8) 412-EP-FM-4-6-8
4-32 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 LU .1' rllii'' l1u1 iiiliiu'ilal luj l'l l l' Illumlli wli'l2id ihl
20000 | X | { [ \ 6
18000
16000
14-000 ___
_I-- --- _ _
%aJ
, 12000 0
0
AE OF CLIMB - FT
0)8000
o. 6000- ----- ----- ^-SEP 0 5200 Rev. 21 4
4000
-
2000
0 0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 5200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-9
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 9)
SEP 0 5 2000 Rev. 21 4-33
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 l ill i l l l Iilll l lllll 1i ll I l mll 111 if 6I
18000-
16000
14000- -s
:,
"
o 0 __
Figure
^R 12000 SEP O 0 2--- -
10000 -3
Q: \-
2- 6000----------
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-10
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 10) 2-----0
4-34 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2000,
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER
70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100%
HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 131415161718
20000 l L i ilii il I h L Il il llll iiilid iLl Ii
~! 18000 --------
---
16000 s-'
i 4t2 EP-FM-4-6-tt
, 14000 ---- 2
40
| 8000
---
3
0
I
4 1000
-- 0
L.'X -L I-1
a. \ \ V fl
a
2
^-
4 000-----
-
2000
o0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-11
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 11)
SEP 05 2900 Rev. 21 4-35
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER
70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100%
HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 131415161718
20000 il im i UI Ill i llil U iii ml l ,l i i ul ii il
18000 --------
16000 ' 8 --
i-
J 14000 0
D
-^__
_ I
L 12000
Figu \ 4 Ti en r
-i 1000----
2000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 12) 412-EP-FM-4-6-12
4-36 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2009
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
I^Ht~ ~ ~RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 6
* 18000 _XXi
16000 ----
1 14000 X _
i 412-EP-FM-4M40
w 12
00 0
10000 30
8000---- I I
U)
4 6000 i4
/ a.
2000
4000 ------- 0 0H^--
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-13
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 13)
SEP 0 5 2D Rev. 21 4-37
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 Ii "ILLLLI I 6iu '
1
'd wPd
18000 i
16000 )
u _I . D\_\O L__]_ -
_ 14000 -
- 0-4
- 10000 oooo3
8000 <
iF- 46
a. 6000
I
4000 ---------
2000 / /
Uw 0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 14) 412-EP-FM-4-6-1 4
4-38 Rev. 21 SEP 05 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
i^^t~ ~ ~RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 I I_ _ i l
18000--
16000 26
14000 -'---A- -- - -
40
,L 12_000_ _ _-
Li
10000 30
U,
w
8 1000 --
r,
4 6000
0 _
4000-- _______ 1l'
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-15
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 15)
SEP 0 5 2000 Rev. 21 4-39
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER
70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100%
HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 lll Il J l
18000 -
16000 -- 5 _
I14000 X
0
0
,. 12000
- 10000 3-
Figure 4e
8000
()
Cr HII I-2 S
4000
4000 I A
0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 16) 412-EP-FM-4-6-16
4-40 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 ' i
18000 -.
16000 L n
_ _ __L.^ ^ _ 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - 4 0
14000 0 -- -
0
12000
oooo 0000 3
8000 <
Ln
0- 6000- - - C)
2000---------
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-17
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 17)
SEP 052000 Rev. 21 4-41
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 6
18000 "'
5
w~ "
16000 a '_I-
04
2000 s 1 l l L l - -- IL I I
l 14000 40 0 10 1020 4 20 30 0
4 12000 R121 0
r> o
II
10000--3
8000 <
En U-
6000
2000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-18
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 18)
4-42 Rev. 21 SEP 05 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB (4536 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
*J I::~~RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
- i6nnr mm mmllImll m l lmImmllmf
6,"
l l tlliii lliiiiiiiillldImlllllmliI
180000
16000- - Xii _ _----- _-
16000
14000_ S__
X,6_ 4__0- 0
w 12000 -
",,
0000 0 0 0 03 3
a. 1000
V----- --- --
__ Lu -2 >a.
4000
2000
0 O
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-19
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 19)
SEP 05 2000 Rev. 21 4-43
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB (4536 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FTIMIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 1IJII IiUL' l l l I I
18000 0 __ 0
,10'__ 5____ 4
16000 _ - --
LJ 14000 - 0
40
0
,. 12000 - 0
10000 -3 0
w ------ m --------- I-
8000<--------- -
V)
Li
o I -/ i (
Q: -2 =
0- 6000 -----------
4000------
2000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 20) 412-EP-FM-4-6-20
4-44 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412.FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 131415161718
20000 I i '
18000
16000 oo- I I- I I I I I I -I
l 14000 _ -
L.
- 41 2-EP-FM-4 -
Lu 12000
o \
610000 3 0
w -1------- ---- I-
000 --------
i Ii
Figure6000 Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 21)
SEP 0
0O 0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-21
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 21)
SEP O 5 20O0 Rev. 21 4-45
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 .t i, lu I 1ll.l ml ni
l
-6liiiIi ml
18000
16000 -- -_ _
1 4000
j. 12000-
5 10000 \ ----- I ---- - --------- _3 X
8000 i
I- 6000 E-
4000
2000 3-
0__o
-
l
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-6-22
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 22) 41
4-46 Rev. 21 Sp 0 5 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 ll i illlllillll1 illl iilill ilnl il ill nil ill nul ll i iil
162ooo \ .> @ M I I l I~l I F::1 S
14000
0
,. 12000
. 10000 3 0
Q
- 6000 ---------------
o
0 400 800 1200 1600 20 000 32600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
EP 0 5 2000 Re. 21 447 SEP 05 2000 Re.21r 4-47
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC 4
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213 1415161718
20000 I "i mli iiiilJ l.Iw iW w _l _l w l _l _i nJ _ _ I .:_
18000 - 6
^k(0 0 - - 5_-- --- _ ------ __ -_-3
16000-- )
,. 12000 0
'Po ,
10000
3
I I-
I Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 24) 3
4-48 Rev. 21 000 EP 0 000
0. 6000--- -1
4000
2000----
---
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-6. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 24) 412EP-FM-4-6-24
4-48 Rev. 21 SEp 05 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 97% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
-4-3-2-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
20000 iill i li -6
*W 18000 zL
--
16000
-
, -
i . 1000- 0
III; I-
0EP 0 <5 Z0 Rev. 21 4-49
Q- 6000 - -------
[
-800 -400 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-7. Single engine rate of climb (Sheet 1 of 6)
SEP 05 2000 Rev. 21 4-49
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER
70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 97%
HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0
-6-5-4-3-2-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
20000 I
1
18000
16000 _ \ S v+==l=--5
LaJ
I...-
8R 6000o -C -
LaJ
4-50 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 zao
2000
-1200 -800 -400 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-7-2
Figure 4-7. Single engine rate of climb (Sheet 2) 4
4-50 Rev. 21 SEP 05 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 97% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
*l-~~ ~RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
-8-7-6 -5 -4-3 -2-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
20000 II I ,i U ,I, ,I, ,I,,I, I , 6
18000 -
4TWI N N -- INE I _
16000 iA SOLUTE 1- 5
CEIfLING
LIt~~~~~~ II
J 14
0 0
0
U. -4
L '\
(,
. 12000 4 -:
=5 r 1 1 ___. \ 2 \ \ 91.'. - - 1
\L
2 000 5 1 R- -3
-1600-1200 -800 -400 0 400 800 1200 1600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-7-3
^^y~)~ ~ Figure 4-7. Single engine rate of climb (Sheet 3)
SEP 052000 Rev. 21 4-51
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB (4536 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 97% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FTIMIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
-10-9 -8-7-6-5-4-3-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
20000 Illlllllll lllltlllll, lll l L il, 11,llli i nilil ll,,llUllllJltl liltI
20000 6
18000 N EN- M
TINE- E\NII\
tw L.\
16
0 00
------ ------
'u 14000 -4
u 12000 ------- I\SX--^^ -- =<
' JI I I I I ",; , o
. 12000 , \
o _- _ \\ ^ _ _ ,I
10000 v-3
Figure 4-7. Single engine rate of climb (Sheet 4)
4-52 Rev. 21 5P oooI 2
-I
LU \}
06000 __
4000 ---------
-2000-1600 -1200 -800 -400 0 400 800 1200
RATE OF CUMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-7-4
Figure 4-7. Single engine rate of climb (Sheet 4)
4-52 Rev. 21 $SEP052000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 97% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
-10-9 -8-7-6-5-4 -3-2-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
20000 '*l**l.........mlm
I* -- 18000 _
, 0 1 < I NE M \ \ iWNI - i --- i -- -
I o
L0 14000 ABSpLq E ITF r1CE IJLS ------ ---- __- 0
12000
o \ Y i \ \-\i-\- -
16000 -- - i
i i i \--
i
Wb~~ 1 ,ANN
_ _____4000 I- -
8 2000--- i I i
-
I \-\r
-2000 -1600 -1200 -800 -400 0 400 800 1 200
,0 0 0 ---- ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ : ,
^^^i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~412-EP-FM-4-7-5
Figure 4-7. Single engine rate of climb (Sheet 5)
SEP05200 Rev. 21 453
SEP 0 5 2000 Rev. 21 4-53
BHT-412-FM-4 FAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 97% HEATER OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC 0
-10-9 -8-7 -6 -5 -4-3-2-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
20000 i L i
18000
-5
16000 i I i
-i~~ w~~~~
w,
14000
-- -
, looo _E_ _ _ =-W S 9 4 i _ = _ T - 3 a
E 14 00- L-
-- 0
u1
2 0 0
0 AB .UEI-CE .M---
:I T I_ _
TO_ _
\1 _ _ _ _ -
1 000011
O
T
:\ 8000
- -.
Booo
.
6000
Iv,~~ 0
4-000 -------- -
-200 -1600 -1200 -800 -400 0 400 800 1200
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
412-EP-FM-4-7-6
Figure 4-7. Single engine rate of climb (Sheet 6) 412-EP-F-4-7-
4-54 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FM-4
PILOT & COPILOT AIRSPEED
SYSTEM CALIBRATION
CLIMB. LEVEL FLIGHT, AUTOROTATION
SKID GEAR KIAS - ERROR = KCAS
160---
140
LEVEL FLIGHT
U3
- 120
40
,
I
-/
O
i l l I i AUTOROTATION-.I
80
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
20
Figure4-8. Airspeed calibration
SEP 052000 Rev.21 4-55
BHT-412-FM-4
FAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE LANDING DISTANCE
OVER 50 FT. (15 M) OBSTACLE
2/2 MINUTE OEI 45 KIAS
POWER AS REQUIRED RATE OF DESCENT 500 FT/M
ENGINE RPM 97% HARD SURFACED RUNWAY
GENERATOR 150 AMPS INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED
14,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT ^
0 1 -II -I Ig -- -tX I
MIN.- MAX. OAT
MIN.1 /
40 20 20 40 60 200 400 600 800-- 1000 1200 FEET
oA T
7
TOAT
- OC
-- :^4 , S , /~ L LANDING DISTANCE
_ / 7 I/. -- ^ t ALL GROSS WEIGHTS____
_ - iii_ _
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 FEET W
OAT - C ' I ' I I I I I' '
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 METERS
LANDING DISTANCE
412EP-FM-4-9
Figure 4-9. Single engine landing distance 0
4-56 Rev. 21 SEP 0 5 2000
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FM-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject
INTRODUCTION ............................ .....................
EMPTY WEIGHT CENTER OF GRAVITY ........................
GROSS WEIGHT CENTER OF GRAVITY........................
DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED..................................
COCKPIT AND CABIN LOADING ...............................
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT LOADING .........................
FUEL LOADING .................................................
SAMPLE LOADING PROBLEM .................................
SAMPLE LOADING PROBLEM (ENGLISH).................
SAMPLE LOADING PROBLEM (METRIC) ..................
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT LIST..................................
Page
Paragraph Number
5-1...........
5-2 ..........
5-3 ..........
5-4...........
5-5...........
5-6...........
5-7 ..........
5-8 ..........
5-8-A ........
5-8-B ........
5-9 ..........
5-3
5-3
5-3
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-7
5-9
LIST OF FIGURES
Title
Figure
Number
Page
Number
Helicopter station diagram .....................................
Internal fuel tank station location ..............................
LIST OF TABLES
Title
Door Weights and Moments (English) .........................
Door Weights and Moments (Metric)...........................
Pilot and passenger table of moments (English)..............
Pilot and passenger table of moments (Metric) ...............
Internal cargo loading table (English) .........................
Internal cargo loading table (Metric) ...........................
Baggage loading table (English) ...............................
Baggage loading table (Metric) ................................
Fuel loading table (English) ....................................
Fuel loading table (Metric) ......................................
Fuel loading table - lateral (English) .........................
Fuel loading table - lateral (Metric)...........................
5-1...........
5-2...........
Table
Number
5-1...........
5-1M .........
5-2...........
5-2M .........
5-3...........
5-3M .........
5-4...........
5-4M .........
5-5...........
5-5M .........
5-6...........
5-6M .........
5-11
5-12
Page
Number
5-13
5-13
5-14
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-1/5-2
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FM-4
* Section 5
5-1. INTRODUCTION
This section provides information
regarding helicopter center of gravity and
cockpit and cabin loading. Loading tables
for pilot, passengers, cargo, and fuel are
provided. A sample loading problem is
provided to aid in flight planning.
5-2. EMPTY WEIGHT CENTER
OF GRAVITY
The empty weight consists of the basic
helicopter with required equipment,
optional equipment kits, transmission and
gearbox oils, hydraulic fluid, unusable
fuel, undrainable engine oil, and fixed
ballast. The empty weight center of gravity
shall be adjusted within the limits of the
applicable Weight Empty Center of Gravity
chart in the Maintenance Manual.
5-3. GROSS WEIGHT CENTER
OF GRAVITY
It shall be the pilots responsibility to
ensure that the helicopter is properly
loaded so that the entire flight is
conducted within the limits of the Gross
Weight Center of Gravity chart in the
Limitations section of the Flight Manual.
The gross weight center of gravity may be
calculated from the helicopter Actual
Weight Record (historical records) and the
Loading Tables in this section or in
appropriate Flight Manual Supplements to
assure safe loading.
Figure 5-1 presents fuselage station and
buttock line data to aid in weight and
balance computations.
5-4. DOORS OPEN OR
REMOVED
Opening or removing doors results in
center of gravity changes. Door
configuration shall be symmetrical for
both sides of the fuselage. Tables 5-1 and
5-1M list weight and moment adjustments
which should be made in determining the
gross weight and CG when a pair of doors
are opened or removed.
5-5. COCKPIT AND CABIN
LOADING
A minimum crew weight of 170 pounds
(77.1 kilograms) in the cockpit is required.
Except for the two aft passenger seats,
crew and passengers may be loaded In any
sequence without exceeding the gross
weight center of gravity limits approved
for flight.
Refer to Tables 5-2 and 5-2M for personnel
weights and moments in both English and
metric units.
NOTE
The two aft outboard facing seats
should not be occupied unless at
least four passengers are seated
in the forward or aft facing seats.
The cabin deck cargo loading limit is 100
pounds per square foot (4.9 kg/100 sq cm).
5-3
BHT-412-FM-4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
WARNING
HELICOPTER CENTER OF
GRAVITY SHALL BE COMPUTED
FOR ALL CARGO BAGGAGE/
CONFIGURATIONS BEFORE
FLIGHT.
Refer to Tables 5-3 and 5-3M for internal
cargo weight and moment data.
5-6. BAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LOADING
The baggage compartment is accessible
from the right side of the tailboom and
contains approximately 25 cubic feet (0.8
cubic meters) of space. The baggage
compartment has a load limit of 400
pounds (181 kilograms), not to exceed 100
pounds per square foot (4.9 kg/100 sq cm).
These are structural limitations only and
do not infer that CG will remain within
approved limits. When weight is loaded
into the baggage compartment,
indiscriminate crew, passenger and fuel
loading can no longer be assumed, and
the pilot must compute gross weight CG to
assure loading within approved limits.
Refer to tables 5-4 and 5-4M for baggage
weights and moments.
5-7. FUEL LOADING
Due to the fuel flow sequencing between
the tanks, the fuel loading CG will vary
between fuselage station 139.4 and 160.9.
The maximum aft CG will occur at
approximately 952 pounds for Jet A, A-1.
JP-5 and approximately 910 pounds for Jet
B, JP-4. The maximum forward CG will
occur at 397 pounds for Jet A, A-1, JP-5
and at 379 pounds for Jet B, JP-4. With
normal crew and passenger loading, gross
weight CG will remain within limits at any
fuel quantity. Refer to tables 5-5, 5-5M and
5-6, 5-6M for fuel weights and moments
Figure 5-2 depicts fuel tank location by
station number.
5-8. SAMPLE LOADING
PROBLEM
5-8-A. SAMPLE LOADING
PROBLEM (ENGLISH)
The helicopter is chartered to transport
nine passengers and 180 pounds of
baggage on a trip that will require
approximately 260 U.S. gallons of fuel one
way. The helicopter will be refueled and
the 190-pound pilot will return alone.
Determine extreme CG conditions for both
flights.
Loading of the baggage compartment
should be from front to rear. The load shall
be secured to tiedown fittings If shifting of
the load in flight could result in structural
damage to the baggage compartment or in
gross weight center of gravity limits being
exceeded. The CG shall be computed with
the load In the most adverse position.
5-4
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FM-4
Weight Empty
+ Oil
+ Pilot
+ Passengers, (5 man seat)
+ Passengers, (4 man seat)
+ Baggage
Basic Operating Weight + Payload
+ Takeoff Fuel (320 U.S. Gallons)
Takeoff Condition
Basic Operating Weight + Payload
+ Critical Forward Fuel
(58.3 U.S. Gallons)
Most Forward Condition
Basic Operating Weight + Payload
+ Landing Fuel (60 U.S. Gallons)
Landing Condition
OUTBOUND FLIGHT
LONGITUDINAL LATERAL
WEIGHT CG MOMENT CG MOMENT
7000 143.0 1001000 +0.2 +1400
25 4146 0 0
190 8930 +22.0 +4180
850 99450 0 0
680 59160 0 0
180 46980 0 0
8925 136.7 1219666 +0.6 +5580
2080 150.7 313456 -0.4 -811
11005 139.3 1533122 +0.4 +4769
8925 136.7 1219666 +0.6 +5580
379 139.9 53022 0 0
9304 136.8 1272688 +0.6 +5580
8925 136.7 1219666 +0.6 +5580
390 141.1 55029 0 0
9315 136.8 1274695 +0.6 +5580
5-5
BHT-412-FM-4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Weight Empty
+ Oil
+ Pilot
Basic Operating Weight
+ Takeoff Fuel (320 U.S. Gallons)
Takeoff Condition
Basic Operating Weight
+ Critical Forward Fuel
(58.3 U.S. Gallons)
Most Forward Condition
Basic Operating Weight
+ Landing Fuel (60 U.S. Gallons)
Landing Condition
RETURN FLIGHT
LONGITUDINAL
WEIGHT CG MOMENT
7000 143.0 1001000
25 4146
190 8930
7215 140.6 1014076
2080 150.7 313456
9295 142.8 1327532
7215 140.6 1014076
379 139.9 53022
7594 140.5 1067098
7215 140.6 1014076
390 141.1 55029
7605 140.6 1069105
LATERAL
CG MOMENT
+0.2 +1400
+22.0 +4180
+0.8 +5580
-0.4 -811
+0.5 +4769
+0.8 +5580
0
+0.8
+0.8
0
+0.7
0
+5580
+5580
0
+ 5580
5-6
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FM-4
5-8-B. SAMPLE LOADING a trip that will require approximately 960
alone. Determine extreme CG conditions
The helicopter is chartered to transport for both flights.
nine passengers and 80 kg of baggage for
OUTBOUND FLIGHT
LONGITUDINAL LATERAL
WEIGHT CG MOMENT CG MOMENT
(kg) (mm) kgemm (mm) kgemm
100 100
Weight Empty 3175.1 3632 115319.6 +5 +159
+Oil 11.3 485.3 0 0
+ Pilot 90.0 1074.6 +559 +503
+ Passengers, (5 man seat) 375.0 11145.0 0 0
+ Passengers, (4 man seat) 300.0 6630.0 0 0
+ Baggage 80.0 5296.0 0 0
Basic Operating Weight + Payload 4031.4 3472 139950.5 +16 + 662
+ Takeoff Fuel (1200 Liters) 934.7 3822 35724.2 -10 -93
Takeoff Condition 4966.1 3537 175674.7 +11 + 569
Basic Operating Weight + Payload 4031.4 3472 139950.5 +16 + 662
+ Forward Fuel(220.7 liters) 171.9 3553 6107.6 0 0
Most Forward Condition 4203.3 3475 146058.1 +16 + 662
Basic Operating Weight + Payload 4031.4 3472 139950.5 +16 +662
+ Landing Fuel (240 Liters) 186.9 3635 6793.8 -1 -2
Landing Condition 4218.3 3479 146744.3 +16 +660
5-7
BHT-412-FM-4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
RETURN FLIGHT
LONGITUDINAL LATERAL
Weight Empty
+ Oil
+ Pilot
Basic Operating Weight
+ Takeoff Fuel (1200 Liters)
Takeoff Condition
Basic Operating Weight
+ Forward Fuel (220.7 liters)
Most Forward Condition
Basic Operating Weight
+ Landing Fuel (240 Liters)
Landing Condition
WEIGHT
(kg)
3175.1
11.3
90.0
3276.4
934.7
4211.1
3276.4
171.9
3448.3
3276.4
186.9
3463.3
CG MOMENT
(mm) kgomm
100
3632 115319.6
485.3
1074.6
3567 116879.5
3822 35724.2
3624 152603.7
3567 116879.5
3553 6107.6
3567 122987.1
3567 116879.5
3635 6793.8
3571 123673.3
CG MOMENT
(mm) kg*mm
100
+5 +159
0 0
+559 +503
+20 +662
-10 -93
+14 +569
+20 +662
0 0
+19 +662
+20 +662
-1 -2
+19 +660
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FM-4
5-9. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
LIST
A list of basic equipment required for
flight is presented. Weights and arms
listed for each item were included in
calculating the empty weight and center of
gravity.
REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT
Indicators
Attitude
Airspeed
Vertical Speed
Altimeter
Triple Tachometer
XMSN Oil Press & Temp
Gearbox Oil Press & Temp
Engine Oil Press & Temp (2)
Fuel Pressure (2)
Gas Producer Tachometer (2)
Turbine Inlet Temperature (2)
Hydraulic Oil Press & Temp (2)
Dual Torque Pressure
Fuel Quantity
Standby Compass
Horizontal Situation
Clock
Free Air Temperature
Dual DC Ammeter
Dual AC/DC Voltmeter (2)
Fire Warning -
Engine No. 1
Engine No. 2
Baggage Compartment
Low Fuel WRN - Master Master
Caution Pnl
Starter-Generator, L.H.
Starter-Generator, R.H.
Battery
Starter Toggle Switch
Fuel Igniter Switch (2)
Anticollision Light, Upper
Anticollision Light, Lower
Landing Light
Searchlight
Position Lights -
Forward Lower (2)
Forward Upper (2)
Aft (2)
Circuit Breaker Panels (2)
Nonessential Bus Switch
UNIT
WEIGHT
LB/kg
LONGITUDINAL
ARM
IN/mm
LATERAL ARM
(-LEFT, +RIGHT)
IN/mm
7.5/3.4
1.0/0.5
1.8/0.8
1.8/0.8
2.5/1.1
0.7/0.3
1.0/0.5
1.0/0.5 ea.
0.6/0.3 ea.
1.0/0.5 ea.
0.8/0.4 ea.
0.4/0.2 ea.
2.6/1.2
1.0/0.5
0.8/0.4
6.5/2.9
0.5/0.2
0.2/0.1
1.0/0.5
1.0/0.5 ea.
0.4/0.2
0.4/0.2
0.3/0.1
6.5/2.9
30.0/13.6
30.0/13.6
74.5/33.8
0.4/0.2
0.2/0.1 ea.
1.5/0.7
1.5/0.7
8.0/3.6
5.5/2.5
0.3/0.1 ea.
0.3/0.1 ea.
0.3/0.1 ea.
9.7/4.4 ea.
0.1/NEG.
21.0/533
22.0/559
23.2/589
22.0/559
23.2/589
25.6/650
25.6/650
24.2/615
24.8/630
23.0/584
23.6/599
23.0/584
23.2/589
23.6/599
38.0/965
22.5/572
25.8/655
40.0/1016
24.0/610
24.0/610
24.0/610
24.0/610
22.0/559
24.8/630
159.0/4039
159.0/4039
-6.0/-152
38.0/965
33.0/838
169.0/4293
65.4/1661
85.3/2167
50.0/1270
66.0/1676
109.0/2769
432.0/10973
55.4/1407
41.3/1049
+17.0/+432
+12.5/+318
+21.3/+541
+21.3/+541
+9.0/+229
+6.0/+152
+3.0/+76
+4.7/+119
+4.7/+119
+4.7/+119
+4.7/+119
0/0
+12.5/+318
+1.3/+33
+17.6/+447
+17.0/+432
+26.2/+665
+19.0/+483
-1.3/-41
0/0
-1.7/-43
+4.7/+119
-1.8/-46
-2.5/-64
-8.0/-203
+18.0/+457
+8.0/+203
+10.0/+254
+3.0/+76
0/0
0/0
-4.8/-104
+17.6/+447
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
+3.7/+94
5-9
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FM-4
REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT
UNIT
WEIGHT
LB/kg
Essential Bus
R.H. Ovhd Cont Pnl
L.H. Ovhd Cont Pnl
Low Fuel Wrn XMTR (2)
LONGITUDINAL
ARM
IN/mm
41.3/1049
41.3/1049
143.0/3632
LATERAL ARM
(-LEFT, +RIGHT)
IN/mm
+3.7/+94
-3.7/-94
0/0
3.2/1.5
2.6/1.2
0.1/NEG.
ea.
VHF No. 1 Radio -
Transceiver and Mount
Control
Antenna
Windshield Wiper -
Blade and Arm (2)
Motor (2)
Fire Extinguisher, Hand Type,
L.H
Fire Extinguisher, Hand Type,
R.H.
Flight Manual
Seat with Restraint - Pilot
Seat with Restraint - Copilot
Seat with restraint - Copilot*
Map and Data Case
First Aid Kit
3.8/1.7
0.5/0.2
1.0/0.5
1.6/0.7 ea.
4.2/1.9 ea.
3.0/1.4
3.0/1.4
1.7/0.8
45.4/20.6
45.4/20.6
45.4/20.6
1.9/0.9
5.1/2.3
10.1/257
39.0/991
211.1/5362
34.5/876
41.0/1041
67.8/1722
53.5/1359
54.4/1382
54.4/1382
54.4/1382
59.0/1499
45.5/1156
-7.8/-198
-4.3/-109
0/0
0/0
0/0
-35.0/-889
+34.5/+876
-/-
+22.0/+559
-22.0/-559
-21.2*/-538.5*
0/0
-7.2/-183
*S/N 36234 and sub or modified
helicopters.
5-10 Rev. 17
BHT-412-FM-4
Figure 5-1. Helicopter station diagram
05 NOV 2002 Rev. 24 5-11
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FM-4
Table 5-1. Door Weights and Moments (English)
WEIGHT CHANGE
DOOR
CONFIGURATION
Both crew doors
removed
Both hinged panels
removed
Both sliding doors
removed
Both sliding doors full
open
(POUNDS)
-39.0
-20.4
-90.4
0
ARM
(INCHES)
46.2
85.0
130.0
202.0
MOMENT
CHANGE
(IN-LB)
-1802
-1734
-11,752
+6509
Table 5-1M. Door Weights and Moments (Metric)
WEIGHT CHANGE
DOOR
CONFIGURATION
Both crew doors
removed
Both hinged panels
removed
Both sliding doors
removed
Both sliding doors full
open
(kg)
-17.7
-9.25
-41.0
0
ARM
(mm)
1173
2159
3302
5131
MOMENT
CHANGE
(kg-mm/100)
-207.6
-199.8
-1354.0
+749.9
5-13
BHT-412-FM-4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 5-2. Pilot and passenger table of moments (English)
PILOT AND PASSENGER TABLE OF MOMENTS (IN-LB)
Pilot and
Weight Copilot*
(Pounds) F.S. 47
100 4700
110 5170
120 5640
130 6110
140 6580
150 7050
160 7520
170 7990
180 8460
190 8930
200 9400
210 9870
220 10340
*Left Forward Seat
Passenger
(4-Man Seat
Facing Aft)
F.S. 87
8700
9570
10440
11310
12180
13050
13920
14790
15660
16530
17400
18270
19140
Passenger
(5-Man Seat
Facing Fwd)
F.S. 117
11700
12870
14040
15210
16380
17550
18720
19890
21060
22230
23400
24570
25740
PASSENGER
FACING OUTBOARD
Fwd Seat
F.S. 139
13900
15290
16680
18070
19460
20850
22240
23630
25020
26410
27800
29190
30580
Aft Seat
F.S. 156
15600
17160
18720
20280
21840
23400
24960
26520
28080
29640
31200
32760
34320
(TABLE I.D. 910670)
Table 5-2M. Pilot and passenger table of moments (Metric)
PILOT AND PASSENGER TABLE OF MOMENTS
(kg * mm)
100
Weight
(K.G.)
50
55
60
65
70
75
77.1
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
Pilot and
Copilot*
1194 mm
597.0
656.7
716.4
776.1
835.8
895.5
920.6
955.2
1014.9
1074.6
1134.3
1194.0
1253.7
1313.4
Passenger
(4-Man Seat
Facing Aft)
2210 mm
1105.0
1215.5
1326.0
1436.5
1547.0
1657.5
1703.9
1768.0
1878.5
1989.0
2099.5
2210.0
2320.5
2431.0
Passenger
(5-Man Seat
Facing Fwd)
2972 mm
1486.0
1634.6
1783.2
1931.8
2080.4
2229.0
2291.4
2377.6
2526.2
2674.8
2823.4
2972.0
3120.6
3269.2
PASSENGER
FACING OUTBOARD
Fwd Seat
3531 mm
1765.5
1942.0
2118.6
2295.1
2471.7
2648.2
2722.4
2824.8
3001.3
3177.9
3354.4
3531.0
3707.5
3884.1
Aft Seat
3962 mm
1981.0
2179.1
2377.2
2575.3
2773.4
2971.5
3054.7
3169.6
3367.7
3565.8
3763.9
3962.0
4160.1
4358.2
*Left Forward Seat
(TABLE I.D. 910669)
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FM-4
Table 5-3. Internal cargo loading table (English)
INTERNAL CARGO LOADING TABLE (ENGLISH)
MOMENTS IN-LB
Weight
Pounds F.S. 75.0 F.S. 90.0 F.S. 105.0 F.S. 120.0 F.S. 135.0 F.S. 150.0
50 3750 4500 5250 6000 6750 7500
100 7500 9000 10500 12000 13500 15000
150 11250 13500 15750 18000 20250 22500
200 15000 18000 21000 24000 27000 30000
250 18750 22500 26250 30000 33750 37500
300 22500 27000 31500 36000 40500 45000
350 26250 31500 36750 42000 47250 52500
400 30000 36000 42000 48000 54000 60000
450 33750 40500 47250 54000 60750 67500
500 37500 45000 52500 60000 67500 75000
550 41250 49500 57750 66000 74250 82500
600 45000 54000 63000 72000 81000 90000
650 48750 58500 68250 78000 87750 97500
700 52500 63000 73500 84000 94500 105000
750 56250 67500 78750 90000 101250 112500
800 60000 72000 84000 96000 108000 120000
850 63750 76500 89250 102000 114750 127500
900 67500 81000 94500 108000 121500 135000
950 71250 85500 99750 114000 128250 142500
1000 75000 90000 105000 120000 135000 150000
1050 78750 94500 110250 126000 141750 157500
1100 82500 99000 115500 132000 148500 165000
1150 86250 103500 120750 138000 155250 172500
1200 90000 108000 126000 144000 162000 180000
1250 93750 112500 131250 150000 168750 187500
1300 97500 117000 136500 156000 175500 195000
1350 101250 121500 141750 162000 182250 202500
1400 105000 126000 147000 168000 189000 210000
1450 108750 130500 152250 174000 195750 217500
1500 112500 135000 157500 180000 202500 225000
(TABLE I.D. 910668)
5-15
BHT-412-FM-4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 5-3M. Internal cargo loading table (Metric)
INTERNAL CARGO LOADING TABLE (METRIC)
MOMENTS (kg * mm/100)
Weight
(kg) 1900 mm 2300 mm 2700 mm 3100 mm 3400 mm 3800 mm
25 457.0 575.0 675.0 775.0 850.0 950.0
50 950.0 1150.0 1350.0 1550.0 1700.0 1900.0
75 1425.0 1725.0 2025.0 2325.0 2550.0 2850.0
100 1900.0 2300.0 2700.0 3100.0 3400.0 3800.0
125 2375.0 2875.0 3375.0 3875.0 4250.0 4750.0
150 2850.0 3450.0 4050.0 4650.0 5100.0 5700.0
175 3325.0 4025.0 4725.0 5425.0 5950.0 6650.0
200 3800.0 4600.0 5400.0 6200.0 6800.0 7600.0
225 4275.0 5175.0 6075.0 6975.0 7650.0 8550.0
250 4750.0 5750.0 6750.0 7750.0 8500.0 9500.0
275 5225.0 6325.0 7425.0 8525.0 9350.0 10450.0
300 5700.0 6900.0 8100.0 9300.0 10200.0 11400.0
325 6175.0 7475.0 8775.0 10075.0 11050.0 12350.0
350 6650.0 8050.0 9450.0 10850.0 11900.0 13300.0
375 7125.0 8625.0 10125.0 11625.0 12750.0 14250.0
400 7600.0 9200.0 10800.0 12400.0 13600.0 15200.0
425 8075.0 9775.0 11475.0 13175.0 14450.0 16150.0
450 8550.0 10350.0 12150.0 13950.0 15300.0 17100.0
475 9025.0 10925.0 12825.0 14725.0 16150.0 18050.0
500 9500.0 11500.0 13500.0 15500.0 17000.0 19000.0
525 9975.0 12075.0 14175.0 16275.0 17850.0 19950.0
550 10450.0 12650.0 14850.0 17050.0 18700.0 20900.0
575 10925.0 13225.0 15525.0 17825.0 19550.0 21850.0
600 11400.0 13800.0 16200.0 18600.0 20400.0 22800.0
625 11875.0 14375.0 16875.0 19375.0 21250.0 23750.0
650 12350.0 14950.0 17550.0 20150.0 22100.0 24700.0
675 12825.0 15525.0 18225.0 20925.0 22950.0 25650.0
700 13300.0 16100.0 18900.0 21700.0 23800.0 26600.0
(TABLE I.D. 910667)
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FM-4
Table 5-4. Baggage loading table (English)
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LOADING TABLE (ENGLISH)
NOTE: LOAD BAGGAGE AS FAR FORWARD AS POSSIBLE.
Weight Approximate CG Moment
(LB) (Fuselage Sta. - Inches) (IN-LB)
20 245 4900
40 247 9880
60 249 14940
80 251 20080
100 253 25300
120 255 30600
140 257 35980
160 259 41440
180 261 46980
200 263 52600
220 265 58300
240 267 64080
260 269 69940
280 271 75880
300 273 81900
320 275 88000
340 277 94180
360 279 100440
380 281 106780
400 283 113200
(TABLE I.D. 910666)
5-17
BHT-412-FM-4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 5-4M. Baggage loading table (Metric)
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LOADING TABLE (METRIC)
NOTE: LOAD BAGGAGE AS FAR FORWARD AS POSSIBLE.
Moment
Weight Approximate CG kg * mm
(kg) (Fuselage Sta. - mm) 100
10 6223 622.3
20 6280 1256.0
30 6336 1900.8
40 6393 2557.2
50 6450 3225.0
60 6506 3903.6
70 6563 4594.1
80 6620 5296.0
90 6677 6009.3
100 6733 6733.0
110 6790 7469.0
120 6847 8216.4
130 6903 8973.9
140 6960 9744.0
150 7017 10525.5
160 7073 11316.8
170 7130 12121.0
180 7187 12936.6
181.4 7195 13051.7
(TABLE I.D. 910665)
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FM-4
Table 5-5. Fuel loading table (English)
USABLE FUEL LOADING TABLE (ENGLISH)
Jet B, JP-4 (6.5 Lbs/Gal) Jet A, A-1, JP-5 (6.8 Lbs/Gal)
U.S. Weight CG Moment U.S. Weight CG Moment
Gal. (Lb) In. In.-Lb. Gal. (Lb) In. In.-Lb.
10 65 139.4 9061 10 68 139.4 9479
20 130 139.6 18148 20 136 139.6 18986
30 195 139.8 27261 30 204 139.8 28519
40 260 139.9 36374 40 272 139.9 38053
50 325 139.9 45468 50 340 139.9 47566
*58.3 379 139.9 53022 *58.3 397 139.9 55540
60 390 141.1 55029 60 408 141.1 57569
70 455 146.0 66430 70 476 146.0 69496
80 520 149.8 77896 80 544 149.8 81491
90 585 152.7 89330 90 612 152.7 93452
100 650 155.0 100750 100 680 155.0 105400
110 715 156.8 112112 110 748 156.8 117286
120 780 158.3 123474 120 816 158.3 129173
130 845 159.7 134947 130 884 159.7 141175
140 910 160.9 146419 140.0 952 160.9 153177
150 975 156.4 152490 150 1020 156.4 159528
160 1040 152.4 158496 160 1088 152.4 165811
170 1105 149.0 164645 170 1156 149.1 172244
173.1 1125 148.0 166500 173.1 1177 148.0 174196
180 1170 149.0 174330 180 1224 149.0 182376
190 1235 150.4 185744 190 1292 150.4 194317
200 1300 151.6 197080 200 1360 151.6 206176
210 1365 152.8 208572 210 1428 152.8 218198
220 1430 153.9 220077 220 1496 153.9 230234
230 1495 154.7 231277 230 1564 154.7 241951
240 1560 155.7 242892 240 1632 155.7 254102
**243.1 1580 155.9 246322 **243.1 1653 155.9 257703
250 1625 154.8 251550 250 1700 154.8 263160
260 1690 153.2 258908 260 1768 153.2 270858
270 1755 151.8 266409 270 1836 151.3 278705
280 1820 150.4 273728 280 1904 150.4 286362
290 1885 149.1 281054 290 1972 149.1 294025
295.1 1918 148.6 285015 295.1 2007 148.6 298240
300 1950 149.0 290550 300 2040 149.0 303960
310 2015 149.9 302049 310 2108 149.9 315989
320 2080 150.7 313456 320 2176 150.7 327923
330 2145 151.4 324753 330 2244 151.4 339742
***330.5 2148 151.5 325422 ***330.5 2247 151.5 340421
*Most critical fuel amount for most forward C.G. condition.
**Most critical fuel amount for most aft C.G. condition at weight empties up to 6750 pounds.
***Most critical fuel amount for most aft C.G. condition at weight empties at 6750 pounds or greater.
Weights given are nominal weights at 15C.
NOTE
This table is invalid with auxiliary fuel tank(s) installed.
(TABLE I.D. 910664)
BHT-412-FM-4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 5-5M. Fuel loading table (Metric)
USABLE FUEL LOADING TABLE (METRIC)
Jet B, JP-4 (.779 kg/I) Jet A, A-1, JP-5 (.815 kg/I)
Liters
40
80
120
160
200
*220.7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
530
560
600
640
*655.3
680
720
760
800
840
880
**920
960
1000
1040
1080
*1117.1
1120
1160
1200
1240
***1251.1
Weight
(kg)
31.2
62.3
93.5
124.6
155.8
171.9
186.9
218.1
249.3
280.4
311.6
342.7
373.9
405.0
412.8
436.2
467.3
498.5
510.4
529.6
560.8
592.0
623.1
654.2
685.4
716.7
747.7
778.9
810.0
841.2
870.1
872.3
903.5
934.7
965.8
974.3
CG
(mm)
3541
3547
3551
3552
3552
3553
3635
3754
3840
3910
3965
4012
4046
4079
4086
3993
3886
3785
3758
3785
3820
3853
3886
3913
3938
3961
3917
3901
3839
3804
3774
3775
3800
3822
3846
3848
Moment
kg-mm
110479
220978
332019
442579
553402
610761
679382
818747
957312
1096364
1235494
1374912
1512799
1651995
1686701
1741747
1815928
1886823
1918083
2004536
2142256
2280976
2421367
2559885
2699105
2838849
2928741
3038489
3109590
3199925
3283757
3292933
3433300
3572423
3714467
3749106
Liters
40
80
120
160
200
*220.7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
530
560
600
640
655.3
680
720
760
800
840
880
**920
960
1000
1040
1080
1117.1
1120
1160
1200
1240
***1251.1
Weight
(kg)
32.6
65.2
97.8
130.4
163.0
179.9
195.6
228.2
260.8
293.3
325.9
358.5
391.1
423.7
431.8
456.3
488.9
521.5
533.9
554.1
586.7
619.3
651.9
684.4
717.0
749.8
782.2
814.8
847.4
880.0
910.4
912.9
945.2
977.8
1010.4
1019.2
CG
(mm)
3541
3547
3551
3552
3552
3553
3635
3754
3840
3910
3965
4012
4046
4079
4086
3993
3886
3785
3758
3785
3820
3853
3886
3913
3938
3961
3917
3901
3839
3804
3774
3775
3800
3822
3846
3848
Moment
kg-mm
115437
231264
347288
463181
578976
639185
711006
856663
1001472
1146803
1292194
1438302
1582391
1728272
1764335
1822006
1899865
1973878
2079639
2097269
2241194
2386163
2533283
2678057
2823546
2969958
3063877
3178535
3253169
3347520
3435850
3446198
3591760
3737152
3885998
3921882
*Most critical fuel amount for most forward C.G. condition.
**Most critical fuel amount for most aft C.G. condition at weight empties up to 3062 kilograms.
***Most critical fuel amount for most aft C.G. condition at weight empties at 3062 kilograms or
greater.
Weights given are nominal weights at 15C.
(TABLE I.D. 910663)
Lateral (Engllh)
5-20
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FM-4
Table 5-6. Fuel loading table - lateral (English)
USABLE FUEL LOADING TABLE (ENGLISH)
Jet B, JP-4 (6.5 Lbs/Gal) Jet A, A-1, JP-5 (6.8 Lbs/Gal)
U.S. Weight CG Moment U.S. Weight CG Moment
Gal. (Lb) In. In.-Lb. Gal. (Lb) In. In.-Lb.
10 65 0 0 10 68 0 0
20 130 0 0 20 136 0 0
30 195 0 0 30 204 0 0
40 260 0 0 40 272 0 0
50 325 0 0 50 340 0 0
58.3 379 0 0 58.3 397 0 0
60 390 -0.03 -12 60 408 -0.03 -12
70 455 -0.06 -27 70 476 -0.06 -29
80 520 -0.05 -26 80 544 -0.05 -27
90 585 -0.04 -23 90 612 -0.04 -24
100 650 -0.04 -26 100 680 -0.04 -27
110 715 -0.03 -21 110 748 -0.03 -22
120 780 -0.03 -23 120 816 -0.03 -24
130 845 -0.03 -25 130 884 -0.03 -27
140.0 910 -0.03 -27 140.0 952 -0.03 -29
150 975 -0.43 -419 150 1020 -0.43 -439
160 1040 -0.58 -603 160 1088 -0.58 -631
170 1105 -0.69 -762 170 1156 -0.69 -798
*173.1 1125 -0.72 -810 *173.1 1177 -0.72 -847
180 1170 -0.69 -807 180 1224 -0.69 -845
190 1235 -0.65 -803 190 1292 -0.65 -840
200 1300 -0.62 -806 200 1360 -0.62 -843
210 1365 -0.58 -792 210 1428 -0.58 -828
220 1430 -0.56 -801 220 1496 -0.56 -838
230 1495 -0.53 -792 230 1564 -0.53 -829
240 1560 -0.51 -796 240 1632 -0.51 -832
250 1625 -0.49 -796 250 1700 -0.49 -833
260 1690 -0.48 -811 260 1768 -0.48 -849
270 1755 -0.46 -807 270 1836 -0.46 -845
280 1820 -0.44 -801 280 1904 -0.44 -838
290 1885 -0.43 -811 290 1972 -0.43 -848
300 1950 -0.41 -800 300 2040 -0.41 -836
310 2015 -0.40 -806 310 2108 -0.40 -843
320 2080 -0.39 -811 320 2176 -0.39 -849
330 2145 -0.38 -815 330 2244 -0.38 -853
330.5 2148 -0.38 -816 330.5 2247 -0.38 -854
*Most critical fuel amount for left side most lateral C.G. condition.
(TABLE I.D. 910662)
5-21
BHT-412-FM-4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 5-6M. Fuel loading table - lateral (Metric)
USABLE FUEL LOADING TABLE (METRIC)
Jet B, JP-4 (.779 kg/I) Jet A, A-1, JP-5 (.815 kg/I)
Liters
40
80
120
160
200
220.7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
530.0
560
600
640
*655.3
680
720
760
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240
*1251.1
Weight
(kg)
31.2
62.3
93.5
124.6
155.8
171.9
186.9
218.1
249.3
280.4
311.6
342.7
373.9
405.0
412.8
436.2
467.3
498.5
510.3
529.6
560.8
592.0
623.1
654.2
685.4
716.7
747.7
778.9
810.0
841.2
872.3
903.5
934.7
965.8
974.3
CG
(mm)
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-10
-14
-17
-18
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-13
-12
-12
-11
-11
-11
-10
-10
-10
-10
Moment
kg*mm
0
0
0
0
0
0
-187
-218
-249
-220
-312
-343
-374
-405
-413
-4362
-6542
-8475
-9185
-9533
-9534
-9472
-9347
-9159
-8910
-9317
-8972
-8347
-8910
-9253
-9595
-9035
-9347
-9658
-9743
Liters
40
80
120
160
200
220.7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
530.0
560
600
640
*655.3
680
720
760
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240
1251.1
Weight
(kg)
32.6
65.2
97.8
130.4
163.0
179.9
195.6
228.2
260.8
293.3
325.9
358.5
391.1
423.7
432.0
456.3
488.9
521.5
533.9
554.1
586.7
619.3
651.9
684.4
717.0
749.8
782.2
814.8
847.4
880.0
913.0
945.2
977.8
1010.4
1019.2
CG
(mm)
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-10
-14
-17
-18
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-13
-12
-12
-11
-11
-11
-10
-10
-10
-10
Moment
kg*mm
0
0
0
0
0
0
-196
-228
-261
-293
-326
-359
-391
-424
-432
-4563
-6845
-8866
-9610
-9974
-9974
-9909
-9779
-9582
-9321
-9747
-9386
-9778
-9321
-9680
-10043
-9452
-9778
-10104
-10192
*Most critical fuel amount for left side most lateral C.G. condition.
Weights given are nominal weights at 15C.
NOTE
This table Is invalid with auxiliary fuel tank(s) installed.
(TABLE ID. 910671)
5-22
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FM-4
* Appendix A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT........................................
LIST OF TABLES
Title
Flight Manual Supplements for Optional Equipment..........
Paragraph
A-1 ..........
Table
Number
A-1 ..........
Page
Number
A-3
Page
Number
A-3
A-1/A-2
BHT-412-FM-4
Appendix A
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLEMENTS
A
Bell Helicopter Textron's policy is one of
continuous product improvement and Bell
reserves the right to incorporate design
changes, make additions to and improve its
products without imposing any obligation
upon the company to furnish for or install
such changes, additions, improvements, etc.,
on previously manufactured products.
The following items may be installed on the
basic helicopter by authorized personnel.
Only the optional equipment listed in this
section require a Flight Manual supplement.
NOTE
Flight Manual Supplement numbers
ending with .1 or -1 are applicable to
Model 412 S/N 33001 33107 only.
Supplement numbers ending with .2 or -2
are applicable to Model 412 S/N 33108
33213 and 36001 36019. Supplement
numbers ending with .3 or -3 are
applicable to Model 412 S/N 36020
36086. Flight Manual Supplement
numbers ending with .4 or -4 are
applicable to Model 412EP S/N 36087 and
subsequent. Flight Manual Supplement
numbers not ending with a decimal or
dash number are applicable to all 412
helicopters including Model 412EP.
Table A-1. Flight Manual Supplements for Optional Equipment
NAME OF EQUIPMENT KIT NUMBER
DATE
CERTIFIED
CURRENT
REVISION
BHT-412-FMS-1.4
Winterization Heater
Operations
212-706-008 16 March 1995 Rev. 4
5 SEP 00
BHT-412-FMS-2
Emergency Floats
412-706-004 20 January 1981 Rev. 1
15 APR 96
BHT-412-FMS-3
Heated Windshield
412-706-010 20 January 1981 Reissued
8 OCT 94
BHT-412-FMS-4.1

Effectivity
S/N 33001-33107
BHT-412-FMS-5.1

Effectivity
S/N 33001-33107
BHT-412-FMS-6
Flight Director
412-706-111 13 February 1981 Reissued
8 MAY 89
23 MAY 2002 Rev. 23 A-3
BHT-412-FM-4
BHT-412-FMS-7
Internal Hoist
214-706-003 2 October 1981 Reissued
11 MAY 95
BHT-412-FMS-8
Litter Kit Operations
412-706-006 29 September 1981 Reissued
5 OCT 94
BHT-412-FMS-9.4
External Cargo Operation
212-706-103 25 September 1991 Reissued
15 SEP 95
BHT-412-FMS-10.3
Category A Operations
for Helicopters Equipped
with PT6T-BE Engines
Effectivity
S/N 36020 36086
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-10.4
Group A Operations
412-705-018 11 November 1996 Original
BHT-412-FMS-11.1
20/20 Auxiliary Fuel
Effectivity
S/N 33001-33107

BHT-412-FMS-12
Nightsun Searchlight
212-899-333/
412-899-267
04 December 1981 Reissued
08 MAY 89
BHT-412-FMS-13
Cold Weather Operations
412-703-004 Data incorporated into
Basic Flight Manual
BHT-412-FMS-14
Thailand Special Avionics
412-899-003 13 February 1982 Not Printed
BHT-412-FMS-15
Fixed Step
212-706-057 06 February 1982 Reissued
23 JUN 94
BHT-412-FMS-16
Droop Restraint, Main
Rotor and Stick Centering Indicator
412-704-114/
412-704-115
Data incorporated into
Basic Flight Manual
BHT-412-FMS-17.4
Auxiliary Fuel Supplement
412-706-007 05 January 1984 Reissued
23 JUN 94
Table A-1. Flight Manual Supplements for Optional Equipment (Cont)
NAME OF EQUIPMENT KIT NUMBER
DATE
CERTIFIED
CURRENT
REVISION
A-4 Rev. 23 23 MAY 2002
BHT-412-FM-4
BHT-412-FMS-18.3
Loadhailer Operations
Effectivity
S/N 36020-36086
BHT-412-FMS-19.4
Soft Interior
412-705-510 28 March 1985 Reissued
5 OCT 94
BHT-412-FMS-20
Weather Radar Kit
412-899-107 16 June 1986 Reissued
19 MAR 03
BHT-412-FMS-21
Global Navigation
System, GNS-500A/S3
with NAV Switching
412-899-141 16 June 1986 Reissued
8 MAY 89
BHT-412-FMS-22.2
Category A Operations
for Helicopters Equipped
with PT6T-3B Engines
Effectivity
S/N 33108 33213
And
S/N 36001 36019
BHT-412-FMS-22.3
Category A Operations
for Helicopters Equipped
with PT6T-3BE Engines
Effectivity
S/N 36020 36086
BHT-412-FMS-23 Reserved
BHT-412-FMS-24
Seat Cushion Kit
412-706-019 24 July 1987 Reissued
8 DEC 95
BHT-412-FMS-25.4
Auxiliary Fuel Operations
412-706-009 10 March 1988 Reissued
23 JUN 94
BHT-412-FMS-26
Two-Speed Internal
Hoist
412-899-223/
214-706-003
19 September 1988 Reissued
11 MAY 95
BHT-412-FMS-27
Litter Kit Operation
205-706-047 14 October 1988 Reissued
23 JUN 94
BHT-412-FMS-28.3
Dual Battery
Effectivity
S/N 36020-36086
BHT-412-FMS-29.3
Removal of Upper Aft
Center Fuel Cell
Effectivity
S/N 36020-36086
BHT-412-FMS-CAN-30
Canadian Addendum to
the Supplements for
Internal Hoist and
External Cargo Operation
9 November 1989 Reissue
23 JUN 94
Table A-1. Flight Manual Supplements for Optional Equipment (Cont)
DATE CURRENT
NAME OF EQUIPMENT KIT NUMBER CERTIFIED REVISION
25 SEP 2003 Rev. 25 A-5
BHT-412-FM-4
BHT-412-FMS-31
Category B Operations with
Approved Configuration of
Nine or Less Passenger Seats
STC No.
SH7727SW
08 February 1990 Original
BHT-412-FMS-32.2 Not Printed
BHT-412-FMS-33
Loran C Navigation System
(King KLN-88)
412-899-231 22 June 1990 Original
BHT-412-FMS-34.2
Improved Hover Performance
with PT6T3BE Engines and
5-Minute Takeoff Power Rating
Effectivity
S/N 33108-33213
AND
S/N 36001-36019
BHT-412-FMS-35.4
Category B Operations
When Configured with Nine or
LessPassenger Seats
10 April 1991 Rev. 3
05 SEP 00
BHT-412-FMS-36.3 Not Printed
BHT-412-FMS-37.4
Dual Flight Director (3-Axis)
412-706-024 18 October 1994 Rev. 1
20 DEC 99
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
EFIS with Four-Axis AFCS
Kit 412-705-009 and
412-705-024 with or without
Increased MC Power Kit
412-706-029 18 October 1994 Rev. 2
16 AUG 00
BHT-412-FMS-39.4
Dual Digital Automatic Flight
Control System, Search and
Rescue (SAR) with PT6T-3B/E or
PT6T-3D Engines
412-570-002 11 September 1992 Rev. 3
26 MAR 98
BHT-412-FMS-40
Increased Generator Capacity Kit
412-706-026 29 October 1992 Reissued
05 OCT 94
Table A-1. Flight Manual Supplements for Optional Equipment (Cont)
DATE CURRENT
NAME OF EQUIPMENT KIT NUMBER CERTIFIED REVISION
A-6 Rev. 23 23 MAY 2002
BHT-412-FM-4
BHT-412-FMS-41.3
Increased Maximum Continuous
Power Kit with PT6T-3BE Engines
EffectivityS/N
36020-36080
BHT-412-FMS-42 Reserved
BHT-412-FMS-43.4
Special Search and Rescue
Configuration
412-899-052 08 March 1993 Reissued
02 FEB 95
BHT-412-FMS-44.4
Airline Passenger Seating
412-706-028 18 June 1993 Rev. 1
13 JUL 99
BHT-412-FMS-45.4
Increased Maximum Continuous
Power Kit with PT6T-3D Engine
412-706-029 27 August 1993 Rev. 3
05 SEP 00
BHT-412-FMS-46.3
PT6T-3D Engines
Effectivity
S/N 36020-36086
BHT-412-FMS-47
Folding Step
412-899-287 25 October 1993 Original
BHT-412-FMS-48.1 and 48.2
Engine No. 2 Gov Trim Switch
Effectivity
S/N 33001-33213
S/N 36001-36019
BHT-412-FMS-49.4
Honeywell Primus
700 Weather Radar
412-705-034 05 October 1994 Original
BHT-412-FMS-50
through 52
Reserved
BHT-412-FMS-53.3 and 53.4
PT6T-3DE (30 MinuteOEI Rating)
412-706-050 29 March 1996 Reissued
21 JAN 99
BHT-412-FMS-54 Reserved
BHT-412-FMS-55.4
Emergency Floats with
Automatic Retracting
Passenger Step
412-706-
004Effectivity
S/N 36122, 36123
S/N 36125 and
subsequent
15 April 1996 Reissued
31 MAY 97
Table A-1. Flight Manual Supplements for Optional Equipment (Cont)
DATE CURRENT
NAME OF EQUIPMENT KIT NUMBER CERTIFIED REVISION
23 MAY 2002 Rev. 23 A-7
BHT-412-FM-4
BHT-412-FMS-56.3 and 56.4
PT6T-3DF Engine
(30 Minute OEI Rating)
412-706-051 08 August 1996 Original
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-57.4
United Kingdom Registered
Helicopters
412-705-016/
412-705-018
11 November 1996 Rev. 1
19 MAR 98
BHT-412-FMS-58.4
External Class D Loads
12 March 1997 Original
BHT-412-FMS-59.4
Trimble 2101 GPS With
Electrical/Mechanical
Display For VFR Operations
412-899-510 17 June 1997 Original
BHT-412-FMS-60.4
Customizing Royal
Thai Air Force
412-899-095 23 December 1997 Rev. 1
10 SEP 02
BHT-412-FMS-61.4
Slope Landing Operations
412-704-012 09 July 1997 Reissued
29 JUL 97
BHT-412-FMS-62.4
Category A Operations
PT6T-3D Engine
23 April 1999 Rev. 1
02 JUN 99
BHT-412-FMS-63.4
Self Sealing Fuel Cells
412-899-175 19 September 1997 Rev. 1
22 OCT 97
BHT-412-FMS-64.4 Reserved
BHT-412-FMS-65.4
Ten Cell Self Sealing Fuel
412-899-377 22 June 1998 Rev. 1
02 JUL 98
BHT-412-FMS-66.4
Global Positioning System (Trimble
2101 Approach) with Electrical/
Mechanical HSI Display
412-899-378 19 June 1998 Original
Table A-1. Flight Manual Supplements for Optional Equipment (Cont)
DATE CURRENT
NAME OF EQUIPMENT KIT NUMBER CERTIFIED REVISION
A-8 Rev. 25 25 SEP 2003
BHT-412-FM-4
BHT-412-FMS-67.1 and 67.2
PT6T-3BF Engines
(30 Minute OEI Rating)
Effectivity
S/N 33001 and
subsequent
S/N 36001 36019
BHT-412-FMS-68.3
PT6T-3BG Engines (30 Minute OEI
Rating)
Effectivity
S/N 36020 36086
BHT-412-FMS-69.4
Dual Digital Automatic Flight
Control System,Search and Rescue
412-705-008 29 January 1999 Original
BHT-412-FMS-70.4
Flight Management System,
UNS - 1C/D
412-899-381 29 January 1999 Reissue
27 APR 00
BHT-412-FMS-71.4
External Hoist (Breeze Eastern)
412-709-001 18 August 2000 Rev. 1
04 OCT 02
BHT-412-FMS-72.4
Cockpit Voice Recorder
412-705-001-115
OR
412-704-026-101
23 May 2002 Original
BHT-412-FMS-73.4
Cockpit Voice Flight Recorder
(L-3 Communications FA 2300)
412-709-002 29 November 2002 Original
Table A-1. Flight Manual Supplements for Optional Equipment (Cont)
DATE CURRENT
NAME OF EQUIPMENT KIT NUMBER CERTIFIED REVISION
25 SEP 2003 Rev. 25 A-9/A-10
BHT-412-FMS-1.4
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
WINTERIZATION HEATER
OPERATIONS
(212-706-008)
36087 AND SUB
CERTIFIED
16 MARCH 1995
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412 EP
Flight Manual (BHT-412-FM-4) when the 212-706-008
Winterization Heater has been installed.
Information contained herein supplements information
of basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, or
other applicable supplements, consult basic Flight
Manual.
__________ Bell Helicopter Inj:.*It
COPYRIGHT NOTICE A Subsidiary of Textron Inc.
COPYRIGHT 2000
BELL

HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC. POST OFFICE BOX 482 -FORT WORTH TEXAS 76101
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC . i
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD. 16 MARCH 1995
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
REVISION 4 - 5 SEPTEMBER 2000
BHT-412-FMS-1.4
FAA APPROVED
NOTICE PAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. 0. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NP
BHT-412-FMS-1.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original........... 0 ............. 16 MAR 95 Revision ......... 3 ............. 08 AUG 97
Revision..........1 ............. 29 AUG 95 Revision .......... 4 ............. 05 SEP 00
Revision .......... 2 .............. 13 JAN 97
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION REVISION
PAGE NO. PAGE NO.
FLIGHT MANUAL A - B .................................. 4
i/ii . . ..................................... 0
Title ..................................... 4 1- 2...................................0
NP ...................................... 0 3-18 .................................. 4
a_^^~~~ ~NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
SEP O)2000' Rev. 4 A
BHT-412-FMS-1.4
LOG OF FAA APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 ............. 16 MAR 95 Revision .......... 3 ............. 08 AUG 97
Revision .......... ............. 29 AUG 95 Revision .......... 4 ............. 05 SEP 00
Revision .......... 2 .............. 13 JAN 97
APPROVED: DATE: EP 5 2000
ROTORCRT CERTIFICATION OFFICE T
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
B Rev. 4 SEP 05 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Winterization Heater provides greater suppressor, extra outlets, ducts, and the
cabin heating capacity than the basic hardware necessary for installation.
heater. The Winterization Heater comprises Operation of the Winterization Heater is
a larger mixing valve, a larger noise identical to the basic heater.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
Section 1
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF readjusted if necessary to return empty
*--------- GRAVITY -weight CG within allowable limits.
Actual weight change shall be determined
after the heater is installed and ballast
Section 2
No change from basic manual.
Section 3
No change from basic manual.
BHT-412-FMS-1.4
FAA APPROVED
Section 4
4-1. INTRODUCTION In-ground-effect hover performance is
same as that shown in basic Flight
Performance with Winterization Heater Manual for Heater ON.
switched OFF is same as that shown in Refer to figure 4-2 for takeoff
basic Flight Manual for heater off. Refer to e e
performance.
Performance with Winterization Heater R t f 4
switched ON is presented as follows: Refr to fi e 43 fr c
performance.
Refer to figure 4-1 for out-of-ground-
effect hover performance.
2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO 20C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT Ho LIMIT
LoZ/I I I I _ _I I' AT C
0 Fgr 4 Hovr /_GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
, 7 / /Ik ^" __843
J/__/,&^gP 0 2o, _ Rev./ _4___/_
/_ / , I, I_ ____
-40 -20 0 20 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - "C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
^&b~~~~ _________GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
^^^b~ ~ Figure 4-1. Hover ceiling - out of ground effect (Sheet 1 of 2)
!SEP n 5 n.
BHT-412-FMS-1.4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
ENGINE RPM 100%
WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.)
-40 TO 20C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V LIMITATIONS
14,000 FT H
0
UMIT
/'YSX~~~~~P
/! !
-40 -20 0 20 8 9 1-0 1-1 12
AT - C GROSS WEIGHT - S 1000
GRSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
C
-40 -20 0 20 8 9 10 11 12
OAT - C GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I I I I I I I I I I
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
Figure 4-1. Hover ceiling - out of ground effect (Sheet 2) 0
4 Rev. 4 SEP 05
2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
TAKEOFF DISTANCE
OVER 50 FT. OBSTACLE
HOVER POWER + 15% TORQUE INITIATED FROM 4 FT SKID HEIGHT
ENGINE RPM 100% VTOCS = 45 KIAS
GENERATOR 150 AMPS EACH WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
w -- 14.000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
1 \ a/ ^ 1 / --- _MAXIMUM
MI-- lIi/-~1------I-I- 1 -1~ YII- -' AIIGROSS WEIGHT
MIN-l I L FOR TAKEOFF
OAT
_! t oO
_ 0
-40-20 0 20 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
OAT- OC TAKEOFF DISTANCE - FEET
ENGLISH
_U Z-~ENGLISH ^412FMS1.4-4-2-1
Figure 4-2. Takeoff distance (Sheet 1 of 2)
SEP 05 2000 Rev. 4 5
BHT-412-FMS-1.4
FAA APPROVED
TAKEOFF DISTANCE
OVER 15 METER OBSTACLE
HOVER POWER + 15% TORQUE INITIATED FROM 1.2m SKID HEIGHT
ENGINE RPM 100% VTOCS = 45 KIAS
GENERATOR 150 AMPS EACH WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
j
42 67
METERS DEN. ALT. LIMIT
\IS/& I- ! I LMAXIMUM
I__\\ .{ / ____ /_ GROSS WEIGHT
TA
4
!
1_JHLZLLFOR TAKFF
Ml 1
_ ^2 T___ l ll / -1
dI X |11OAT-h rV___[ o/ // I' CO
UTVI J/1 -:
-40-20 0 20 100 150 200 250 300
OAT - C TAKEOFF DISTANCE - METERS
METRIC 412FMS1.4-4-2-2
Figure 4-2. Takeoff distance (Sheet 2)
6 Rev.4 SEP 052000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 6 I i i i i i i -hi
18000 -
-~______\~ _ _ __ _ ______ 5
16000 \ - _
t 14000 140
__________ RATE-_ OFCL-4 0
0
1,ooo ^^^^-^\^^
;So
I. a
L
~ igrJ 4-3 Twin enierit-e
0 8000
0
)RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
c -2
n
Figure 60004-3. Twi n engine r ate of climb (Sheet 1 of 1 2)
S
4000
2000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 1 of 12)
SEP0 5 200 ,
Rev. 4 7
BHT-412-FMS-1.4
FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CUMB
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER
70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100%
WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 . .I iJ ll ll l mll il
18000 '
16000 5
5 14000
L_
, o
-RATE OF CLIMB - FT/
0
2000
80 0000 - - - - -002 0 8 - - 3 0
Q -------- _ y -- -
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 360
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 2)
8 Rev. 4 SEP 05 2000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 t1L'ili'i1 liiiill Ul'lwllllilnilJ lull nwP 20000
1 8000 D :X-
0
X 12000 '---- "
U~~~~~,~ ~
U, w--------- ^ ^ ^ , . ------ _ o
80000 -3 <
0 6000
<0
8 l 2
_,, 12ooo
,,
a- 6000 - --- - (A.
4000
2000
0 0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 3)
.SEP 05 O Rev. 4 9
BHT-412-FMS-1.4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB (4536 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FTIMIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 131415161718
20000 11 U nlmlmllilmli li6il
18000 -- _
0
16000 - _--o_--5 (
.R O CLIMB - F-
Uj w
14000 I 0
0
0
.-
c, -
18000 O
U,
- 6000 -
4000
2000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 4) 0
10 Rev.4 SEP 052000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 L iiil
* lI,-llnl-l,,,6
18000
16000- ------------. )
I-RATE OF CLIMB -- ,, ,
8000
n 6000 -
'\ --
4000-\
---
uj
2000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 5)
SEP 0 5 2000 Rev. 4 11
BHT-412-FMS-1.4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18
20000 6,I Ili mili iliii illiliiilll ill li ili
18000
16000 S----
-- -^ ^^ 0 5
Ui4oo14000
-J 10000 -
Q~w ^. ^l
-
UU
4_000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - Fr/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 6)
12 Rev 4 SEP 052000
2 Rv. SEP 052000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CUMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 131415161718
20000 " iii
18oo TX\ \ 7"_ I6
18000 ,
16000 ----- ' -- -I - 5 _
t W_ X ___n____\
._-
,. 12000 \ --- / - - o4
40
0
LI
|10000 --- ----- -"J - 30|
LI 50 i i -IUI I
ILI
o o
4000 <EE
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
0I^ Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 7)
SEP 0 5 2000 Rev. 4 13
BHT-412-FMS-1.4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 i,,,, ,,Hl,,,[ I fl,,I,,Iujlhw I, ,mlI pl I l,,l,[ miii],[h[[
18000
16000
)
14000
h0 _
\\ \
-4 0
o
, 12000\ _
I-
8000 -<
4000__ - _ -
2000 _ _ _/__ I - _- _
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 8)
4 4 000 5 2000
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 8) 4
14 Rev. 4 SEP 052000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
0^yb~ ~~RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000
N
" Hil I i ill m ml l ul i ii I
18000
16000 -A' O C - 5
I 4
5~ ~14000-----^^ ---- -- 020- 14
0
Lu 12000
I-
5 10000 -- 0
Li o
Q: I -2 /
0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
0 Figure 4-3. Twin enginie rate of climb (Sheet 9)
SEP 052000 Rev.4 15
BHT-412-FMS-1.4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB (4536 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CUMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 131415161718
20000 i't" !llil
l ihlll ml mlH I llmll l lull ,,, l-l l
20000
LLL
i
18000 -o --- l -
16000 -
J 14000 -
, 40
40
,, 12000
r'~tJ w~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i
10000-------- -3
U I-
a: --
Z 8000 -- ----- ------- <"
U-
EL 6000 --
-_
0 -
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 10)
16 Rev. 4 SEP 052000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-1.4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000 ,. ., il . .ll 11il i ,I'i uili ,lliI ' i
18000
16000
: I
14000 - -
- 40
X o - I I I I 0 I I I I I 1 1 1 1
,, 12000 I--
0
4000- ----
2000
o - 2
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 11)
SEP 05ZO
Rev. 4 17
BHT-412-FMS-1.4 FAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
ENGINE RPM 100% WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED: 1. CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS
2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT/MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - M/SEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20000
18000 ----------------
16000 c'1 n
j 14000 -
, 12000
IN w
10000 -3
4000
28000 I I
Q
J 6000- i
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN
Figure 4-3. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 12)
18 Rev.4 SEP 052000
BHT-412-FMS-2
BELL
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
EMERGENCY FLOATS
(412-706-004)
CERTIFIED
20 JANUARY 1981
This supplement shall be attached to the
Models 412 and 412 EP Flight Manual when the
412-706-004 Emergency Floats have been
installed.
Refer to BHT-412-FMS-55.4 for S/N 36122,
36123, 36125 and subsequent.
Information contained herein supplements
information of basic Flight Manual. For
Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data
not contained in this supplement, consult basic
Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter TEXTRON
COPYRIGHT NOTICE A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
COPYRIGHT 1996
BELL HELICOPTER INC. POST OFFICE BOX 482 * FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD. 23 JUNE 1994
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 23 JUNE 1994
REVISION 1 -15 APRIL 1996
BHT-412-FMS-2
NOTICE PAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron
P. 0. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NP
BHT-412-FMS-2 FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 ............... 20 Jan 81
Reissue...........0 .............. 16 May 89
Reissue...........0 ............... 20 Oct 93
Reissue ........... 0 .............. 23 Jun 94
Revision .......... 1 ............... 15 Apr 96
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
B
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
The emergency floats will allow the helicopter to land in water
during an emergency situation. The kit consists of six skid
mounted float bags, four water activated float switches that are
mounted on the underside of the fuselage, a pneumatic bottle
located in the nose compartment, a collective mounted EMERG
FLTS switch, a pedestal mounted EMER INFLATION handle, and
the necessary hardware to complete the installation. Also, the
kit includes provisions for installing life rafts and vests.
The floats automatically inflate when the EMERG FLTS switch Is
in the ARMED position and the water activated float switches
are submerged. If the system or one of the float bags rupture
after inflation, check valves in each float bag will maintain float
integrity. An instrument panel mounted EMER FLOATS caution
light illuminates whenever the EMERG FLTS switch is in the
ARMED position. System security is protected by an EMERG
FLOATS circuit breaker located on the overhead console.
The EMER INFLATION handle provides for manual activation of
the emergency flotation system in the event the floats fail to
inflate automatically.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-2
Section 1
TYPE OF OPERATION FORWARD FLIGHT OR DESCENT.
REFER TO INADVERTENT FLOAT
The emergency floats are installed for INFLATION IN FLIGHT (SECTION
assistance during emergency ditching and 3).
use is approved for VFR and IFR
operation. Maximum autorotation airspeed (floats
stowed):
FLOATS switch shall be OFF and FLOATS
caution light extinguished when operating 105 knots below 10,000 feet pressure
over land. altitude
Emergency float safety pin shall be 80 knots above 10,000 feet pressure
removed prior to flight over water. altitude
Maximum forward speed for ditching:
FLIGHT WITH OPTIONAL
EQUIPMENT INSTALLED 33 knots in calm water
Fixed passenger step shall not be installed 15 knots in rough water
concurrently with emergency floats. Rate of descent should be reduced as low
Retractable passenger step shall be as possible upon water contact
stowed prior to flight over water.
ALTITUDE LIMITATIONS
When internal hoist is installed, hoist ALTITUDE LIMITATIONS
cable anti-chafing guard shall be installed Maximum pressure altitude for Inflation of
on same side of helicopter as hoist. emergency floats is 10,000 feet. Helicopter
operation above 10,000 feet is permitted
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS provided the FLOATS switch is in the OFF
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
position and FLOATS caution light is
extinguished.
Inflation of emergency floats during extinguished.
forward flight is prohibited. Flight after
landing with floats Inflated is prohibited. WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined
after floats are installed and ballast
readjusted, If necessary, to return empty
weight cg within allowable limits.
SEVERE NOSE UP PITCHING
WILL OCCUR IF EMERGENCY The emergency float kit does not change
FLOATS ARE INFLATED IN the CG limits of the helicopter.
1
BHT-412-FMS-2 FAA APPROVED
FLOAT ARMING Floats shall not be PLACARDS
armed:
FLOAT INFLATION OR OPERATION IN
1. Over land. FORWARD FLIGHT IS PROHIBITED
2. Above 60 KIAS.
3. Above 600 feet AGL.
(Located above pilot airspeed indicator.)
Section 2
EXTERIOR CHECK BEFORE TAKEOFF OVER
WATER
NOTE
STEP switch - STOW.
Ensure that emergency floats
have had periodic inflation and FLOATS switch - ARMED; check FLOATS
inspection. caution light Illuminated.
Emergency floats - Stowed. IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
Emergency float covers and supports -
feet above water and airspeed of 60 KIAS
or above, or when over land; check
INTERIOR CHECK FLOATS caution light extinguished.
EMER INFLATION handle - Down and BEFORE LANDING OVER
safetied. WATER
Nitrogen bottle - Secured and pressure
within allowable limits for pressure FLOATS switch - ARMED when below 600
altitude and ambient temperature as feet above water and airspeed of 60 KIAS
shown on chart decal, located on nitrogen or below; check FLOATS caution light
bottle. illuminated.
Emergency floats safety pin - Remove for AFTER LANDING
over-water flight.
FLOATS switch - OFF; check FLOATS
PRESTART CHECK caution light extinguished.
FLOATS switch - OFF. BEFORE LEAVING
EM'R FLOATS circuit breaker - IN. HELICOPTER
Emergency floats safety pin - Installed.
2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-2
Section
3
INADVERTENT FLOAT
INFLATION IN FLIGHT
In event of unintended inflation, reduce
airspeed, adjust rate of descent to 200 fpm
or less, and land as soon as possible.
Avoid landing on terrain which could
damage float bags.
ELECTRICAL MALFUNCTIONS
FLOATS CAUTION LIGHT ON WITH
FLOATS SWITCH OFF
If FLOATS caution light illuminates with
FLOATS switch OFF, pull EMER FLOATS
circuit breaker.
NOTE
If EMER FLOATS circuit breaker is
pulled floats will not deploy
automatically.
If FLOATS caution light remains
illuminated after pulling circuit breaker,
land as soon as practical.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE
EMERGENCY DITCHING
WARNING
CREW AND PASSENGER DOORS
SHALL REMAIN CLOSED DURING
DITCHING.
FLOATS switch - ARMED; check FLOATS
caution light illuminated. Establish an
autorotative glide speed of 65 to 70 knots
for all gross weight.
SEVERE NOSE UP PITCHING
WILL OCCUR IF EMERGENCY
FLOATS ARE INFLATED IN
FORWARD FLIGHT OR DESCENT.
At 100 feet altitude execute a moderate
cyclic flare to reduce airspeed. Adjust
collective and cyclic pitch sufficiently to
touchdown in a nose-up attitude with
forward speed and rate of descent as low
as possible.
Pull EMER INFLATION handle upon water
contact to inflate floats.
If emergency floats do not inflate
immediately upon water contact, pull
EMER INFLATION handle.
After water touchdown, complete
shutdown, check for damage, and
determine if helicopter should be
abandoned.
3
BHT-412-FMS-2
NOTE
Takeoff after emergency landing
with floats inflated is prohibited.
EGRESS AFTER DITCHING
Ensure rotor is stopped prior to egress.
FAA APPROVED
Crew egress should be accomplished by
jettisoning crew doors.
Passenger egress should be accomplished
by pushing out passenger door windows
at corners marked EMERGENCY EXIT -
PUSH HERE.
Section 4
No change from basic manual.
BHT-412-FMS-3
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
HEATED WINDSHIELD
(412-706-010)
CERTIFIED
20 JANUARY 1981
This supplement shall be attached to the Models 412 and 412 EP
Flight Manual when the 412-706-010 Heated Windshield has been
installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information of
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 1994
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON.
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Bell Helicopter
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
POST OFFICE BOX 482 * FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
REISSUE - 18 OCTOBER 1994
Log of Pages 412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-3
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ..... 0 ............. 20 Jan 81
Reissue .... 0 ............. 08 May 89
Reissue ..... 0 ............. 18 Oct 94
LOG OF PAGES
Revision
No.
Revision
No. Page
Title - A ...................
i/ii ........................
1-2 .....................
3/4 .......................
Page
0
0
0
0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
A
FAA APPROVED 412 ROTORCRAFT INTRODUCTION
SUPPLEMENT FLIGHT MANUAL
BHT-412-FMS-3
INTRODUCTION
The Heated Windshield Kit allows the crew to electrically
defrost/defog the windshield. The kit consists of two
heated windshield panels, switches, circuit breakers.
caution/advisory lights, and the necessary hardware and
wiring to complete the installation.
The ON/OFF switches are located on the overhead console
and identified as WSHLD HEAT LH and RH. Placing either
switch in the ON position activates the corresponding
heated windshield panel and illuminates the respective ON
advisory light. The caution/advisory lights are located
on the instrument panel. The caution portion of the
light illuminates HOT whenever the respective heated
windshield panel overheats. Electrical power is provided
by the 28 Vdc NON ESNTL bus. CONT and PWR circuit
breakers, located on the overhead console and identified
as WINDSHIELD HEAT LH and RH. provide circuit
protection.
i/ii
INDICATOR
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-3
Section 1
PLACARDS AND DECALS
CAUTION
STAND-BY COMPASS UNRELIABLE
WITH WINDSHIELD HEAT ON
WSHLD HEAT
LH RH
ON
HOT
ON
HOT
1
Section 2
BHT-412-FMS-3
Section 2
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
PRESTART CHECK
WSHLD HEAT LH switch - OFF.
WSHLD HEAT RH switch - OFF.
WINDSHIELD HEAT circuit breakers - In.
BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON.
WINDSHIELD HEAT caution/advisory light
segments - PRESS TO TEST: check ON lights
illuminate green, HOT lights illuminate amber.
NOTE
BEFORE TAKEOFF
WSHLD HEAT LH switch - ON (if desired);
check ON light illuminates.
WSHLD HEAT RH switch - ON (if desired):
check ON light illuminates.
NOTE
The windshield heat green advisory
lights will illuminate and extinguish as
the windshield heat cycles on and off
during normal operation.
The intensity of the heated windshield
lights is controlled by the caution panel
BRIGHT/DIM switch when PILOT
INSTR LT rheostat is on.
2
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 3 & 4
BHT-412-FMS-3
* Section 3
DC GENERATOR FAILURE
NON-ESNTL BUS switch - MANUAL.
NOTE
DC power for the heated windshield is
supplied by the nonessential bus.
WINDSHIELD
BREAKER
HEAT CIRCUIT
If LH or RH WINDSHIELD HEAT CONT or PWR
circuit breaker pops out, turn respective
WSHLD HEAT switch OFF.
WINDSHIELD HEAT CAUTION LIGHT
If either WSHLD HEAT caution light
illuminates (HOT), turn respective WSHLD
HEAT switch OFF.
Section
4
No change from basic Flight Manual.
3/4
BHT-412-FMS-6
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
(412-706-111)
CERTIFIED
FEBRUARY 13, 1981
Manual when the 412-706-111 Flight Director has been
installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information
of the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter E i .* tl I
A Subsidiary of lexfon Inc
POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
COPYRIGHT 1989
BELL: HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC. 13 FEBRUARY 1981
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 13 FEBRU ARY 198
REISSUED 8 MAY 1989
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-6
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original .... 0 .... 13 Feb 81
Reissued .... 0 ... .8 May 89
FLIGHT MANUAL
Page
Title - A...................
i/ii.........................
1 -5......................
LOG OF PAGES
Revision
No. Page
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Revision
No.
0 0
0
0
6-8......................
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION DIRECTORATE
AIRCRAFT CERTIFICATION SERVICE
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SOUTHWEST REGION, FORT WORTH. TEXAS
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
A
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
BHT-412-FMS-6
INTRODUCTION
The Flight Director assists the flight crew in control and
The Flight Director can be coupled to the Automatic Flight
Control System (AFCS) for fully automatic (hands off)
flight path control.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-6
Section
1
TYPE OF OPERATION
NOTE
The Flight Director may be used during VFR or
IFR nonicing conditions.
Flight Director
copilot ADI.
bars are repeated on
FLIGHT DIRECTOR LIMITATIONS
During VOR approaches, except for VORs
collocated at the airport, the Flight Director shall
not be coupled in VOR APR mode prior to VOR
station passage inbound.
Maximum approach gradient is 5 degrees.
Flight Director modes may not be commanded
from the copilot position.
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after
the Flight Director is installed and ballast
readjusted, if necessary, to return empty weight
CG within allowable limits.
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
Minimum airspeed for coupled operation of Flight
Director is 60 KIAS.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
1
Section 2
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-6
Section
2
PRESTART CHECK
PILOT INSTR LT knob - OFF (day
operation).
AUX SYS PITOT and STATIC switches -
NORMAL.
SYSTEMS CHECKS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR CHECK
FORCE TRIM switch - ON.
HP1 and HP2 buttons - ON.
Flight director SBY button - Depress and
hold; check DCPL light and all mode selector
and helipilot controller lights illuminate and FD
fail flag on ADI appears; then release button.
HSI heading marker - Set to aircraft heading.
Flight director HDG button - Depress; check
HDG and CPL lights illuminate, SBY light
extinguishes.
Flight director VS button - Depress; check
VS light illuminates.
ADI pitch command bar - Check centered.
Cyclic ATTD TRIM switch - Move aft; check
ADI pitch command bar moves up and pitch
API moves up; check cyclic stick moves aft in
approximately 2 seconds.
Cyclic NAV STBY button - Depress
momentarily and release. Check HDG. VS, and
CPL lights extinguish. SBY light illuminates;
check all APIs center, pitch and roll command
bars retract from view.
HSI heading marker - Set to takeoff heading.
NOTE
For prolonged ground operation, AFCS
shall be operated in SAS mode only.
TAKEOFF
ADI roll command bar - Check centered.
HSI heading marker - Move right; check ADI
roll command bar moves right and roll actuator
position indicator (APII moves right; check
cyclic stick moves right in approximately 2
seconds.
HSI heading marker - Reset to aircraft
heading.
SAS/ATT button - ATT or SAS as desired
during hover and takeoff; ATT prior to entering
Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC).
NOTE
It is recommended that the cyclic
FORCE TRIM release button be
depressed before liftoff to trim
actuators to center positions.
2
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FUGHT MANUAL
Sections 2 & 3
BHT-412-FMS-6
Cyclic FORCE TRIM release button - Depress
and hold until desired climbout attitude is
attained, then release.
Flight director - Select modes as desired after
reaching 60 KIAS.
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
Flight director - Select modes as desired.
DESCENT AND APPROACH
Flight director - Select mode for type of
approach to be flown.
Collective pitch - Adjust to maintain desired
approach speed.
GO-AROUND
Collective pitch - Adjust to desired climb
power setting.
Airspeed - Adjust to desired climb speed.
Flight director - Select modes as desired.
LANDING
Cyclic NAV STBY button - Depress at or
above 60 KIAS to decouple flight director.
AFCS - SAS or ATT mode as desired.
NOTE
It is recommended that the cyclic
FORCE TRIM release button be
depressed before touchdown to trim
actuators to center positions.
Collective GO-AROUND button - Depress at
Missed Approach Point.
For prolonged ground operation, AFCS
shall be operated in SAS mode only.
Section 3
Table 3-1. Caution lights
CAUTION LIGHT
WORDING FAULT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION
DCPL Flight director not coupled. Ensure that HP1 and HP2 are
engaged in ATT mode.
Engage flight director modes
as desired.
Depress CPL button if CPL
light not illuminated.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
Section 3 412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-6
Table 3-2. Warning flags
FLAG FLAG
WORDING LOCATION
ATT ADI
FAULT CONDITION
Vertical gyro not turning
at full speed/attitude
information unreliable.
(Flight director may or
may not decouple.)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If only pilot ATT flag is
displayed, pilot shall monitor
standby attitude indicator and
flight director.
If only the copilot ATT flag is
displayed, the copilot shall
monitor the standby attitude
indicator. Flight director is
functional and flight director
indications repeated on copilots
ADI are valid.
FD
GS
(No legend)
NAV
(No legend)
OFF
ADI Flight director not coupled
due to flight director
failure. (Pitch and roll
command bars may or may
not retract from view.)
HSI Glideslope signal unreliable.
(ADI pitch command bar
retracts from view.
AFCS holds pitch attitude
present at time of
signal failure.)
HSI VOR or localizer signal
unreliable. (ADI roll
command bar retracts from
view. HSI course deviation
bar and No. 1 bearing
pointer unreliable. AFCS
holds roll level attitude.)
HSI Directional gyro failure
or HSI failure.
Heading information
unreliable. (AFCS holds
roll level attitude.)
Check PILOT and CPLT ATTD
SYS circuit breakers - in. If flag
does not retract, continue flight
in ATT or SAS mode.
Check FLT DIR (AC and DC)
circuit breakers in.
Check desired mode(s)
engaged. If flag does not
retract from view, continue
flight in ATT or SAS mode.
(ATT mode for IMC
conditions.)
Continue flight in any
mode, using cyclic ATTD
TRIM switch and collective
to maintain airspeed and
glidepath. (Monitor raw
glideslope data.)
Check NAV 1 (DC) circuit
breaker in. Check VHF
NAV 1 tuned properly.
signal identified.
Continue flight in HDG
or ATT mode.
Check PILOT and CPLT HSI
and GYRO CMPS (AC) circuit
breakers in. Continue
flight in any mode
except HDG.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 3 & 4
FLIGHT DIRECTOR FAILS TO COUPLE
HP1 and HP2 buttons - ON.
SAS/ATT button - ATT.
CPL button - Depress if CPL light not
illuminated.
NOTE
The Flight Director will not couple if
HP1 or HP2 is inoperative.
BHT-412-FMS-6
PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM MALFUNC-
TION
In the event of an apparent malfunction of the
copilot altimeter, vertical speed indicator, and/or
airspeed indicator, proceed as follows:
AUX SYS PITOT or STATIC switch (as
applicable) - OFF.
Flight director - Disengage vertical
modes.
Section 4
No change from basic Flight Manual.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
5
Sectons 1 & 2 412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-6
Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
No change from basic Flight Manual
Section 2
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
FLIGHT DIRECTOR (412-706-1 11)
The flight director is designed for use as a
workload reliever to assist the pilot in control and
navigation of the helicopter. The flight director
has nine modes of operation, any of which may
be coupled to the helipilot system for fully
automatic hands off flight path control. When
decoupled from the helipilots. the flight director
provides automatic flight path computation and
visual pitch and roll command indications to
direct the pilot in maneuvering the helicopter to
maintain the selected flight path. When the flight
director is coupled in the appropriate modes, the
automatic flight control system will maneuver
the helicopter to perform the following
functions:
Maintain a constant pressure altitude (ALT).
Maintain a constant indicted airspeed IlAS).
Maintain a constant vertical speed climb or
descent (VS).
Turn to and maintain a selected magnetic
heading (HDG).
Capture and track a selected VOR radial (NAV
or VOR APR).
6 t
Capture and track an ILS localizer and
glideslope (ILS).
Capture and track a localizer back course (BC).
Initiate a missed approach (go-around)
climbout (GA).
The flight director computer analyzes vertical
and lateral flight and navigational data to
generate pitch and roll steering commands
which are displayed visually on the attitude
director indicator (ADI). The vertical channel
combines pitch attitude, airspeed, altitude.
vertical speed, and glideslope deviation
information to produce computed pitch
command signals. The lateral channel combines
roll attitude, heading, and course deviation
information to produce computed roll command
signals. Automatic flight path control is achieved
when the pitch and roll commands from the flight
director computer are coupled to the helipilot
computers.
Should a flight or navigation data signal become
invalid, the affected pitch or roll channel will
revert to attitude hold mode and the respective
command bar on the ADI will retract from view. If
either helipilot fails or is disengaged, the flight
director will decouple automatically.
Jse or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
he restriction on the title page of this document.
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Section 2
BHT-412-FMS-6
FLIGHT DIRECTOR CONTROLS
MODE SELECTOR
The mode selector (figure 2-1) enables the pilot to
select the desired flight director mode by
depressing the appropriate push-on/push-off
button. Selected modes are annunciated by
illumination of the respective mode select
buttons. The NAV, BC, and VOR APR buttons
have two lights each (ARM and CAP) to advise
the pilot of the status of the flight director
computer. The ILS button legends (ARM and GS)
advise when the computer has armed or captured
the glideslope. Depressing the SBY button
disengages all modes and tests the illumination of
all mode selector lights. Turning the PILOT INSTR
LT knob clockwise dims all mode selector lights
for night operation.
CPL button. When decoupled, the flight director
will continue functioning in the selected mode,
providing visual pitch and roll commands to the
pilot on the attitude director indicator (ADI).
Once depressed, the CPL button must be
depressed again to recouple any flight director
mode.
FORCE TRIM SWITCHES
The FORCE TRIM switch on the pedestal must be
ON anytime the flight director is coupled for
automatic flight control.
The cyclic mounted FORCE TRIM release button
can be depressed to allow the pilot to reposition
the cyclic control and pedals manually for large
scale pitch, roll, and yaw corrections. Upon
depressing the button, the rotary trim actuators
are de-energeized. the flight director modes are
decoupled momentarily, the helipilot pitch, roll,
and yaw linear actuators return to center
positions, and the helipilot computers are
placed in a fast follow-up mode to track flight
control positions. Upon releasing the button, the
helipilots and flight director will resume
functioning in the preselected modes. If
previously decoupled in the ATT mode, the
helipilots will maintain the attitude existing at the
time the button is released.
ATTITUDE TRIM SWITCH
The cyclic mounted ATTD TRIM switch can be
moved fore and aft to adjust pitch attitude and
laterally to adjust roll attitude during decoupled
operation in attitude retention mode. The switch
is also used to make small pitch attitude changes
when coupled in any mode except ALT and ILS
after glideslope capture. Roll attitude can also be
adjusted by the ATTD TRIM switch, except
when a lateral mode is engaged. (Large attitude
changes should be made by depressing the cyclic
FORCE TRIM release button.)
FLIGHT DIRECTOR STANDBY BUTTON
The cyclic mounted NAV STBY button is a
remote switch having the same function as the
SBY button on the flight director mode selector.
Depressing the button disengages all flight
Figure 2-1. Flight director mode selector
COUPLE BUTTON
The CPL button is a push-on/push-off button
located on the helipilot control panel on the
pedestal. When both helipilots (HP1 and HP2) are
engaged in the attitude retention mode (ATT),
selecting any valid flight director mode will
couple the flight director to the helipilots
automatically, as indicated by illumination of
the ON legend of the CPL button. The pilot may
decouple the flight director by depressing the
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document. 7
Section 2 412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-6
director modes, tests the illumination of all mot
selector lights, retracts the pitch and re
command bars on the ADI, and places the flig
director in a standby status. The pilot must the
reselect the modes if continued flight direct
operation is desired.
GO-AROUND BUTTON
The GO-AROUND button, located on tl
collective control head, is a remote switi
having the same function as the GA button e
the flight director mode selector. Depressing tl
button places the flight director in go-arour
mode and disengages all other modes. In G
mode the flight director commands a roll lev
attitude and a pitch attitude which will provide
750 feet-per-minute rate of climb. (The pil
must adjust collective pitch to maintain desire
climb airspeed.)
de AUXILIARY PITOT-STATIC SWITCHES
il The AUX SYS PITOT and STATIC switches
provide a means for isolating the flight director
airspeed and altitude sensors from the copilot
pitot-static system in the event of leakage or
other system malfunction. When the PITOT
switch is OFF the flight director airspeed sensor
is disconnected. rendering the IAS mode
he inoperative. Placing the STATIC switch in the
ch OFF position disconnects both the airspeed and
on altitude sensors of the flight director and thereby
he disables the ALT. IAS, and VS modes. The pilot
nd should disengage the affected vertical modes to
iA prevent undesirable flight control inputs when
el either switch is in the OFF position.
sa
ot
ed
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
8
BHT-412-FMS-7
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
SINGLE-SPEED INTERNAL HOIST
214-706-003
CERTIFIED
OCTOBER 2,1981
This supplement shall be attached to the Model
412 or 412EP Flight Manual when the 214-706-
003 Single Speed Internal Hoist has been
installed.
Information contained herein supplements
information of basic Flight Manual. For
Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data
not contained in this supplement, consult basic
Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
BELL

HELICOPTER INC
POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD REISSUE - MAY 11, 1995
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BHT-412-FMS-7 FAA APPROVED
NOTICE PAGE
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Manufacturer's Data portion of this supplement is
proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other
than helicopter operation is forbidden without prior written
authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P.O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-7
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original...........0 ........ October 2, 1981
Reissued ......... 0 ............ May 8, 1989
Reissued ......... 0 ........ October 8, 1991
Reissued ......... 0 ........... May 11, 1995
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO.
REVISION
NO. PAGE PAGE
FLIGHT MANUAL
Title - NP ............................. 0
A- B .................................. 0
i/ii ....................................... 0
1 - 34 .................................. 0
35/36 .................................... 0
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
37 - 38 ................................. 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A
BHT-412-FMS-7 FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 ......... October 2,1981
Reissued ......... ............ May 8, 1989
Reissued ......... 0.........October 8,1991
Reissued ......... 0 ......... May 11, 1995
0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
0
B
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-7
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Single Speed Internal Hoist enables
cargo and emergency rescue operations in
areas where landings cannot be
accomplished. The hoist can raise or lower
loads up to 600 pounds (272 kilograms).
The hoist cable is 250 usable feet (76.2
meters) In length. Each of the four cabin
mounting locations allows the hoist to be
extended 90 degrees outboard. Caution
lights on each side of the hoist illuminate
when the hook reaches 20 feet (6 meters)
below the skids during retraction. An
electrically actuated cable cutting device
allows pilot or hoist operator to sever the
cable in an emergency. A manually
operated cable cutter, accessible to the
hoist operator, may be used to sever the
cable if the electrical cable cutter fails.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-7
Section 1
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION Hoist operation with flight director in
coupled mode is prohibited.
Hoist operations shall be conducted under Hoisting or lowering an empty litter in
appropriate operating rules for external open position (except Stokes litter) is
loads. prohibited.
Passenger operations with hoist installed Refer to appropriate Flight Manual
are approved if hoist is stowed and Supplement(s) for additional limitations,
electrical system is deactivated, procedures, and performance data.
Hoist operations are prohibited during
instrument meteorological conditions. 1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY
1-4. FLIGHT CREW Actual weight change shall be determined
after hoist is installed and ballast
A crewmember wearing an approved safety readjusted, if necessary.
harness in passenger compartment is
required during all phases of hoist For maximum gross weight, including
operations. Crewmember shall wear hoist load, refer to applicable Flight
protective gloves for guiding cable during Manual or BHT-412-FMS-19.1 when
operation. The hoist operator shall be Increased Gross Weight and Takeoff
familiar with hoist operating procedures Horsepower kit is installed.
and limitations.
Maximum hoist load is 600 pounds (272
1-5. CONFIGURATION kilograms). This is a structural limitation
^UI~~~rmun~only and does not ensure that longitudinal
or lateral CG will remain within approved
1-5-A. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT limits. Maximum allowable hoist load
1-5-A. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
varies with gross weight, center of gravity,
and hoist location. Refer to appropriate
Hoist cable antichafing guard shall be Hoist Loading Schedule.
installed on standard or high skid landing
gear (with or without floats) on same side
of helicopter as hoist. NOTE
The center of gravity of hoist load
1-5-B. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT in forward position is F.S. 82
(2083 mm) and B.L. 60 (1524 mm).
Fixed passenger step shall not be installed The center of gravity of hoist load
concurrently with internal hoist. in aft position is F.S. 131 (3327
mm) and B.L. 64.4 (1636 mm).
Retractable passenger steps shall be
stowed during hoist operations.
BHT-412-FMS-7 FAA APPROVED
For Longitudinal vs. Lateral CG limits with 1-25-A. LEFT HOIST
internal hoist refer to Internal hoist CG INSTALLATIONS
envelope figure 1-1. INSTALLATIONS
Enter appropriate schedule, figures 1-2
1-7. AIRSPEED through 1-5 at gross weight of helicopter
prior to hoisting. Proceed vertically to
VNE with asymmetrical door configuration intersect with diagonal line representing
is 20 KIAS. number of crewmembers on board, top of
schedule, or right cutoff line. Proceed
horizontally to left to read maximum
VNE with hinged panels locked open and allowable hoist load. Intersecting with
cargo doors open is 20 KIAS. right cutoff line gives maximum load which
does not cause helicopter to exceed gross
VNE with hinged panels removed and weight limitations.
cargo doors removed or secured open is
60 KIAS.
Using Weight empty chart, Section 5 and
left hoist loading schedules ensures that
HOIST DUTY CYCLE both longitudinal and lateral limits are not
1-24. HOIST DUTY CYCLE exceeded during first hoist operation.
LIMITATIONS However, for subsequent hoisting,
additional precautions must be taken to
The hoist is approved for continuous avoid exceeding forward longitudinal
operation with loads not to exceed 600 limits.
pounds (272 kilograms).
1-25-A-1. LEFT FORWARD HOIST
1-25. ALLOWABLE HOIST LOCATION
LOAD To continue using maximum allowable
hoist capability: (Refer to figure 1-2
Select hoist loading schedules (figures 1-2 through 1-5)
through 1-5) appropriate for position in
which hoist is installed.
a. put hoisted load (people or cargo)
along side of island, or
NOTE b. when hoisted load is put
Hoist loading schedules are based immediately forward of island,
on most adverse loading reduce maximum hoist load to 300
combinations of pilot, copilot, and pounds.
hoist operator, each weighing 170
or 200 pounds (77.1 or 90.7
kilograms), and on a weight empty WARNING
CG of 0.3 inches (7.3 mm) to right
of centerline prior to adding hoist.
If lateral CG is appreciably DO NOT PUT HOISTED LOAD IN
different or crewmember weights FORWARD AREA OF PASSENGER
are out of this range, allowable COMPARTMENT UNLESS
hoist load shall be computed. For MAXIMUM HOIST LOADS ARE
computation, assume hoist COMPUTED FOR THAT
operator in forward position to be CONFIGURATION.
located at F.S. 87 (2210 mm) and
B.L. 40 (1016mm), and in aft
position F.S. 125 (3175mm) and 1-25-A-2. LEFT AFT HOIST
B.L. 40 (1016mm). LOCATION
2
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-7
To continue using maximum allowable
hoist capability: (Refer to figure 1-2
through 1-5)
a. put hoisted load along Island or
Immediately forward of Island, or
b. ensure empty weight CG Is within
Area A. Refer to Weight empty
chart, Section 5.
1-25-B. RIGHT HOIST
INSTALLATIONS
Right lateral limit for hoist operations
varies with longitudinal center of gravity of
the helicopter. The loading schedules have
been modified to account for this
variation.
a. Starting with appropriate schedule
for number of crewmembers on
board, enter at gross weight of
helicopter prior to hoisting.
b. Proceed vertically to Intersect with
diagonal line representing
helicopter center of gravity prior to
hoisting, top of schedule, or right
cutoff line.
c. Proceed horizontally to left to read
maximum allowable hoist load.
When helicopter center of gravity Is
between STA. lines, Interpolate to
determine CG.
Intersecting right cutoff line gives
maximum load which does not cause
helicopter to exceed gross weight
limitations or forward longitudinal limits.
For multiple hoists during a single flight,
after each hoist operation enter
appropriate schedule at revised gross
weight and proceed to new center of
gravity to determine maximum allowable
hoist load.
EXAMPLE 1: NORMAL
Determine Hoist Load when hoist Is In R/H
FWD POISTION and crew consist of Pilot,
Copilot and Hoist Operator.
GIVEN:
Gross Weight - 9,500 Ibs.
CG - STA. 135.5 before hoisting
From appropriate 11,600 lb. GW
schedule obtain hoist load as follows:
Enter gross weight at 9,500 Ibs.
Proceed up GW line to Interpolated
STA. 135.5
Proceed left to read hoist load of 210
Ibs. Point .
EXAMPLE 2: NORMAL
Determine Hoist Load when hoist is In R/H
FWD POSITION and crew consist of Pilot,
Copilot and Hoist Operator.
GIVEN:
Gross Weight - 9,500 lbs.
CG - STA. 138.5 before hoisting
From appropriate 11,600 lb. GW
schedule obtain hoist load as follows:
Enter gross weight at 9,500 lbs.
Proceed up GW line to STA. 138.5
Proceed left to read hoist load of 550
lbs. Point .
1-25-C. RIGHT HOIST
INSTALLATION - PENALTY REGION
OPERATION
The dashed line on schedules represents
longitudinal center of gravity prior to
hoisting which will result In a gross weight
center of gravity at Sta. 135.2 and B.L. 4.5
during hoist operations with maximum
hoist loads derived using this line. This
center of gravity Is the corner of but not In
Penalty Region shown In Limitations.
Hoist loads derived for Normal Operations
may be Increased when GW/CG
combinations are forward of those
3
BHT-412-FMS-7
FAA APPROVED
represented by dashed line. Loads may be
increased up to but not greater than those
defined by dashed line. However, this
procedure will result In operations within
Penalty Region. Refer to Section 1, Internal
Hoist CG Envelope, for Penalty Region.
EXAMPLE 3: PENALTY REGION
Determine Hoist Load when hoist Is In R/H
FWD POSITION and crew consist of Pilot,
Copilot and Hoist Operator.
GIVEN:
Gross Weight - 9,500 lbs.
For GW vs. CG combinations aft of the
CG represented by the dashed line (see
Example 2), there Is no Penalty Region.
1-26. WEIGHT EMPTY
CHART
The Weight empty chart for internal
hoisting operations Is shown In Section 5.
Refer to the maintenance manual for
additional information.
NOTE
Allowable hoist load must be
computed when weight empty Is
not within specified guidelines,
shown In Section 5.
CG - STA. 135.5 before hoisting
From appropriate 11,600 lb. GW
schedule obtain hoist load as previously
determined In Example 1 the maximum
hoist load for normal operations Is 210
lbs. Point ().
To increase hoist load to maximum for
condition without exceeding GW/CG
limits, proceed up to dashed line and
read left to find 435 lbs. Point .
The Penalty Region Is any load greater
than Point up to maximun load at
Point .
NOTE
Allowable hoist loads must be
computed when AUX Fuel kits are
Installed.
4
Longitudinal/Lateral C.G. Envelope for Internal Hoist Operations
132
(3353)
135
(3429)
136
(3454)
137
(3480)
138
Z (3505)
139
(3531)
140
(3556)
141
(3581)
142
(3607)
143
(3632)7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
(-178) (-152) (-127) (-102) (-76) (-51) (-25) (0) (25) (51) (76) (102) (127) (152) (178)
LATERAL - INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
412FS.7.1-1
1
o
1 PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR - 6
0 0 LB
HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 7133 TO 11000 LBS.
12 PILOT, COPILOT, AND HOIST OPERATOR - 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 7866 TO 11000 LBS.
11000
0@ @ I I I~'
LH AFT POSITION
PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR - 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 7133 TO 11000 LBS.
2 PILOT, COPILOT, AND HOIST OPERATOR - 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 7866 TO 11000 LBS.
600
500
400
300
I
w
200
11000
HOIST LOADING
7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 9500 10000 10500 11000 11500 12000
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - POUNDS
100
0
7(
412FS-7-1-2-2
R/H FWD POSITION - PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR
PROHIBITED
7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 9500 10000 10500 11000 11500 12000
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - POUNDS
NOTE: THE DASHED LINE INDICATES A DIFFERENT LONGITUDINAL C.G. FOR EACH GROSS WEIGHT.
412FS-7-1-2-3
m
R/H FWD POSITION - PILOT, COPILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR
HOIST LOADING
IN THIS AREA
PROHIBITED
7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 9500 10000 10500 11000 11500 12000
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - POUNDS
NOTE: THE DASHED LINE INDICATES A DIFFERENT LONGITUDINAL C.G. FOR EACH GROSS WEIGHT.
412FS-7-1-2-4
o
R/H AFT POSITION - PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR
11000
7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 9500 10000 10500 11000 11500 12000
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - POUNDS
NOTE: THE DASHED LINE IS A CONSTANT LONGITUDINAL C.G. FOR ALL GROSS WEIGHTS.
412FS-7-1-2-5
m
o
o
R/H AFT POSITION - PILOT, COPILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR
500
HOIST LOADING
IN THIS AREA
PROHIBITED
7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 9500 10000 10500 11000 11500 12000
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - POUNDS
I NOTE: THE DASHED LINE IS A CONSTANT LONGITUDINAL C.G. FOR ALL GROSS WEIGHTS.
412FS-7-1-2-6
L/H FWD POSITION
1 PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR - 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 3233.8 TO 4989.5 KGS.
2 PILOT, COPILOT, AND HOIST OPERATOR - 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 3566.5 TO 4989 5 KGS.
4989.5
I
250
200
3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 4250 4500 4750 5000 5250 5500
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - KILOGRAMS
412FS-7-1-3-1
L/H AFT POSITION
1 PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR - 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 3498.2 TO 4989.5 KGS.
2 PILOT COPILOT, AND HOIST OPERATOR - 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 3830.8 TO 4989 5 KGS
4989 5
250
412FS-7-1-3-2
0
a
u)
250
R/H FWD POSITION - PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR
4989.5
IN THIS AREA
PROHIBITED
3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 4250 4500 4750 5000 5250 5500
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - KILOGRAMS
NOTE: THE DASHED LINE INDICATES A DIFFERENT LONGITUDINAL C.G. FOR EACH GROSS WEIGHT.
412FS-7-1-3-3
c
0
o
0
IN THIS AREA
PROHIBITED
3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 4250 4500 4750 5000 5250
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - KILOGRAMS
NOTE: THE DASHED LINE INDICATES A DIFFERENT LONGITUDINAL C.G. FOR EACH GROSS WEIGHT I
5500
12F6-7-1-3-4 4
R/H AFT POSITION - PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR
o
3
3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 4250 4500 4750 5000
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - KILOGRAMS
NOTE: THE DASHED LINE IS A CONSTANT LONGITUDINAL C.G. FOR ALL GROSS WEIGHTS.
50
HOIST LOADING
IN THIS AREA
PROHIBITED
5250 5500
412FS-7-1-3-6
m
R/H AFT POSITION - PILOT, COPILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR
4989.5
200
150 HOIST LOADING
IN THIS AREA
PROHIBITE
00
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - KILOGRAMS
L/H FWD POSITION
1 PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR- 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 7133 TO 11300 LBS.
2 PILOT. COPILOT. AND HOIST OPERATOR - 600 LB HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 7866 TO 11300 LBS.
11300
600
500 IN THIS AREA
400
7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 9500 10000 10500 11000 11500 12000
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - POUNDS
412FS-7-1-4-1
7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 9500 10000 10500 11000 11500 12000
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
o

0
o
o
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

2

o
f

6
)
1
9
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

3

o
f

6
)
2
0
0
z I
-
0 z 0 0
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

4

o
f

6
)
2
1
I
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

5

o
f

6
)
2
2
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
o o
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

6

o
f

6
)
2
3
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

1

o
f

6
)
2
4
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

2

o
f

6
)
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
2
5
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

3

o
f

6
)
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

4

o
f

6
)
2
7
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7

F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
0
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

5

o
f

6
)
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
7
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

6

o
f

6
)
2
9
BHT-412-FMS-7
FAA APPROVED
Section 2
2-2. FLIGHT PLANNING
WARNING
HOIST LOAD CAN CAUSE
LONGITUDINAL OR LATERAL CG
LIMITS TO BE EXCEEDED.GROSS
WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY SHALL BE COMPUTED
TO ASSURE LOADING WITHIN
APPROVED LIMITS.
CAUTION
IF ADDITIONAL LOADS ARE
CARRIED DURING HOISTING
OPERATIONS, LOADS SHOULD
BE PLACED ON SIDE OF
HELICOPTER OPPOSITE HOIST
POSITION.
Gross weight and CG - Compute with and
without hoist load.
2-4. INTERIOR AND
PRESTART CHECK
2-4-A. HOIST INSTALLATION
CHECK
NOTE
If pilot plans to operate hoist with
other crewmember in passenger
compartment, hoist shall be
Installed in forward right position.
Hoist - Installed in desired position;
check roof and floor stud adapters and
locking collars properly secured.
Boom actuator - Installed in proper
position; all fittings secured.
AIRCRAFT POSITION switch (on hoist
control box, figure 2-1) - Set in proper
position.
Hook - Rotates freely on cable.
Cable - Check proper routing through
guide rollers, pulleys, and drums.
Gearbox oil levels - Check sight glasses.
Hoist operators pendant - Installed;
connectors secured.
Electrical power cables - Condition;
connectors secured.
WARNING
ACTUATION OF CABLE CUT
SWITCH ON PEDESTAL CAN CUT
CABLE REGARDLESS OF HOIST
PWR SWITCH POSITION.
ACTUATION OF CABLE CUT
SWITCH ON HOIST CONTROL
BOX CAN CUT CABLE, EVEN IF
CABLE CUT CIRCUIT BREAKER IS
OUT.
CABLE CUT switches (pedestal and hoist)
- Off; covers safetied.
Safety vests, tether straps, hoisting slings,
and litters - Condition; secured or stored.
I
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-7
2-4-B. HOIST OPERATION CHECK
Cargo doors and hinged panels - Secured
open or removed.
HOIST PWR. CONT and CABLE CUT circuit
breakers - In.
BATTERY switches - ON (or connect
external power).
NON ESNTL BUS switch - MANUAL.
ICS - Check intercom between pilot and
hoist operator using hoist pendant ICS
trigger and HOT MIC switch (right ICS box
only).
HOIST PWR switch - ON; check that
green (power on) light and amber 20 FOOT
CAUTION lights on hoist control box
illuminate.
Hoist OVERTEMP warning lights - Press
to test.
CAUTION
MAINTAIN TENSION ON HOIST
CABLE WHILE REELING IN AND
OUT TO PREVENT SLACK.
HOIST and BOOM switches (pilot and
operator) - Actuate to check all hoist
functions for proper operation. Check that
pilot HOIST switch overrides operator
pendant HOIST switch.
Hoist cable - Check for corrosion, kinks,
flat spots, fraying, or broken strands.
Up limit switch actuator - Raise while hoist
is reeling in and check hoist motor stops;
then release and check hoist resumes
operation.
Reduce hoist speed as cable approaches
up limit. Check that hoist stops when hook
reaches up limit without excess tension on
cable.
Hoist - Stowed for flight; hook restraint
secured.
HOIST PWR switch - OFF.
NON ESNTL BUS switch - NORMAL.
BATTERY switches - OFF.
NOTE
Ground crewmember should be
instructed to discharge helicopter
static electricity before attaching
load to hoist when possible.
2-6. SYSTEMS CHECK
Cargo doors and hinged panels - Secured
open or removed.
CABLE CUT switches (pedestal and hoist)
- Off; covers safetied.
HOIST PWR, CONT, and CABLE CUT
circuit breakers - In.
2-6-A. BEFORE TAKEOFF
Safety vests and straps - On and secured
to helicopter.
Gloves - On.
STEP switch (if installed) - STOW.
2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS
Maximun hoist load shall be determined
prior to each hoist operation.
NOTE
The Hight-Velocity Diagram is not
a limitation for internal hoist
operations under an appropriate
operating certificate.
HOIST PWR switch - ON.
31
BHT-412-FMS-7 FAA APPROVED
WARNING
HOIST OPERATOR SHALL BE
SECURED TO HELICOPTER WITH
AN APPROVED SAFETY
HARNESS DURING HOIST
OPERATIONS.
Establish hover over hoist operation area.
Hoist hook restraint - Removed.
BOOM switch (or pilots HOIST switch) -
OUT.
NOTE
Each hoist operation performed is
defined as reeling hoist cable out
and then in while hovering with
any weight on hoist, regardless of
whether the hoist was used for
training or an actual rescue.
The pilot must record each operation in
the penalty CG region. For each hoist
operation performed within penalty CG
region, four (4) additional hours of usage
must be logged against the main rotor
yoke, mast and lower cone seat.
FOULING ON FUSELAGE OR
LANDING GEAR.
Maintain zero ground speed until load is
clear of obstructions.
BOOM switch - IN to swing hoist boom and
load into cabin, If possible.
Takeoff into wind, if possible, allowing
adequate hoist load clearance over
obstacles if load is not internal.
CAUTION
AIRSPEED WITH EXTERNAL
LOAD IS LIMITED BY
CONTROLLABILITY. CAUTION
SHOULD BE EXERCISED WHEN
CARRYING AN EXTERNAL LOAD.
HANDLING CHARACTERISTICS
MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE SIZE,
WEIGHT, AND SHAPE OF LOAD.
Airspeed - As required for adequate
controllability, not to exceed limits for
hoist operations (20 or 60 KIAS, as
applicable).
2-13. LITTER HOISTING
HOIST switch - DOWN.
Discharge static electricity when possible,
and connect hook to load, observing
allowable hoist load.
NOTE
As hook nears the up or down
limits, hoist speed automatically
slows.
When emergency transportation of a
patient by litter is essential, every effort
should be made to land the helicopter for
litter loading. Litter hoisting can be
hazardous and should be accomplished
only when a landing is not feasible and the
condition of the patient precludes the use
of the personnel hoisting sling.
In addition to all other procedures
contained herein, the following shall apply
to litter hoisting operations.
HOIST switch - UP.
CAUTION
USE CARE TO PREVENT CABLE,
HOOK, AND LOAD FROM
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-7
2-13-A. EMPTY LITTER
WARNING
SAFETY STRAPS.
HOIST HOOK CATCH SHALL BE
SECURED WITH SAFETY PIN
PRIOR TO HOISTING LITTER
PATIENT.
HOISTING OR LOWERING AN
EMPTY LITTER IN OPEN
POSITION IS PROHIBITED. AN
EMPTY LITTER CAN OSCILLATE
UNCONTROLLABLY IN ROTOR
WASH AND FLY UPWARD,
STRIKING FUSELAGE OR TAIL
ROTOR.
Litter sling straps should be adjusted so
that litter is 24 to 28 inches (61 to 71
centimeters) below hoist hook.
NOTE
If litter is suspended too far below
hook, litter cannot be loaded in
helicopter with hoist hook at up
limit.
Prior to hoisting or lowering an empty
litter, litter shall be closed and secured
with straps. Litter should be suspended in
a near-vertical position and sling straps
should be drawn tight.
2-13-B. LOADED LITTER
WARNING
CAUTION
A LOADED LITTER CAN ROTATE
ABOUT CABLE DURING
HOISTING. HOIST OPERATOR
MAY HAVE TO GRASP LITTER
SLING STRAPS TO CONTROL
ROTATION AS LITTER
APPROACHES LANDING GEAR.
LITTER PATIENT SHALL BE
SECURED TO LITTER WITH
33
BHT-412-FMS-7 FAA APPROVED
ON CONTROL BOX ON EACH
SIDE OF HOIST
ATTACHED
TO HOIST
ON CONTROL BOX ON
TOP OF HOIST
Figure 2-1. Internal hoist controls
34
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-7
Section 3
3-15. HOIST LOAD JETTISON
To jettison hoist load in an emergency,
actuate CABLE CUT switch (located on
pedestal or hoist).
In the event of failure of CABLE CUT
switch, sever cable with manual cable
cutter (stowed in pouch on hoist).
3-15-A. HOIST OVERTEMP
WARNING LIGHT
In the event that the OVERTEMP warning
light (located on hoist control box)
illuminates, continue present operation
until hoist is reeled in. Leave HOIST PWR
switch ON (for cooling fan operation) and
allow hoist to cool. When OVERTEMP light
extinguishes, hoisting may be resumed as
desired.
Section 4
No change from basic manual.
35/36
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-7
Section 5
5-11. WEIGHT EMPTY NOTE
CHART Allowable hoist loads must be
computed when AUX Fuel kits are
installed.
The Weight empty chart for internal
hoisting operations is shown in figure 5-1.
Refer to the maintenance manual for
additional information.
NOTE
Allowable hoist load must be
computed when weight empty is
not within specified guidelines.
37
BHT-412-FMS-7 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 Weight Empty Chart for Internal Hoist Operations
8500
(3855.5)
8000
(3628.7)
6500
(2948.3)
140 141 142 143 144 145
(3556) (3581) (3607) (3632) (3658) (3683)
FUSELAGE STATION - INCHES (MILLIMETERS) 412FS-7--1
Figure 5-1. Weight empty chart
38
BHT-412-FMS-8
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
LITTER KIT OPERATIONS
(412-706-006)
CERTIFIED
SEPTEMBER 29, 1981
This supplement shall be attached to the Models 412 or 412EP
Flight Manual when the 412-706-006 Litter Kit has been
installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information
of the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
COPYRIGHT NOTICE POST OFFICE BOX 482 * FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
COPYRIGHT 1994
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD REISSUE - 5 OCTOBER 1994
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-8
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original .... 0 .... 29 Sep 81
Reissue .... 0 .. .08 May 89
Reissue .... 0 .... 05 Oct 94
LOG OF PAGES
FLIGHT MANUAL MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Revision Revision
Page No. Page No.
Title - A ................... 0 3/4 ....................... 0
...................... 0
1-- 2...................... 0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TEXAS 76193-0170
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
A
FAA APPROVED INTRODUCTION
BHT-412-FMS-8
INTRODUCTION
The Litter Kit provides three litters and the provisions for
installing up to three litters in the helicopter. A cabin
attendant seat is also included in the kit.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED Section 1 and 2
BHT-412-FMS-8
Section 1
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after
the litter(s) are installed and ballast readjusted if
necessary, to return empty weight CG within
allowable limits.
MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
The minimum flight crew for litter operations
shall consist of a pilot and a second crewmember
or cabin attendant, both of whom shall be trained
in and capable of assisting in litter patient
emergency evacuation procedures.
Section
2
LITTER LOADING
Secure patients to litters, then load litters aboard
the helicopter in sequence from top to bottom.
When only two patients are carried, they should
occupy the top and center litter positions. When
only one patient is carried, the center litter should
be used.
LITTER UNLOADING
NOTE
opened. Refer to Section 3, Emergency
Procedures, for unloading procedures
when cabin door cannot be opened.
Open cabin door and unload litters and patients
from the helicopter in sequence from bottom to
top.
Litters to be handled by one person inside cabin
and one person outside cabin.
Normal unloading procedures apply
when either passenger door can be
Section 3 & 4
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-8
Section
3
UNLOADING THROUGH Unstrap patient on center litter and remove
EMERGENCY EXITS
patient through window opening.
Disconnect top litter at end near open
NOTE window and lower end to rest on center litter.
Remove patient retention straps and slide patient
In the event that cabin doors cannot be down litter and out through window opening.
opened, litter patients shall be
unloaded through emergency pop-out Raise top and center litter ends near open
windows. After all litter patients have window and engage center litter in brackets for
been removed, ambulatory patients top litter. Disconnect bottom litter. Raise bottom
may then exit. litter at end near open window and rest handles
on the lower surface of the window opening.
Remove emergency pop-out window by Unstrap patient and slide patient up litter and
pushing at corners as marked. through window opening.
Section 4
No change from basic Flight Manual.
2
Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-8
Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
TABLE OF MOMENTS
(IN-LB)
TABLE OF MOMENTS
(kg * mm)
100
Weight
(Pounds)
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
LITTER PATIENT
Loaded
Laterally
F.S. 117
11700
12870
14040
15210
16380
17550
18720
19890
21060
22230
23400
24570
25740
Weight
(K.G.)
50
55
60
65
70
75
77.1
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
LITTER PATIENT
Loaded
Laterally
2972 mm
1486.0
1634.6
1783.2
1931.8
2080.4
2229.0
2291.4
2377.6
2526.2
2674.8
2823.4
2972.0
3120.6
3269.2
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
SUPPLEMENT FOR
EXTERNAL CARGO OPERATION
(212-706-103)
36020 - 36086
AND
36087 AND SUB
CERTIFIED
25 SEPTEMBER 1991
This supplement shall be attached to the Model
412 Flight Mnaual (BHT-412-FM-3) or Model
412EP Flight Manual (BHT-412-FM-4) when the
212-706-103 External Cargo Suspension Hook
has been installed.
Information contained herein supplements
information of basic Flight Manual. For
Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data
not contained in this supplement, consult basic
Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
BELL e HELICOPTER INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
ADIVISIONOFTEXTRONCANADALTD. REISSUE - 15 SEPTEMBER 1995
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
NOTICE PAGE
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Manufacturer's Data portion of this supplement is
proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other
than helicopter operation is forbidden without prior written
authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. 0. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original .......... 0.............. 25 Sep 91
Reissue ........... 0 ............... 08 Oct 93
Reissue...........0 ............... 05 Oct 94
Reissue ........... 0.............. 15 Sep 95
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO.
REVISION
NO. PAGE PAGE
FLIGHT MANUAL
Title - NP .............................. 0
A - B .................................. 0
i/ii ....................................... 0
1--10 .................................. 0
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
11 -12.................................0
13/14 ................................... 0
NOTE
Revised text Is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4 FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 .............. 25 Sep 91
Reissue ........... 0 ............... 08 Oct 93
Reissue...........0 ............... 05 Oct 94
Reissue ........... .............. 15 Sep 95
0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
The External Cargo Suspension Hook, when installed, will
permit the operator to utilize the helicopter for transportation of
external cargo, when operated by a qualified pilot.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
Section 1
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION
Operation of the helicopter with no load on
the external cargo suspension hook is
authorized under the standard
airworthiness certificate under VFR or IFR
conditions without removing the unit from
the helicopter.
The installation and use of the rear view
mirror contained in the kit is left to the
operators discretion.
The rear view mirror shall be covered or
removed for night flight.
1-3-C. VFR OPERATION
With a load attached to the suspension
assembly, operation shall be conducted in
accordance with appropriate operating
rules for external loads under VFR
conditions.
1-3-D. IFR OPERATION
External load operations are permitted
provided the operator substantiates to the
Administrator that the rotorcraft - load
combination meets IFR handling
requirements and insures that the
Rotorcraft External Load Operator
Certificate reflects same with appropriate
restrictions.
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY
Actual weight change shall be determined
after cargo hook is Installed and ballast
readjusted, if necessary, to retain empty
weight CG within allowable limits.
1-7. AIRSPEED
VNE is 80 KIAS at or below 10,000 feet
density altitude for all gross weights with
external cargo on suspension unit. Above
10,000 feet decrease VNE 2.5 knots per
1000 feet.
CAUTION
THE AIRSPEED WITH EXTERNAL
CARGO IS LIMITED BY
CONTROLLABILITY. CAUTION
SHOULD BE EXERCISED WHEN
CARRYING EXTERNAL CARGO,
AS THE HANGING
CHARACTERISTICS MAY BE
AFFECTED BY THE SIZE,
WEIGHT, AND SHAPE OF THE
CARGO LOAD.
Light weight, high drag loads require a
swivel connector between the cargo hook
and the sling to prevent unstable
oscillations in flight above 20 KIAS.
1
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4 FAA APPROVED
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
OCCUPANCY LIMITED
TO CREW WITH
EXTERNAL LOAD
CLASS B LOADING
APPROVED
(Located on forward right side of overhead console)
DO NOT OPERATE
HEATER ABOVE 21
DEG C OUT AIR TEMP
FLOATS CARGO RELEASE
OPERATIONAL LIMITS
(Located on upper center part of instrument panel)
EXTERNAL LOAD LIMIT
4500 LBS
SEE FLIGHT MANUAL FOR
LOADING INSTRUCTIONS
AND FLIGHT LIMITATIONS
(Located on under side of helicopter near suspension assembly)
412-FMS-9.3-1-1
Figure 1-1. Placards and markings
I nstruct ground personnel to check
primary and secondary load rings for
condition and proper size (Table 2-1).
Check for proper rigging and configuration
(Figure 2-1).
Table 2-1. Ring Size - Cargo Hook P/N SP1709-62
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
Section 2
2-2. FLIGHT PLANNING
Instruct ground personnel to discharge
helicopter static electricity before
attaching cargo by touching the airframe
with a ground wire, or if a metal sling is
used, the hookup ring can be struct
against the cargo hook. If contact has
been lost after initial grounding, the
helicopter should be electrically
regrounded and, if possible, contact
maintained until hookup is complete.
WARNING
USE OF INAPPROPRIATELY
SIZED LOAD RINGS MAY RESULT
IN LOAD HANG-UP WHEN LOAD
RING IS TOO SMALL OR
INADVERTENT LOAD RELEASE IF
LOAD RING IS TOO LARGE.
Check that only one primary ring is
captured in load beam and only one
secondary ring with correct cross-section
dimension is captured in primary ring.
PRIMARY RING
INSIDE DIAMETER
3.0 to 3.1 in.
(76.2 to 78.74 mm)
3.1 to 4.0 In.
(78.74 to 101.6 mm)
MAXIMUM CROSS-
SECTION
OF SECONDARY
MEMBER
PRIMARY RING
CROSS-SECTION
0.625 in.
(15.9 mm)
0.750 in.
(19.0 mm)
1.0 in.
(25.4 mm)
1.0 in.
(25.4 mm)
3
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4 FAA APPROVED
* PRIMARY RING
CROSS-SECTION
* MAXIMUM
CROSS-SECTION OF
SECONDARY MEMBER
INCORRECT RIGGING
CORRECT RIGGING
TO LOAD(S)
* DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN IN
TABLE 2-1
INCORRECT RIGGING
412FMS-9.3-2-1
Figure 2-1. Effective loading practices
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
2-3. PREFLIGHT CHECK
Cargo suspension assembly - Condition
and security and warning plate is visible.
Rear view mirror (if installed) - Secure
and clean.
2-4. INTERIOR AND
PRESTART CHECK
CARGO HOOK REL circuit breaker - In.
2-8. TAKEOFF
NOTE
Better directional control may be
realized by avoiding relative
winds from the right front
quadrant while performing
external cargo operations.
Hover helicopter at sufficient height to
allow ground personnel to discharge static
electricity and to attach cargo sling to
cargo hook.
Battery BUS 1 switch - ON.
CARGO REL switch (overhead) - ARM;
check CARGO RELEASE ARMED caution
light illuminates.
Cyclic CARGO RELEASE button -
Depress and hold; pull down on cargo
hook; hook should open. Release button
and cargo hook; hook should close and
lock.
NOTE
Attachment of cargo sling to the
hook can be observed by means
of the rear view mirror.
Ascend vertically directly over cargo, then
slowly lift cargo from surface.
Pedals - Check for adequate directional
control.
Hover power - Check torque required to
hover with external load.
Cargo release pedal (between directional
control pedal(s) - PUSH and hold; pull
down on cargo hook; hook should open.
Release pedal and cargo hook; hook
should close and lock.
NOTE
The pedal release will function
regardless of CARGO REL switch
position.
NOTE
The Height - Velocity Diagram is
not a limitation for external cargo
operations under an appropriate
operating certificate.
Takeoff into the wind If possible, allowing
adequate sling load clearance over
obstacles.
CARGO REL switch - OFF.
Battery BUS 1 switch - OFF.
2-7. BEFORE TAKEOFF
CARGO REL switch - ARM; check CARGO
RELEASE ARMED caution light
Illuminates.
5
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4 FAA APPROVED
2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS
NOTE
Control movements should be
made smoothly and kept to a
minimum to prevent oscillation of
sling load.
CARGO REL switch (overhead) - As
desired.
2-10. DESCENT AND
LANDING
CARGO REL switch (overhead) - ARM
prior to final approach.
Flight path and approach angle - As
required for wind direction and obstacle
clearance.
Execute approach to a hover with cargo
clear of the surface. When stabilized at a
hover, descend slowly until cargo contacts
surface. Maintain tension on sling.
Cyclic CARGO RELEASE button -
Depress to release sling from hook.
NOTE
The pedal release will function
regardless of CARGO REL switch
position.
Airspeed - Within limits for adequate
controllability of rotorcraft and load
configuration.
Flight path - As required to avoid flight
with external load over any person, vehicle
or structure.
Section 3
NOTE
Release of sling load from the
hook can be confirmed visually
through rear view mirror.
3-15. CARGO FAILS TO
RELEASE ELECTRICALLY
Maintain tension on sling.
Cargo release pedal (between directional
control pedals) - PUSH.
In the event that cargo hook will not
release the sling when the CARGO
RELEASE button Is depressed, proceed as
follows:
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
Section 4
4-1. INTRODUCTION
No change from basic Flight Manual
performance with no load attached to
cargo hook.
NOTE
operations, refer to figure 4-1,
critical relative wind azimuths.
In ground effect hover ceiling chart for
external cargo operations is presented in
figure 4-2.
Refer to basic Flight Manual for out of
ground effect hover ceiling charts during
external cargo operations.
Performance may be affected by
the size and shape of the external
load.
4-5. HOVER CEILING
NOTE
When using any hover ceiling
chart for external cargo
7
270

BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4 FAA APPROVED


412-FMS-9.3-4-1
Figure 4-1. Critical relative wind azimuths
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
HOVER CEILING
IN GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER
SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET
ENGINE RPM 100%
HEATER ON OR OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS EACH
-40

TO 52C
NOTE: THIS DATA VALID FOR ZERO WIND OR WIND OUT SIDE OF THE CRITICAL WIND AZIMUTH AREAS
14.000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
OAT-C
-10 -20
GROSS WEIGHT 412.FMS-9.3-4-2
9
GROSS WEIGHT 412-FMS-9.3'4-2-1
Figure 4-2. Hover ceiling in ground effect (Sheet 1 of 2)
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
IN GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET
ENGINE RPM 100%
HEATER ON OR OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS EACH -40

TO 52C
NOTE: THIS DATA VALID FOR ZERO WIND OR WIND OUT SIDE OF THE CRITICAL WIND AZIMUTH AREAS.
14,000 FT DEN. ALT. LIMIT
-20
-30 -40
MAX OAT
TORQUE
LIMIT
OAT C
3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.4 kg X 1000
GROSS WEIGHT
412-FMS-9.3-4-2-2
Figure 4-2. Hover ceiling In ground effect (Sheet 2)
10
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
Section 5
The External Cargo Loading Tables (tables
5-1 and 5-1M) present moments for
external loads suspended from the cargo
hook at fuselage station 138.0 (3505 mm).
11
BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 5-1. External cargo loading table (English)
EXTERNAL CARGO LOADING TABLE - ENGLISH
Cargo Moment Cargo Moment Cargo Moment
Weight F.S. Weight F.S. Weight F.S.
(Lb) 138.0 (Lb) 138.0 (Lb) 138.0
50 6900 1800 248400 3550 489900
100 13800 1850 255300 3600 496800
150 20700 1900 262200 3650 503700
200 27600 1950 269100 3700 510600
250 34500 2000 276000 3750 517500
300 41400 2050 282900 3800 524400
350 48300 2100 289800 3850 531300
400 55200 2150 296700 3900 538200
450 62100 2200 303600 3950 545100
500 69000 2250 310500 4000 552000
550 75900 2300 317400 4050 558900
600 82800 2350 324300 4100 565800
650 89700 2400 331200 4150 572700
700 96600 2450 338100 4200 579600
750 103500 2500 345000 4250 586500
800 110400 2550 351900 4300 593400
850 117300 2600 358800 4350 600300
900 124200 2650 365700 4400 607200
950 131100 2700 372600 4450 614100
1000 138000 2750 379500 4500 621000
1050 144900 2800 386400 4550 627900
1100 151800 2850 393300 4600 634800
1150 158700 2900 400200 4650 641700
1200 165600 2950 407100 4700 648600
1250 172500 3000 414000 4750 655500
1300 179400 3050 420900 4800 662400
1350 186300 3100 427800 4850 669300
1400 193200 3150 434700 4900 676200
1450 200100 3200 441600 4950 683100
1500 207000 3250 448500 5000 690000
1550 213900 3300 455400
1600 220800 3350 462300
1650 227700 3400 469200
1700 234600 3450 476100
1750 241500 3500 483000
(TABLE I.D. 911494)
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-9.3 AND 9.4
Cargo
Weight
(kg)
40
80
120
160
200
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
680
720
760
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
Table 5-1M. External cargo loading table (Metric)
EXTERNAL CARGO LOADING TABLE - METRIC
Moment Moment
3505 mm Cargo 3505 mm
(kg - mm) Weight (kg - mm)
100 (kg) 100
1402 1240 43462
2804 1280 44864
4206 1320 46266
5608 1360 47668
7010 1400 49070
8412 1440 50472
9814 1480 51874
11216 1520 53276
12618 1560 54678
14020 1600 56080
15422 1640 57482
16824 1680 58884
18226 1720 60286
19628 1760 61688
21030 1800 63090
22432 1840 64492
23834 1880 65894
25236 1920 67296
26638 1960 68698
28040 2000 70100
29442 2040 71502
30844 2080 72904
32246 2120 74306
33648 2160 75708
35050 2200 77110
36452 2240 78512
37854 2268 79493
39256
40658
42060
(TABLE I.D. 911495)
13/14
BHT-412-FMS-12

i3el
Madel
412
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
(212-899-333)
CERTIFIED
DECEMBER 4, 1981
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412 Flight
Manual when the 212-899-333 Nightsun Searchlight has
been installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information
of the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopters
A Subsidialy of Textron Inc
POST OFFICE BOX 482 * FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
COPYRIGHT" 1989
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
4 DECEMBER 1981
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
REISSUED 8 MAY 1989
Log of Pages 412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-12
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ..... ........ December 4, 1981
Reissued .... 0 ........... May 8, 1989
LOG OF PAGES
Page
Title - A ...................
i/ii.........................
1-2......................
3/4........................
Revision
No.
0
0
0
0
Revision
No. Page
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION DIRECTORATE
AIRCRAFT CERTIFICATION SERVICE
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SOUTHWEST REGION, FORT WORTH, TEXAS
NOTE: Revised text is Indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction
BHT-412-FMS-12
INTRODUCTION
The Nightsun Searchlight is a high intensity light which
mounts on the lower nose of the helicopter. The xenon arc
light may be started, aimed, and focused from the
operator's panel inside the helicopter. The kit consists of
the Nightsun Searchlight, mounts, hardware, cable, and
operator's panel.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 1
BHT-412-FMS-12
Section
OPERATING LIMITATIONS
IFR operation is prohibited with Nightsun
Searchlight installed.
FLIGHT CREW LIMITATIONS
Operation of the Nightsun Searchlight is
restricted to the copilot or operator position.
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight changes shall be determined after
searchlight is installed and ballast readjusted, if
necessary, to return empty weight CG within
allowable limits.
PLACARDS AND DECALS
CAUTION
DO NOT USE NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
BELOW 50 FT AGL OR IN FOG CONDITIONS.
MONITOR LOADMETER WHEN USING
NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT.
412099-5
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
Section 2
BHT-412-FMS-12
412 ROTORCRAFT
FUGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
Section 2
EXTERIOR CHECK
Nightsun Searchlight - Security and wiring.
Lens for cleanliness.
PRESTART CHECK
SCHLT PWR and SCHLT CONT circuit
breakers - IN.
INFLIGHT OPERATION
NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT MASTER switch
- ON.
NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT START switch -
START, hold in start position approximately 5
seconds, or until ignition has occurred.
Aim and focus - As desired.
HOLDING SWITCH IN START
POSITION AFTER IGNITION MAY
DAMAGE EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION
DO NOT AIM THE BEAM TOWARD
OTHER AIRCRAFT OR VEHICLES
BECAUSE OF TEMPORARY BLIND-
ING EFFECT.
BEFORE LANDING
NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
switch - OFF.
MASTER
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
2
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 3 & 4
BHT-412-FMS-12
No change from basic Flight Manual.
Section
4
No change from the basic Flight Manual.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
BHT-412-FMS-15
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
FIXED STEP
(212-706-057)
CERTIFIED
6 FEBRUARY 1982
This supplement shall be attached to the Models 412 and 412 EP
Flight Manual when the 412-706-057 fixed step has been installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information of
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 1994
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON,
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
POST OFFICE BOX 482 * FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
REISSUE - 23 JUNE 1994
Log of Pages 412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-15
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ..... 0 ............ 06 Feb 82
Reissue ..... 0 ............. 22 Feb 89
Reissue .... 0 ............. 23Jun94
LOG OF PAGES
Revision
No. Page
Title.......................
A.........................
i/ii.........................
1 -2......................
Page
Revision
No.
0
0
0
0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
FAA APPROVED 412 ROTORCRAFT INTRODUCTION
SUPPLEMENT FLIGHT MANUAL
BHT-412-FMS-15
INTRODUCTION
The fixed steps mount to the sides of the fuselage to facilitate
passenger entry and exit.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
Section 1
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION 1
BHT-412-FMS-15
OPERATING LIMITATIONS
The contents of this supplement shall be used in
conjunction with the basic Flight Manual for
helicopters equipped with the fixed step.
The 412-706-004 Emergency Float Kit shall not
be installed in conjunction with the fixed step.
The 212-706-105 Passenger Step shall not be
installed in conjunction with the fixed step.
The 212-706-057 Fixed Step shall be removed
when the 214-706-003 Internal Hoist is installed.
WEIGHT - CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after kit
is installed and ballast readjusted, if necessary, to
return empty weight CG within allowable limits.
SECTIONS 2. 3 AND 4
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-15
Section 2
~
No change from basic Flight Manual.
I
Section 3
No change from basic Flight Manual.
Section 4
No change from basic Flight Manual.
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3, AND 17.4
Bell
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
AUXILIARY FUEL SUPPLEMENT
412-706-007
33108 - 33213
36001 - 36019
AND
36020 - 36086
AND
36087 AND SUB
CERTIFIED
5 JANUARY 1984
This supplement shall be attached to Bell
Helicopter Model 412 and 412EP Flight Manuals
when 412-706-007 Auxiliary Fuel Kit has been
installed.
Information contained herein supplements
information of basic Flight Manual. For
Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data
not contained in this supplement, consult basic
Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
COPYRIGHT NOTICE A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
COPYRIGHT 1994 COPYRIGHT 1994 POST OFFICE BOX 482 . FORT WORTH TEXAS 76101
BELL HELICOPTER INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON.
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD REISSUE - 23 JUNE 1994
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3, AND 17.4 FAA APPROVED
NOTICE PAGE
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Manufacturer's Data portion of this supplement is
proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron, Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other
than helicopter operation is forbidden without prior written
authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron, Inc.
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron
P. 0. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3, AND 17.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 ........ January 5, 1984 Reissue...........0 ............ May 9, 1991
Revision .......... 1 ........... May 22, 1987 Reissue...........0 .......... June 23, 1994
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION REVISION
PAGE NO. PAGE NO.
FLIGHT MANUAL 3-1/3-2 .................................. 0
4-1/4-2 .................................. 0
Title - NP .............................. 0
A - B .................................. 0 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
i/ii ....................................... 0
1-1/1-2 .................................. 0 1-1 - 1-14..............................0
2-1/2-2 ................................. 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3, AND 17.4 FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 ........ January 5, 1984 Reissue ........... ............ May 9,1991
Revision .......... 1 ........... May 22, 1987 Reissue...........0 .......... June 23, 1994
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
B
FAA APPROVED 412 ROTORCRAFT INTRODUCTION
SUPPLEMENT FLIGHT MANUAL
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
INTRODUCTION
The Auxiliary Fuel Kit provides additional fuel capacity
to extend the range of the helicopter. The kit consists of
a left and right auxiliary fuel tank and the hardware and
wiring necessary to complete the installation. The left or
right auxiliary fuel tank may be removed as operational
requirements dictate.
One fuel tank provides an additional 81.7 U.S. gallons
(309.2 liters) of fuel. Both fuel tanks combined. provide
an additional 163.4 U.S. gallons (618.5 liters) of fuel.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
* Section 1
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight changes shall be determined
after installation of auxiliary fuel tanks(s), and
ballast shall be readjusted, if necessary, to
return empty weight CG within allowable
limits.
The gross weight center of gravity limits as
presented in the basic Flight Manual do not
change when either or both auxiliary fuel tanks
are installed.
Refer to Manufacturer's Data, Section 1, for
weight and balance data and loading example.
WARNING
INDISCRIMINATE LOADING OF THE
HELICOPTER MAY RESULT IN
VIOLATION OF THE PERMISSIBLE
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS
WHEN THE HELICOPTER IS EQUIPPED
WITH THE 412-706-007 AUXILIARY
FUEL KIT.
1-1/1-2
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
BHT-412-FMS-17.2. 17.3 AND 17.4
Section 2
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
CAUTION
WHEN ONLY ONE CABIN MOUNTED
AUXILIARY FUEL TANK IS USED,
THE FUEL INTCON SWITCH MUST
BE REPLACED TO OPEN WHEN A
FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION OF
500 LBS. IS ON EITHER SIDE. FAIL-
URE TO MANUALLY OPEN THE FUEL
INTCON SWITCH WILL RESULT IN
FUEL EXHAUSTION TO THE ENGINE
OPPOSITE THE SIDE WHICH HAS
THE AUXILIARY TANK. THE FEA-
TURE WHICH AUTOMATICALLY
OPENS THE INTERCONNECTVALVE
WILL NOT HAVE A CHANCE TO
FUNCTION WITH ONLY ONE AUXIL-
IARY TANK INSTALLED. WITH TWO
EQUALLY LOADED AUXILIARY
TANKS INSTALLED, THE AUTOMA-
TIC FEATURE WILL FUNCTION.
2-1/2-2
FAA APPROVED
412 ROTORCRAFT
Section 3
SUPPLEMENT FLIGHT MANUAL
33108 CONFIGURATION
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3AND 17.4
Section 3
No change from basic Flight Manual.
3-1/3-2
FAA APPROVED
412 ROTORCRAFT
Section 4
SUPPLEMENT FLIGHT MANUAL
33108 CONFIGURATION
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Section 4
No change from basic Flight Manual.
4-1/4-2
412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-17.2. 17.3 AND 17.4
Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
AUXILIARY FUEL SYSTEM
AUXILIARY FUEL SYSTEM SERVICING
The auxiliary fuel tanks are interconnected
with the basic fuel system to allow gravity flow
of auxiliary fuel into main fuel cells as fuel is
consumed. The auxiliary fuel system is
serviced simultaneously with the basic fuel
system through the single filler port located on
the aft right side of the fuselage.
FUEL SYSTEM CAPACITIES
BASIC SYSTEM WITH LEFT OR RIGHT
AUXILIARY TANK
Total capacity:
419.1 U.S. gallons (1586.5 liters)
Usable fuel:
412.1 U.S. gallons (1560.0 liters)
BASIC SYSTEM WITH BOTH AUXILIARY
TANKS
Total capacity:
500.8 U.S. gallons (1895.7 liters)
Usable fuel:
493.8 U.S. gallons (1869.2 liters)
AUXILIARY FUEL LOADING TABLES
Fuel loading tables are presented for weight
and balance computations in both English and
Metric units. These tables shall be used in lieu
of the tables for the basic fuel system when
either or both auxiliary fuel tanks are installed.
Weights and moments listed herein represent
total fuel on board to include that contained in
basic fuel cells. Refer to table 1-1 and 1-2 for
English or 1-1M and 1-2M for Metric when
both left and right auxiliary tanks are installed.
Tables 1-3 and 1-4 for English or 1-3M and 1-
4M for Metric apply to single auxiliary tank
installed on left side, and tables 1-5 and 1-6 for
English or 1-5M and 1-6M Metric, apply to
single auxiliary tank installed on right side.
1-1
Section 1 412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2. 17.3AND 17.4
Table 1-1. Fuel Loading With Left and Right Auxiliary Tanks - Longitudinal (English)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon) Jet A, A1 or JP5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG
(U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches)
Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
(In-Lb) (U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb)
10
20
30
40
50
58.3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
207.9
210
220
230
240
241.0
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
374.5
380
390
400
410
420
426.4
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
493 8
65
130
195
260
325
379
390
455
520
585
650
715
780
845
910
975
1040
1105
1170
1235
1300
1351
1365
1430
1495
1560
1567
1625
1690
1755
1820
1885
1950
2015
2080
2145
2210
2275
2340
2405
2434
2470
2535
2600
2665
2730
2772
2795
2860
2925
2990
3055
3120
3185
3210
139.4
139.6
139.8
139.9
1399
1399
141.1
145.5
148.2
149.8
151.0
152.1
152.9
153.7
154.3
154.8
155.3
155.8
156 1
1564
156.8
157.0
156.5
1536
151 0
148 6
148.3
148.8
149.3
149.8
1502
150.7
151 1
151.5
151 9
152.2
152.5
152.8
153.1
153.3
153.4
152 9
151.9
151.0
1501
149.2
148.7
1488
149 1
149.4
149.7
1500
150.2
150.5
150.6
9061
18148
27261
36374
45468
53022
55029
66203
77064
87633
98150
108752
119262
129877
140413
150930
161512
172159
182637
193154
203840
212107
213623
219648
225745
231816
232386
241800
252317
262899
273364
284070
294645
305273
315952
326469
337025
347620
358254
368687
373376
377663
385067
392600
400017
407316
412196
415896
426426
436995
447603
458250
468624
479343
483426
10
20
30
40
50
'58.3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
207.9
210
220
230
240
241.0
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
374 5
380
390
400
410
420
426.4
430
440
4J0
460
470
480
490
493.8
68
136
204
272
340
396
408
476
544
612
680
748
816
884
952
1020
1088
1156
1224
1292
1360
1414
1428
1496
1564
1632
1639
1700
1768
1836
1904
1972
2040
2108
2176
2244
2312
2380
2448
2516
2547
2584
2652
2720
2788
2856
2900
2924
2992
3060
3128
3196
3264
3332
3358
139.4
139 6
139 8
1399
139.9
139.9
141.1
145.5
148.2
149.8
151.0
152.1
152.9
1537
154.3
154.8
155 3
1558
156 1
156.4
1568
157.0
156.5
1536
151.0
1486
1483
148 8
149.3
149.8
1502
150.7
151.1
151 5
151 9
152 2
1525
152.8
153.1
153.3
153 4
1529
151 9
151.0
150 1
1492
148 7
148.8
149.1
149.4
149.7
150 0
150.2
1505
1506
9479
18986
28519
38053
47566
55400
57569
69258
80621
91678
102680
113771
124766
135871
146894
157896
168966
180105
191066
202069
213248
221998
223482
229786
236164
242515
243064
252960
263962
275033
285981
297180
308244
319362
330534
341537
352580
363664
374789
385703
390710
395094
402839
410720
418479
426115
431230
435091
446107
457164
468262
479400
490253
501466
505715
0
Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary), based on nominal density at 15C.
412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-1M. Fuel Loading With Left and Right Auxiliary Tanks - Longitudinal (Metric)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (0.779 kg/liter)
Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity
(liters)
40
80
120
160
200
220 7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
680
720
760
787 0
800
840
880
912 3
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240
1280
1320
1360
1400
1417 6
1440
1480
1520
1560
1600
1614.1
1640
1680
1720
1760
1800
Weight
(kg)
31 2
62 3
93 5
124.6
1558
171 9
1869
218.1
249 3
280 4
311.6
342 7
373 9
405 1
436 2
467 4
498 5
529 6
560.8
592.0
613 0
623 1
654.2
685 4
710 8
716.7
747 7
778 9
8100
841 2
872 3
903 5
934 7
965.8
997 0
1028 1
1059.3
1090 4
1104 0
1121 6
1152.7
11839
1215 0
1246.0
1257 3
1277 3
1308 5
1339 7
1370 8
1402 0
CG
(mm)
3542
3547
3551
3552
3552
3553
3635
3727
3783
3825
3852
3877
3898
3915
3930
3944
3955
3965
3974
3982
3988
3965
3887
3817
3766
3770
3785
3797
3810
3822
3833
3844
3854
3864
3872
3880
3887
3895
3897
3882
3856
3832
3808
3784
3776
3781
3789
3797
3805
3813
Moment
(kg-mm)
110510
220978
332019
442579
553402
610761
679382
812859
943102
1072530
1200283
1328648
1457462
1585967
1714266
1843426
1971568
2099864
2228619
2357344
2444644
2470592
2542875
2616172
2676873
2701959
2830045
2957483
3086100
3215066
3343526
3473054
3602334
3731851
3860384
3989028
4117499
4247108
4302288
4354051
4444811
4536705
4626720
4714864
4747565
4829471
4957907
5086841
5215894
5345826
Quantity
(liters)
40
80
120
160
200
220.7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
680
720
760
787 0
800
840
880
912 3
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240
1280
1320
1360
1400
1417.6
1440
1480
1520
1560
1600
1614.1
1640
1680
1720
1760
1800
Weight
(kg)
32 6
65 2
97 8
1304
163.0
1799
1956
228.2
260 8
293 3
325.9
358 5
391.1
423 7
456 3
488.9
521 5
554.1
586.7
619 3
641 3
651.9
684.4
717.0
743.4
749 8
782.2
814.8
847 4
880.0
9129
945.2
977 8
1010.4
1043.0
1075 6
1108 1
1140.7
1155.1
11734
1205 9
1238.5
1271 1
1303.7
1315.2
1336 3
1368 9
1401.5
1434.1
1466 7
CG
(mm)
3541
3547
3551
3552
3552
3553
3635
3727
3783
3825
3852
3877
3898
3915
3930
3944
3955
3965
3974
3982
3988
3965
3887
3817
3766
3770
3785
3797
3810
3822
3833
3844
3854
3864
3872
3880
3887
3895
3897
3882
3856
3832
3808
3784
3776
3781
3789
3797
3805
3813
Moment
(kg-mm)
115437
231264
347288
463181
578976
639185
711006
850501
986606
1121873
1255367
1389905
1524508
1658786
1793259
1928222
2062533
2197007
2331546
2466053
2557504
2584784
2660263
2736789
2799644
2826746
2960627
3093796
3228594
3363360
3499146
3633349
3768441
3904186
4038496
4173328
4307185
4443027
4501427
4555139
4649950
4745932
4840349
4933201
4966195
5052550
5186762
5321496
5456751
5592527
5727326
5826623
15C.
1840 1433 1 3820 5474442 1840 1499 3 3820
1869 2 1455.9 3825 5568818 1869 2 1523 3 3825
Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary). based on nominal density at
1-3
Section 1
412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2. 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-2. Fuel Loading With Left and Right Auxiliary Tanks - Lateral (English)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon) Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
(U S. Gal.) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb) U.S. Gall (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb)
10
20
30
40
50
58 3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
207.9
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
400
410
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
493.8
65
130
195
260
325
379
390
455
520
585
650
715
780
845
910
975
1040
1105
1170
1235
1300
1351
1365
1430
1495
1560
1625
1690
1755
1820
1885
1950
2015
2080
2145
2210
2275
2340
2405
2470
2535
2600
2665
2730
2795
2860
2925
2990
3055
3120
3185
3210
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.04
0.06
-0 05
-0.04
-0 04
-0.03
-0 03
-0.03
-0.03
0.02
-0.02
-0.02
0.02
-0 02
-0 02
-0.02
-0 20
-0 33
0.42
-0.50
-0.50
0 48
-0.46
-0 45
0.44
-0 43
-0.41
-0.41
-0.40
-0 40
0 40
-0 39
-0 39
-0 36
0 35
-0 34
-0 33
0 31
-0.30
-0.30
-0 29
-0.29
-0 28
-0.27
-0.25
-0 25
0
0
0
0
0
0
16
-27
-26
23
-26
21
-23
-25
27
-20
21
-22
-23
-25
26
-27
-27
472
-628
-780
-813
-811
-807
819
-829
-839
-826
-853
858
-884
-910
-913
938
-889
-887
-884
-879
-846
839
-858
-848
867
-855
-842
796
-803
10
20
30
40
50
58.3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
207.9
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
400
410
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
493.8
68
136
204
272
340
397
408
476
544
612
680
748
816
884
962
1020
1088
1156
1224
1292
1360
1414
1428
1496
1564
1632
1700
1768
1836
1904
1972
2040
2108
2176
2244
2312
2380
2448
2516
2584
2652
2720
2788
2856
2924
2992
3060
3128
3196
3264
3332
3358
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.04
-0 06
-0 05
-0 04
-0.04
-0 03
-0 03
-0.03
0.03
-0 02
-0.02
-0.02
-0.02
-0.02
0.02
-0.02
-0.20
0 33
-0.42
-0.50
-0.50
0.48
-0.46
-0.45
-0 44
-0.43
-0 41
-0.41
-0.40
-0 40
-0.40
-0.39
0.39
-0.36
-0 35
0.34
-0.33
-0.31
-0 30
-0 30
-0.29
0.29
-0.28
-0.27
-0.25
-0.26
0
0
0
0
0
0
-16
-29
-27
-25
-27
-22
-24
27
-29
-20
-22
-23
-24
26
-27
-28
286
-494
657
816
-850
-849
845
-857
-868
-877
-864
-292
-898
-925
952
-955
-981
930
-928
-925
920
-886
-877
-898
887
-907
-895
-881
-833
-840
0
Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary) based on nominal density at 15C.
412 ROTORCRAFT
Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2. 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-2M. Fuel Loading With Left and Right Auxiliary Tanks - Lateral (Metric)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (0.779 kg/liter) Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm) liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm)
40 31.2 0 0 40 32 6 0 0
80 62.3 0 0 80 65.2 0 0
120 93 5 0 0 120 97.8 0 0
160 124 6 0 0 160 130.4 0 0
200 155.8 0 0 200 163 0 0 0
220 7 171.9 0 0 220 7 179.9 0 0
240 186.9 2 -374 240 195.6 -2 391
280 218 1 2 436 280 228.2 2 -456
320 249 3 1 249 320 260.8 1 -261
360 280.4 -1 280 360 293 3 -1 293
400 311.6 -1 312 400 325.9 1 -326
440 342 7 -1 -343 440 358.5 -1 359
480 373.9 -1 -374 480 391.1 -1 391
520 405.1 1 -405 520 423.7 -1 424
560 436.2 -1 -436 560 456.3 -1 456
600 467 3 1 467 600 488 9 1 -489
640 498.5 1 -499 640 521.5 -1 522
680 529.6 -1 530 680 554.1 1 -554
720 560.8 1 -561 720 586 7 -1 587
760 592.0 -1 -592 760 619.3 -1 -619
787 0 613.0 1 -613 787.0 641.3 -1 641
800 623.1 -5 3116 800 -651.9 5 -3260
840 654.2 9 5888 840 684 4 9 -6160
880 685.4 -11 -7539 880 7170 11 -7887
920 716.7 -13 9317 920 749.8 13 -9747
960 7477 -13 -9720 960 7822 -13 10169
1000 778.9 -12 -9347 1000 814.8 -12 -9778
1040 810.0 12 -9720 1040 847.4 -12 10169
1080 841 2 12 -10094 1080 8800 12 -10560
1120 872.3 11 9595 1120 912.9 11 10042
1160 9035 -10 -9035 1160 9452 10 9452
1200 934 7 -10 9347 1200 977 8 10 -9778
1240 965 8 -10 -9658 1240 1010.4 -10 10104
1280 997.0 -10 -9970 1280 1043.0 -10 -10430
1320 1028.1 10 -10281 1320 1075.6 -10 10756
1360 1059.3 10 -10593 1360 1108.1 10 -11081
1400 1090 4 10 10904 1400 1140 7 10 -11407
1440 1121.6 9 -10094 1440 11734 9 -10561
1480 1152.7 -9 10374 1480 1205.9 9 -10853
1520 1183.9 -8 -9471 1520 1238.5 -8 9908
1560 1215.0 -8 9720 1560 1271.1 -8 10169
1600 1246.0 8 -9968 1600 1303.7 -8 10430
1640 1277 3 -8 -10218 1640 1336 3 8 -10690
1680 1308.5 8 10468 1680 1368.9 8 -10951
1720 1339.7 -7 -9378 1720 1401.5 7 -9811
1760 1370.8 -7 9596 1760 1434.1 7 10039
1800 1402.0 -7 -9814 1800 1466 7 -7 10267
1840 1433.1 -6 -8599 1840 1499.3 -6 -8996
1869.2 1455.9 6 -8735 1869.2 1523.2 -6 -9139
Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary). based on nominal density at 15C.
1-5
Section 412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-3. Fuel Loading With Left Auxiliary Tank - Longitudinal (English)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon) Jet A, Al or JP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight
(U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb) (U.S. Gal) (Pounds)
CG Moment
(Inches) (In-Lb)
10
20
30
40
50
58.3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
173.9
180
190
200
207.1
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
308.8
310
320
330
340
350
360
360.7
370
380
390
400
410
412.1
65
130
195
260
325
379
390
455
520
585
650
715
780
845
910
975
1040
1105
1130
1170
1235
1300
1346
1365
1430
1495
1560
1625
1690
1755
1820
1885
1950
2007
2015
2080
2145
2210
2275
2340
2345
2405
2470
2535
2600
2665
2679
139.4
139.6
139.8
1399
139.9
139.9
141.1
1458
148.7
150.7
152.3
153.6
154.7
155.7
156.5
157.2
157.8
158.4
158.6
156.2
153.1
150.1
148.2
148.4
149.2
1500
150.7
151.4
152.0
152 6
153.1
153.6
154.0
154 4
154.2
153.0
151.8
150.7
1497
1486
148.6
1490
149.6
150.1
150.5
160.8
150.9
9061
18148
27261
36374
45468
53022
55029
66339
77324
88160
98995
109824
120666
131567
142415
153270
164112
175032
179218
182754
189079
195130
199477
202566
213356
224250
235092
246025
256880
267813
278642
289536
300300
309881
310713
318240
325611
333047
340568
347724
348467
358345
369512
380504
391300
401882
404261
10
20
30
40
50
58.3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
173 9
180
190
200
207.1
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
308.8
310
320
330
340
350
360
360.7
370
380
390
400
410
412.1
68
136
204
272
340
397
408
476
544
612
680
748
816
884
952
1020
1088
1156
1183
1224
1292
1360
1408
1428
1496
1564
1632
1700
1768
1836
1904
1972
2040
2100
2108
2176
2244
2312
2380
2448
2453
2516
2584
2652
2720
2788
2802
139.4
139.6
139.8
139.9
139.9
139.9
141.1
145.8
1487
150.7
152.3
153.6
154.7
155.7
156.5
157.2
157.8
1584
158.6
156 2
153 1
150.1
148.2
1484
149 2
150.0
150 7
151.4
1520
152.6
153.1
1536
154 0
154 4
1542
1530
151.8
150.7
149.7
148.6
148.6
1490
1496
150 1
150.5
150.8
150.9
9479
18986
28519
38053
47566
55540
57569
69401
80893
92228
103564
114893
126235
137639
148988
160344
171686
183110
187624
191189
197805
204136
208666
211915
223203
234600
245942
257380
268736
280174
291502
302899
314160
324240
325054
332928
340639
348418
356286
363773
364516
374884
386566
398065
409360
420430
422822
'Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary). based on nominal density at 15 C.
412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-3M. Fuel Loading With Left Auxiliary Tank - Longitudinal (Metric)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (0.779 kg/liter)
Jet A, Al or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity
(liters)
40
80
120
160
200
220 7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
658.3
680
720
760
784 0
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1168 9
1200
1240
1280
1320
1360
1365.4
1400
1440
1480
1520
1560 0
Weight
(kg)
31.2
62 3
93 5
124.6
155.8
171.9
186 9
218.1
249.3
280 4
311 6
342.7
373.9
405.0
436.2
467 3
498 5
512 5
529.6
560.8
592.0
610.4
623 1
654.2
685.4
716.7
747.7
778 9
810.0
841 2
872 3
903.5
910.2
934.7
965 8
997.0
1028.1
1059 3
1063.5
1090.4
1121.6
1152 7
1183 9
1215.0
CG
(mm)
3542
3547
3551
3552
3552
3553
3635
3739
3800
3848
3889
3923
3948
3971
4001
4006
4021
4027
3973
3886
3809
3763
3772
3793
3815
3834
3852
3868
3882
3896
3909
3919
3922
3895
3863
3833
3805
3778
3775
3787
3800
3812
3824
3834
Moment
(kg-mm)
110510
220978
332019
442579
553402
610761
679382
815476
947340
1078979
1211812
1344412
1476157
1608255
1745236
1872004
2004469
2063838
2104101
2179269
2254928
2296935
2350333
2481381
2614801
2747828
2880140
3012785
3144420
3277315
3409821
3540817
3569804
3640657
3730885
3821501
3911921
4002035
4014713
4129345
4262080
4394092
4527234
4658310
Quantity
(liters)
40
80
120
160
200
220 7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
658.3
680
720
760
784 0
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1168.9
1200
1240
1280
1320
1360
1365 4
1400
1440
1480
1520
1560 0
Weight
(kg)
32 6
65 2
97 8
130.4
163.0
179.9
195 6
228 2
260 8
293.3
325 9
358.5
391.1
423.7
456 3
488.9
521.5
536 5
554.1
586 7
619.3
638.6
651.9
684.4
717.0
749 8
782.2
814.8
847.4
880 0
912 9
945.2
952 5
977.8
1010 4
1043 0
1075.6
1108 1
1112 6
1140.7
1173.4
1205.9
1238 5
1271 0
CG
(mm)
3541
3547
3551
3552
3552
3553
3635
3739
3800
3848
3889
3923
3948
3971
4001
4006
4021
4027
3973
3886
3809
3763
3772
3793
3815
3834
3852
3868
3882
3896
3909
3919
3922
3895
3863
3833
3805
3778
3775
3787
3800
3812
3824
3834
Moment
(kg-mm)
115437
231264
347288
463181
578976
639185
711006
853240
991040
1128618
1267425
1406396
1544063
1682513
1825656
1958533
2096952
2160486
2201439
2279916
2358914
2403052
2458967
2595929
2735355
2874733
3013034
3151646
3289607
3428480
3568526
3704239
3735705
3808531
3903175
3997819
4092658
4186402
4200065
4319831
4458920
4596891
4736024
4873014
Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary), based on nominal density at 15C.
Section 1 412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-4. Fuel Loading with Left Auxiliary Tank - Lateral (English)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon) Jet A, Al or JP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
(U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb) (U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb)
10 65 0 0 10 68 0 0
20 130 0 0 20 136 0 0
30 195 0 0 30 204 0 0
40 260 0 0 40 272 0 0
50 325 0 0 50 340 0 0
58 3 379 0 0 58 3 397 0 0
60 390 -0 03 12 60 408 0.03 -12
70 455 -0.45 205 70 476 -0 45 -214
80 520 -1 45 -754 80 544 1 45 -789
90 585 2 25 -1316 90 612 2 25 1377
100 650 2 97 1931 100 680 2.97 -2020
110 715 -3.55 2538 110 748 3 55 -2655
120 780 4 04 -3151 120 816 -4.04 -3297
130 845 -4 45 3760 130 884 4 45 3934
140 910 4 80 -4368 140 952 4.80 -4570
150 975 -5.10 4973 150 1020 -5 10 -5202
160 1040 -5 34 5554 160 1088 -5 34 5810
170 1105 -5 55 6133 170 1156 5 55 -6416
175.4 1140 579 -6601 175.4 1193 5.79 -6907
180 1170 5.70 -6669 180 1224 -5 70 -6977
190 1235 -5 58 -6891 190 1292 -5 58 -7209
200 1300 -5 40 7020 200 1360 5.40 -7344
2071 1346 -5 32 7161 207 1 1408 5.32 -7491
210 1365 -5.38 -7344 210 1428 -5 38 -7683
220 1430 -5 55 -7937 220 1496 -5 55 8303
230 1495 5 70 8522 230 1564 5.70 -8915
240 1560 -5 85 9126 240 1632 -5.85 -9547
250 1625 -5.97 9701 250 1700 -5 97 10149
260 1690 -6.10 -10309 260 1768 -6 10 -10785
270 1755 6 20 -10881 270 1836 6.20 -11383
280 1820 630 -11466 280 1904 630 -11995
290 1885 -6 40 -12064 290 1972 6 40 12621
300 1950 6 47 -12617 300 2040 6 47 -13199
308.8 2007 -6.54 13126 308.8 2100 6.54 -13734
310 2015 6 50 13098 310 2108 6 50 -13702
320 2080 -6.30 -13104 320 2176 -6 30 -13709
330 2145 -610 -13085 330 2244 6 10 13688
340 2210 -5 95 13150 340 2312 -5.95 -13756
350 2275 5 80 13195 350 2380 5 80 -13804
360 2340 -5.60 -13104 360 2448 5 60 -13709
360 7 2345 5 60 -13132 360 7 2453 5 60 -13737
370 2405 -5 68 13660 370 2516 5.68 -14291
380 2470 -5 75 14203 380 2584 5 75 -14858
390 2535 -5 85 -14830 390 2652 5 85 15514
400 2600 -5 94 -15444 400 2720 5 94 16157
410 2665 -6 03 16070 410 2788 6.03 -16812
412.1 2679 6 03 16154 4121 2802 6.03 -16896
' Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE. All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary), based on nominal density at 15 C.
1-8
412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3AND 17.4
Table 1-4M. Fuel Loading with Left Auxiliary Tank - Lateral (Metric)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (0 779 kg/liter) Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight
(liters) (kg)
CG Moment Quantity Weight
(mm) (kg-mm) (liters) (kg)
CG Moment
(mm) (kg-mm)
40
80
120
160
200
220 7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
664 0
680
720
760
784 0
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1168 9
1200
1240
1280
1320
1360
1365 4
1400
1440
1480
1520
1560
31 2
62 3
93 5
124 6
1558
171 9
186 9
218 1
249 3
280 4
311 6
342 7
373 9
4050
436 2
467 3
498.5
517.0
529 6
560 8
592 0
6104
623.1
654 2
685 4
7167
747 7
778 9
8100
841 2
872 3
903 5
9102
934 7
965 8
997 0
1028 1
1059 3
1063 5
1090 4
1121 6
1152 7
1183 9
12150
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
21
-35
-67
-84
99
-110
-119
-128
-135
-140
-147
145
-142
-138
-135
137
-141
-145
150
-152
155
-158
161
163
166
-166
162
-157
-152
-147
-142
142
144
146
-149
-151
-153
0
0
0
0
0
0
187
-4580
-8726
-18787
26174
-33927
-41129
-48195
55834
63086
-69790
75999
-76792
79634
-81696
82404
-85365
-92242
-99383
-107505
113650
-120730
127980
-135433
-142185
149981
151093
-151421
-151631
151544
-151131
-150421
-151017
157018
163754
-171752
-178769
185895
40
80
120
160
200
220 7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
664 0
680
720
760
784 0
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
11689
1200
1240
1280
1320
1360
1365 4
1400
1440
1480
1520
1560
32 6
65 2
978
1304
163.0
179 9
195 6
228 2
260 8
293 3
325 9
358 5
391 1
423 7
456 3
488 9
521 5
541 0
554 1
586 7
619 3
638 6
651 9
684 4
7170
749 8
782 2
814 8
8474
880.0
9129
945 2
952 5
9778
10104
10430
1075 6
1108 1
1112 6
1140 7
1173 4
1205 9
1238 5
1271 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
-21
35
-67
84
-99
-110
-119
128
135
-140
147
-145
-142
-138
135
-137
-141
-145
-150
152
-155
158
-161
-163
-166
-166
162
157
152
147
-142
-142
144
-146
-149
-151
153
0
0
0
0
0
0
-196
-4792
-9128
19651
27376
-35492
-43021
-50420
58406
-66002
73010
79527
-80345
-83311
-85463
-86211
-89310
-96500
-103965
-112470
-118894
126294
133889
-141680
148803
-156903
-158115
-158404
158633
158536
-158113
157350
-157989
164261
-171316
179679
-187014
-194463
Critical fuel amount formost forward cg condition
NOTE. All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary). based on nominal density at 15 C.
1-9
Section 1 412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-5. Fuel Loading with Right Auxiliary Tank - Longitudinal (English)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon) Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
(U S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb) (U.S Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb)
10 65 139.4 9061 10 68 139 4 9479
20 130 139 6 18148 20 136 139 6 18986
30 195 139 8 27261 30 204 139 8 28519
40 260 139.9 36374 40 272 139.9 38053
50 325 139 9 45468 50 340 139 9 47566
'58 3 379 139 9 53022 '58 3 397 139 9 55540
60 390 141 1 55029 60 408 141 1 57569
70 455 145 8 66339 70 476 145 8 69401
80 520 148 7 77324 80 544 148 7 80893
90 585 150 7 88160 90 612 150.7 92228
100 650 152 3 98995 100 680 152 3 103564
110 715 1536 109824 110 748 1536 114893
120 780 154 7 120666 120 816 154 7 126235
130 845 155 7 131567 130 884 155 7 137639
140 910 156 5 142415 140 952 156 5 148988
150 975 157.2 153270 150 1020 157 2 160344
160 1040 1578 164112 160 1088 1578 171686
170 1105 1584 175032 170 1156 1584 183110
1739 1130 1586 179218 1739 1183 1586 187624
180 1170 156 2 182754 180 1224 156 2 191189
190 1235 153 1 189079 190 1292 153 1 197805
200 1300 150 1 195130 200 1360 150 1 204136
2071 1346 148 2 199477 2071 1408 148 2 208666
210 1365 148.4 202566 210 1428 1484 211915
220 1430 149 2 213356 220 1496 149 2 223203
230 1495 150 0 224250 230 1564 150 0 234600
240 1560 150 7 235092 240 1632 150 7 245942
250 1625 151 4 246025 250 1700 151 4 257380
260 1690 152 0 256880 260 1768 152 0 268736
270 1755 152 6 267813 270 1836 152 6 280174
280 1820 1531 278642 280 1904 153 1 291502
290 1885 1536 289536 290 1972 1536 302899
300 1950 154 0 300300 300 2040 154 0 314160
308 8 2007 154 4 309881 308 8 2100 154 4 324240
310 2015 154 2 310713 310 2108 154 2 325054
320 2080 153.0 318240 320 2176 153 0 332928
330 2145 151 8 325611 330 2244 151 8 340639
340 2210 150 7 333047 340 2312 150 7 348418
350 2275 149 7 340568 350 2380 149 7 356286
360 2340 148 6 347724 360 2448 148 6 363773
360 7 2345 148 6 348467 360 7 2453 148 6 364516
370 2405 149.0 358345 370 2516 149 0 374884
380 2470 149 6 369512 380 2584 149 6 386566
390 2535 150 1 380504 390 2652 150 1 398065
400 2600 150 5 391300 400 2720 150 5 409360
410 2665 150 8 401882 410 2788 150 8 420430
412 1 2679 150 9 404261 412 1 2802 150 9 422822
* Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary), based on nominal density at 15' C
1-10
412 ROTORCRAFT Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-5M. Fuel Loading with Right Auxiliary Tank - Longitudinal (Metric)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (0.779 kg/liter) Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
(liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm) (liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm)
40 31 2 3542 110510 40 32.6 3541 115437
80 62.3 3547 220978 80 65 2 3547 231264
120 93 5 3551 332019 120 97.8 3551 347288
160 124 6 3552 442579 160 130.4 3552 463181
200 155.8 3552 553402 200 163 0 3552 578976
220.7 171 9 3553 610761 220.7 179 9 3553 639185
240 186 9 3635 679382 240 195 6 3635 711006
280 218.1 3739 815476 280 228 2 3739 853240
320 249 3 3800 947340 320 260.8 3800 991040
360 280.4 3848 1078979 360 293.3 3848 1128618
400 311.6 3889 1211812 400 325.9 3889 1267425
440 342.7 3923 1344412 440 358.5 3923 1406396
480 373.9 3948 1476157 480 391.1 3948 1544063
520 405.0 3971 1608255 520 4377 3971 1682513
560 436 2 4001 1745236 560 456.3 4001 1825656
600 467 3 4006 1872004 600 488.9 4006 1958533
640 498 5 4021 2004469 640 521 5 4021 2096952
658 3 5125 4027 2063838 658 3 536.5 4027 2160486
680 529 6 3973 2104101 680 554.1 3973 2201439
720 560 8 3886 2179269 720 586.7 3886 2279916
760 592.0 3809 2254928 760 6193 3809 2358914
784 0 610.4 3763 2296935 784.0 638.6 3763 2403052
800 623.1 3772 2350333 800 651.9 3772 2458967
840 654 2 3793 2481381 840 684.4 3793 2595929
880 685 4 3815 2614801 880 717.0 3815 2735355
920 716.7 3834 2747828 920 749.8 3834 2874733
960 747 7 3852 2880140 960 782.2 3852 3013034
1000 778 9 3868 3012785 1000 814.8 3868 3151646
1040 8100 3882 3144420 1040 847 4 3882 3289607
1080 841.2 3896 3277315 1080 880.0 3896 3428480
1120 8723 3909 3409821 1120 9129 3909 3568526
1160 903.5 3919 3540817 1160 945.2 3919 3704239
11689 910.2 3922 3569804 1168.9 9525 3922 3735705
1200 934.7 3895 3640657 1200 977.8 3895 3808531
1240 965.8 3863 3730885 1240 1010.4 3863 3903175
1280 997.0 3833 3821501 1280 1043.0 3833 3997819
1320 1028.1 3805 3911921 1320 1075.6 3805 4092658
1360 1059 3 3778 4002035 1360 1108.1 3778 4186402
1365 4 1063.5 3775 4014713 1365.4 1112.6 3775 4200065
1400 10904 3787 4129345 1400 1140.7 3787 4319831
1440 1121.6 3800 4262080 1440 1173.4 3800 4458920
1480 1152.7 3812 4394092 1480 1205.9 3812 4596891
1520 11839 3824 4527234 1520 1238.5 3824 4736024
1560.0 12150 3834 4658310 1560 0 1271.0 3834 4873014
Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary), based on nominal density at 15
0
C.
1-11
Section 412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-6. Fuel Loading with Right Auxiliary Tank -Lateral (English)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon) Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
(U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb) (U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb)
10
20
30
40
50
58 3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
173.9
180
190
200
207.1
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
308.8
310
320
330
340
350
360
360.7
370
380
390
400
410
412.1
65
130
195
260
325
379
390
455
520
585
650
715
780
845
910
975
1040
1105
1130
1170
1235
1300
1346
1365
1430
1495
1560
1625
1690
1755
1820
1885
1950
2007
2015
2080
2145
2210
2275
2340
2345
2405
2470
2535
2600
2665
2679
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.03
0.34
1 30
2.22
2.90
3.48
3 95
4 43
4.71
5.00
5.28
5.50
5.60
5.15
4.73
4.36
4.12
4 20
4.45
4.63
481
5.00
5.13
5.28
5.40
5.60
5.65
5.74
5 72
5 53
5.36
5.20
5.05
4.95
4.92
501
5.10
5.20
5.30
541
5.43
0
0
0
0
0
0
-12
155
676
1299
1885
2488
3081
3743
4286
4875
5491
6078
6328
6026
5842
5668
5546
5733
6364
6922
7504
8125
8670
9266
9828
10556
11018
11520
11526
11502
11497
11492
11489
11583
11537
12049
12597
13182
13780
14418
14547
10
20
30
40
50
58.3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
173.9
180
190
200
207.1
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
308.8
310
320
330
340
350
360
360.7
370
380
390
400
410
412.1
68
136
204
272
340
397
408
476
544
612
680
748
816
884
952
1020
1088
1156
1183
1224
1292
1360
1408
1428
1496
1564
1632
1700
1768
1836
1904
1972
2040
2100
2108
2176
2244
2312
2380
2448
2453
2516
2584
2652
2720
2788
2802
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.03
0.34
1.30
2.22
2.90
3.48
3.95
4.43
4.71
5.00
5.28
5.50
5.60
5.15
4.73
4.36
412
4.20
4.45
4.63
4.81
5.00
5.13
5.28
5.40
5.60
5.65
5.74
5.72
5.53
5.36
5.20
5.05
4.95
4.92
5.01
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.41
5.43
0
0
0
0
0
0
-12
162
707
1359
1972
2603
3223
3916
4484
5100
5745
6358
6625
6304
6111
5930
5801
5998
6657
7241
7850
8500
9070
9694
10282
11043
11526
12054
12058
12033
12028
12022
12019
12118
12069
12605
13178
13790
14416
15083
15215
* Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary), based on nominal density at 15C.
412 ROTORCRAFT Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
Table 1-6M. Fuel Loading with Right Auxiliary Tank - Lateral (Metric)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (0.779 kg/liter) Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
Critical fuel amount for most forward cg condition.
. NOTE: All data above represents total fuel on board (basic and auxiliary), based on nominal density at 15C.
1-13
Section 1 412 ROTORCRAFT
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-17.2, 17.3 AND 17.4
LOADING EXAMPLES When flying with 2 crew members and 9
passengers add weight in the baggage
The CG examples shown below apply only to compartment as required to maintain C.G.
helicopters with standard seating which are within the forward limits.
equipped with both tanks of the 412-706-007
Auxiliary Fuel Kit. The loadings are based on Examples:
standard 170 pound people for both crew and
passengers. With a ballasted weight empty of 7500
pounds. 20 pounds is required in the
At empty weights below 7400 pounds there baggage compartment.
are no restrictions on passenger or fuel
loadings except as imposed by the gross With a ballasted weight empty of 7700
weight CG limits of the helicopter. pounds, 40 pounds is required in the
baggage compartment.
With helicopter weights at or above 7400
pounds the following procedure should be WARNING
applied:
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Ballast the helicopter to the most aft weight BAG
WEIGHT MUST BE REMOVED
FOR SINGLE PILOT OPERATION.
1-14
BHT-412-FMS-19.2, 19.3 AND 19.4
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
33108 -33213
36001 -36019
AND
36020- 36086
AND
36087 AND SUB
SUPPLEMENT FOR
SOFT INTERIOR
412-705-510
CERTIFIED
28 MARCH 1985
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412 Flight
Manual (BHT-412-FM-2, or -3) or Model 412EP Flight Manual
(BHT-412-FM-4) when the 412-705-510 Soft interior has been
installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information of
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
COPYRIGHT NOTICE Subsidiary of Textron Inc
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
POST OFFICE BOX 482 . FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
COPYRIGHT 1994
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON REISSUE - 5 OCTOBER 1994
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BHT-412-FMS-19.2, 19.3 AND 19.4
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron
P.O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101
PN
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-19.2, 19.3 AND 19.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original .......... 0 ........ 28 Mar 85
Revision ........ 1 ...... ... 08 May 89
Reissue .......... 0 ........ 08 Oct 91
Reissue .......... 0 ........ 05 Oct 94
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO. PAGE
REVISION
NO. PAGE
Title .......................... 0
PN ........................... 0
A/B ........................... 0
i/ii ............................ 0
1/2 ........................... 0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TEXAS 76193-0170
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A/B
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-19.2, 19.3 AND 19.4
INTRODUCTION
The soft interior, when installed, will permit the helicopter to
be flown with doors off/open with an airspeed limitation of
100 KIAS.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-19.2, 19.3 AND 19.4
Section
1
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS In all cases, door configuration shall be
symmetrical for both sides of the fuselage.
Actual weight change shall be determined after
Soft Interior is installed and ballast readjusted if NOTE
necessary to return empty weight CG within
allowable limits.
Opening or removing doors shifts
helicopter center of gravity and reduces
DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED VNE. Refer to Weight and Balance
section in Manufacturer's Data and to
Remove both seat backs from outboard facing Airspeed Limitations.
seats on each side of transmission pylon.
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
Flight operation is approved for the following
alternative configurations during VFR conditions
VNE with doors open or removed is 100 KIAS.
only:
Both crew doors removed.
Both sliding doors locked open or removed with
both hinged panels installed or removed.
1/2
BHT-412-FMS-20
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
WEATHER RADAR KIT
412-899-107
CERTIFIED
16 JUNE 1986
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412 Flight
Manual (BHT-412-FM-1, -2 or -3) or Model 412EP Flight
Manual (BHT-412-FM-4) when the 412-899-107 Weather Radar
kit has been installed.
The information contained herein supplements the
information of the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations,
Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this
supplement consult the basic Flight Manual.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 2003
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON
CANADA LTD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
A Textron Company
POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
REISSUE - 19 MARCH 2003
BHT-412-FMS-20
NOTICE PAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
PO. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NP
BHT-412-FMS-20
LOG OF REVISIONS
0.................... 16 JUN 86
0.................... 08 MAY 89
Reissue
Reissue
0................... 05 OCT 94
0 ................... 19 MAR 03
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO.
0
0
0
REVISION
NO. PAGE
CID
i/ii
1-6
0
0
0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
19 MAR 2003 A/B
Original
Reissue
PAGE
Title
NP
A/B
BHT-412-FMS-20
LOG OF FAA APPROVED REVISIONS
Original
Reissue
APPROVED:
0.................... 16 JUN 86
0.................... 08 MAY 89
Reissue
Reissue
0................... 05 OCT 94
0 ................... 19 MAR 03
DATE: MAR 19
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
19 MAR 2003 C/D
BHT-412-FMS-20
INTRODUCTION
The primary purpose of the system is to detect storms along
the flight path and give a visual indication in colors, of their
intensity so a determination to avoid the storm can be made.
The secondary purpose of the system is to interrogate and
locate the surface-based transponder beacons. The system
can be operated in one of three modes: radar, beacon, or
both. In BOTH mode, the system performs both radar
(weather or terrain) detection and beacon location
simultaneously.
19 MAR 2003 i/ii
BHT-412-FMS-20
*
Section
1_
Contents of this supplement shall be used in
conjunction with basic Flight Manual and
Sperry-RCA Primus 500 Color Radar Pilot
Handbook, for helicopters equipped with
Weather Radar kit.
OPERATING LIMITATIONS
The minimum slant and horizontal range
versus altitude at which ground targets can be
mapped is shown in Figure 1.
Targets more than nineteen degrees
(maximum depression) below helicopter
centerline cannot be illuminated because of
antenna tilt limitations (Figure 1).
Objects closer than 3/10 mile from radar
antenna will not be detected because of
system limitations.
The radar beam emitted is approximately
seven and one-half degrees wide. The antenna
may be raised or depressed fifteen degrees
from helicopter centerline.
GROUND OPERATION
Radar system shall not be operated on ground
when personnel are in the DANGER AREA
(Figure 2).
Radar system shall not be operated within 100
feet of any fueling operation.
Radar system shall not be operated on ground
anytime a large metallic object is forward of
helicopter nose, within 60 degrees of
centerline, and at a distance of less than 100
feet.
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined
after kit is installed and ballast added if
necessary, to return empty weight CG within
allowable limits.
19 MAR 2003 I
FAA APPROVED
FAA APPROVED
ENTER OF RADAR BEAM
60 70 80
RANGE NAUTICAL MIL ES
412 FMS 20 0001
412-470-001
Figure 1. Radar Beam Illumination
2 19 MAR 2003
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
5,000
4,000 FT
10 20
BHT-412-FMS-20
FAA APPROVED
412 470-001
Figure 2. Personnel Danger Area
19 MAR 2003 3
BHT-412-FMS-20
BHT-412-FMS-20
Section 2
PREFLIGHT CHECK
1. NOSE AREA
Radome - Condition and cleanliness.
Antenna - Freedom of movement and
security.
INTERIOR CHECK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Radar OFF pushbutton - Depress.
RAD GAIN control - PRESET.
BCN GAIN control - PRESET.
Mode control selector switch - RAD.
RANGE control -TEST.
TILT control - + 15 degrees.
INT control - Midpoint.
BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECK
WARNING
DO NOT ALLOW PERSONNEL
WITHIN 8 FEET AND 135 DEGREES
EITHER SIDE OF THE HELICOPTER
CENTERLINE DURING RADAR
OPERATION (WX, CYC OR MAP
PUSHBUTTONS DEPRESSED).
DO NOT OPERATE THE RADAR
DURING REFUELING OPERATIONS
OR WITHIN 100 FEET OF AIRCRAFT,
VEHICLES, OR CONTAINERS
CONTAINING FLAMMABLES OR
EXPLOSIVES (WX, CYC OR MAP
PUSHBUTTONS DEPRESSED).
CAUTION
DO NOT OPERATE THE RADAR IN
THE DIRECTION OF LARGE
METALLIC OBJECTS THAT ARE
WITHIN 100 FEET OF THE
HELICOPTER (WX, CYC OR MAP
PUSHBUTTONS DEPRESSED).
NOTE
120 degrees scan is automatically
selected when system is activated.
Radar pushbutton - Depress WX.
NOTE
Radar requires approximately 60
seconds to warm-up.
SEC SCAN pushbutton - Press, check for 60
degrees antenna scan. Press SEC SCAN
again, antenna should return to 120 degrees
antenna scan.
Radar STBY pushbutton - Depress.
4 19 MAR 2003
FAAAPPROVED
FAA APPROVED
INFLIGHT OPERATION
THE SYSTEM PERFORMS ONLY THE
FUNCTIONS OF WEATHER
DETECTION, GROUND MAPPING,
OR BEACON LOCATION. IT SHOULD
NOT BE USED OR RELIED UPON
FOR PROXIMITY OR ANTI-
COLLISION WARNING.
Radar pushbutton - Depress WX, CYC or
MAP. (Verify correct test pattern.)
Section 3
INT control - As desired.
RANGE control - As desired.
TILT control - As desired.
SEC SCAN - As desired.
BEFORE LANDING
Radar RANGE control - TEST. (Verify
correct test pattern.)
TILT control - + 15 degrees.
OFF pushbutton - Depress.
MODE FAILURE
Indication
1. Test display does not match test pattern.
Procedure:
1. OFF pushbutton - Depress.
POWER FAILURE
Indication:
1. No display on indicator.
Procedure:
1. WEATHER RDRAC/DC circuit breakers-
Check in.
2. INT control - Rotate clockwise.
3. WX, CYC or MAP pushbutton - Depress.
DISPLAY DOES NOT STABILIZE
Indications:
1. Display follows changes in helicopter
attitude.
2. STAB OFF light illuminated.
Procedures:
1. CPLT ATT circuit breaker - Check in.
2. STAB pushbutton - Depress.
19 MAR 2003 5
BHT-412-FMS-20
BHT-412-FMS-20
Section 4
FAAAPPROVED
No change from basic manual.
6 19 MAR 2003
BHT-412-FMS-21
Log of Pages
BHT-412-FMS-21
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
LOG OF REVISIONS
LOG OF PAGES
Revision
No.
Revision
No. Page Page
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION DIRECTORATE
AIRCRAFT CERTIFICATION SERVICE
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SOUTHWEST REGION, FORT WORTH, TEXAS
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
A the restriction on the title page of this document.
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction
BHT-412-FMS-21
INTRODUCTION
The GNS-500A/S3 is a very low frequency VLF/OMEGA
radio navigation system that provides great circle
point-to-point navigation on a worldwide basis. It also
displays to the flight crew an assessment of its ability to
navigate and will automatically revert to dead reckoning
during periods of inadequate signal reception.
The GNS-500A/S3 consists of a control display unit (CDU)
mounted on the pedestal, a computer receiver unit (CRU)
and an optional equipment unit (OEU) located in the right
avionics compartment.
A NAV-1/VLF switch is located on the pilot instrument panel
next to the HSI. It is a combination 2 position pushbutton
and annunciator. Pressing the pushbutton will couple the
HSI to the NAV-1 receiver or GNS-500A/S3. The NAV-1 or
VLF annunciator light will illuminate to identify the coupled
mode. BRG PTR select switches are located on both the
pilot and copilot instrument panels and allows selection of
VLF or ADF bearing to be displayed on the pilot or copilot
HSI.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
Section 1
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-21
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS
The following GNS Operators Manual must be
immediately available to the flight crew whenever
navigation is predicated on the use of the
GNS-500A/S3:
Operator's manual Report 1080 dated 9-1-80
for the -3A Program and CRT/CDU.
Operator's Manual Report 1080 dated 1-19-81
for the -3B Program and CRT/CDU.
Provided the GNS-500A VLF/Omega navigation
system is receiving usable signals from at least
two Omega navigation stations, it is approved for:
VLF/IFR RNAV operation within the common
boundaries of the United States and Alaska in
accordance with the EN ROUTE criteria of AC
90-45A or the criteria of AC 20-101 B.
Operation as a means to update self-contained
navigation systems, such as INS or Doppler, in
accordance with AC 120-31A in the areas
between Latitudes 85N to 55S, with the
exception of the area above 45N Latitude
bounded by Longitudes 30E and 120N
extending across the Asian Continent.
Operation as sole means of long range
navigation in accordance with AC 120-37 in
the areas between Latitudes 85N to 55S,
with the exception of the area above 45N
Latitude bounded by Longitudes 30E and
120E extending across the Asian Continent.
During RNAV operation of the GNS-500A/S3,
additional navigation equipment required for the
specific type of operation must be installed and
operable.
The GNS-500A/S3 position information must be
checked for accuracy (reasonableness) prior to
use as a means of navigation and under the
following conditions.
Prior to each compulsory reporting point during
IFR operation when not under radar surveillance
or control.
At or prior to arrival at each enroute waypoint
during IFR operation along approved RNAV
routes.
Prior to requesting off-airway routing, and at
hourly intervals thereafter during RNAV
operation off of approved RNAV routes.
During period of Dead Reckoning, navigation shall
not be predicated on the use of the GNS-500A/S3
for RNAV operation.
Following a period of Dead Reckoning, the
helicopter position should be verified by visually
sighting ground reference points and/or by using
other navigation equipment such as VOR, DME,
Tacan, NDB. or radar fix.
The GNS-500A/S3 may not be used for
navigation in terminal areas or during departures
from, or approaches, to, airports.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
1
Sections 1 & 2
BHT-412-FMS-21
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS (Cont)
Enroute navigation shall not be predicated on the
GNS-500A/S3 during the period that DR is
illuminated.
Section 2
PREFLIGHT CHECK
EXTERIOR CHECK
ENGINE AREA, AFT COMPARTMENTS AND
TAILBOOM, RIGHT SIDE
Avionic compartment - Check:
CRU and OEU - Condition and security.
NOTE
Refer to GNS Operators Manual for
systems checks and operation.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
NAV-1/VLF switch - As desired.
NOTE
When the HSI is coupled to the VLF. the
course set knob is disabled.
BRG PTR 1 switches - As desired.
NOTE
Selecting NAV 1, or NAV 2 will connect
bearing pointer 1 to either the NAV 1 or
NAV 2 receiver respectively.
BRG PTR 2 switches - As desired.
NOTE
Selecting VLF or ADF will connect
bearing pointer 2 to either the VLF or
ADF receiver respectively.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restrictionon the title page of this document.
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3 & 4
BHT-412-FMS-21
GNS-500A/S3 MALFUNCTIONS
NOTE
Refer to GNS Operators Manual for
system malfunction indications and
procedures.
Warning flags
FAIL
FLAG
Navigation
FLAG
LOCATION
HSI
FAULT CONDITION
Navigation information
unreliable.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NAV-1/VLF switch -
Press to change
navigation modes.
* Section 4
No Change
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject to
the restriction on the title page of this document.
3/4
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
COLD WEATHER OPERATION WITH
KEROSENE FUELS
CERTIFIED
24 JANUARY 2005
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412EP
Flight Manual (BHT-412-FM-4) when conducting Cold
Weather Operation with Kerosene Fuels.
Information contained herein supplements information in
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, refer to
the basic Flight Manual.
BHT-412-FMS-23.4
24 JANUARY 2005
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 2005
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON
CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
NOTICE PAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NP24 JAN 2005
BHT-412-FMS-23.4
These data are proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other than helicopter
operation is forbidden without prior written authorization from Bell
Helicopter Textron Inc.
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Original ..................... 0...................... 24 JAN 05
24 JAN 2005A
BHT-412-FMS-23.4
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
LOG OF REVISIONS
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION REVISION
NO. NO. PAGE PAGE
FLIGHT MANUAL
Title.............................................................0
NP...............................................................0
A B.........................................................0
1 2 ..........................................................0
MANUFACTURERS DATA
3 6.......................................................... 0
BHT-412-FMS-23.4
B24 JAN 2005
LOG OF TC APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ..................... 0...................... 24 JAN 05
MANAGER
TRANSPORT CANADA
QUEBEC REGION
CIVIL AVIATION AIRCRAFT CERTIFICATION
APPROVED DATE
TC APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-23.4
24 JAN 20051
Section 1
LIMITATIONS
1
1-17. FUEL AND OIL
1-17-A. FUEL
Refer to Manufacturers Data portion of this
supplement for approved fuels list.
1-17-A-1. JET B OR JP-4
Fuel conforming to ASTM D-1655 Type B,
MIL-T-5624 Grade JP-4, or NATO F-40 may be
used at all ambient temperatures.
1-17-A-2. JET A, A-1, JP-5 OR JP-8
(KEROSENE TYPE FUELS)
1-17-A-2-A. Ambient Temperature Above
-30C (-22F)
Fuel conforming to ASTM D-1655 Type A or
A-1, MIL-T-5624 Grade JP-5, or NATO F-44 and
MIL-T-83133 Grade JP-8, or NATO F-34 may be
used without restriction.
1-17-A-2-B. Ambient Temperature Below
-30C (-22F)
Operation with fuel conforming to ASTM
D- 1655 Type A i s l i mi t ed t o ambi ent
temperatures above -34C (-29F).
Operation with fuel conforming to ASTM
D-1655 Type A-1, MIL-T-5624 Grade JP-5, or
NATO F-44 and MIL-T-83133 Grade JP-8 or
NATO F-34 is limited to ambient temperatures
above -40C (-40F).
1-17-A-2-C. Engine Starting
Engine starting with fuel conforming to ASTM
D-1655 Type A or A-1, MIL-T-5624 Grade JP-5,
or NATO F-44 and MIL-T-83133 Grade JP-8, or
NATO F-34 is limited to fuel temperatures
above -30C (-22F).
Fuel temperature shal l be measured by
draining a quantity of fuel from the helicopter
fuel tank and from the engine fuel inlet filter.
NOTE
Refer to Manufacturers Data portion
of t hi s suppl ement f or f uel
t emper at ur e measur ement
procedure.
BHT-412-FMS-23.4 TC APPROVED
224 JAN 2005
Section 2
NORMAL PROCEDURES
2
2-3. PREFLIGHT CHECK
2-3-A. BEFORE EXTERIOR CHECK
Flight planning Completed.
Gross weight and CG Compute (refer to
Section 5 in BHT-412-FM-4).
Publications Checked.
Portable fire extinguishers Condition and
security.
Fuel Measure fuel temperature as required.
NOTE
When OAT is below -30C (-22F),
f uel t emperat ure measurement
procedure must be carried out for
af f ect ed f uel t ypes ( r ef er t o
par agr aph 1- 17- A- 2) . Fuel
t emper at ur e measur ement
procedure is described in paragraph
2-2-B-1 of the Manufacturers Data
portion of this supplement.
Aft fuel sumps Drain samples as follows:
FUEL TRANS switches OFF.
BOOST PUMP switches OFF.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL switches
OFF.
BAT BUS 1 switch ON.
Aft fuel sump drain buttons (left and right)
Depress.
NOTE
If aft sumps fail to drain, the sump
valves may be operated manually.
Forward and middle fuel sumps Drain
samples as follows:
Press-to-drain valves Press.
Fuel filters Drain before first flight of day as
follows:
BOOST PUMP switches ON.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL switches
ON.
Fuel filter (left and right) Drain samples.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL switches
OFF.
BOOST PUMP switches OFF.
BAT BUS 1 switch OFF.
Main and tail rotor blade tiedowns
Remove and stow.
Pitot tube cover(s) Remove and stow.
No. 1 and 2 engine air intake covers
Remove and stow.
MANUFACTURERS DATA BHT-412-FMS-23.4
24 JAN 20053
Section 1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1
No change from basic manual.
Section 2
HANDLING AND SERVICING
2
2-2. SERVICING
2-2-A. FUELS
Fuels conforming to the following commercial
and military specifications are approved:
ASTM D-1655, Type A, A-1, or B
MIL-T-5624, Grade JP-4 or JP-5, or
MIL-T-83133, JP-8
NATO F-34, F-40 or F-44
Refer to Fuel Limitations in this supplement
for ambient temperature limits.
The following fuel listing is provided for the
conveni ence of the operator (Tabl e 2-1
t hr ough Tabl e 2- 3) . I t shal l be t he
responsibility of the operator and his fuel
supplier to ensure that the fuel conforms to
one of the approved specifications above.
Consult the engine manufacturer for alternate
or emergency fuels.
2-2-B. FUEL SYSTEM SERVICING
2-2-B-1. FUEL TEMPERATURE
MEASUREMENT
Required apparatus:
Measuring container with graduated
scale
Calibrated temperature meter with
thermocouple probe suitable for
measuring fuel at cold temperature
Procedure:
Perform the following prior to engine start:
1. Collect at least 250 cc fuel sample
using the drain valve from either main
feed fuel tank (left or right).
2. Measure fuel temperature
immediately.
3. Record fuel temperature once
thermocouple reading has stabilized.
If recorded fuel temperature is above -30C
(-22F), repeat step 1 through step 3, but
collecting fuel sample using the drain valve
from either engine fuel inlet filter (left or right
engine).
NOTE
Ensure container temperature is
close to ambient and thermocouple
is properly immersed in the fuel.
BHT-412-FMS-23.4 MANUFACTURERS DATA
424 JAN 2005
Table 2-1. Commercial Fuels Type A and A-1
FUEL VENDOR ASTM D-1655, TYPE A
PRODUCT NAME
ASTM D-1655, TYPE A-1
PRODUCT NAME
American Oil and Supply American Jet Fuel Type A American Jet Fuel Type A-1
ARCO (Atlantic Richfield) Arcojet A Arcojet A-1
Boron Oil Jet A Kerosene Jet A-1 Kerosene
British-American B-A Jet Fuel JP-1
British Petroleum B.P. Jet A B.P. A.T.K.
California-Texas Caltex Jet A-1
Chevron Chevron Jet A-50 Chevron Jet A-1
Cities Service Citgo Turbine Type A
Continental Conoco Jet-50 Conoco Jet-60
Exxon Co. U.S.A. Exxon Turbo Fuel A Exxon Turbo Fuel A-1
Exxon International Esso Turbo Fuel A-1
Gulf Oil Gulf Jet A Gulf Jet A-1
Mobil Oil Mobil Jet A Mobil Jet A-1
Phillips Petroleum Philjet A-50
Pure Oil Purejet Turbine Fuel Type A Purejet Turbine Fuel Type A-1
Shell Oil AeroShell Turbine Fuel 640 AeroShell Turbine Fuel 650
Standard Oi l of Bri t i sh
Columbia
Chevron Jet Fuel A-50 Chevron Jet Fuel A-1
Standard Oil of California Chevron Jet Fuel A-50 Chevron Jet Fuel A-1
Standard Oil of Indiana American Jet Fuel Type A American Jet Fuel Type A-1
Standard Oil of Kentucky Standard Turbine Fuel A-50 Standard Turbine Fuel A-1
Standard Oil of New Jersey Standard Jet A Standard Jet A-1
Standard Oil of Ohio Jet A Kerosene Jet A-1 Kerosene
Standard Oil of Texas Chevron Jet Fuel A-50 Chevron Jet Fuel A-1
Texaco Texaco Avjet A Texaco Avjet A-1
Union Oil 76 Turbine Fuel
MANUFACTURERS DATA BHT-412-FMS-23.4
24 JAN 20055

Table 2-2. Commercial Fuels Type B
FUEL VENDOR ASTM D-1655, TYPE B PRODUCT NAME
American Oil and Supply American JP-4
ARCO (Atlantic Richfield) Arcojet B
British-American B-A Jet Fuel JP-4
British Petroleum B.P. A.T.G.
California-Texas Caltex Jet B
Chevron Chevron Jet B
Continental Conoco JP-4
Exxon Co. U.S.A. Exxon Turbo Fuel 4
Exxon International Esso Turbo Fuel 4
Gulf Oil Gulf Jet B
Mobil Oil Mobil Jet B
Phillips Petroleum Philjet JP-4
Shell Oil AeroShell Turbine Fuel JP-4
Standard Oil of California Chevron Jet Fuel B
Standard Oil of Indiana American JP-4
Standard Oil of Kentucky Standard Turbine Fuel B
Standard Oil of New Jersey Standard Jet B
Standard Oil of Texas Chevron Jet Fuel B
Texaco Texaco Avjet B
Union Oil Union JP-4
BHT-412-FMS-23.4 MANUFACTURERS DATA
624 JAN 2005

Table 2-3. Military Fuels
COUNTRY NATO F-34
(JP-8 TYPE)
NATO F-40
(JP-4 TYPE)
NATO F-44
(JP-5, JP-8 TYPE)
Belgium BA-PF-7 BA-PF-2 3-GP-24
Canada 3-GP-22 3-GP-24
Denmark D. Eng. R.D. 2453 MIL-T-5624,
Grade JP-4
France AIR 3405 AIR 3407 AIR 3404
Germany VTL 9130-006 VTL-9130-007
VTL-9130-010
Greece MIL-T-5624,
Grade JP-4
Italy AA-M-C.141 AER-M-C.142 AA-M-C.143
Netherlands D. Eng. R.D. 2453 MIL-T-5624,
Grade JP-4
D. Eng. R.D. 2498
Norway MIL-T-5624,
Grade JP-4
Portugal AIR 3405 MIL-T-5624,
Grade JP-4
Turkey MIL-T-5624,
Grade JP-4
United Kingdom D. Eng. R.D. 2453 D. Eng. R.D. 2454 D. Eng. R.D. 2498
D. Eng. R.D. 2452
United States MIL-T-83133,
Grade JP-8
MIL-T-5624,
Grade JP-4
MIL-T-5624,
Grade JP-5
BHT-412-FMS-24
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
SEAT CUSHION KIT
412-706-019
CERTIFIED
24 JULY 1987
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412 or 412EP
Flight Manual when the 412-706-019 Seat Cushion Kit has
been installed.
Information contained herein supplements information of
basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult
basic Flight Manual.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 1995
BELL HELICOPTER INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Bell Helicopter
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
REISSUE - 8 DECEMBER 1995
BHT-412-FMS-24
NOTICE PAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P.O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
BHT-412-FMS-24
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 ............... 24 Jul 87 Reissue...........0 ................ 8 Dec 95
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO.
REVISION
NO.
PAGE PAGE
Title - NP .............................. 0
A - B .................................. 0
i/ii ....................................... 0
1/2 ...................................... 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A
BHT-412-FMS-24 FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... ............... 24 Jul 87 Reissue ........... 0 ................ 8 Dec 95
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
B
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-24
GENERAL INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
The Seat Cushion Kit is installed in conjunction with the Utility Passenger Seat Kit and
provides increased comfort level for passengers.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-24
* Section 1
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined
after Seat Cushion Kit is Installed and
ballast readjusted if necessary to return
empty weight CG within allowable limits.
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
DOORS MUST BE KEPT CLOSED DURING
FLIGHT IF SEAT CUSHIONS INSTALLED
Located on inside of sliding passenger
door.
Section
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Passengers doors - Closed.
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
33108- 33213
36001 - 36019
AND
36020- 36086
AND
36087 AND SUB
SUPPLEMENT FOR
AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS
(412-706-009)
CERTIFIED
10 MARCH 1988
This supplement shall be attached to the 412 Flight Manual
(BHT-412-FM-2, -3 or -4) when the 412-706-009 Auxiliary Fuel
Kit has been installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information of
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual.
COPYRIGHT 1994
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON,
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
NOTICE
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Manufacturer's Data portion of this supplement is proprietary to Bell Helicopter
Textron, inc. Disclosure, reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose
other than helicopter operation is forbidden without prior written authorization
from Bell Helicopter Textron. Inc.
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron
PO. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ..... 0 ............. 10 Mar 88
Reissue ..... 0 ............. 15 Oct 92
Reissue ..... 0 ............. 23 Jun 94
LOG OF PAGES
FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
REVISION
NO.
REVISION
NO. PAGE PAGE
Title - NP .......................
A -- B .......................... 0
i/ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-1/1-2 ........................ 0
2-1/2-2 ........................ 0
3-1/3-2 ......................... 0
4-1/4-2 ......................... 0
1-1 - 1-10 ..................... 0
1-11/1-12 ...................... 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4 FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ..... 0
Reissue .....
Reissue ..... 0
............ 10 Mar 88
............. 15 Oct 92
............. 23 Jun 94
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
INTRODUCTION
The Auxiliary Fuel Kit provides additional fuel capacity to
extend the range of the helicopter. The kit consists of a left
and right auxiliary fuel tank and the hardware and wiring
necessary to complete the installation. The left or right
auxiliary fuel tank may be removed as operational
requirements dictate.
One fuel tank provides an additional 16.3 U.S. gallons
(61.7 liters) of fuel. Both fuel tanks combined, provide
additional 32.6 U.S. gallons (123.4 liters) of fuel.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Section 1
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
NOTE
The contents of this supplement shall be
used in conjunction with the basic Flight
Manual for helicopters equipped with the
412-706-009 Auxiliary Fuel Tank Kit
installed.
FUEL AND OIL LIMITATIONS
FUEL SYSTEM CAPACITIES
Basic system with left or right auxiliary tank:
Total usable fuel capacity is 346.7 U.S. gallons
(1312.3 liters).
Basic system with both auxiliary tanks:
Total usable fuel capacity is 363.0 U.S. gallons
(13.74.1 liters).
WEIGHT AND BALANCE
Actual weight change shall be determined
after kit is installed and ballast readjusted,
if necessary, to retain gross weight CG
within allowable limits.
1-1/1-2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Section 2
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
CAUTION
WHEN ONE CABIN MOUNTED
AUXILIARY FUEL TANK ONLY IS
USED, THE TANK INTERCONNECT
SWITCH ON THE COCKPIT FUEL
PANEL MUST BE PLACED IN THE
OPEN POSITION WHEN THE FUEL
QUANTITY INDICATION ON THE LOW
SIDE WHICH DOES NOT HAVE AN
AUXILIARY TANK, REDUCES TO
APPROXIMATELY 500 LBS. THIS WILL
ALLOW THE AUXILIARY FUEL TO BE
SHARED BY BOTH ENGINE FEED
TANKS AND PRECLUDE THE
POSSIBILITY OF FUEL EXHAUSTION
TO THE ENGINE BEING SUPPLIED BY
THE SIDE WHICH DOES NOT HAVE
AN AUXILIARY TANK. THE
AUTOMATIC FEATURE OF THE TANK
INTERCONNECT VALVE MAY NOT
FUNCTION WITH ONLY ONE
AUXILIARY TANK INSTALLED.
2-1/2-2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Section 3
No change from basic manual.
3-1/3-2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Section 4
Noc
0
hange from basic manual.
0
0
0
4-1/4-2
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-25.2. 25.3 AND 25.4
Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
AUXILIARY FUEL SYSTEM
AUXILIARY FUEL SYSTEM SERVICING
The auxiliary fuel tanks are interconnected
withthebasicfuel systemtoallowgravityflow
of auxiliary fuel into main fuel cells as fuel is
consumed. The auxiliary fuel system is
serviced simultaneously with the basic fuel
system through the single filler port located on
the aft right side of the fuselage.
AUXILIARY FUEL LOADING TABLES
Total usable fuel capacity with 412-706-009
Auxiliary Fuel Kit (both tanks) installed is 363.0
U.S. gallons (1374.1 liters).
Total usable fuel capacity with one tank (left or
right) installed is 346.7 U.S. gallons (1312.3
liters).
Fuel loading tables are presented for weight
and balance computations in both English and
Metric units. These tables shall be used in lieu
of the tables for the basic fuel system when
either or both auxiliary fuel tanks are installed.
Weights and moments listed herein represent
total fuel on board to include that contained in
basic fuel cells. Refer to table 1-1 and 1-2 for
English or 1-1M and 1-2M for Metric when
both left and right auxiliary tanks are installed.
Tables 1-3 and 1-4 for English or 1-3M and
1-4M for Metric apply to single auxiliary tank
installed on left or right.
1-1
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-1. Fuel loading with left and right auxiliary tanks (two 16.3 gal.) -
longitudinal (English)
Longitudinal
Jet B orJP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon) Jet A, Al orJP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
(U.S. Gal.) (Pounds) (inches) (In-Lb) (U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (in-Lb)
10 65 139.4 9061 10 68 139.4 9479
20 130 139.6 18148 20 136 139.6 18986
30 195 139.8 27261 30 204 139.8 28519
40 260 139.9 36374 40 272 139.9 38053
50 325 139.9 45468 50 340 139.9 47566
58.3 379 139.9 53022 A 58.3 397 139.9 55540
60 390 141.0 54990 60 408 141,0 57528
70 455 145.4 66157 70 476 145.4 69210
80 520 148.4 77168 80 544 148.4 80730
90 585 150.6 88101 90 612 150.6 92167
100 650 152.2 98930 100 680 152.2 103496
110 715 153.5 109753 110 748 153.5 114818
120 780 154.7 120666 120 816 154.7 126235
130 845 155.7 131567 130 884 155.7 137639
140 910 156.5 142415 140 952 156.5 148988
150 975 157.2 153270 150 1020 157.2 160344
160 1040 157.9 164216 160 1088 157.9 171795
170 1105 158.6 175253 170 1156 158.6 183342
172.6 1122 158.8 178174 172.6 1174 158.8 186431
180 1170 156.2 182754 180 1224 156.2 191189
190 1235 152.7 188585 190 1292 152.7 197288
200 1300 149.8 194740 200 1360 149.8 203728
* 205.8 1338 148.2 198292 * 205.8 1399 148.2 207332
210 1365 148.7 202976 210 1428 148.7 212344
220 1430 149.9 214357 220 1496 149.9 224250
230 1495 151.1 225895 230 1564 151.1 236320
240 1560 152.2 237432 240 1632 152.2 248390
250 1625 153.2 248950 250 1700 153.2 260440
260 1690 154.0 260260 260 1768 154.0 272272
270 1755 154.8 271674 270 1836 154.8 284213
275.7 1792 155.2 278118 275.7 1875 155.2 291000
280 1820 154.7 281554 280 1904 154.7 294549
290 1885 153.2 288782 290 1972 153.2 302110
300 1950 151.9 296205 300 2040 151.9 309876
310 2015 150.7 303661 310 2108 150.7 317676
320 2080 149.4 310752 320 2176 149.4 325094
* 327.7 2130 148.7 316731 * 327.7 2228 148.7 331304
330 2145 149.0 319605 330 2244 149.0 334356
340 2210 149.7 330837 340 2312 149.7 346106
350 2275 150.4 342160 350 2380 150.4 357952
360 2340 151.2 353808 360 2448 151.2 370138
* 363.0 2360 151.3 357068 363.0 2469 151.3 373560
NOTE: All data above represents usable fuel (basic and auxiliary) based on nominal density at 15C (59F).
* Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
Quantity resulting in maximum forward CG of helicopter (at any weight).
Quantity resulting in maximum aft CG of helicopter (weight empty 6520 lb or less).
Quantity resulting in maximum aft CG of helicopter (weight empty more than 6520 lb).
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Table 1-1M. Fuel loading with left and right auxiliary tanks (two 61.7 liter) -
longitudinal (Metric)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (0.779 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight
(liters) (kg)
40
80
120
160
~ 200
A 220.7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
653.2
680
720
760
778.8
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1043.7
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240.2
1280
1320
1360
1374.1
31.2
62.3
93.5
124.6
155.8
171.9
187.0
218.1
249.3
280.4
311.6
342.8
373.9
405.1
436.2
467.4
498.6
508.8
529.7
560.9
592.0
606.7
623.2
654.4
685.5
716.7
747.8
779.0
810.2
813.0
841.3
872.5
903.6
934.8
966.1
997.1
1028.3
1059.4
1070.4
CG Moment
(mm) (kg-mm)
3541 110479
3547 220978
3551 332019
3552 442579
3552 553402
3553 610761
3632 679184
3726 812641
3795 946094
3848 1078979
3886 1210878
3917 1342748
3947 1475783
3970 1608247
3988 1739566
4008 1873339
4026 2007364
4033 2051990
3973 2104498
3879 2175731
3800 2249600
3765 2284226
3785 2358812
3815 2496536
3843 2634377
3874 2776496
3899 2915672
3922 3055238
3941 3192998
3942 3204846
3907 3286959
3871 3377448
3838 3468017
3807 3558784
3776 3647994
3800 3788980
3820 3928106
3838 4065977
3843 4113547
Jet A, Al or JP5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight CG Moment
(liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm)
40
80
120
160
200
220.7
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
653.2
680
720
760
* 778.8
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1043.7
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240.2
1280
1320
1360
1374.1
32.6
65.2
97.8
130.4
163.0
179.9
195.6
228.2
260.8
293.4
326.0
358.6
391.2
423.8
456.4
489.0
521.6
532.3
554.2
586.8
619.4
634.6
652.0
684.6
717.2
749.8
782.4
815.0
847.6
850.5
880.2
912.8
945.4
978.0
1010.7
1043.2
1075.8
1108.4
1119.9
3541 115437
3547 231264
3551 347288
3552 463181
3552 578976
3553 639185
3632 710419
3726 850273
3795 989736
3848 1129003
3886 1266836
3917 1404636
3947 1544066
3970 1682486
3988 1820123
4008 1959912
4026 2099962
4033 2146766
3973 2201837
3879 2276197
3800 2353720
3765 2389269
3785 2467820
3815 2611749
3843 2756200
3874 2904725
3899 3050578
3922 3196430
3941 3340392
3942 3352671
3907 3438941
3871 3533449
3838 3628445
3807 3723246
3776 3816403
3800 3964160
3820 4109556
3838 4254039
3843 4303776
NOTE: All data above represents usable fuel (basic and auxiliary) based on nominal density at 150C (59F).
* Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
Quantity resulting in maximum forward CG of helicopter (at any weight).
Quantity resulting in maximum aft CG of helicopter (weight empty 2957 kg or less).
Quantity resulting in maximum aft CG of helicopter (weight empty more than 2957 kg).
1-3
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-2. Fuel loading with left and right auxiliary tanks (two 16.3 gal.) -
lateral (English)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment
(U.S. Gal.) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb)
Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment
(U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb)
10
20
30
40
50
54.6
60
70
80.0
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
172.6
180
190
200
* 205.8
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
363.0
65
130
195
260
325
355
390
455
520
585
650
715
780
845
910
975
1040
1105
1122
1170
1235
1300
1337
1365
1430
1495
1560
1625
1690
1755
1820
1885
1950
2015
2080
2145
2210
2275
2340
2360
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.03
-0.06
-0.05
-0.04
-0.04
-0.03
-0.03
-0.03
-0.03
-0.03
-0.02
-0.02
-0.02
-0.03
-0.44
-0.55
-0.60
-0.59
-0.56
-0.54
-0.52
-0.50
-0.48
-0.46
0.44
-0.43
-0.41
0.40
-0.39
-0.38
-0.36
-0.35
-0.34
-0.34
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
-27
-26
-23
-26
-21
-23
-25
-27
-29
-21
-22
-22
-35
-543
-715
-802
-805
-801
-807
-811
813
-811
-807
-801
-811
-800
-806
-811
-815
-796
-796
-796
-802
10
20
30
40
50
54.6
60
70
80.0
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
* 172.6
180
190
200
* 205.8
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
363.0
68
136
204
272
340
371
408
476
544
612
680
748
816
884
952
1020
1088
1156
1174
1224
1292
1360
1399
1428
1496
1564
1632
1700
1768
1836
1904
1972
2040
2108
2176
2244
2312
2380
2448
2469
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.03
-0.06
-0.05
-0.04
-0.04
-0.03
-0.03
-0.03
-0.03
-0.03
-0.02
-0.02
-0.02
-0.03
-0.44
-0.55
-0.60
-0.59
-0.56
-0.54
-0.52
-0.50
-0.48
-0.46
-0.44
-0.43
-0.41
-0.40
-0.39
-0.38
-0.36
-0.35
-0.34
-0.34
0
0
0
0
-12
29
-27
-24
-27
-22
-24
-27
-29
-31
-22
-23
-23
-37
-568
-748
-839
-843
-838
-845
-849
-850
-849
-845
-838
-848
-836
-843
-849
-853
-832
-833
-832
-839
NOTE: All data above represents usable fuel (basic and auxiliary) based on nominal density at 15C (59F).
* Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter.
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Table 1-2M. Fuel loading with left and right auxiliary tanks (two 61.7 liter) -
lateral (Metric)
Lateral
Jet B or JP4 (0.779 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight CG Moment
(liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm)
Jet A. A1 or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight CG Moment
(liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm)
40
80
120
160
200
206.6
240
280
* 302.7
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
* 653.2
680
720
760
* 778.6
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240
1280
1320
1360
1374.1
31.2
62 3
93.5
124.6
155.8
161 0
187.0
218.1
235.8
249.3
280.4
311.6
342.8
373.9
405.1
436.2
467.4
498.6
508.8
529.7
560.9
592.0
606.5
623.2
654.4
685.5
716.7
747.8
779.0
810.2
841.3
872.5
903.6
934.8
966.0
997.1
1028.3
1059.4
1070.4
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
-1 -187
-1 -218
-1 -236
1 -249
-1 -280
1 -312
-1 -343
1 -374
-1 -405
-1 -436
1 -467
-1 -499
-1 509
-8 -4238
-11 -6170
-14 -8288
-15 -9098
15 -9348
14 9162
13 8912
-13 -9317
-12 -8974
-12 -9348
11 -8912
-11 -9254
-11 -9598
10 9036
-10 9348
-10 -9660
-9 -8974
-9 -9255
-9 -9535
-9 -9634
40
80
120
160
200
* 206.6
240
280
' 302.7
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
640
' 653.2
680
720
760
' 778.6
" 800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240
1280
1320
1360
1374.1
32.6
65.2
97.8
130.4
163.0
168.4
195.6
228.2
246.7
260.8
293.4
326.0
358.6
391.2
423.8
456.4
489.0
521.6
532.3
554.2
586.8
619.4
634.5
652.0
684.6
717.2
749.8
782.4
815.0
847.6
880.2
912.8
945.4
978.0
1010.6
1043.2
1075.8
1108.1
1119.9
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
1 -196
1 -228
1 -247
-1 -261
-1 -293
-1 -326
-1 -359
-1 -391
1 -424
-1 456
-1 -489
-1 -522
-1 -532
-8 -4434
-11 -6455
14 -8672
15 -9518
-15 -9780
-14 -9584
-13 -9324
13 -9747
-12 -9389
-12 -9780
11 -9324
-11 -9682
-11 -10041
-10 -9454
-10 9780
-10 -10106
-9 -9389
-9 -9682
-9 -9973
-9 -10079
NOTE: All data above represents usable fuel (basic and auxiliary) based on nominal density at 15C (59F).
* Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
1 Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter.
1-5
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-3. Fuel loading with left or right auxiliary tanks (one 16.3 gal.) -
longitudinal (English)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG Moment
(U.S. Gal.) (Pounds) (Inches) (In-Lb)
Jet A, Al or JP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Quantity Weight CG
(U.S. Gal) (Pounds) (Inches)
10
20
30
40
50
58.3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
* 156.3
160
170
180
189.4
200
210
220
230
240
250
259.4
270
280
290
300
* 311.4
320
330
340
346.7
65
130
195
260
325
379
390
455
520
585
650
715
780
845
910
975
1016
1040
1105
1170
1231
1300
1365
1430
1495
1560
1625
1686
1755
1820
1885
1950
2024
2080
2145
2210
2254
139.4
139.6
139.8
139.9
139.9
139.9
140.9
145.8
149.0
151.5
153.2
154.8
156.0
157.0
158.2
159.2
159.7
158.0
154.4
150.9
148.1
149.6
150.8
151.9
152.9
153.9
154.9
155.5
154.1
152.6
151.2
150.0
148.6
149.3
150.1
150.9
151.4
9061
18148
27261
36374
45468
53022
54951
66339
77480
88628
99580
110682
121680
132665
143962
155220
162255
164320
170612
176553
182311
194480
205842
217217
228586
240084
251713
262173
270446
277732
285012
292500
300766
310544
321965
333489
341256
10
20
30
40
50
58.3
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
* 156.3
160
170
180
189.4
200
210
220
230
240
250
259.4
270
280
290
300
' 311.4
320
330
340
346.7
68 139.4
136 139.6
204 139.8
272 139.9
340 139.9
397 139.9
408 140.9
476 145.8
544 149.0
612 151.5
680 153.2
748 154.8
816 156.0
884 157.0
952 158.2
1020 159.2
1063 159.7
1088 158.0
1156 154.4
1224 150.9
1288 148.1
1360 149.6
1428 150.8
1496 151.9
1564 152.9
1632 153.9
1700 154.9
1764 155.5
1836 154.1
1904 152.6
1972 151.2
2040 150.0
2117 148.6
2176 149.3
2244 150.1
2312 150.9
2358 151.4
Moment
(In-Lb)
9479
18986
28519
38053
47566
55540
57487
69401
81056
92718
104176
115790
127296
138788
150606
162384
169761
171904
178486
184702
190753
203456
215342
227242
239136
251165
263330
274302
282928
290550
298166
306000
314586
324877
336824
348881
357001
NOTE: All data above represents usable fuel (basic and auxiliary) based on nominal density at 15C (59F).
* Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
Quantity resulting in maximum forward CG of helicopter (at any weight).
Quantity resulting in maximum aft CG of helicopter (weight empty 6630 lb or less).
Quantity resulting in maximum aft CG of helicopter (weight empty more than 6630 lb).
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Table 1-3M. Fuel loading with left or right auxiliary tanks (one 61.7 liter) -
longitudinal (Metric)
Longitudinal
Jet B or JP-4 (0.779 kg/liter) Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity Weight CG Moment Quantity Weight CG Moment
(liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm) (liters) (kg) (mm) (kg-mm)
40 31.2 3541 110479 40 32.6 3541 115437
80 62.3 3547 220978 80 65.2 3547 231264
120 93.5 3551 332019 120 97.8 3551 347288
160 124.6 3552 442579 160 130.4 3552 463181
200 155.8 3552 553402 200 163.0 3552 578976
220.7 171.9 3553 610761 A 220.7 179.9 3553 639185
240 187.0 3637 680119 240 195.6 3637 711397
280 218.1 3739 815476 280 228.2 3739 853240
320 249.3 3815 951080 320 260.8 3815 994952
360 280.4 3871 1085428 360 293.4 3871 1135751
400 311.6 3917 1220537 400 326.0 3917 1276942
440 342.8 3952 1354746 440 358.6 3952 1417187
480 373.9 3983 1489244 480 391.2 3983 1558150
520 405.1 4013 1625666 520 423.8 4013 1700709
560 436.2 4036 1760503 560 456.4 4036 1842030
591.5 460.8 4057 1869466 591.5 482.1 4057 1955880
600 467.4 4046 1891100 600 489.0 4046 1978494
640 498.6 3927 1958002 640 521.6 3927 2048323
680 529.7 3838 2032989 680 554.2 3838 2127020
717.1 558.6 3762 2101453 717.1 584.4 3762 2198513
720 560.9 3764 2111228 720 586.8 3764 2208715
760 592.0 3800 2249600 760 619.4 3800 2353720
800 623.2 3833 2388726 800 652.0 3833 2499116
840 654.4 3861 2526638 840 684.6 3861 2643241
880 685.5 3889 2665910 880 717.2 3889 2789191
920 716.7 3917 2807314 920 749.8 3917 2936967
960 747.8 3940 2946332 960 782.4 3940 3082656
982.0 765.0 3950 3021750 982.0 800.3 3950 3161185
1000 779.0 3934 3064586 1000 815.0 3934 3206210
1040 810.2 3894 3154919 1040 847.6 3894 3300554
1080 841.3 3856 3244053 1080 880.2 3856 3394051
1120 872.5 3823 3335568 1120 912.8 3823 3489634
1160 903.6 3790 3424644 1160 945.4 3790 3583066
1178.5 918.1 3775 3465828 1178.5 960.5 3775 3625888
1200 934.8 3787 3540088 1200 978.0 3787 3703686
1240 966.0 3807 3677562 1240 1010.6 3807 3847354
1280 997.1 3830 3818893 1280 1043.2 3830 3995456
1312.3 1022.3 3845 3930744 1312.3 1069.5 3845 4112228
NOTE: All data above represents usable fuel (basic and auxiliary) based on nominal density at 15C (59F).
Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
Quantity resulting in maximum forward CG of helicopter (at any weight).
l Quantity resulting in maximum aft CG of helicopter (weight empty 3007 kg or less).
Quantity resulting in maximum aft CG of helicopter (weight empty more than 3007 kg).
1-7
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-4. Fuel loading with left or right auxiliary tanks (one 16.3 gal.) -
lateral (English) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (6.5 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Lateral 116.3 Left)
Quantity
(U.S. Gal.)
10
20
30
40
50
54.6
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
152.6
156.3
157.8
160
170
180
182.8
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
346.7
Weight
(Pounds)
65
130
195
260
325
355
390
455
520
585
650
715
780
845
910
975
992
1016
1026
1040
1105
1170
1188
1235
1300
1365
1430
1495
1560
1625
1690
1755
1820
1885
1950
2015
2080
2145
2210
2254
CG
(Inches)
Moment
(In-Lb)
Lateral (16.3 Right)
CG Moment
(inches) (In-Lb)
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.04
-0.43
0.84
1.20
-1.58
-1.82
-2.07
-2.27
-2.43
-2.52
-2.53
-2.48
-2.67
-2.69
-2.69
2.69
-2.68
-2.67
-2.54
-2.42
-2.30
-2.20
-2.11
2.03
-1.95
-1.88
-1.81
-1.75
-1.69
-1.64
-1.58
-1.54
-1.49
-1.46
0
0
0
0
0
0
-16
-196
437
-702
-1027
-1301
-1615
-1918
-2211
-2457
-2510
-2520
-2739
-2798
2972
3147
-3184
-3297
-3302
-3303
-3289
-3289
-3292
-3299
-3296
-3299
-3294
-3299
-3296
-3305
-3286
-3303
-3293
-3291
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.05
0.38
0.80
1.15
1.50
1.77
2.01
2.22
2.39
2.49
2.49
2.13
1.83
1.57
1.37
1.29
1.23
1.18
1.13
1.08
1.04
1.00
0.96
0.92
0.89
0.86
0.84
0.81
0.78
0.76
0.75
0
0
0
0
0
0
-20
173
416
673
975
1266
1568
1876
2175
2428
2470
2215
2022
1837
1692
1677
1679
1687
1689
1685
1690
1690
1685
1674
1678
1677
1693
1685
1673
1680
1691
Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction for left auxiliary tank only.
Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction for right auxiliary tank only.
+ Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter for left auxiliary tank.
Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter for right auxiliary tank.
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Table 1-4. Fuel loading with left or right auxiliary tanks (one 16.3 gal.) -
lateral (English) (Sheet 2)
Lateral
Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (6.8 Lb/U.S. Gallon)
Lateral (16.3 Left)
Quantity
(U.S. Gal.)
10
20
30
40
50
54.6
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
152.6
156.3
157.8
160
170
180
182.8
+ 190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
346.7
Weight
(Pounds)
68
136
204
272
340
371
408
476
544
612
680
748
816
884
952
1020
1038
1063
1073
1088
1156
1224
1243
1292
1360
1428
1496
1564
1632
1700
1768
1836
1904
1972
2040
2108
2176
2244
2312
2358
CG
(Inches)
Moment
(In-Lb)
Lateral 116.3 Right)
CG Moment
(Inches) (In-Lb)
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.04
-0.43
-0.84
1.20
-1.58
-1.82
-2.07
-2.27
2.43
2.52
2.53
2.48
-2.67
-2.69
2.69
-2.69
-2.68
-2.67
-2.54
-2.42
2.30
2.20
-2.11
-2.03
-1.95
-1.88
-1.81
-1.75
-1.69
-1.64
1.58
-1.54
-1.49
-1.46
0
0
0
0
0
0
-16
-205
-457
-734
-1074
-1361
-1689
-2007
-2313
-2570
-2626
-2636
-2865
-2927
-3110
-3293
-3331
3450
-3454
-3456
-3441
-3441
-3444
3451
-3448
-3452
3446
3451
-3448
-3457
-3438
-3456
-3445
-3443
0
0
0
0
0
0
-0.05
0.38
0.80
1.15
1.50
1.77
2.01
2.22
2.39
2.49
2.49
2.13
1.83
1.57
1.37
1.29
1.23
1.18
1.13
1.08
1.04
1.00
0.96
0.92
0.89
0.86
0.84
0.81
0.78
0.76
0.75
0
0
0
0
0
0
-20
181
435
704
1020
1324
1640
1962
2275
2540
2585
2317
2115
1922
1770
1754
1756
1765
1767
1763
1768
1768
1763
1752
1755
1754
1771
1763
1750
1757
1769
Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction for left auxiliary tank only.
Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction for right auxiliary tank only.
+ Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter for left auxiliary tank.
Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter for right auxiliary tank.
1-9
BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-4M. Fuel loading with left or right auxiliary tanks (one 61.7 liter) -
lateral (Metric) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Lateral
Jet B or JP-4 (0.779 kg/liter)
Quantity
(liters)
40
80
120
160
200
206.6
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
577.6
591.5
597.1
600
640
680
691.8
+ 720
760
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240
1280
1312.3
Weight
(kg)
31.2
62.3
93.5
124.6
155.8
160.9
187.0
218.1
249.3
280.4
311.6
342.8
373.9
405.1
436.2
450.0
460.8
465.1
467.4
498.6
529.7
538.9
560.9
592.0
623.2
654.4
685.5
716.7
747.8
779.0
810.2
841.3
872.5
903.6
934.8
966.0
977.1
1022.3
Lateral 161.7 Left)
CG Moment
(mm) (kg-mm)
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
-4 -748
-15 -3272
-26 -6482
-35 -9814
-43 -13399
-50 -17140
-56 -20938
-61 -24711
-64 -27917
-64 -28800
-63 -29030
-68 -31627
-68 -31783
-68 -33905
-68 -36020
-68 36645
-68 -38141
-64 -37888
-61 -38015
-58 -37955
-55 -37703
-53 -37985
-51 -38138
-49 -38171
-47 -38079
-45 -37859
-43 -37518
-42 -37951
-41 -38327
-39 -37674
-38 -37890
-37 -37825
Lateral (61.7 Right)
CG Moment
(mm) (kg-mm)
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
14
25
34
42
49
55
60
63
63
0
0
0
0
0
0
374
3053
6233
9534
13087
16797
20565
24306
27481
28350
55 25707
47 23434
40 21188
35 19632
33 19536
31 19319
30 19632
28 19194
27 19351
26 19443
25 19475
24 19445
23 19350
22 19195
21 18976
21 19631
20 19320
19 18945
19 19424
* Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
** Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction for left auxiliary tank only.
+ Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter for left auxiliary tank.
Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter for right auxiliary tank.
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-25.2, 25.3 AND 25.4
Table 1-4M. Fuel loading with left or right auxiliary tanks (one 61.7 liter) -
lateral (Metric) (Sheet 2)
Lateral
Jet A, A1 or JP-5 (0.815 kg/liter)
Quantity
(liters)
40
80
120
160
200
206.6
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
577.6
591.5
597.1
600
640
680
691.8
+ 720
760
800
840
880
920
960
1000
1040
1080
1120
1160
1200
1240
1280
1312.3
Weight
(kg)
32.6
65.2
97.8
130.4
163.0
168.4
195.6
228.2
260.8
293.4
326.0
358.6
391.2
423.8
456.4
470.7
482.1
486.6
489.0
521.6
554.2
563.8
586.8
619.4
652.0
684.6
717.2
749.8
782.4
815.0
847.6
880.2
912.8
945.4
978.0
1010.6
1043.2
1069.5
Lateral (61.7 Left)
CG Moment
(mm) (kg-mm)
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
-4 -782
-15 -3423
-26 -6781
-35 -10269
-43 -14018
-50 -17930
-56 -21907
-61 -25852
-64 -29210
-64 -30125
-63 -30372
-68 -33089
-68 -33252
-68 -35469
-68 -37686
-68 -38338
68 -39902
-64 -39642
-61 -39772
-58 -39707
-55 -39446
-53 -39739
-51 -39902
-49 -39935
-47 -39837
-45 -39609
-43 -39250
-42 -39707
-41 -40098
-39 -39413
-38 -39642
-37 -39572
Lateral (61.7 Right)
CG Moment
(mm) (kg-mm)
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
14
25
34
42
49
55
60
63
63
0
0
0
0
0
0
391
3195
6520
9976
13692
17571
21516
25428
28753
29654
55 26895
47 24515
40 22168
35 20538
33 20440
31 20212
30 20538
28 20082
27 20245
26 20342
25 20375
24 20342
23 20245
22 20082
21 19853
21 20538
20 20212
19 19821
19 20321
Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction.
** Quantity at which CG of fuel changes direction for left auxiliary tank only.
+ Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter for left auxiliary tank.
Quantity resulting in maximum lateral CG of helicopter for right auxiliary tank.
1-11/1-12
BHT-412-FMS-26
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
TWO-SPEED INTERNAL HOIST
(412-899-223)
OR
(214-706-003)
CERTIFIED
SEPTEMBER 19, 1988
This supplement shall be attached to the Model
412 & 412EP Flight Manual when the 412-899-
223 or 214-706-003 Internal Hoist has been
installed.
Information contained herein supplements
information of basic Flight Manual. For
Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data
not contained in this supplement, consult basic
Flight Manual.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD REISSUE - MAY 11, 1995
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BHT-412-FMS-26
FAA APPROVED
NOTICE PAGE
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Manufacturer's Data portion of this supplement is
proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other
than helicopter operation is forbidden without prior written
authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. 0. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-26
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ........... .... September 19, 1988 Revision..........1 ........... May 25, 1990
Reissue ........... 0 ........... May 11, 1995
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO.
REVISION
NO. PAGE PAGE
FLIGHT MANUAL
Title - NP .............................. 0
A - B .................................. 0
i/ii ....................................... 0
1 - 34 .................................. 0
35/36 .................................... 0
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
37 -38 ................................. 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A
BHT-412-FMS-26 FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... .... September 19, 1988
Revision .......... 1 ........... May 25, 1990
Reissue...........0 ........... May 11, 1995
APPROVED:
1 MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
B
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-26
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Two Speed Internal Hoist enables
cargo and emergency rescue operations In
areas where landing cannot be
accomplished. The hoist can raise or lower
loads up to 600 pounds (272 kilograms).
The hoist contains 250 usable feet (76.2
meters) cable. Each of the four cabin
mounting locations allows the hoist to be
extended 90 degrees outboard. The hoist
provides two extend/retrieve speeds (HIGH
and LOW). With LOW speed selected, a
continuously variable speed range from
zero to 125 feet/minute (38.1 meters/
minute) is available. With HIGH speed
selected, a continuously variable speed
range from zero to 250 feet/minute (76.2
meters/minute) is available. An electrically
actuated cable cutting device allows either
the pilot or hoist operator to sever the
cable if necessary. A manually actuated
cutting device is provided for use in the
event of an electrical failure.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-26
Section 1
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION
Hoist operations shall be conducted under
appropriate operating rules for external
loads.
Passenger operations with hoist installed
are approved if hoist is stowed and
electrical system is deactivated.
Hoist operations are prohibited during
instrument meteorological conditions.
1-4. FLIGHT CREW
A crewmember wearing an approved safety
harness in passenger compartment is
required during all phases of hoist
operations. Crewmember shall wear
protective gloves for guiding cable during
operation. The hoist operator shall be
familiar with hoist operating procedures
and limitations.
1-5. CONFIGURATION
1-5-A. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
Hoist cable antichafing guard shall be
installed on standard or high skid landing
gear (with or without floats) on same side
of helicopter as hoist.
1-5-B. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Fixed passenger step shall not be installed
concurrently with internal hoist.
Retractable passenger steps shall be
stowed during hoist operations.
Hoist operation with flight director in
coupled mode is prohibited.
Hoisting or lowering an empty litter in
open position (except Stokes litter) is
prohibited.
Refer to appropriate Flight Manual
Supplement(s) for additional limitations,
procedures, and performance data.
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY
Actual weight change shall be determined
after hoist is installed and ballast
readjusted, if necessary.
For maximum gross weight, including
hoist load, refer to applicable Flight
Manual or BHT-412-FM-19.1 when
Increased Gross Weight and Takeoff
Horsepower kit is installed.
Maximum hoist load is 600 pounds (272
kilograms). This is a structural limitation
only and does not ensure that longitudinal
or lateral CG will remain within approved
limits. Maximum allowable hoist load
varies with gross weight, center of gravity,
and hoist location. Refer to appropriate
Hoist Loading Schedule.
NOTE
The center of gravity of hoist load
in forward position is F.S. 82
(2083 mm) and B.L. 60 (1524 mm).
The center of gravity of hoist load
in aft position is F.S. 131 (3327
mm) and B.L. 64.4 (1636 mm).
1
BHT-412-FMS-26
FAA APPROVED
For Longitudinal vs. Lateral CG limits with
Internal hoist refer to Internal hoist CG
envelope figure 1-1.
1-7. AIRSPEED
VNE with asymmetrical door configuration
is 20 KIAS.
VNE with hinged panels locked open and
cargo doors open is 20 KIAS.
VNE with hinged panels removed and
cargo doors removed or secured open is
60 KIAS.
1-23. HOIST SPEED
HIGH speed - Limited to hoist loads of
300 pounds (136 kilograms) or less.
LOW speed - Limits of basic hoist (600
pounds., 272 kilograms).
1-24. HOIST DUTY CYCLE
LIMITATIONS
The hoist is approved for continuous
operation with loads not to exceed 600
pounds (272 kilograms).
1-25. ALLOWABLE HOIST
LOAD
Select hoist loading schedules (figures 1-2
through 1-5) appropriate for position in
which hoist is installed.
NOTE
Hoist loading schedules are based
on most adverse loading
combinations of pilot, copilot, and
hoist operator, each weighing 170
or 200 pounds (77.1 or 90.7
kilograms), and on a weight empty
CG of 0.3 inches (7.3 mm) to right
2
of centerline prior to adding hoist.
If lateral CG is appreciably
different or crewmember weights
are out of this range, allowable
hoist load shall be computed. For
computation, assume hoist
operator in forward position to be
located at F.S. 87 (2210 mm) and
B.L. 40 (1016mm), and in aft
position F.S. 125 (3175mm) and
B.L. 40 (1016mm).
1-25-A. LEFT HOIST
INSTALLATIONS
Enter appropriate schedule, figures 1-2
through 1-5 at gross weight of helicopter
prior to hoisting. Proceed vertically to
intersect with diagonal line representing
number of crewmembers on board, top of
schedule, or right cutoff line. Proceed
horizontally to left to read maximum
allowable hoist load. Intersecting with
right cutoff line gives maximum load which
does not cause helicopter to exceed gross
weight limitations.
Using Weight empty chart, Section 5 and
left hoist loading schedules ensures that
both longitudinal and lateral limits are not
exceeded during first hoist operation.
However, for subsequent hoisting,
additional precautions must be taken to
avoid exceeding forward longitudinal
limits.
1-25-A-1. LEFT FORWARD HOIST
LOCATION
To continue using maximum allowable
hoist capability: (Refer to figure 1-2
through 1-5)
a. put hoisted load (people or cargo)
along side of island, or
b. when hoisted load is put
immediately forward of island,
reduce maximum hoist load to 300
pounds.
I
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-26
WARNING
DO NOT PUT HOISTED LOAD IN
FORWARD AREA OF PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT UNLESS
MAXIMUM HOIST LOADS ARE
COMPUTED FOR THAT
CONFIGURATION.
1-25-A-2. LEFT AFT HOIST
LOCATION
To continue using maximum allowable
hoist capability: (Refer to figure 1-2
through 1-5)
a. put hoisted load along island or
immediately forward of island, or
b. ensure empty weight CG Is within
Area A. Refer to Weight empty
chart, Section 5.
Intersecting right cutoff line gives
maximum load which does not cause
helicopter to exceed gross weight
limitations or forward longitudinal limits.
For multiple hoists during a single flight,
after each hoist operation enter
appropriate schedule at revised gross
weight and proceed to new center of
gravity to determine maximum allowable
hoist load.
EXAMPLE 1: NORMAL
Determine Hoist Load when hoist Is in R/H
FWD POISTION and crew consist of Pilot,
Copilot and Hoist Operator.
GIVEN:
Gross Weight - 9,500 lbs.
CG - STA. 135.5 before hoisting
From appropriate 11,600 lb. GW
schedule obtain hoist load as follows:
1-25-B. RIGHT HOIST
INSTALLATIONS - NORMAL
OPERATIONS
Right lateral limit for hoist operations
varies with longitudinal center of gravity of
the helicopter. The loading schedules have
been modified to account for this
variation.
Enter gross weight at 9,500 lbs.
Proceed up GW line to interpolated
STA. 135.5
Proceed left to read hoist load of 210
lbs. Point .
EXAMPLE 2: NORMAL
a. Starting with appropriate schedule
for number of crewmembers on
board, enter at gross weight of
helicopter prior to hoisting.
b. Proceed vertically to Intersect with
diagonal line representing
helicopter center of gravity prior to
hoisting, top of schedule, or right
cutoff line.
c. Proceed horizontally to left to read
maximum allowable hoist load.
When helicopter center of gravity is
between STA. lines, interpolate to
determine CG.
Determine Hoist Load when hoist is in R/H
FWD POSITION and crew consist of Pilot,
Copilot and Hoist Operator.
GIVEN:
Gross Weight - 9,500 lbs.
CG - STA. 138.5 before hoisting
From appropriate 11,600 lb. GW
schedule obtain hoist load as follows:
Enter gross weight at 9,500 lbs.
Proceed up GW line to STA. 138.5
Proceed left to read hoist load of 550
lbs. Point
3
BHT-412-FMS-26
FAA APPROVED
1-25-C. RIGHT HOIST
INSTALLATION - PENALTY REGION
OPERATION
The dashed line on schedules represents
longitudinal center of gravity prior to
hoisting which will result In a gross weight
center of gravity at Sta. 135.2 and B.L. 4.5
during hoist operations with maximum
hoist loads derived using this line. This
center of gravity is the corner of but not in
Penalty Region shown in Limitations.
Hoist loads derived for Normal Operations
may be Increased when GW/CG
combinations are forward of those
represented by dashed line. Loads may be
increased up to but not greater than those
defined by dashed line. However, this
procedure will result in operations within
Penalty Region. Refer to Section 1, Internal
Hoist CG Envelope, for Penalty Region.
EXAMPLE 3: PENALTY REGION
Determine Hoist Load when hoist Is In R/H
FWD POSITION and crew consist of Pilot,
Copilot and Hoist Operator.
GIVEN:
To increase hoist load to maximum for
condition without exceeding GW/CG
limits, proceed up to dashed line and
read left to find 435 lbs. Point (c).
The Penalty Region is any load greater
than Point (A) up to maximun load at
Point (c).
For GW vs. CG combinations aft of the
CG represented by the dashed line (see
Example 2), there Is no Penalty Region.
1-26. WEIGHT EMPTY
CHART
The Weight empty chart for internal
hoisting operations is shown In Section 5.
Refer to the maintenance manual for
additional Information.
NOTE
Allowable hoist load must be
computed when weight empty is
not within specified guidelines,
shown in Section 5.
NOTE
Allowable hoist loads must be
computed when AUX Fuel kits are
Installed.
Gross Weight - 9,500 lbs.
CG - STA. 135.5 before hoisting
From appropriate 11,600 lb. GW
schedule obtain hoist load as previously
determined In Example 1 the maximum
hoist load for normal operations Is 210
lbs. Point (A).
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D

B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
;
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
1
.

I
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

h
o
i
s
t

C
.
G
.

e
n
v
e
l
o
p
e
5
I
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
2
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
6
0
0
l
b
.

G
W
(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

1

o
f

6
)
m
0
r
o 0

o
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
o
.
.
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
2
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
6
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

2

o
f

6
)
7
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
2
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
6
0
0
l
b
.

G
W
(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t
3

o
f

6
)
8
w
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
2
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
6
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

4

o
f

6
)
9
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
o
1
0
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
2
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
6
0
0
l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

6

o
f

6
)
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D

B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
o
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D

B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
1
3
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
3
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
2
6
1

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

3

o
f

6
)
1
4
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
1
5
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
3
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
2
6
1

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

5

o
f

6
)
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
i
g
u
r
e
1
-
3
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
2
6
1

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

6

o
f

6
)
1
7
I
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0
l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

1

o
f

6
)
1
8
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
o
,
N
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
o
o
O
0
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s
1
1
,
9
0
0
l
b
.

G
W
(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)
(
S
h
e
e
t

2

o
f

6
)
1
9
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
,
w
Z
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0
l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

3

o
f

6
)
2
0
F
A
A
A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D

B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
o
0
I
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

4

o
f

6
)
2
1
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
0 0
l
0 0 0
I
I
I I
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

1
1
,
9
0
0

l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

5

o
f

6
)
2
2
0 z
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
]
o L
O
o
M
n

u 0
0
F
i
g
u
r
e
1
-
4
.

H
o
i
s
t
l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s
1
1
,
9
0
0
l
b
.

G
W

(
E
n
g
l
i
s
h
)
(
S
h
e
e
t

6

o
f

6
)
2
3
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
0
e
I
.
o
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
-
o
0
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

1

o
f

6
)
2
4
L/H AFT POSITION
1 PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR -272 KG HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 3498.2 TO 5125.6 KGS.
2 PILOT, COPILOT, AND HOIST OPERATOR - 272 KG HOIST LOAD IS ALLOWED AT GROSS WEIGHTS FROM 3830.8 TO 5125.6 KGS.
5125.6
250
100
- 0
3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 4250 4500 4750 5000 5250 5500
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - KILOGRAMS
412FS-26-1-5-2
R/H FWD POSITION - PILOT AND HOIST OPERATOR
5125.6
250
THOIST LOADING
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - KILOGRAMS PROHIBITED
NOTE: THE DASHED LINE INDICATES A DIFFERENT LONGITUDINAL C G. FOR EACH GROSS WEIGHT. |
INOTE: THE DASHED LINE INDICATES A DIFFERENT LONGITUDINAL C.G. FOR EACH GROSS L IG
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

4

o
f

6
)
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
2
7
0
0
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

5

o
f

6
)
F
A
A

A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
B
H
T
-
4
1
2
-
F
M
S
-
2
6
o
F
i
g
u
r
e

1
-
5
.

H
o
i
s
t

l
o
a
d
i
n
g

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
s

5
3
9
7

k
g
.

G
W

(
M
e
t
r
i
c
)

(
S
h
e
e
t

6

o
f

6
)
2
9
BHT-412-FMS-26 FAA APPROVED
Section 2
2-2. FLIGHT PLANNING
WARNING
HOIST LOAD CAN CAUSE
LONGITUDINAL OR LATERAL CG
LIMITS TO BE EXCEEDED.GROSS
WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY SHALL BE COMPUTED
TO ASSURE LOADING WITHIN
APPROVED LIMITS.
CAUTION
IF ADDITIONAL LOADS ARE
CARRIED DURING HOISTING
OPERATIONS, LOADS SHOULD
BE PLACED ON SIDE OF
HELICOPTER OPPOSITE HOIST
POSITION.
Gross weight and CG - Compute with and
without hoist load.
2-4. INTERIOR AND
PRESTART CHECK
2-4-A. HOIST INSTALLATION
CHECK
NOTE
If pilot plans to operate hoist with
other crewmember in passenger
compartment, hoist shall be
installed in forward right position.
Hoist - Installed In desired position;
check roof and floor stud adapters and
locking collars properly secured.
Boom actuator - Installed In proper
position; all fittings secured.
AIRCRAFT POSITION switch (on hoist
control box, figure 2-1) - Set in proper
position.
Hook - Rotates freely on cable.
Cable - Check proper routing through
guide rollers, pulleys, and drums.
Gearbox oil levels - Check sight glasses.
Hoist operators pendant - Installed;
connectors secured.
Electrical power cables - Condition;
connectors secured.
WARNING
ACTUATION OF CABLE CUT
SWITCH ON PEDESTAL CAN CUT
CABLE REGARDLESS OF HOIST
PWR SWITCH POSITION.
ACTUATION OF CABLE CUT
SWITCH ON HOIST CAN CUT
CABLE, EVEN IF CABLE CUT
CIRCUIT BREAKER IS OUT.
CABLE CUT switches (pedestal and hoist)
- Off; covers safetied.
Safety vests, tether straps, hoisting slings,
and litters - Condition; secured or stored.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-26
2-4-B. HOIST OPERATION CHECK
Cargo doors and hinged panels - Secured
open or removed.
HOIST PWR. CONT and CABLE CUT circuit
breakers - In.
BATTERY switches - ON (or connect
external power).
NON ESNTL BUS switch - MANUAL.
ICS - Check intercom between pilot and
hoist operator using hoist pendant ICS
trigger and HOT MIC switch (right ICS box
only).
HOIST PWR switch - ON. Check that blue
HOIST POWER light on hoist control box
and amber CAUTION light on hoist
pendant illuminates.
Hoist pendant CAUTION and OVER TEMP
indicators - Pres to test.
HOIST UP/DOWN, BOOM IN/OUT, and
SPEED HIGH/LOW switches (pilot and
operator) - Actuate to check all hoist
functions for proper operation. Check that
pilot HOIST switch overrides pendant
HOIST switch.
Hoist OVERTEMP warning lights - Press
to test.
Reduce hoist speed as cable approaches
up limit. Check that hoist stops when hook
reaches up limit without excess tension on
cable.
Hoist - Stowed for flight; hook restraint
secured.
HOIST PWR switch - OFF.
NON ESNTL BUS switch - NORMAL.
BATTERY switches - OFF.
NOTE
Ground crewmember should be
instructed to discharge helicopter
static electricity before attaching
load to hoist when possible.
2-6. SYSTEMS CHECK
Cargo doors and hinged panels - Secured
open or removed.
CABLE CUT switches (pedestal and hoist)
- Off; covers safetied.
HOIST PWR, CONT, and CABLE CUT
circuit breakers - In.
I
CAUTION
MAINTAIN TENSION ON HOIST
CABLE WHILE REELING IN AND
OUT TO PREVENT SLACK.
2-6-A. BEFORE TAKEOFF
Safety vests and straps - On and secured
to helicopter.
Gloves - On.
STEP switch (If installed) - STOW.
HOIST and BOOM switches (pilot and
operator) - Actuate to check all hoist
functions for proper operation. Check that
pilot HOIST switch overrides operator
pendant HOIST switch.
Hoist cable - Check for corrosion, kinks,
flat spots, fraying, or broken strands.
Up limit switch actuator - Raise while hoist
is reeling in and check hoist motor stops;
then release and check hoist resumes
operation.
2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS
Maximum hoist load shall be determined
prior to each hoist operation.
NOTE
The Height-Velocity Diagram Is
not a limitation for internal hoist
operations under an appropriate
operating certificate.
HOIST PWR switch - ON.
31
BHT-412-FMS-26 FAA APPROVED
WARNING
HOIST OPERATOR SHALL BE
SECURED TO HELICOPTER WITH
AN APPROVED SAFETY
HARNESS DURING HOIST
OPERATIONS.
Establish hover over hoist operation area.
Hoist hook restraint - Removed.
SPEED switch - As desired (refer to
limitations).
BOOM switch (or pilots HOIST switch) -
OUT.
NOTE
Each hoist operation performed Is
defined as reeling hoist cable out
and then in while hovering with
any weight on hoist, regardless of
whether the hoist was used for
training or an actual rescue.
The pilot must record each operation In
the penalty CG region. For each hoist
operation performed within penalty CG
region, four (4) additional hours of usage
must be logged against the main rotor
yoke, mast and lower cone seat.
HOIST switch - DOWN.
Discharge static electricity when possible,
and connect hook to load, observing
allowable hoist load.
CAUTION
USE CARE TO PREVENT CABLE,
HOOK, AND LOAD FROM
FOULING ON FUSELAGE OR
LANDING GEAR.
Maintain zero ground speed until load is
clear of obstructions.
BOOM switch - IN to swing hoist boom and
load into cabin, if possible.
Takeoff into wind, if possible, allowing
adequate hoist load clearance over
obstacles if load is not internal.
CAUTION
AIRSPEED WITH EXTERNAL
LOAD IS LIMITED BY
CONTROLLABILITY. CAUTION
SHOULD BE EXERCISED WHEN
CARRYING AN EXTERNAL LOAD.
HANDLING CHARACTERISTICS
MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE SIZE,
WEIGHT, AND SHAPE OF LOAD.
Airspeed - As required for adequate
controllability, not to exceed limits for
hoist operations (20 or 60 KIAS, as
applicable).
2-13. LITTER HOISTING
NOTE
As hook nears the up or down
limits, hoist speed automatically
slows.
HOIST switch - UP.
When emergency transportation of a
patient by litter is essential, every effort
should be made to land the helicopter for
litter loading. Litter hoisting can be
hazardous and should be accomplished
only when a landing is not feasible and the
condition of the patient precludes the use
of the personnel hoisting sling.
In addition to all other procedures
contained herein, the following shall apply
to litter hoisting operations.
32
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-26
2-13-A. EMPTY LITTER
WARNING
SAFETY STRAPS.
HOIST HOOK CATCH SHALL BE
SECURED WITH SAFETY PIN
PRIOR TO HOISTING LITTER
PATIENT.
HOISTING OR LOWERING AN
EMPTY LITTER IN OPEN
POSITION IS PROHIBITED. AN
EMPTY LITTER CAN OSCILLATE
UNCONTROLLABLY IN ROTOR
WASH AND FLY UPWARD,
STRIKING FUSELAGE OR TAIL
ROTOR.
Litter sling straps should be adjusted so
that litter is 24 to 28 inches (61 to 71
centimeters) below hoist hook.
NOTE
If litter is suspended too far below
hook, litter cannot be loaded in
helicopter with hoist hook at up
limit.
Prior to hoisting or lowering an empty
litter, litter shall be closed and secured
with straps. Litter should be suspended in
a near-vertical position and sling straps
should be drawn tight.
2-13-B. LOADED LITTER
WARNING
CAUTION
.................
A LOADED LITTER CAN ROTATE
ABOUT CABLE DURING
HOISTING. HOIST OPERATOR
MAY HAVE TO GRASP LITTER
SLING STRAPS TO CONTROL
ROTATION AS LITTER
APPROACHES LANDING GEAR.
LITTER PATIENT SHALL BE
SECURED TO LITTER WITH
33
AMBER-
BHT-412-FMS-26 FAA APPROVED
ON SIDE OF
HOIST
ATTACHED
TO HOIST
TOP OF HOIST
ON CONTROL BOX
HOIST PWR
ON
OFF
ON EXT L ARMED
L
OFF
IDLE STOP START
ENG ENG ENG ENG
SRCH LT
UP H EXT O
N
PILOT COLLECTIVE
412FS--26-2-1
ON PEDESTAL
Figure 2-1. Internal hoist controls
34
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-26
Section 3
3-15. HOIST LOAD JETTISON
To jettison hoist load in an emergency,
actuate CABLE CUT switch (located on
pedestal or hoist).
In the event of failure of CABLE CUT
switch, sever cable with manual cable
cutter (stowed In pouch on hoist).
3-15-A. HOIST OVERTEMP
WARNING LIGHT
In the event that the OVERTEMP warning
light (located on pendant) illuminates,
continue present operation until hoist
cable Is reeled in. Leave HOIST PWR
switch ON (for cooling fan operation).
When OVERTEMP light extinguishes,
hoisting may be resumed as desired.
Section 4
No change from basic manual.
35/36
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-26
Section 5
5-11. WEIGHT EMPTY
CHART
The Weight empty chart for internal
hoisting operations is shown in figure 5-1.
Refer to the maintenance manual for
additional information.
NOTE
Allowable hoist load must be
computed when AUX Fuel kits are
installed.
NOTE
Allowable hoist load must be
computed when weight empty is
not within specified guidelines.
37
412 Weight Empty Chart for Internal Hoist Operations
8000
(3628.7)
Fwd Lin for Lef Aft Rit
Fwd & Right Aft Positions
7500
(3401.9) / AREA Fwd Line for L
Fwd Positions
Line All Positions
7000
(3175.1)
(2948.3)
6000
(2721.5)
140 141 142 143 144 145
(3556) (3581) (3607) (3632) (3658) (3683)
FUSELAGE STATION - INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
412FS-26-5-1
Figure 5-1. Weight empty chart
BHT-412-FMS-26
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
38
BHT-412-FMS-27
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
LITTER KIT OPERATION
(205-706-047)
CERTIFIED
14 OCTOBER 1988
This supplement shall be attached to the Models 412 and 412 EP
Flight Manual when the Litter Kit 205-706-047 has been installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information of
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter T
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 1994
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON,
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
POST OFFICE BOX 482 - FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
REISSUE - 23 JUNE 1994
Log of Pages
BHT-412-FMS-27
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
LOG OF PAGES
Original .... 0 ............. 14Oct 88
Reissue ..... 0 ............. 23Jun 94
FLIGHT MANUAL MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Page
Title.......................
A .........................
i/ii .........................
1-1/1-2 .....................
2-1/2-2 .....................
3-1/3-2 .....................
4-1/4-2....................
Revision
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Page
1-1/1-2 .....................
Revision
No.
0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction
BHT-412-FMS-27
INTRODUCTION
The Litter Kit provides three litters and the provisions for
installing up to three litters in the helicopter. A cabin
attendant seat is also included in the kit.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
Section 1
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
BHT-412-FMS-27
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after
the litter(s) are installed and ballast readjusted if
necessary, to return empty weight CG within
allowable limits.
MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
The minimum flight crew for litter operations shall
consist of a pilot and a second crewmember or
cabin attendant, both of whom shall be trained in
and capable of assisting in litter patient
emergency evacuation procedures.
1-1/1-2
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
BHT-412-FMS-27
Section 2
LITTER LOADING
Secure patients to litters, then load litters aboard
the helicopter in sequence from top to bottom.
When only two patients are carried, they should
occupy the top and center litter positions. When
only one patient is carried, the center litter should
be used.
LITTER UNLOADING
opened. Refer to Section 3. Emergency
Procedures for unloading procedures
when cabin doors cannot be opened.
Open cabin door and unload litters and patients
from the helicopter in sequence from bottom to
top.
Litters to be handled by one person inside cabin
and one person outside cabin.
NOTE
Normal unloading procedures apply
when either passenger door can be
2-1/2-2
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
412 ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
BHT-412-FMS-27
Section 3
IRNAIW
UNLOADING THROUGH
EMERGENCY EXITS
NOTE
In the event that cabin doors can not be
opened, litter patients shall be unloaded
through emergency pop-out windows.
After all litter patients have been
removed, ambulatory patients may then
exit.
Remove emergency pop-out window by pushing
at comers as marked.
Unstrap patient on center litter and remove
patient through window opening.
Disconnect top litter at end near open window
and lower end to rest on center litter. Remove
patient retention straps and slide patient down
litter and out through window opening.
Raise top and center litter ends near open window
and engage center litter in brackets for top litter.
Disconnect bottom litter. Raise bottom litter at
end near open window and rest handles on the
lower surface of the window opening. Unstrap
patient and slide patient up litter and through
window opening.
3-1/3-2
FAA APPROVED 412 ROTORCRAFT Section 4
SUPPLEMENT FLIGHT MANUAL
BHT-412-FMS-27
Section 4
No change from basic Flight Manual.
4-1/4-2
412 ROTORCRAFT
Section 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-27
Section 1
TABLE OF MOMENTS
TABLE OF MOMENTS
(IN-LB)
(kg * mm)
100
LITTER PATIENT
LITTER PATIENT
Loaded
Loaded
Weight Laterally Weight Laterally
(Pounds) FS. 117 (K.G.) 2972 mm
100 11700 50 1486.0
110 12870 55 1634.6
120 14040 60 1783.2
130 15210 65 1931.8
140 16380 70 2080.4
150 17550 75 2229.0
160 18720 77.1 2291.4
170 19890 80 2377.6
180 21060 85 2526.2
190 22230 90 2674.8
200 23400 95 2823.4
210 24570 100 2972.0
220 25740 105 3120.6
110 3269.2
1-1/1-2
BHT-412-FMS-31
BELL
BELL
MODEL
412
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
CATEGORY B OPERATIONS
WITH APPROVED CONFIGURATION
OF NINE OR LESS
PASSENGER SEATS
SUPPLEMENTAL TYPE CERTIFICATE NO. SH7727SW
CERTIFIED
FEBRUARY 8, 1990
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412 Flight Manual when
helicopter is equipped with an approved nine or less passenger seat
configuration.
The information contained herein supplements the information of the
basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data
not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter TEXTRON
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
COPYRIGHT 1990
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
FEBRUARY
8, 1990
BHT-412-FMS-31
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ..... 0 ... .08 FEB 90
LOG OF PAGES
Revision
No.
Revision
No. Page Page
Title ........................
A ..........................
i/ii ..........................
1-2 .........................
3/4 .........................
0
0
0
0
0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages. Dispose of superseded pages.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject
to the restriction on the title page of this document.
A
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-31
INTRODUCTION:
This supplement removes the Height-velocity diagram as a limitation
when helicopter is equipped with an approved configuration of nine or
less passenger seats.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject
to the restriction on the title page of this document.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-31
Section
1
TYPE OF OPERATION
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Flight shall be conducted in accordance with
Category B operations and an approved
configuration of nine or less passenger seats.
ALTITUDE LIMITATIONS
Maximum altitude for takeoff and landing is
9000 feet density altitude.
Section 2
Actual weight change shall be determined after
approved seating is installed, and ballast shall be
readjusted (if necessary) to return empty weight
CG to within allowable limits.
TAKEOFF AND LANDING
NOTE
The Height-velocity diagram does not represent
a limitation.
Refer to Performance Data, Section 4.
Section
3
No change from basic Flight Manual.
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject
to the restriction on the title page of this document.
1
BHT-412-FMS-31
Section 4
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
HEIGHT-VELOCITY ENVELOPE
Operation in height-velocity envelope is critical
the event of a single engine failure during take
landing, or other operation near the surf
(figure 4-1). The AVOID area of
Height-velocity diagram defines
combinations of airspeed and height ab
ground from which a safe single engine land
on a smooth, level, firm surface cannot
assured.
The Height-velocity diagram is valid only when
the Weight-Altitude-Temperature limitations are
al in not exceeded (refer to basic Flight Manual). The
off, diagram does not define the conditions which
ace assure continued flight following an engine
the failure nor the conditions from which a safe
the power-off landing can be made.
ove
ding
be
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject
to the restriction on the title page of this document.
2
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-31
SUPPLEMENT
HEIGHT - VELOCITY DIAGRAM
FOR SMOOTH, LEVEL, FIRM SURFACES
400 120
AND ABOVE AND ABOVE
375380
114.3
360
110
340
320
0
300 -90
280
260 80
240
-70
220
200
-60
160
120
60
to the restriction on the title page of this document.
40
0 10 20 30 40 VNE
INDICATED AIRSPEED - KNOTS
Figure 4-1. Height-velocity diagram (OEI)
Use or disclosure of data contained on this page is subject
to the restriction on the title page of this document.
3/4
BHT-412-FMS-33
BELLMODEL
412
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
LORAN C
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
(KING KLN-88)
412-899-231
CERTIFIED
22 JUNE 1990
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
These data are proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron, Inc.
Disclosure, reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose
other than helicopter operation Is forbidden without prior written
authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron, Inc.
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412 Flight Manual
when the Loran C Navigation System (King KLN-88) has been
installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information of
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual
Bell Helicopter
POST OFFICE BOX 482 . FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
BELL' HEUCOPTER TEXTRON INC.
AULL RIGHTS RESERVED
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-33
LOG OF PAGES
Original ..... 0 .... 22 JUNE 1990
FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
REVISION
NO.
PAGES
PAGES
REVISION
NO.
Title ......................... 0
A ...........................
0
i/ii .......................... 0
1 ...........................
0
2...........................0
3/4 .........................
0
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
NOTE: Revised test is indicated by a black vertical line.
Insert latest revision pages. Dispose of superseded pages.
A
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-33
INTRODUCTION
The Loran C Navigation System is a navigation aid for use in the
North American geographic area as defined in King KLN-88 Pilot
Guide.
Visual navigation data, when selected, is presented on the pilot
HSI in the form of L/R steering, bearing-to-waypoint, and "TO"
indications. L/R steering and "TO" indications are also duplicated
on the copilot HSI.
The system consists of a combined Loran C receiver and
navigational computer, an antenna, a four-way annunciator,
switching circuitry and associated wiring.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
BHT-412-FMS-33
Section 1
TYPE OF OPERATIONS
The Loran C system, as installed in this
helicopter, is certified for operation in day or
night VFR non-icing conditions.
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS
A KLN-88 Pilot Guide (King P/N
006-08458-0000, Operation Revision Status
ORS 01) dated August 1989 or later revision.
shall be accessible by the flight crew at all times
during flight.
The Loran C Navigation shall be operated in
accordance with the manufacturers instructions
with the following exceptions:
PLACARD AND DECALS
(located on instrument panel)
(located on instrument panel)
This Loran C cannot be coupled to the flight
director or helipilot.
There is no fuel management data available
in this installation.
It is the responsibility of the pilot to verify
that any navigation or communications data
used is correct.
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after
the Loran C is installed and ballast readjusted as
required to return empty weight CG to within
allowable limits.
1
BHT-412-FMS-33
FAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
Section
2
EXTERIOR CHECK
Pilot HSI CRS pointer - Align to desired course
shown on Loran display.
7. CABIN TOP
NAV/LRN switch annunciator - Press; verify
Loran C antenna - Condition and security. LRN segment illuminated and NAV segment
extinguished.
PRESTART CHECK
Pilot and copilot HSI deviation bars - Verify
centered and "TO" indication displayed.
LORAN PWR and FAN circuit breakers - In.
Pilot HSI bearing pointer - Verify bearing to
Loran C unit - Verify off. waypoint displayed.
BEFORE TAKEOFF NOTE
Loran C unit - Turn on. Verify operational For additional normal procedures,
revision status on initial display page is identical except fuel management, refer to
to that of available KLN-88 Pilot Guide. KLN-88 Pilot Guide.
2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-33
SUPPLEMENT
NO CHANGE
Section
NO CHANGE
3/4
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
m ell F
MODELS
ROTORCRAFT
0) FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
CATEGORY B OPERATIONS WHEN
CONFIGURED WITH NINE OR LESS
PASSENGER SEATS
36020 - 36086
36087 AND SUBSEQUENT
AND
33108-33213
36001 -36019
WHEN 412-570-001-103 MODIFICATION
(BHT-412-FMS-34.2) IS INSTALLED
CERTIFIED
10 APRIL 1991
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412/412EP
Flight Manual when helicopter is configured with nine
or less passengers seat configuration.
Information contained herein supplements information
of basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, or
other applicable supplements, consult basic Flight
Manual.
Bell Helicopter *Li t
COPYRIGHT NOTICE A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
COPYRIGHT 2000
BELL

HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC. POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD.
10 MAY 1996
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED5 SEPT R
REVISION 3 -5 SEPTEMBER 2000
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4 FAA APPROVED
NOTICE PAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NP
SEP 052OO
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original........... 0 .............. 10 APR 91 Revision .......... 2 .............. 23 APR 98
Reissue...........0 ............. 10 MAY 96 Revision .......... 3 .............. 05 SEP 00
Revision .......... 1 ............. 08 AUG 97
*^&g~~ ~LOG OF PAGES
REVISION REVISION
PAGE NO. PAGE NO.
FLIGHT MANUAL 1 ........................................ 0
2 ........................................ 3
Title .................................... 3 3-5 ................................... 0
NP ...................................... 6- 9 ................................... 3
A- B .................................. 3 10 ....................................... 2
i/ii ....................................... 0 11-12.................................0
*^&-~~~ ~~NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
SEP 05 2000 Rev. 3 A
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
LOG OF FAA APPROVED REVISIONS
Original...........0 .............. 10 APR 91 Revision .......... 2 .............. 23 APR 98
Reissue...........0 ............. 10 MAY 96 Revision .......... 3 .............. 05 SEP 00
Revision..........1 ............. 08 AUG 97
APPROVED:
DATE: SEP 5 2000
MANAGER
ROTORCRT CERTIFICATION OFFICE 0
FEDERA LAVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
B Rev. 3 SEP 0 5 200
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
This supplement removes the Height-velocity diagram as a limitation and increases the
density altitude limit for takeoff, landing, and in ground effect maneuvers when helicopter I
is configured with nine or less passenger seats.
i/ii
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
* Section 1
4
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION (takeoff power) chart, refer to Section 4,
whichever is less.
Flights may be conducted in accordance Actual weight change shall be determined
with this supplement only when the after seating is installed, and ballast shall
be adjusted (if necessary) to return empty
helicopter is configured with nine or less weight CG to within allowable limits.
passenger seats.
1-8. ALTITUDE
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITV--------Y Maximum density altitude for takeoff,
nGAVIITY Xlanding, and in-ground-effect maneuvers is
16,000 feet. Refer to Weight-Altitude-
Temperature Limitations chart (figure 1-1).
Maximum gross weight for takeoff,
landing, and in-ground-effect maneuvers is
11,900 pounds (5,398 kilograms) or as
shown in Hover ceiling in ground effect
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4 FAA APPROVED
NOTE: ALLOWABLE GROSS WEIGHTS OBTAINED FROM THIS CHART MAY
EXCEED HOVER CAPABILITY UNDER CERTAIN AMBIENT CONDITIONS.
REFER TO HOVER CEILING CHARTS IN SECTION 4.
16,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 8 9 10 11 12
OAT GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I y , /GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412FS-35.3-1 -1
Figure 1-1. Weight-altitude-temperature-limitations for takeoff, landing and in-ground-
effect maneuvers.
2 Rev. 3 SEP 05 2000
x^^^ -- ___^
/;^^ / -- /
/zz -Irr
zz~
~/LGz- _ - _ _ _ _ _
i/y-^ ^ - -- - -
-~ ~~v.~,,"/'- -_ _ -_ _
I I I ~-^ -- - -- -
2 Rev. 3 SEP 0 52000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
* Section 2
* 2-2. FLIGHT PLANNING Refer to Performance Data, Section 4.
NOTE
The Height-velocity diagram does
not represent a limitation.
Section 3
No change from basic manual.
3
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4 FAA APPROVED
Section 4
4-4. HEIGHT - VELOCITY landing, and IGE maneuvers at all pressure
altitude and outside air temperature
ENVELOPE conditions with heater on or off.
Conversely, the hover ceiling altitude can
Operation in height-velocity envelope is be determined for any given gross weight.
critical in the event of a single engine
failure during takeoff, landing, or other Adequate cyclic and directional control are
operation near the surface (figure 4-1). available at the gross weights allowed by
The AVOID area of the Height-velocity the Hover Ceiling IGE charts in winds up
diagram defines the combinations of to 35 knots from any direction at or below
airspeed and height above ground from 3000 feet HD (refer to Basic Flight Manual).
which a safe single engine landing on a Above 3000 feet HD, improved control
smooth, level, firm surface cannot be margins will be realized by avoiding winds
assured. in the critical wind azimuth area (figure 4-
5).
The Height-velocity diagram is valid only
when the Hover Ceiling Out of Ground
Effect performance envelope is not 4-6. TAKEOFF DISTANCE
exceeded (refer to figure 4-2). The Hover The Takeoff Distance charts (figure 4-6)
Ceiling In Ground Effect performance chart provide takeoff distances required to clear
(refer to figure 4-3) does not define the a 50 foot or 15 meter obstacle in a zero
conditions which assure continued flight wind condition. Takeoff is initiated from a
following an engine failure nor the hover at 4 feet (1.2 meters) skid height
conditions from which a safe power-off with climbout of 45 knots.
landing can be made.
NOTE
4-5. HOVER CEILING
Downwind takeoffs are not
The Hover Ceiling In Ground Effect charts recommended because the
(figures 4-3 and 4-4) provide the maximum published takeoff distance
allowable gross weights for takeoff, performance cannot be achieved.
4
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
HEIGHT - VELOCITY DIAGRAM
FOR SMOOTH. LEVEL. FIRM SURFACES
400
120
AND ABOVE I -- I12
AND AOVE NOTE: THE HEIGHT-VELOCITY DIAGRAM IS AND ABOVE
37 380 VALID ONLY WHEN THE HOVER CEILING OUT 114.3
OF GROUND EFFECT PERFORMANCE
360 . ENVELOPE IS NOT EXCEEDED (REFER TO -- 110
4 FIGURE 4-2).
340
*"
320
------
3_0--100
300
1.1 e
uL 280
Q 2602 4o S g 2 _ _ _ _ _
240
I 220 iI--- ___ -70 fI
0 200 o i0-
9o
< , 160 ^ ^ ^ L-----_-_-_ -50 I
2 1a1200 10 20 30-40 4
INDICATED AIRSPEED100 - KNOTS
8i t80S8L -30 -
g 40 ei ecity dia
-70 ,-I-_-- ------------. 9 o5
^^&
0 10 20 30 40 VME
INDICATED AIRSPEED-KNOTS
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FEET
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON OR OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO 0

C
NOTE: THESE DATA VALID FOR ZERO WIND OUTSIDE OF THE CRITICAL
WIND AZIMUTH AREA (REFER TO FIGURE 4-5)
16,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT 0
If A _ X MA IMUM
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 8 9 -0 11 12
OAT - QC GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I I I I I I I
0
3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412FS-3.34-2-1 0
Figure 4-2. Hover ceiling out of ground effect (Sheet 1 of 2)
6 Rev. 3 SEP 052000
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
HOVER CEILING OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 60 FEET
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON OR OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) 0 TO 52C
NOTE: THESE DATA VALID FOR ZERO WIND OUTSIDE OF THE CRITICAL
WIND AZIMUTH AREA (REFER TO FIGURE 4-5)
16,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
/ IM
t 2 o, 7T 7 _C _ _S _EIGHT -S sEIC HT^
~/ I d /~4 ' I \\
^_/_- 3' 7- o
/
-\--------_ _--------
OAT - GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
I ,/ / ES 7
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
412FS-35.3-42-2
Figure 4-2. Hover ceiling out of ground effect (Sheet 2)
SEP 05 2000 Rev.3 7
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4 FAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING IN GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM WEIGHT FOR TAKEOFF, LANDING, AND
IN-GROUND EFFECT MANEUVERS ^
TAKEOFF POWER SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON OR OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO 52C
NOTE: THESE DATA VALID FOR ZERO WIND OUTSIDE OF THE CRITICAL
WIND AZIMUTH AREA (REFER TO FIGURE 4-5)
16,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
/ ' /1 _______
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 8 9 10 11 12
GROSS WEIGHT - KG X 1000
Figure 4-3. Hover ceiling in ground effect
8/ Rev. 3 SEP 5 200
/ /
WIH -
KG
M
100
Fiu/re--3 H ve ci ligi- ron fe ct- -- -- -- -
8 Rev. 3 SEP 05 2000_ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _
Ii/ ., / ^ _^ __________
II Y,~,/!--
^_/-^~,_ _ _z::
/
l/_ _^
/
___ ; ___
8 Rev. 3 $EP 0 52O00
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
HOVER CEILING IN GROUND EFFECT
MAXIMUM WEIGHT FOR TAKEOFF, LANDING, AND
IN-GROUND EFFECT MANEUVERS
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET
ENGINE RPM 100% HEATER ON OR OFF
GENERATOR 150 AMPS(EA.) -40 TO 52
0
C
NOTE: THESE DATA VALID FOR ZERO WIND OUTSIDE OF THE CRITICAL
WIND AZIMUTH AREA (REFER TO FIGURE 4-5)
16,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
-,
/
~ / IO A \\X
/~t ^ _ <
- A I - S_ IGT _ - \-VI
T -CGROSS WEIGHT - x 1000
/ _
G W/1 AG,
412FS35.3-4-4
Figure 4-4. Hover ceiling in ground effect
SEP 05200 Rev. 3 9
SEP 052000 Rev.3 9
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4 FAA APPROVED
CRITICAL RELATIVE WIND AZIMUTH
00
330 3
3153 '" 45. Critical wind azimuth - hovering
4355 with the relative wind azimuth
angles in shaded area ca can
result in the following:
!H SS Ha. Inability to maintain headingdue
270
to large left pedal requirements for
certain wind velocities.
b. Reduction of available left pedal
control with a directional AFCS
hardover. (Excluding 412EP).
c. Aft cyclic may be limited with
longitudinal AFCS hardover.
180'
16,000 FT. H d. Hover performance is valid
LIMIT FOR IGE MANEUVERS LIMIT FOR IGE MANEUVERS for all headings in calm wind.
615,000 __7
14,000 ______ .
A /2\ A Vi For H. from 14,000 to 16,000
_-
l
_---- - /7 78f7/ 77ft winds up to +30

off nose for


12.000 _ _ _ _ _ _ / / hover performance to be valid.
I.-
Wu A_ _- <7 78 7 7 For HD below 14,000 ft winds
i 0,.000 -
up to 450 off nose for hover
' //N , /W performance to be valid.
E 8000__ _0
4.000 oo -- -- __E S4
43.000
_NOTE: Refer to Basic Flight Manual for critical
wind azimuths at density altitudes at or below
3,000 feet
o0I I I I I I I I I \YI x
14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WIND SPEED-KNOTS
412FS35.3 -4-5
Figure 4-5. Critical relative wind azimuth
0
10 Rev. 2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4
TAKEOFF DISTANCE
OVER 50 FOOT OBSTACLE
HOVER POWER +15% TORQUE (not to exceed limits) INITIATED FROM 4FT. SKID HEIGHT
ENGINE RPM 100% VTO = 45 KIAS
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) HEATER ON OR OFF
--- ^9 /16.000 FT DEN. ALT. LIMIT.
\\/i Ii~ _ / 1
1A/ - - - I GROSS WEIGHT
OAT-oC I O _ _ _ANCE FT. A
-40 -o o 20 40 40 4 it; S
OAT--C TAKEOFFDISTANCE FT.
_ ~IIII//IENOLISH
Figure 4-6. Takeoff distance (English)
11
BHT-412-FMS-35.3 AND 35.4 FAA APPROVED
TAKEOFF DISTANCE
OVER 15 METER OBSTACLE
HOVER POWER +15% TORQUE (not to exceed limits) INITIATED FROM 1.2 METER SKID HEIGHT
ENGINE RPM 100% VTOCS = 45 KIAS
GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) HEATER ON OR OFF
4877 METER DEN. ALT. UMT
iij___i___ i i
\ I /
O\\ / / // _ 7 _MAXIMUM
ROSS WEIGHT
NJ 7 - - T - FOIIIAKEOFF
MIN\
OAT
/, - _ l - / ; /-
OAT
4J--+^X 00--,
/ I
I; II l /Ix'
I IIIIJ t//
A/ 1I / I, I I-...
EATERON(21'C
20 40 60 100 200 300 400 600 00
OAT -C TA EOF CE m
Figure 4-7. Takeoff distance (Metric)
12
BHT-412-FMS-37.4
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412EP Flight
Manual when the 412-706-024 Dual Flight Director (3-
Axis) kit has been installed.
Information contained herein supplements information
of the basic Flight Manaual. For Limitations, Procedures,
and Performance Data not contained in this supplement,
consult basic Flight Manual.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 1999
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Bell Helicopter
BHT-412-FMS-37.4 FAA APPROVED
NOTICE PAGE
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Manufacturer's Data portion of this supplement is
proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron, Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other
than helicopter operation is forbidden without prior written
authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron, Inc.
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron
P. 0. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NP
BHT-412-FMS-37.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ....................... 0......................18 Oct 94
Revision ...................... 1..................... 20 Dec 99
LOG OF PAGES
PAGE
REVISION
NO.
REVISION
NO. PAGE
FLIGHT MANUAL
T itle ............................................................1
N P .............................................................. 0
A -B ........................................................1
ii ............................................................... 0
1 ................................................................. 0
2 - 3 .........................................................1
4 ................................................................. 0
5 - 6 .........................................................1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
7 - 12.......................................................0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
Rev. 1 A
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-37.4
LOG OF FAA APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ....................... 0.....................18 Oct 94
Revision...................... 1 .................... 20 Dec 99
APPROVED
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
DATE
B Rev. 1
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-37.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Dual Flight Director (3-Axis) assists
the flight crew in control and navigation of
the helicopter. Nine flight director modes
of operation, in addition to standby (SBY)
mode, are available for selection by the
flight crew: Altitude (ALT), Indicated
Airspeed (IAS), Vertical Speed (VS),
Heading (HDG), Navigation (NAV),
Instrument Landing System with Localizer
and Glideslope (ILS), Back Course (BC),
VOR Approach (VOR APR), and Go-Around
(GA). Flight director operation Is
controlled by the mode selectors on the
instrument panel.
The Dual Flight Director (3-Axis) can be
coupled to the Automatic Flight Control
System (AFCS) for fully automatic (hands
off) flight path control.
ABBREVIATIONS AND
ACRONYMS
AP1/AP2
BC
DCPL
TRIM/FD
GA
HDG
HSI
IAS
ILS
NAV
SBY
- Autopilot 1/ Autopilot 2
- Back Course
- Decouple
- TRIM/Flight Director Select
- Go-Around
- Heading
- Horizontal Situation
Indicator
- Indicated Airspeed
- Instrument Landing System
with Localizer and
Glideslope
- Navigation
- Standby
VOR - Very High Frequency
Omnidirectional and Radio
Range
VOR APR - VOR Approach
VS - Vertical Speed
ADD - Air Data Display (AL-300)
ALT - Altitude
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-37.4
Section
1
1-1. INTRODUCTION
Limitations specified in BHT-412-FM-4 and
supplements remain applicable as
modified herein. Operation of the Dual
Flight Director (3-Axis) does not relieve the
flight crew of responsibility to monitor
instruments and comply with all helicopter
limitations.
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION
The Dual Flight Director (3-Axis) may be
used during VFR or IFR nonicing
conditions.
1-5. CONFIGURATION
The Dual Flight Director (3-Axis) Kit
includes a modified pitot-static system,
two mode selectors, two air data sensors,
and miscellaneous parts. The flight
director is operated in conjunction with
two flight control computers. The Copilot
Instrument Kit and the Radar Altimeter Kit
must be installed.
Digital AFCS preflight test (level 1
minimum) shall be accomplished prior to
first flight of the day or before planned
flight into IMC.
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY
Actual weight change shall be determined
after kits are installed and ballast
readjusted, if necessary, to return empty
weight CG within allowable limits.
1-7. AIRSPEED
Minimum airspeed for coupled operation of
flight director is 60 KIAS.
1-22. FLIGHT OPERATIONS
1-22-A. NORMAL VFR/IFR
Flight director coupling to autopilot is not
possible with only one autopilot engaged.
1-5-A. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
1-5-A-1. AFCS
1-5-A-2. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT -
IFR
1
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-37.4
Section 2
2-1. INTRODUCTION
Normal procedures specified in BHT-412-FM-4
and supplements remain applicable as
modified herein.
2-3. PREFLIGHT CHECK
2-3-B. EXTERIOR CHECK
3. FUSELAGE - AFT LEFT SIDE
Flight control computers - Secured;
compartment door secured.
2-6. SYSTEMS CHECK
2-6J. AFCS CHECK
NOTE
AFCS AOG conditions satisfied when
collective full down, radio altimeter less
than 15 feet, and airspeed less than 60
knots.
After completion of level 1 AFCS check In
Basic Flight Manual (BHT-412-FM-4), press
NAV STBY switch on cyclic grip or press SBY
on mode selector. Continue with level 2 AFCS
check.
AL-300 Air Data Display - Verify LE-2
displayed.
AP1, AP2, DCPL, AUTOTRIM, and
MASTER CAUTION Annunciators -
Verify flashing. Press MASTER CAUTION
light to extinguish.
Perform lamp and button test -
Verify all buttons on both mode
selectors flashing.
Verify SAS/ATT and CPL buttons on
autopilot controller flashing.
Press each flashing button individually
to extinguish.
AL-300 Air Data Display - Verify END
displayed. Autopilot Controller - Verify
TEST button flashing. (Indicates no error
codes present.)
AL-300 Air Data Display - If error code is
displayed:
Press SBY button on mode selector
once or press NAV STBY switch on
cyclic stick once to view next error
code.
Repeat step until END is displayed.
For information on Dual Flight Director
(3-Axis) error codes, refer to table 1-1
in Manufacturer's Data. Also, for
information on digital AFCS error
codes, refer to Basic Flight Manual
(BHT-412-FM-4).
Autopilot Controller - Press flashing
TEST button to exit level 2 test. Air Data
Display reverts to dashes. Press AP1 and
AP2 to engage autopilots.
Autopilot Controller - Press TRIM/FD to
select desired Autopilot or Flight
Director.
2 Rev. 1
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-37.4
CAUTION
FOR PROLONGED GROUND
OPERATION, AFCS SHALL BE
OPERATED IN SAS MODE ONLY. IF
AFCS IS LEFT ENGAGED IN ATT MODE
DURING GROUND OPERATION, IT CAN
DRIVE THE CYCLIC STICK TO A
CONTROL STOP.
2-7. BEFORE TAKEOFF
2-7-C. DUAL FLIGHT DIRECTOR
Autopilot Controller - Press TRIM/FD 1
or 2 to select Flight Director 1 or 2 as
desired.
Mode Selector - When Flight Director 2
is selected, Mode Selector for pilot is
activated. When Flight Director 1 is
selected, Mode Selector for copilot is
activated.
2-8. TAKEOFF
Airspeed - Observe limitation.
Other - Observe limitations In Basic
Flight Manual (BHT-412-FM-4) and
applicable Flight Manual Supplements.
2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS
Flight Director - Verify Flight Director
selected.
Flight Director - After reaching 60 KIAS
select modes as desired.
(AHRS Equipped Helicopters - S/N 36248
and Subsequent)
CAUTION
WHEN AHRS IS SWITCHED FROM DG
TO MAG MODE, IT WILL
INSTANTANEOUSLY SYNCHRONIZE
TO DETECTED MAGNETIC HEADING.
TO AVOID INVALID HEADING
SYNCHRONIZATION DUE TO FLUX
VALVE SENSING ERROR DURING
TURNS, MAKE SWITCH SELECTION
ONLY IN LEVEL FLIGHT AND FLIGHT
DIRECTOR UNCOUPLED (STBY).
2-10. DESCENT AND LANDING
2-10-A. APPROACH
Flight Director - Select mode for type of
approach to be flown.
Collective pitch - Adjust to maintain
desired approach speed.
2-10-B. GO-AROUND
Collective/FD mode select panel GO-
AROUND button - Depress at Missed
Approach Point.
Collective pitch - Adjust to desired
climb power setting.
Airspeed - Adjust collective setting
during climb to achieve 70 KIAS and 750
fpm climb.
Mode selector - Upon completion of go-
around climb, select modes as desired.
2-10-C. LANDING
Cyclic NAV STBY button or SBY button
on coupled mode selector - Depress at
or above 60 KIAS to decouple selected
flight director.
Rev. 1 3
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-37.4
Section 3
3-1. INTRODUCTION
Emergency/malfunction procedures
specified in BHT-412-FM-4 remain
applicable as modified herein.
3-9. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
CONTROLS SYSTEM
3-9-F. SELECTED FLIGHT
DIRECTOR FAILS TO COUPLE
PROCEDURE:
3-13. STATIC PORT
OBSTRUCTION
In the event of an apparent malfunction of
the pilot altimeter, vertical speed indicator
and/or airspeed indicator, proceed as
follows:
STATIC SOURCE valve - ALTN.
Coupled flight director vertical modes -
Use at pilot discretion.
3-15. CAUTION AND
ADVISORY LIGHTS
Caution lights related to the Dual Flight
Director are described in table 3-1.
Warning flags are described in table 3-2.
AP1 AND AP2 buttons - ON.
SAS/ATT button - ATT.
CPL button - Depress if CPL light not
illuminated.
NOTE
Both AP1 and AP2 must be
operative before selected flight
director will couple.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-37.4
Table 3-1. Caution lights (amber)
PANEL
WORDING FAULT CONDITION
DCPL Flight director not coupled.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Ensure that AP1 and AP2 are engaged in ATT
mode.
Engage flight director modes as desired.
Depress CPL button on autopilot controller if
CPL light not illuminated.
Table 3-2. Warning flags
FLAG FLAG
WORDING LOCATION
FAULT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATT ADI Vertical gyro not turning
at full speed/attitude
information unreliable.
Associated autopilot will
disengage, flight director
will decouple.
FD ADI Flight director not
coupled due to flight
director failure. (Pitch and
roll command bars may or
may not retract from
view.)
Glideslope signal
unreliable. (ADI pitch
command bar retracts
from view. AFCS holds
pitch attitude present at
time of signal failure.)
If only ATT flag is displayed, pilot shall
monitor standby attitude indicator.
Check PILOT and CPLT ATTD SYS
circuit breakers - in. If flag does not
retract, continue flight in ATT or SAS
mode.
Check FLT DIR (AC and DC) circuit
breakers in. Check desired mode(s)
engaged. If flag does not retract from
view, continue flight in ATT or SAS
mode. (ATT mode for IMC conditions.)
Continue flight in any mode, using
cyclic ATTD TRIM switch and collective
to maintain airspeed and glidepath.
(Monitor raw glideslope data.)
Check NAV 1 (DC) circuit breaker in.
Check VHF NAV 1 tuned properly, signal
identified.Continue flight in HDG or ATT
mode.
GS (No
legend on
HSI)
ADI and
HSI
HSI NAV(No VOR or localizer signal
legend) unreliable. (ADI roll
command bar retracts
from view. HSI course
deviation bar and No. 1
bearing pointer unreliable.
AFCS holds roll level
attitude.)
Rev. 1 5
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-37.4
Table 3-2. Warning flags
FLAG FLAG
WORDING LOCATION
FAULT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION
OFF HSI Directional gyro failure or Check PILOT and CPLT HSI and GYRO
HSI failure.Heading CMPS (AC) circuit breakers in. Continue
information unreliable. flight In any mode except HDG.
(AFCS holds roll level
attitude.)
AHRS EQUIPPED HELICOPTERS S/N 36248 AND SUBSEQUENT
FD ATT RT ADI
GS ATT RT ADI
ADI failure.
AHRS failure.
Check Pilot and Copilot 115 Vac ATT
SYST circuit breaker.
Check Pilot and Copilot 26 Vac AHRS
circuit breaker.
Section 4
No change from basic manual.
6 Rev. 1
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-37.4
Section
5
No change from basic manual.
Section 1
1-1. INTRODUCTION
The Dual Flight Director (3-Axis) is
designed for use as a workload reliever to
assist the pilot or copilot in control and
navigation of the helicopter. The flight
director has nine modes of operation, any
of which may be coupled to the autopilots
for fully automatic hands off flight path
control. When decoupled from the
autopilots, the flight director provides
automatic flight path computation and
visual pitch, roll, and yaw command
indications to direct the pilot or copilot in
maneuvering the helicopter to maintain the
selected flight path. When the flight
director is coupled in the appropriate
modes, the automatic flight control system
will maneuver the helicopter to perform the
following functions:
Maintain a constant pressure altitude
(ALT).
Maintain a constant indicated airspeed
(IAS).
Maintain a constant vertical speed climb
or descent (VS).
Turn to and maintain a selected
magnetic heading (HDG).
Capture and track a selected VOR radial
(NAV or VOR APR).
Capture and track an ILS localizer and
glideslope (ILS).
Capture and track a localizer back
course (BC).
Initiate a missed approach (go-around)
climbout (GA).
The flight control computer analyzes
vertical and lateral flight and navigational
data to generate pitch and roll steering
commands that are displayed visually on
the attitude director indicator (ADI). The
vertical channel combines pitch attitude,
airspeed, altitude, vertical speed, and
glideslope deviation information to
produce computed pitch command
signals. The lateral channel combines roll
attitude, heading, and course deviation
information to produce computed roll
command signals. Automatic flight path
control is achieved when the pitch and roll
commands from the flight director
7
BHT-412-FMS-37.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
computer are coupled to the flight control
computers.
Should a flight or navigation data signal
become invalid, the affected pitch or roll
channel will revert to the attitude hold
mode, and the respective command bar on
the ADI will retract from view. If either
autopilot fails or is disengaged, the flight
director will decouple automatically.
For further information, including complete
details and specifications, refer to the
Honeywell SPZ-7600 Integrated Flight
Control System Pilot's Manual for the Bell
412.
1-22. FLIGHT DIRECTOR
CONTROLS
1-22-A. MODE SELECTOR
The mode selector (figure 1-1) enables the
pilot or copilot to select the desired flight
director mode by depressing the
appropriate push-on/push-off button.
Selected modes are annunciated by
illumination of the respective mode select
buttons. The NAV, BC, and VOR APR
buttons have two lights each (ARM and
CAP) to advise the pilot and copilot of the
status of the flight director computer. The
ILS button legends (ARM and GS) advise
when the computer has armed or captured
the glideslope. Depressing the SBY button
disengages all modes, and tests the
illumination of all mode selector lights.
Turning the PILOT INSTR LT knob
clockwise dims all mode selector lights for
night operation.
1-22-B. COUPLE BUTTON
The couple (CPL) button is a push-on/
push-off button located on the autopilot
controller on the pedestal (figure 1-2).
When both autopilots (AP1 and AP2) are
engaged in the attitude retention (ATT)
mode, selecting any valid flight director
mode will automatically couple the flight
director to the autopilots, as indicated by
illumination of the ON legend of the CPL
button. The pilot or copilot may decouple
the flight director by depressing the CPL
button. When decoupled, the flight director
will continue functioning in the selected
mode, providing visual pitch and roll
commands on the attitude flight director
(ADI). Once depressed, the CPL button
must be depressed again to recouple any
flight director mode.
1-22-C. FORCE TRIM SWITCH
The FORCE TRIM switch, located on the
miscellaneous control panel on the
pedestal, must be ON anytime the flight
director is coupled for automatic flight
control.
The cyclic mounted FORCE TRIM release
button can be depressed to allow the pilot
to reposition the cyclic control and pedals
manually for large scale pitch, roll, and
yaw corrections. Upon depressing the
button, the rotary trim actuators are de-
energized, the flight director modes are
decoupled momentarily, the autopilot
pitch, roll, and yaw linear actuators return
to centerpositions, and the autopilot
computers are placed in a fast follow-up
mode to track flight control positions.
Upon releasing the button, the autopilots
and flight director will resume functioning
in the preselected modes. If previously
decoupled in the ATT mode, the autopilots
will maintain the attitude existing at the
time the button is released.
1-22-D. ATTITUDE TRIM SWITCH
The cyclic mounted attitude trim (ATTD
TRIM) switch can be moved fore and aft to
adjust pitch attitude and laterally to adjust
roll attitude during decoupled operation in
the ATT mode. Also, the ATTD TRIM switch
is used to make small pitch attitude
changes when coupled in any mode except
ALT and ILS after glideslope capture. Roll
attitude can also be adjusted by means of
the ATTD TRIM switch, except when a
lateral mode is engaged. (Large attitude
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-37.4
changes should be made by depressing
the cyclic FORCE TRIM release button.)
1-22-E. STANDBY BUTTON
The cyclic mounted NAV STBY button is a
remote switch having the same function as
the standby (SBY) button on the mode
selector (figure 1-1). Depressing the button
disengages all flight director modes, tests
the illumination of all mode selector lights,
retracts the pitch and roll command bars
on the ADI, and places the flight director in
the standby status. The pilot or copilot
must then reselect the modes if continued
flight director operation is desired.
1-22-F. GO-AROUND BUTTON
The GO-AROUND button, located on the
collective control heads (figure 1-2), is a
remote switch having the same function as
the go-around (GA) button on the mode
selector (figure 1-1). Depressing either of
the four buttons places the flight director
in the go-around mode and disengages all
other modes. In the go-around mode the
flight director commands a roll level
attitude and a pitch attitude that provide a
750 foot-per-minute rate of climb. (The
pilot or copilot must adjust collective pitch
to maintain desired airspeed.)
for 5 seconds following mode engagement,
beep trimming, or force trim release. After
5 seconds, the display reverts to dashes.
To indicate fault conditions, various error
codes are displayed on the AL-300 Air
Data Display. Refer to table 1-1 for a list of
error codes applicable to Dual Flight
Director (3-Axis). Also, for information on
digital AFCS error codes, refer to Basic
Flight Manual (BHT-412-FM-4).
NOTE
Some error codes may not be
applicable depending on
equipment installed.
1-24. AUTOPILOT
CONTROLLER
Either autopilot system can be operated in
the SAS (Stability Augmentation System)
mode or the ATT (Attitude Retention)
mode. The SAS mode provides short term
stabilization for hands-on flying. The ATT
mode is used for hands-off flight when the
autopilots are coupled to the flight
director. The PC-700 autopilot controller
(figure 1-4) is used to select the autopilot,
SAS or ATT mode, test, trim/flight director,
and coupling.
1-25. INSTRUMENT PANEL
AND CONSOLES
All caution and advisory lights are dimmed
using DIM switch on caution panel.
1-23. AL-300 AIR DATA
DISPLAY
The AL-300 Air Data Display (figure 1-3)
presents a digital readout of vertical
velocity in feet per minute or indicated
airspeed (IAS) in knots. Display will appear
9
BHT-412-FMS-37.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Figure 1-1. MS-700 Mode Selector
COPILOT SIDE
412-FSMD37.4-1-2
Figure 1-2. Collective control heads
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-37.4
412-FSMD37 4-1-3
Figure 1-3. AL-300 Air Data Display
Figure 1-4. PC-700 Autopilot Controller
BHT-412-FMS-37.4
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-1. Dual flight director (3-axis) error codes
PWR PRE CONT AL-300
UP FLT TEST ADD ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION
Section 2
NOTE applicable maintenance manuals
provided by the equipment
Handling and servicing manufacturer.
procedures for Dual Flight
Director (3-Axis) are found in
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
* INeDll'1aS^
MODEL i
* ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
09 ~SUPPLEMENT
EFIS WITH FOUR-AXIS AFCS KITS
412-705-009 AND 412-705-024
WITH OR WITHOUT INCREASED MC
POWER KIT
412-706-029
BHT S/N 36087 AND SUBSEQUENT
CERTIFIED
18 OCTOBER 1994
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412EP
Flight Manual when Electronic Flight Instrument System
(EFIS) with Four-Axis AFCS Kits with or without
Increased Maximum Continuous Power Kit is installed.
Information contained herein supplements information
of basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, or
other applicable supplements, consult basic Flight
Manual.
O COPYRIGHT NOTICE Bell HlIicoptSer l[I .I
COPYRIGHT 2000_ A Sulidiay of Textron ec.
BELL D HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC. PT OFICE AOX 412 FOT WOmTH. 1a 71101
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
REISSUED - 29 JANUARY 1999
REVISION 2 -16 AUGUST 2000
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ....................... 0......................18 Oct 94 Revision ...................... 1 .................... 26 May 00
Revision ...................... 1..................... 15 Apr 98 Revision ...................... 2.................... 16 Aug 00
Reissue ....................... 0..................... 29 Jan 99
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION REVISION
PAGE NO. PAGE NO.
Title............................................................2
NP .............................................................. 0
A - B ........................................................ 2
i/ii .............................................................. 2
1 - 3 ......................................................... 0
4 - 6 ......................................................... 2
7 ................................................................ 0
8 ................................................................. 2
9 ................................................................. 0
10 -11 ....................................................... 2
12--16 .................................................... 0
17/18 .......................................................... 0
19/20 . . ...................................... 0
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
21 - 23 ..................................................... 0
24 ............................................................... 2
25 - 30 ..................................................... 0
31 -33 ..................................................... 2
34 ............................................................... 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
Rev. 2 16 AUG 00 A
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
FAA APPROVED
LOG OF FAA APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........................ 0 ..................... 18 Oct 94
Reissue ........................ 0 ..................... 29 Jan 99
Revision.......................1 .................... 26 May 00
Revision.......................2 .................... 16 Aug 00
0
APPROVEDED# -/-t DATE 0i, / 2,zs
'MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
B Rev.2 16AUG00
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
The 412EP Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) with Four-Axis AFCS kits with or without
Increased Maximum Continuous Power kit configuration includes the Honeywell SPZ-7600
Integrated Flight Control System. This system consists of DFZ-760 Digital AFCS, EDZ-705 EFIS,
and AA-300 Radar Altimeters. Refer to the appropriate manufacturer's publication for operations.
ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS, AND ESNTL - Essential
PLACARDING
b PLACARDING FD - Flight Director
Abbreviations, acronyms, and placarding HDG - Heading
used throughout this manual are defined as HSI - Horizontal Situation Indicator
follows:
IAS - Indicated Airspeed
ADD - Air Data Display (AL-300) ICS - Intercommunication system
ADF - Automatic direction finder IDENT - Identification
AHRS - Attitude Heading Reference ILS - Instrument Landing System
System
*System LE - Level
ALT - Altimeter
LF - Low Frequency
AP1/AP2 - Autopilot 1/Autopilot 2 LH - Left Hand
LH - Left Hand
ATT or - Attitude
ATTID NAV - Navigation
BLWR - Blower NG - Gas producer RPM
BC - Back Course PRYC - Pitch/Roll/Yaw/Collective
CBOX - Combining Gearbox PWR - Power
CDI - Course Deviation Indicator RADALT - Radar Altimeter
CLTV - Collective REL - Release
CPL - Couple
REV - Revert
COLL - Collective RH - Right Hand
CPLT - Copilot STBY - Standby
DCPL - Decouple SYS - System
DECEL - Deceleration
VAC - Volts Alternating Current
DEG - Degrees VDC - Volts Direct Current
DH - Decision Height VEL HLD - Velocity Hold
b DME - Distance Measuring VHF - Very High Frequency
W^y ~ Equipment VOR - VHF omnidirectional range
EADI - EFIS Attitude Director VOR APR - VOR Approach
Indicator
WAT - Weight Altitude Temperature
EFIS - Electronic Flight Instrument
~System WPT - Waypoint
EHSI - EFIS Horizontal Situation WX - Weather
Indicator XPDR - Transponder
ENC - Encoding
Rev. 2 16 AUG 00 i/ii
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Section 1
1-1. INTRODUCTION
Limitations specified in BHT-412-FM-4 and
supplements remain applicable. Operation
of SPZ-7600 system does not relieve flight
crew of responsibility to monitor
instruments and comply with all helicopter
limitations.
During all flight operations, Honeywell
SPZ-7600 Integrated Flight Control System
Pilot's Manual for Bell 412 will be
accessible to the pilot.
1-5. CONFIGURATION
1-5-A.
When referring to required equipment lists
in BHT-412-FM-4, note that EFIS replaces
ADI/HSI.
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY
Actual weight change shall be determined
after kits are installed and ballast
readjusted, if necessary, to return empty
weight CG to within allowable limits.
For ground operations when OAT is
between 48.9 and 51.7C (120 and 125F)
with doors and windows closed and EFIS
fans operating, EFIS operation is limited to
90 minutes.
1-13. POWER PLANT
Applicable to PT6T-3D, 3DE, or 3DF
engines.
WARNING
THE FZ-706 FLIGHT CONTROL
COMPUTER DOES NOT
RECOGNIZE ENGINE FAILURE.
FOLLOWING ENGINE FAILURE,
COMPUTER WILL CONTINUE TO
LIMIT REMAINING ENGINE TO
THE APPROPRIATE LIMITS UNTIL
PILOT DISENGAGES COLLECTIVE
COUPLING OR MANUALLY
OVERRIDES COLLECTIVE
LIMITING. UNDER CERTAIN LOW
OAT CONDITIONS THE AFCS
COMPUTER MAY EXCEED SINGLE
ENGINE TORQUE LIMIT.
1-8. ALTITUDE
Maximum operating pressure altitude is
20,000 feet - collective coupling is limited
to 16,000 feet pressure altitude.
1-11. AMBIENT TEMPERA-
TURES
1-13-C. INTERTURBINE
TEMPERATURE
Engines are limited to 810

ITT during all


coupled modes of operation.
1-14. TRANSMISSION
The Honeywell DFZ-7600 system, in the 4-
axis configuration, can be set to recognize
1
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 FAA APPROVED
either the basic transmission or the
Maximum Continuous Power Kit (412-706-
029).
Depending upon the configuration, limits
are as follows:
Transmission Is limited to 100% MAST
TORQUE (or 810

engine ITT) when


airspeed is below 60 KIAS (or in GO-
AROUND mode with airspeed below 105
KIAS). When airspeed is above 60 KIAS,
transmission is limited to 81% MAST
TORQUE.
Maximum Continuous Power Kit (412-
706-029):
Transmission is limited to 81% MAST
TORQUE (or 810

engine ITT) when


airspeed is above 105 KIAS and 100%
MAST TORQUE when airspeed is
below 105 KIAS.
1-22. FLIGHT OPERATIONS
1-22-A. EFIS COMPOSITE MODE
The EFIS composite mode is to be used in
IFR flight only after in-flight failure of an
EADI or EHSI. Use of composite mode for
VFR flight is allowed.
TOLERANCES MAY ALLOW
BASIC HELICOPTER LIMITATIONS
TO BE EXCEEDED FOR SHORT
DURATIONS. IT REMAINS THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PILOT
TO MONITOR AND CORRECT FOR
ANY EXCEEDANCES.
Flight director shall not be coupled to
autopilots below 60 KIAS.
Flight director coupling to autopilot is not
possible with only one autopilot engaged.
Uncoupled ILS approaches shall not be
flown in 3-cue DECEL mode.
CAUTION
THE RADALT MODE IS NOT
INTENDED TO FUNCTION IN A
TERRAIN FOLLOWING OR
TERRAIN AVOIDANCE MODE IN
FORWARD FLIGHT. THE
COLLECTIVE COMMAND IS RATE
LIMITED, AND WILL NOT CAUSE
THE HELICOPTER TO CLIMB
OVER RAPIDLY RISING TERRAIN.
For proper operation of velocity hold
(VELHLD) mode or radar altitude (RADALT)
mode, as activated from the autopilot
controller, refer to Honeywell SPZ-7600
Integrated Flight Control System Pilot's
Manual for the Bell 412.
1-22-B. NORMAL VFR/IFR
Digital AFCS preflight test (level 1
minimum) shall be accomplished prior to
first flight of the day or before planned
flight into IMC.
WARNING
DURING NORMAL AFCS
COUPLED OPERATION, SYSTEM
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
* Section 2
2-1. INTRODUCTION 2-6. SYSTEMS CHECK
Normal procedures specified in BHT-412- 2-6-B FORCE TRIM CHECK
FM-4 and supplements remain applicable 2-6-B O IM
as modified and added to in this section. Flight controls - Ensure cyclic and
Operation of SPZ-7600 system does not collective friction set to minimum.
relieve flight crew of responsibility to Collective lock removed.
monitor and comply with all helicopter
normal procedures. FORCE TRIM switch - ON, cover down.
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - OFF. Check
2-3. PREFLIGHT CHECK collective and pedal force trim
disengage.
2-3-B. EXTERIOR CHECK CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - ON.
3. FUSELAGE - AFT LEFT SIDE Flight controls - Move to check PRYC
out of detent caution lights illuminate (P
AFCS computers - Secured; = pitch, R = roll, Y = yaw, and C =
compartment door secured. collective).
2-4. INTERIOR AND 2-6-J. AFCS CHECK
PRESTART CHECK
NOTE
Collective control head switches - OFF. Verification of AFCS actuator
centering is necessary. Failure of
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - OFF. the actuators to center could
All LT rheostats - OFF. result in reduced control margins
(pitch and roll) and abnormal
EFIS MASTER switch - OFF. control positions (pitch, roll, and
yaw).
EFIS control panel - As desired. EFIS MASR sN.
EFIS MASTER switch - ON.
EFIS control panel - As desired.
Pilot and copilot EFIS attitude indicators
- Erect and set intensity as necessary.
2-5. ENGINE START IWRNING
2-5-A.
Ow~ ~~2-5-A. ~IF AFCS IS LEFT ENGAGED IN
Collective pitch - Lower as ROTOR ATT MODE DURING GROUND
RPM increases. OPERATION, IT CAN DRIVE THE
CYCLIC STICK TO A CONTROL
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - ON. STOP.
3
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
FAA APPROVED
AFCS system - Test as follows: Press SBY to continue with level 2 test
if desired, or press TEST switch to exit
Verify AP1 and AP2 are disengaged. AFCS test.
Cyclic and collective force trim
switches - Check ON. 2-6-K. AHRS CHECK
(S/N 36248 AND SUB)
AFCS TEST switch - ON for level 1
test. Perform AHRS test as follows:
Verify AL-300 Air Data Display reads AHRS Control Panel TEST switch No. 1
Lg 1. AHRS Control Panel TEST switch No. 1 w
and No. 2 - Press and hold.
Verify AP1 light flashes, then press.
NOTE
NOTE
Test may be performed in DG or MAG
Pilot shall closely monitor controls mode. If accomplished in DG mode,
during test, taking care not to restrict heading will remain 000

at test
control movements. To prevent completion and must be realigned.
nuisance failures, hands and feet must
remain off controls. Verify following responses for each
system:
Collective - Verify movement up then
down approximately one inch. EHSI
Cyclic - Verify movement aft right Heading 015

approximately one inch, then return to HDG Flag In view


neutral.
HDG Flag In view
neutral.
Pedals - Verify aft and forward EADI
movement (left pedal then right) ATT Flag In view
approximately one-half inch. RT Flag In view
Verify AP2 light flashes, then press. AHRS CONTROL PANEL
Collective - Verify movement up then / + Needle deflection full -
down approximately one inch.
Cyclic - Verify movement aft right 2-7. BEFORE TAKEOFF
approximately one inch, then return to
neutral. Engine, gearbox, transmission,
Pedals - Verify aft and forward hydraulic, and electrical instruments -
movement (left pedal then right) Within operating ranges.
approximately one-half inch. Caution and warning lights -
Upon completion of test, verify AP1 Extinguished.
and AP2 lights extinguish and AL-300 Flight instruments - Check operation
Air Data Display reads END 1. and set. Select required EFIS display.
If error codes are present, press SBY When flying IFR check as follows:
(or cyclic NAV STBY switch) once to IVSI - Needle near zero.
view each code until END 1 is 0
displayed (refer to Section 3 of this Altimeter - Set and check.
supplement for list of error codes). EHSI - Check.
4 Rev. 2 16 AUG00
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
EADI - Check. selected in level flight to avoid heading
and navigational errors.
Radar altimeter - Zero altitude; OFF flag and errors
retracted; DH set as desired.
2-9-B. MANEUVERING WITH AFCS IN
ATT MODE
NOTE
Press cyclic FORCE TRIM release and
When AFCS is in ATT mode, the cyclic CLTV YAW TRIM REL switches and
FORCE TRIM release and CLTV YAW maneuver as desired. Release switches
TRIM REL switches should be pressed when desired attitude is reached.
before liftoff (to trim actuators to center Autopilot will hold attitude until
positions) and should be held until retrimmed to new attitude. Attitude may
desired climbout attitude is attained, also be adjusted with cyclic ATTD TRIM
switch.
2-8. TAKEOFF
For momentary attitude changes, manual
ENG - 100% RPM (Nil). cyclic movement may be used; however,
AFCS actuators may be saturated to limit
AP1 and AP2 - ON. authority when cyclic is moved manually.
FD1 or FD2 - As desired.
2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS IWAR
2-9-A. FLIGHT DIRECTOR IN THREE CUE COUPLED CLIMB (VS)
29A OPEIRATIONROS OR ALTITUDE HOLD, THE FZ-706
FLIGHT CONTROL COMPUTER WILL
Flight Director - Verify Flight Director ALLOW COMMANDED AIRSPEED TO
selected. DECREASE TO PRESERVE
COMMANDED CLIMB RATE AND
Flight Director - After reaching 60 KIAS select ALTITUDE HOLD AS A COLLECTIVE
modes as desired. LIMIT IS APPROACHED.
NOTE WHEN IN VEL HLD MODE, SELECTION
OF ANY FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES
To perform any course change, other OF ANY FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES
than at station passage, during NAV (PIOT OR COPILOT) WILL
VOR APR, ILS, or BC modes while DISENGAGE VEL HLD.
either ARM or CAP, temporarily MONITOR POWER DURING HOVER
deselect the mode. Reset the HSI for OPERATIONS. COLLECTIVE LIMIT IS
the new course and intercept heading 100% MAST TORQUE OR 810C ITT.
then re-arm for capture.
MANUALLY ADJUST COLLECTIVE
Rotation of the course knob during WITH COLLECTIVE TRIM RELEASED
NAV, VOR APR, ILS, or BC modes while AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN POWER
either ARM or CAP, outside the cone of WITHIN TRANSITORY LIMITS. DO NOT
confusion can falsely trigger the over PUSH AGAINST COLLECTIVE TRIM OR
station sensor resulting in degraded A SLOW COLLECTIVE OSCILLATION
performance.
MAY DEVELOP.
(For S/N 36248 and Subsequent) DG IF DIGITAL AFCS COMPUTER DOES
mode to MAG mode must only be NOT RECEIVE RADAR ALTITUDE
SIGNAL WHEN IN A COUPLED ILS
Rev. 2 16AUG00 5
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 FAA APPROVED
MODE, AUTO-LEVEL WILL NOT
OCCUR AND HELICOPTER WILL WRNING
CONTINUE TO FOLLOW GLIDESLOPE
SIGNAL. THE FZ-706 FLIGHT CONTROL
COMPUTER DOES NOT RECOGNIZE
NOTE ENGINE FAILURE. FOLLOWING
ENGINE FAILURE, THE COMPUTER
During single system autopilot WILL CONTINUE TO LIMIT THE
operation (AP1 or AP2) at airspeeds REMAINING ENGINE TO
above 60 KIAS, autopilot roll axis will APPROXIMATELY NORMAL CRUISE
normally hold heading. However, if POWER UNTIL PILOT DISENGAGES
excessive roll activity is experienced COLLECTIVE COUPLING OR
due to turbulence, pilot may wish to fly MANUALLY OVERRIDES COLLECTIVE
with yaw force trim released. This will LIMITING
cause autopilot roll axis to maintain
lateral stability.
NOTE
For helicopters S/N 36087 - 36247, Irregular terrain may affect decel
inflight use of VG FAST ERECT switch capture and auto-level performance.
will disengage the respective autopilot
and decouple the automatic flight 2-10 DESCENT AND LANDING
control modes.
Under certain helicopter loading Flight controls - Adjust friction as
conditions, smoother flight may be desired (minimum friction for ATT mode
obtained in turbulence by selecting 2- operation).
cue coupling instead of 3-cue coupling. low 60 KIAS.
FD1 or FD2 - Disengage below 60 KIAS.
Flight controls - Adjust (minimum Veri mode selectors - SBY.
friction for ATT mode operation). 2-11 ENGINE SHUTDOWN
AP1 and AP2 - Disengage; check
autopilot lights extinguish, AFCS and
MASTER CAUTION lights illuminate.
EFIS MASTER switch - OFF.
6 Rev.2 16AUG00
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Section 3
3-1. INTRODUCTION other electrical malfunctions. Failure of
No. 1 hydraulic system will render AFCS
yaw axis inoperative but will not affect
Emergency and malfunction procedures pitch or roll SAS or ATT mode functions.
specified in BHT-412-FM-4 and Failure of No. 2 hydraulic system will not
supplements remain applicable as affect AFCS.
modified and added to in this section.
Operation of SPZ-7600 system does not If both autopilots are disengaged, the
relieve flight crew of responsibility to following procedures do not apply.
monitor and comply with all helicopter
emergency and malfunction procedures.
3-9-A. AFCS FAILS TO ENGAGE
Tables 3-1 and 3-2 are provided as quick OR DISENGAGES
references to certain failure displays and
recommended corrective action. INDICATION:
IWAIRNING L AFCS caution light illuminated.
NO. 1 AUTOPILOT/NO. 2 AUTOPILOT
THE FZ706 FLIGHT CONTROL caution light illuminated.
THE FZ-706 FLIGHT CONTROL
COMPUT ER NGNE AILNRE. AP1 or AP2 off (light not illuminated).
RECOGNIZE ENGINE FAILURE.
FOLLOWING ENGINE FAILURE,
COMPUTER WILL CONTINUE TO Possible erratic API indications on AP1
LIMIT REMAINING ENGINE TO or AP2.
APPROPRIATE LIMITS STATED IN
SECTION 1 - LIMITATIONS UNTIL Possible ATT FAIL flag displayed on
PILOT DISENGAGES COLLECTIVE pilot or copilot EADI.
COUPLING OR MANUALLY
OVERRIDES COLLECTIVE Possible illumination of NO. 1 or NO. 2
LIMITING. UNDER CERTAIN LOW INVERTER caution light.
OAT CONDITIONS, AFCS
COMPUTER MAY EXCEED SINGLE
ENGINE TORQUE LIMIT. NOTE
If inverter 1 or 2 fails, AP1 or AP2
e3-9. AlUTOMATIC FLIGHT will disengage, but can be
3 {-9. AUTOMATIC FLIGT rreengaged by pressing respective
* CONTROLS SYSTEM switch on AFCS control panel.
The AFCS can be affected by malfunctions *PROCEDURE:
of any of the vertical gyros, yaw rate
gyros, inverters, accelerometers, or by Airspeed- Reduce to 115 KIAS or less.
7
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 FAA APPROVED
INV 1 and 2 switches - ON; check NO. 1 If IFR, land as soon as practical; or
and NO. 2 INVERTER caution lights continue flight under VFR, if desired.
extinguished.
3-9-B. AFCS FAILS TO HOLD
Pilot and copilot EADIs - Check ATT ATTITUDE
FAIL flags retracted, indicators
functioning properly. *PROCEDURE:
-^'~ .... C FORCE TRIM switch - Check ON.
CAUTION
-^ -....-..N -CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - ON.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET ANY SAS/ATT button - Check ATT light
CIRCUIT BREAKER MORE THAN illuminated.
ONCE.
~~~~~~ONCE'~. ~If
AUTOTRIM caution light illuminated -
Check the following circuit breakers in: Follow procedure for AUTOTRIM
FAILURE.
INV 1 PWR and INV 2 PWR FAILURE.
AC Feeder Panel (8) 3-9-C. AFCS HARDOVER OR
ABNORMAL CONTROL
ATTD 26VAC (1 and 2) AB RMALONTROL
DISTURBANCE
AFCS 28 DC (1 and 2)
(For helicopters S/N 36087 - 36247)
ATTD GYRO 115 VAC (1 and 2)
(For helicopters S/N 36248 and sub) IF AP1 OR AP2 FAILS OR IS
AHRS 28 VDC (1 and 2) DISENGAGED, REDUCE AIRSPEED TO
ATTD 26VAC (1 and 2) 115 KIAS OR LESS.
AP1 or AP2 switch (affected system) - *PROCEDURE:
Press to reengage.
Cyclic FORCE TRIM release switch -
If either autopilot will not reengage, or if Press.
abnormal control disturbance occurs,
proceed as follows:
CLTV YAW TRIM REL switch - Press.
proceed as follows:
Correct helicopter attitude with cyclic
Affected autopilot - Disengage. and pedals, then release cyclic FORCE
If IFR, land as soon as practical; or TRIM switch and CLTV YAW TRIM REL
continue flight under VFR, if desired. switch.
If fault condition cannot be cleared, use Airspeed - Reduce to 115 KIAS or less.
error code displayed on AL-300 to Actuator position indicators - Check
determine failed axis. Refer to table 3-3 both systems. If any API shows maximum
for a list of error codes. displacement or erratic operation of any
actuator, switch affected autopilot OFF.
If both autopilots fail to reengage, proceed as , p ,
If IFR, land as soon as practical, or
follows:
continue flight under VFR, if desired.
Airspeed - As desired.
8 Rev.2 16AUG00
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
3-9-D. AUTOTRIM FAILURE If an attitude source fails, pitch scale, roll
pointer, and aircraft symbol will be painted
_* .~~~~~~ INDICATblue and a red ATT FAIL will be displayed
* INDICATION: in the middle of the sphere.
AUTOTRIM caution light illuminates. 3-14-A-2. GLIDESLOPE, EXPANDED
LOCALIZER, AND RATE-
PROCEDURE: OF-TURN FAILURES
Ensure cyclic friction set at minimum. If any of these systems fail, the respective
pointer will be removed and a red X will be
Attempt to reset AUTOTRIM light by drawn through the respective scale.
cycling either AP1 or AP2 off, then ON.
3-14-A-3. INTERNAL FAILURES
If fault condition cannot be cleared, use
error code displayed on AL-300 Air Certain internal failures within the symbol
Data Display to determine failed axis. generator will result in display being
replaced by a red X centered on EADI with
I Refer to table 3-3 for a list of error notation SG FAIL.
codes.
3-14-B. EADI CAUTIONS (AMBER
For yaw trim failures: ANNUNCIATIONS)
CLTVNAW TRIM switch - OFF.
3-14-B-1. SAME ATTITUDE
Cycle either AP1 or AP2 off, then ON. SOURCE
Continue flight with manual control of If pilot and copilot have selected the same
collective and pedals. ATT mode may attitude source, the attitude source will be
still be used, including pitch/roll FD annunciated in amber.
coupled operation.
3-14-B-2. COMMON SYMBOL
For pitch or roll trim failures: GENERATOR
mode, using cyclic FORCE TRIM release
hmode, using cyclic FOmaRCnEuall re-easTT generator is driving both pilot and copilot
switch and APls to manually re-trim as display tubes. During this mode, a
required to keep actuators working near reversionary annunciation is given in
center; or, pilot may select SAS mode amber indicating the display source. This
desired. TIswthOorFFa annunciation appears in the upper left
^ desired. corner of the attitude sphere and will
^^^0~~~~~~ ~~~display SG1 or SG2, depending on source.
3-14. EFIS
3-14-B-3. DECISION HEIGHT
3-14-A. EADI FAILURES (RED When radar altitude is within 100 feet of
ANNUNCIATIONS) decision height, a white box will appear to
the left of radar altitude display. When at
or below decision height, an amber DH will
3-14-A-1. ATTITUDE FAILURE appear inside the white box.
9
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 FAA APPROVED
3-14-B-4. FLIGHT DIRECTOR FAILURE 3-14-C. EHSI FAILURES
(RED ANNUNCIATIONS)
An amber FD FAIL warning will be displayed (
in the upper left quadrant of EADI. Also, flight 3-14-C-1. HEADING FAILURES
director command bars and all mode
annunciations will be removed. A failure in the heading system will result in
removal of bearing pointers and their
NOTE annunciators, course select pointer, course
deviation indicator and scale, and compass
FD FAIL is also displayed while the sync indicator. The digital course select and
digital AFCS TEST mode is engaged. heading select readouts will be replaced with
amber dashes and a red HDG FAIL is
3-14-B-5. DECISION HEIGHT FAILURE displayed at the top of the compass card.
Amber dashes will replace numerical values 3-14-C-2. COURSE DEVIATION OR
of decision height display. GLIDESLOPE DEVIATION
FAILURE
3-14-B-6. RADAR ALTITUDE FAILURE
A failure of these systems results in removal
Amber dashes will replace numerical values of course or glideslope pointer, and a red X
and rising runway will be removed from being drawn through scale. The letter G will
display. appear at the zero deviation position of
vertical scale to identify invalid information.
3-14-B-7. ATTITUDE (ATT)
COMPARISON MONITOR 3-14-C-3. INTERNAL FAILURES
Amber ATT will illuminate in lower left of EADI Certain internal failures within the symbol
if pilot and copilot attitude miscompare by generator will result in display being replaced
more than 6. by a red X centered on EHSI with notation SG
FAIL.
Amber ATT will illuminate if cross side FAIL.
attitude has failed. 3-14-D. EHSI CAUTIONS
3-14-B-8. HEADING (HDG) (AMBER ANNUNCIATIONS)
COMPARISON MONITOR 3-14-D-1. HEADING SOURCE AND
Amber HDG will illuminate in lower left of NAVIGATION SOURCE
EADI if pilot and copilot heading indicators Whenever pilot and copilot share same
miscompare by more than 60 or 120 when heading source or select same NAV radio,
bank angle exceeds 6
.
bank angle exceeds 6. appropriate source annunciation will turn
Amber HDG will illuminate if cross side amber. NAV radio annunciation VOR 1 or VOR
heading has fawiled. also be amber if either side displays
secondary navigation source.
NOTE 3-14-D-2. WAYPOINT
For other comparison monitored
pFor othser comparison monitored An amber WPT annunciation will be displayed
parameters, refer to Honeywell SPZ- to the left of the NAV source annunciation to
7600 Integrated Flight Control System indicate the passage of a long range NAV
Pilot's Manual for Bell 412. indicate the passage of a long range NAV
Pilot's Manual for Bell 412. waypoint.
waypoint.
10 Rev. 2 16AUG 00
l
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Table 3-1. Caution and advisory lights
PANEL WORDING FAULT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION
AHRS FAN AHRS fan inoperative. Avoid prolonged ground operations if
OAT exceeds 40C (105F).
0^^&b~~~~~~~ ~~~Turn EFIS power OFF during ground
operations if OAT exceeds 35' C (95F).
DCPL Flight director not coupled. Ensure that AP1 and AP2 are engaged in
ATT mode. Engage flight director modes
as desired. Ensure CPL switch and
COLL switch are ON.
FT OFF Force trim inoperative. Check FORCE TRIM switch ON and
FORCE TRIM circuit breaker in.
AUTOTRIM Pitch, roll, or yaw trim inoperative. Cycle either AP1 or AP2 off, then ON. If
light does not extinguish, follow
AUTOTRIM FAILURE procedures in this
section.
CLTV Collective autotrim inoperative. Turn CLTV/YAW TRIM switch ON. Check
excessive adjustable collective friction.
Cycle either AP1 or AP2 off, then ON. If
light does not extinguish, continue flight
with manual collective inputs.
NO. 1 AUTOPILOT/ Autopilot 1 or 2 inoperative. Engage affected autopilot. If unable to
NO. 2 AUTOPILOT engage, continue flight on remaining
system.
NO. 1 EFIS FAN/NO. EFIS blower fan 1 or 2 inoperative. Pull EFIS NO. 1 or 2 circuit breakers if
2 EFIS FAN OAT is above 49C (120F). Push circuit
*i^^^~~~~~~~~ ~~~~breakers in prior to landing.
PRYC OUT OF Pitch, roll, yaw, and collective out Release force trim of affected system
DETENT of detent. and center control.
Rev. 2 16AUG00 11
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-2. Failure displays and recommended corrective action
ANNUNCIATION OR FAULT CONDITION FLIGHT DIRECTOR CORRECTIVE ACTION
INDICATION
Red X and SG FAIL Symbol generator Flight director Press SG REV switch
or both displays failure. inoperative (no FD to revert to cross-side
blank. cues). display and flight
director.
Display reverts to Display controller NAV modes may No action required.
power-up failure. disengage. Display Controller will
configuration and
not operate.
bearing pointers
revert to NAV 1 and
NAV 2.
Display goes blank, Electronic display NAV modes may Turn failed display DIM
or color and picture failure. disengage. knob OFF to obtain
quality failure. Composite Mode on
remaining display.
HDG or CRS pointers Remote instrument None. If only one side is
jitter. controller failure. affected, SG REV may
be used at pilot's
discretion.
Blue sphere and ATT Attitude gyro Command bars out Press ATT REV switch
FAIL on EADI. failure. of view. to revert to cross-side
source.
Red HDG FAIL on Directional gyro Roll command bar Press HDG REV switch
EHSI. Loss of HDG, failure. may bias out of to revert to cross-side
CRS, etc. view. source.
Red X over CDI NAV invalid. None. Check NAV tuning and
scale; loss of station range. Select
bearing pointer, alternate NAV source if
required.
12
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Table 3-3. Digital AFCS error codes
CONT AL-300 PWR
UP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRE
FLT TEST
X X
X X
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
FAA APPROVED
Table 3-3. Digital AFCS error codes (Cont)
CONT AL-300 PWR
UP
PRE
FLT TEST ADD
X
X
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Table 3-3. Digital AFCS error codes (Cont)
PWR PRE CONT AL-300
UP FLT TEST ADD ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION
X E136 PITCH TRIM ACT MOVED
X E137 ROLL TRIM ACT MOVED
X E138 YAW TRIM ACT MOVED
X E139 YAW SERIES ACT MOVED
X E140 COLL ACT MOVED
X E141 PITCH TRIM (H) E/A ON
X E142 PITCH TRIM (L) E/A ON
X E143 ROLL TRIM (H) E/A ON
X E144 ROLL TRIM (L) E/A ON
X E145 YAW TRIM (H) E/A ON
X E146 YAW TRIM (L) E/A ON
X E147 TRIM ENABLE FAIL
X E148 TRIM ONE-SHOT FAIL
X E149 PITCH TRIM (H) E/A OFF
X E150 PITCH TRIM (L) E/A OFF
X E151 ROLL TRIM (H) E/A OFF
X E152 ROLL TRIM (L) E/A OFF
X E153 YAW TRIM (H) E/A OFF
X E154 YAW TRIM (L) E/A OFF
X E155 SERVO VALID FAIL
X E156 TRIM END AROUND FAIL
X E157 APON OTHER INPUT FAIL
X E201 AL-300 KNOB MOTION
X E202 AIRSPEED MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
X E203 PRIMARY RADALT MORE THAN 20
FT
X E204 ANALOG GROUND FAIL
X E205 LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FAIL
X E206 LONGITUDINAL ACCELEROMETER
FAIL
X E207 VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FAIL
X E208 ROLL ATTITUDE MORE THAN 10
DEG
X E209 PITCH ATTITUDE MORE THAN 10
DEG
X E210 YAW RATE GYRO MORE THAN 10
DEG/SEC
X E211 DIRECTIONAL GYRO FAIL
X E212 VERTICAL GYRO NOT VALID
X E213 DIRECTIONAL GYRO NOT VALID
X E214 PRIMARY RADAR ALTIMETER NOT
VALID
X E215 AIR DATA SENSOR NOT VALID
X E216 SERIAL I/O NOT VALID
X E217 OTHER AUTOPILOT NOT IN TEST
X E218 MODE SELECTOR BUTTON(S)
PRESSED
X E219 AP CONTROLLER BUTTON(S)
PRESSED
X E220 -
15
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-3. Digital AFCS error codes (Cont)
PWR PRE CONT AL-300
UP FLT TEST ADD ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION
X E221 HARDWARE NOT VALID
X E222 FOUR-WAY BEEP SWITCH PRESSED
X E223 ENC ALT LESS THAN -600 FT OR
GREATER THAN 12,000 FT
X E224 BARO ALT LESS THAN -600 FT OR
GREATER THAN 12,000 FT
X E225 POD DURING TEST
X E226 ROD DURING TEST
X E227 YOD+YFTR DURING TEST
X E228 COD DURING TEST
X E229 FTR DURING TEST
X E230 CFTR DURING TEST
X E231 TRIM SWITCH OFF DURING TEST
X E232 COLL TRIM SWITCH OFF DURING
TEST
X E233 ENG TORQUE LESS THAN 5% OR
GREATER THAN 30%
X E234 ENG TEMP LESS THAN 150 DEG OR
GREATER THAN 900 DEG C
X E235 -
X E236 AIRSPEED INPUT OPEN
X E237 HEADING NOT VALID
X E238 ENCODING ALTIMETER NOT VALID
X E239 -
X E240 -
X E241 C/A RESET BUTTON PRESSED
X E242 -
X E243 -
X E244 ERASE EEPROM SWITCH ON
DURING TEST
X E245 READ EEPROM SWITCH ON DURING
TEST
X E246
X E247
X E248
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Section 4
NOTE
45.3 and 45.4, for performance information.
Due to safety margin designed
into collective coupling system,
Flight Manual performance may
not be obtained during three cue
coupled mode.
With Increased Maximum Continuous
Power Kit (412-706-029) installed, refer to
Flight Manual Supplement, Increased
Maximum Continuous Power Kit (412-706-
029) with PT6T-3D Engine, BHT-412-FMS-
If Increased Maximum Continuous Power
Kit (412-706-029) is not installed, refer to
Flight Manual, BHT-412-FM-4, for
performance information.
Refer to BHT-FMS- 412-53.4 for PT6T-3DE
(30 minute OEI rating) engine performance.
Refer to BHT-FMS- 56.3/56.4 for PT6T-3DF
(30 minute OEI rating) engine performance.
17/18
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Section 5
No change from basic manual.
19/20
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Section 1
1-1. INTRODUCTION
Dual digital AFCS controls and indicators
and related electrical systems, flight
control system, and AFCS are partially
described in this section of the
manufacturer's data. For further
information, including complete details
and specifications, refer to the Honeywell
SPZ-7600 Integrated Flight Control System
Pilot's Manual for the Bell 412.
1-2. DUAL DIGITAL AFCS
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
All caution and advisory lights are dimmed
using DIM switch on caution panel.
Figures 1-1 through 1-11 depict the
controls and indicators for the 4 axis
AFCS/EFIS installation.
1-3. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1-3-A. DC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Refer to tables 1-1 through 1-3 for loading
of nonessential, essential, and emergency
buses.
1-3-B. AC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
I Refer to table 1-5 for bus loading.
1-4. FLIGHT CONTROL
SYSTEM
1-4-A. FORCE TRIM SYSTEM
The force trim system is activated by the
master FORCE TRIM switch on the
pedestal. Cyclic force trim can be released
momentarily by pressing the FORCE TRIM
switch on cyclic grip.
Collective and antitorque force trim can be
released by placing the CLTV/YAW TRIM
switch (located on collective control head)
in the OFF position or momentarily
released individually by toggling in desired
direction or jointly released by pressing
straight down.
1-5. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
CONTROL SYSTEM (AFCS)
The DFZ-7600 dual digital AFCS consists
of two independent autopilot systems, AP1
and AP2, either of which is capable of four
axis (pitch, roll, yaw, and collective)
control, and flight director coupling. The
system also incorporates other workload
reducing features such as auto trim,
heading hold, automatic turn coordination,
and auto level.
Either autopilot can be operated in SAS
(Stability Augmentation System) mode or
ATT (Attitude Retention) mode. SAS mode
provides short term stabilization for
hands-on flying. ATT mode can be used
for hands-off flight when coupled to flight
director.
The flight director provides steering
commands which can be manually flown
by the pilot or can be coupled to
autopilots for fully automatic flight path
control.
21
IDLE STOP START
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
r
Figure 1-1. Collective control panels (Typical)
22
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-38.4
_ @ _ CONSOLE LT PED LT SEC INSTR LT
WSHLO HEAT AIR CONO STRY EMERG
LH RH AIRFLOW ATT LT
OFF OFF LOW TEST DISARM
0 0 0 07 F O TE ST AB) LE
ON ON HIGH ON ARM OF R
}*iY (@i>~ '~C COPLT INSTR LT ENG INSTR LT PILOT INSTR LT
VENT * AFT CARGO (CS
BLOWER OUTLET HEATER RELEASE
OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF BRI OFF BR OFF 61RT
ON ON ON- ARM UEFIS UTTY EXTERIOR LIGHT
ON FAON ON I ARM MASTER UGHT POSITION ANTI COLL
[--- -HEAT - r----t OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF W I P,
''PK _L PR O ^ON ON ON ON
NORMAL NON-ESNTL
( MEO M M EDx BUS INV 1 INV 2
MANUAL OFF OFF
COPILOT PILOT
^ Q 4 NORMAL ON ON
EMERG LOAD
r AFT DOME LIGHT , PIlo STATIC GEN 1 GEN2 BATTE
-EATERS GEN 1 GEN 2 ~8ATTERY--
/ \ "ITE OFF RESET RESET OFF OFF
-OF ) @ F 4R F ON
0\ 8T RED ON ON ON ON ON
OFF BRT RE N BUSI BUS 2
412-FSMD38.4-1.2-1
Figure 1-2. Overhead console, Typical (Sheet 1 of 2)
23
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BASIC HEUCOPTER CONFIGURATION
i ---- AC ____ _ _ A D --ACi
301 . 051 F. EFT5 AFC5 RATE R s OTRO 2 VNO Z z CBOX NO2
MS1 TS YRO RAD E S NOT 15, NOS 2 , MTO nSv ws42
@@
@@@@
_
@0@] @0000 _
R RDR BCN ADF DE NAV 1 COMM COMM AV2 NAV ALT XP
STA eoM^ooo
I
5
Rl T-l AIR ICM CABIN LT VENT CATI NOIO ENMER
PE (s~ PRE~ PPEqs A D NO) NOI N OI k9 14 02 NO ED P 9f]~ 0 PP~s
CONIR PWR CONTR P 1R WR CIPLT IT DONE BWNR CONTR PRN CUT REL FLOATS
MAR EEN PFYOT PITOT 0
AFCS DATA GOV NOUN CLOCK ICS HTR KT1 KS 5STY CLOCK FORCE AFCS
0@@0@ a0 9[ a9]
NO1 ORS CONiR MrEEI CPLT CPLT CPLT PILOT PILOT ATOT PI.T STEP mM NO 2
AHRS EQUIPPED HEUCOPTERS
_ C I 1 AC A __
NOT SSNA-- EFTS AFCS AlTTD . A-TTD AFC5 DTS IB1 E2RCOX NO 2
8888@DGa tD00 S 8888
SYS On. 00L PEla \I AT fly SAY 2 so am xv F o. SOS
S PRESS P RES PRESS ADF NO1 NO H N 2 NO 2 NO2 PRESS PESS PRESS PRESS
R DC AD I AC
IRUS t15 1YRMORAD S NO 2-------I RAO AH RS S 2
_ NO1 N0 1 ALT 1 R G5/DC HSI A AMD HSI SCDC LMR ALT 2 FAN VO
r-ACi , -- NAVM - NAVI
5 WX 5 WX NXR U VHF 5 VHF 2 VLF ENC IDENT'
@0 0000 _
SA RO BN ADF SE NAVP COMM COM AV 2 NAV ALT XPDR
I-WD H HEAT---- HIST CARCO AHQS L,
I LH RH AIN ICS CAB U VET CABE NOK AMER FAN 0
)O c<) OOK~ 0 0 L]
CONTi PWR CON PIR N CABN 0TC 0 0U PR CONf R PR CUT NEL FOATS RELAY
AIR ENC PITT PITOT 6
AFCS DATA SO HOUR CLOCK AMRS CS HT HTR KS AMRS CLOCK FORCE ACS
NOT1 S CM NIR METER CPLT CPMT CPAT CPIT P|OT PIOT PlOT PILOT STEP T NO S2
412-FSMD-38.4-1-2-2
Figure 1-2. Overhead console, Typical (Sheet 2 of 2)
24 Rev. 2 16 AUG 0
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Figure 1-3. AL-300 air data display (Typical)
412-FSMD38.4-1-4
Figure 1-4. MS-700 mode selector (Typical)
25
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Figure 1-5. EADI (Typical)
EHSI
412.FSMD38.4-1-6
Figure 1-6. EHSI (Typical)
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-38.4
412-FSMD38.4-1-7
Figure 1-7. Radar altimeter (Typical)
AP1 AP2 FOSEL COLL CPL
SAS/ATT TEST RADALT VELHLD
412-FSMD38.4-1-8
Figure 1-8. PC-700 autopilot controller (Typical)
27
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Figure 1-9. Pilot/copilot display controller (Typical)
Figure 1-10. Pilot/copilot EFIS aux switch panel (Typical)
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Figure 1-11. Auxiliary navigation panel (Typical)
29
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-1. DC electrical system bus loading (Nonessential buses)
NONESSENTIAL DC BUS 1
NAV-COMM SYSTEMS
LF ADF (receiver)
DME
NAV 1
WX RADAR
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Position lights
Console lights
Pedestal lights
Secondary instrument lights
Copilot instrument lights
Copilot map lights
Landing light power
Landing light control
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Cabin heater
Windshield heat controls (LH/RH)
Windshield heat power (LH/RH)
NONESSENTIAL DC BUS 2
NAV-COMM SYSTEMS
VLF NAV
VHF 2 COMM
IDENT XPDR
ENC ALT
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Anticollision light
Baggage compartment light
Cabin dome light
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Air blower
Vent blower
NOTES:
1. Automatically sheds with one generator inoperative, but can be reenergized by
placing the NON-ESNTL BUS switch in the MANUAL position.
2. Automatically sheds for 30 and 90 minute flight with electrical power supplied by
the battery only.
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Table 1-2. DC electrical system bus loading (essential buses)
ESSENTIAL DC BUS 1 ESSENTIAL DC BUS 2
NAV-COMM SYSTEMS NAV-COMM SYSTEMS
Copilot ICS NAV 2
ICS Cabin RAD ALT 2
RAD ALT 1
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM
EFIS NO. 1 BLWR EFIS NO 2 BLWR
EFIS NO. 1 SG/DC EFIS NO 2 SG/DC
EFIS NO. 1 HSI EFIS NO 2 HSI
EFIS NO. 1 ADI EFIS NO 2 ADI
(*** AHRS equipped helicopters ONLY ***): LIGHTING SYSTEMS
COPILOT AHRS Pilot instrument lights
Engine instrument lights
Utility lights
ENGINE 1 SYSTEMS ENGINE 2 SYSTEMS
Fuel transfer Fuel control heater
Fuel control heater Fuel boost
Fuel boost Fuel crossfeed
Fuel crossfeed Fuel control
Fuel control Ignition
Ignition Starter relay
Starter relay Particle separator
Particle separator Generator 2 reset
Generator 1 reset
NO 1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM NO 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic system power Hydraulic system power
Hydraulic temperature indicator Hydraulic temperature indicator
CAUTION/WARNING SYSTEMS CAUTION/WARNING SYSTEMS
Engine 1 RPM Engine 2 RPM
Rotor RPM
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Copilot pitot heater Pilot windshield wiper
Copilot windshield wiper
Governor control
Nonessential bus power
Hourmeter
FLIGHT CONTROLS
AFCS NO 1
ADD/CAUT
NOTES:
1. Sheds for 90 minute flight with electrical power supplied by the battery only and with
emergency load switch in EMERG LOAD position.
Rev. 2 16AUG00 31
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-3. DC electrical system bus loading (emergency buses)
EMERGENCY DC BUS 1 EMERGENCY DC BUS 2
NAV-COMM SYSTEMS NAV-COMM SYSTEMS
VHF COMM 1 Pilot ICS
(S/N 36248 and Sub) FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM Standby attitude indicator
Standby attitude indicator LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Pilot AHRS Searchlight power
Searchlight control
Pilot map light
ENGINE 1 SYSTEMS ENGINE 2 SYSTEMS
Fuel valve Fuel transfer
Fuel quantity indicator Fuel valve
Fuel interconnect Fuel quantity indicator
ITT indicator Fuel interconnect
Oil temperature indicator ITT indicator
Engine 1 torque indicator Oil temperature indicator
Engine 2 torque indicator
CAUTION/WARNING SYSTEMS CAUTION/WARNING SYSTEMS
Master caution panel Caution fail light
Engine 1 fire detector Engine 2 fire detector
Main fire extinguisher Reserve fire extinguisher
Baggage compartment fire detector
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Mast torque indicator Passenger step
Idle stop release XMSN oil temperature indicator
Cargo hook release Pilot pitot heater
Combining gearbox oil temperature Emergency floats
indicator Hoist cable cut
Inverter 1 power Inverter 2 power
(S/N 36248 and Sub)
AHRS FAN RELAY
FLIGHT CONTROLS
Force trim
AFCS NO 2 CAUT
32 Rev. 2 16 AUG 00
MANIJFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-38.4
Table 1-5. AC electrical system bus loading
NO. 1 INVERTER
115 VAC BUS 1 115 VAC BUS 2
Bus 1 voltmeter Bus 2 voltmeter
No. 2 directional gyro
(S/N 36248 and Sub)
115 VAC BUS 2
Bus 2 voltmeter
26 VAC BUS 1 26 VAC BUS 2
No. 1 hydraulic pressure indicator No. 2 hydraulic pressure indicator
Transmission oil pressure indicator CBOX oil pressure indicator
Engine 1 oil pressure indicator Engine 2 oil pressure indicator
Engine 1 fuel pressure indicator Engine 2 fuel pressure indicator
LF ADF (bearing pointers) No. 2 EFIS
A115 VAC EMERGENCY BUS A 26 VAC EMERGENCY BUS
No. 2 attitude gyro No. 2 AFCS
No. 2 rate gyro
(S/N 36248 and Sub) (S(N 36248 and Sub)
zA115 VAC EMERGENCY BUS a 26 VAC EMERGENCY BUS
AHRS FAN No. 2 AFCS
ATTD 26 V No. 2
NO. 2 INVERTER
115 VAC BUS 3 26 VAC BUS 3
Weather radar stabilizer No. 1 AFCS
No. 1 directional gyro No. 1 rate gyro
No. 1 attitude gyro No. 1 EFIS
(S/N 36248 and Sub) (S/N 36248 and Sub)
115 VAC BUS 3 26 VAC BUS 3
Weather radar stabilizer No. 1 AFCS
ATTD 26 V No. 1
0_^^H~~~~~~~ ________________No. 1 EFIS
NOTES:
O A Does not shed when emergency load switch is in EMERG LOAD position.
Rev. 2 16AUG00 33
BHT-412-FMS-38.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Section 2
For handling and servicing instructions with EFIS, refer to manuals supplied by
related to components of dual digital manufacturers.
Automatic Flight Control System (4-Axis)
34
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
DUAL DIGITAL AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL
SYSTEM, SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR) WITH
PT6T-3B/E AND PT6T-3D ENGINES
412-570-002
S/N 36020 - 36086
S/N 36087 AND SUB
CERTIFIED
11 SEPTEMBER 1992
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412/412EP
Flight Manual when Dual Digital Automatic Flight
Control System, Search and Rescue (SAR) modification
has been installed.
Information contained herein supplements information
of basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained In this supplement, or
other applicable supplements, consult basic Flight
Manual.
Bell Helicopter
COPYRIGHT NOTICE A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
COPYRIGHT 1998
BELL 8 HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC. POST OFFICE BOX 412 FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
REVISION 3 - 26 MARCH 1998
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
NOTICE PAGE
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Manufacturer's Data portion of this supplement is proprietary to Bell
Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure, reproduction, or use of these
data for any purpose other than helicopter operation is forbidden
without prior written authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. 0. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
PN Rev. 1
BHT 2 S . .
ROTORCRA T
LGHT AN AL
S PPLE ENT
D AL DGTAL A TO ATC LGHT CONTROL
SYSTE SEARCH AND RESC E SAR TH
PT T BE OR PT T D ENGNES
2 0002
SN 020 0
SN 0 AND S B
TE PORARY REVSON OR STARTNG PT T D
ENGNES AT TE PERAT RES O C
AND BELO
OCTOBER
TE PORARY REVSON ARCH
RESS E 2 ARCH
BHT 2.P S . .
LOG O REVSONS
T ...................... AR
R
........................ N
R
....................... 2 AR
LOG O PAGES
P
R
NO.
P
T
........................
AB
T
......................

T
.......................... T
.......................... T
R
NO.
TE PORARY REVSON AR
RESS E 2 AR
BHT S . .
LOG O APPROVED REVSONS
T AR
R . NOY
R . . .
2 AR

ROTORCRA T CE CATON O CE
EDERAL N ON AO NSTRATON
T. ORTH TX 0 0
TE PORARY RESON AR
RESS E 2 AR
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 .............. 11 SEP 92
Revision .......... 1..............23 APR 93
Reissue...........0 .............. 13 JAN 94
Reissue ........... 0..............18 OCT 94
Revision .......... ............. 16 AUG 96
Revision .......... 2 .............. 14 NOV 97
Revision .......... 3............. 26 MAR 98
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO.
REVISION
NO. PAGE PAGE
T itle ..................................... 3
P N ...................................... 1
A - B .................................. 3
i- ii .................................... 0
1 ........................................ 1
2 - 7 ................................... 0
8 ........................................ 3
9- 15 .................................. 0
16- 17.................................3
18- 19.................................0
20 ....................................... 2
21 - 23 ................................. 0
24 ....................................... 3
25 - 33 ................................. 0
34 ....................................... 2
35 ....................................... 3
36 ....................................... 2
37 - 52 ................................. 0
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
53 - 64 ................................. 0
65/66 .................................... 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
Rev.3 A
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
LOG OF FAA APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 .............. 11 SEP 92
Revision .......... 1 .............. 23 APR 93
Reissue...........0 .............. 13 JAN 94
Reissue ........... 0 ............ 18 OCT 94
APPROVED:
Revision .......... 1 ............. 16 AUG 96
Revision .......... 2 .............. 14 NOV 97
Revision .......... ............. 26 MAR 98
DATE:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
B Rev. 3
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
The 412 SAR configuration includes the
Honeywell SPZ-7600 Integrated Flight
Control System (DFZ-760 Digital AFCS,
EDZ-705 EFIS, Primus 700 Weather Radar,
DATA NAV III Information System, and AA-
300 Radio Altimeters), Global Wulfsberg
GNS X Flight Management System, Racal
D-91 Doppler, rescue hoist, and emergency
float kits. Refer to appropriate
manufacturer's publication for operations.
ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS
AND PLACARDING
ADF
AGL
AP
APR
BLWR
CDI
CDU
CLTV-YAW
COMM
CONT
CPL
CPLT
CPU
CRS
DCPL
DECEL
DEG
DH
DME
DN
DPLR
DR
EADI
EEPROM
EFIS
EHSI
- Automatic Direction
Finder
- Above Ground Level
- Autopilot
- Approach
- Blower
- Course Deviation
Indicator
- Control Display Unit
- Collective-yaw
- Communication
- Control
- Couple
- Copilot
- Central Processor Unit
- Course
- Decouple
- Deceleration
- Degrees
- Decision Height
- Distance Measuring
Equipment
- Down
- Doppler
- Dead Reckoning
- EFIS Attitude Director
Indicator
- Electrically Erasable
Programmable Read Only
Memory
- Electronic Flight
Instrument System
- EFIS Horizontal Situation
Indicator
EMER
ENC
EXT
FD
FDSEL
FMS
fpm
FWD
GNS
GPS
HDG
HOV
HSI
HTR
IAS
ICS
IDB
IDENT
ILS
LE
LF
LH
LNAV
MKR BCN
MOT
MSG
NAV
NDB
NM
PRI
PWR
RAD ALT
REL
RH
RNAV
SAR
SBY ATT
SG REV
STBY
SYNC
TACAN
TAS
TORQ/TRQ
- Emergency
- Encoding
- Extinguisher
- Flight Director
- Flight Director Select
- Flight Management
System
- Feet Per Minute
- Forward
- Global Navigation
System
- Global Positioning
System
- Heading
- Hover
- Horizontal Situation
Indicator
- Heater
- Indicated Airspeed
- Intercommunication
System
- Internal Data Base
- Identification
- Instrument Landing
System
- Level
- Low Frequency
- Left Hand
- Long Range Navigation
- Marker Beacon
- Mark On Target
- Message
- Navigation
- Nondirectional Beacon
- Nautical Mile
- Primary
- Power
- Radar Altimeter
- Release
- Right Hand
- Radio Navigation
- Search and Rescue
- Standby Attitude
- Symbol Generator
Reversionary
- Standby
- Synchronize
- Tactical Air Navigation
- True Airspeed
- Torque
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
TRANS - Transfer
VEL HLD - Velocity Hold
VLF - Very Low Frequency
VOR - VHF Omnidirectional
Range
VPU - VORTAC Positioning Unit
WP/WPT - Waypoint
WSHLD - Windshield
WX - Weather
XPDR - Transponder
XTRK - Cross-track
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Section 1
1-1. INTRODUCTION 1-5. CONFIGURATION
Limitations specified in Basic Flight
Manual and supplements remain 1-5-A. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
applicable. Operation of SPZ-7600 system
does not relieve flight crew of When referring to required equipment lists
responsibility to monitor and comply with in Basic Flight Manual note that EFIS
all helicopter limitations. For limitations of replaces ADI/HSI; and AP1/AP2 replace
Emergency Floats, refer to BHT-412-FMS-2. HP1/HP2.
For limitations of Internal Hoist, refer to
BHT-412-FMS-26. The EFIS composite mode is to be used in
IFR flight only after In-flight failure of an
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION EADI or EHSI. Use of composite mode for
1-3. TYP ES OF OPERATION
VFR flight is allowed.
IFR operations are not approved with:
1-5-B. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
External cargo loads using SAR
modes
NOTE
Hoist operations (unless using SAR Upon Initiation of a search and
modes) rescue mission, the pilot in
command may determine
Any doors open (unless using SAR minimum equipment required to
modes) complete the mission using the
automatic approach and hover
1-4. FLIGHT CREW system.
Two operational EFIS systems
The minimum flight crew for VFR or IFR
operations consists of one pilot who shall Either collective adjustable friction or
operate the helicopter from the right crew collective force trim shall be operable for
seat.
VFR flight.
For IFR automatic approach and hover
operations, two pilots are required. When operating over water:
For overwater SAR operations, a hoist Hoist
operator is required.
Approved life vests for all occupants
Life raft
Emergency floats
Rev.1 1
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
1-5-D. SAR OPERATIONS (IFR) 1-11. AMBIENT TEMPERA-
TURES
NOTE
For ground operations when OAT is
Offshore approaches under IFR between 48.9 and 51.7 C (120 and 125 F)
conditions shall be conducted In with doors and windows closed, and EFIS
accordance with appropriate fans operating, EFIS operation is limited to
operating rules. 90 minutes.
In addition to basic equipment required for
certification, the 412-705-006 IFR kit, and 1-23. FLIGHT OPERATIONS
items listed for SAR operations (VFR), the
following items shall be operational for
SAR operations (IFR): 1-23-A. NORMAL VFR/IFR
Digital AFCS preflight test (level 1
Both autopilots AP1 and AP2 shall be minimum) shall be accomplished prior to
engaged in ATT mode during flight. first flight of the day or before planned
flight into IMC.
Flight management system (Global
GNS X) Flight director shall not be coupled to
autopilots below 60 KIAS.
Collective force trim
Flight director coupling to autopilot is not
Doppler possible with only one autopilot engaged.
Two radio altimeters Uncoupled ILS approaches shall not be
flown in 3-cue DECEL mode.
Weather radar with ground mapping
1-23-B. SAR MODES,VFR/IFR
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF Approach 2 operations shall be conducted
GRAVITY into the wind.
Actual weight change shall be determined SAR modes may be selected anytime
after kits are installed and ballast within engagement limits.
readjusted, if necessary, to return empty
weight CG to within allowable limits. SAR Minimum airspeed during Approach 1 and
operations shall be limited to OGE hover MOT prior to Approach 2 or final MOT
weights. descent shall be 60 KIAS.
1-7. AIRSPEED CAUTIO
Refer to figure 1-1 for airspeed limitations.
SAR MODES CAN BE COUPLED
SINGLE AUTOPILOT; HOWEVER,
1-8. ALTITUDE SUBSEQUENT ELECTRICAL
FAILURES OR AFCS FAILURES
Maximum operating pressure altitude is MAY RESULT IN TOTAL LOSS OF
20,000 feet - collective coupling limited to AIRCRAFT STABILIZATION AND
16,000 feet pressure altitude. FLIGHT DIRECTOR GUIDANCE.
2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Pilot shall have hands lightly on controls
when coupled to SAR modes below 100
feet AGL dual autopilot or anytime when
coupled single autopilot.
NOTE
When collective is coupled, the
FZ-706 Flight Control Computer
limits engine ITT or MAST
TORQUE based on the engine
series or transmission
configuration installed.
CAUTION
DURING NORMAL AFCS
COUPLED OPERATION, SYSTEM
TOLERANCES MAY ALLOW
BASIC HELICOPTER LIMITATIONS
TO BE EXCEEDED FOR SHORT
DURATIONS. IT REMAINS THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PILOT
TO MONITOR AND CORRECT FOR
ANY EXCEEDANCES.
B/E ENGINES and BASIC TRANSMISSION.
Engine power/transmission are limited to
810C ITT or 100% MAST TORQUE when
airspeed is below 60 KIAS (or in GO
AROUND mode with airspeed below 105
KIAS). Above 60 KIAS engine power/
transmission are limited to 765C ITT or
81% MAST TORQUE.
B/E ENGINES and MAX CONTINUOUS
POWER KIT. Engine power is limited to
810C ITT when airspeed is below 60 KIAS
(or in GO AROUND mode with airspeed
below 105 KIAS), and 765C ITT when
airspeed is above 60 KIAS. MAST
TORQUE is limited to 100% when airspeed
is below 105 KIAS and 81% when airspeed
is above 105 KIAS.
D ENGINES and BASIC TRANSMISSION.
Engines are limited to 810C ITT during all
modes of operation. Transmission is
limited to 100% MAST TORQUE when
airspeed is below 60 KIAS (or in GO
AROUND mode with airspeed below 105
KIAS). When airspeed is above 60 KIAS,
transmission is limited to 81% MAST
TORQUE.
D ENGINES and MAX CONTINUOUS
POWER KIT. Engines are limited to 810C
ITT during all modes of operation.
Transmission is limited to 81% MAST
TORQUE when airspeed is above 105 KIAS
and 100% when airspeed is below 105
KIAS.
CAUTION
THE FZ-706 FLIGHT CONTROL
COMPUTER DOES NOT
RECOGNIZE ENGINE FAILURE.
FOLLOWING ENGINE FAILURE,
COMPUTER WILL CONTINUE TO
LIMIT REMAINING ENGINE TO
THE APPROPRIATE LIMITS
STATED ABOVE UNTIL PILOT
DISENGAGES COLLECTIVE
COUPLING OR MANUALLY
OVERRIDES COLLECTIVE
LIMITING. UNDER CERTAIN LOW
OAT CONDITIONS THE AFCS
COMPUTER MAY EXCEED SINGLE
ENGINE TORQUE LIMIT.
1-24. FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM (GLOBAL GNS X)
CAUTION
THE PRESENTLY DEPLOYED GPS
SATELLITE CONSTELLATION
DOES NOT MEET THE COVERAGE
AVAILABILITY AND INTEGRITY
REQUIREMENTS FOR CIVIL
AIRCRAFT NAVIGATION
EQUIPMENT. USERS ARE
CAUTIONED THAT SATELLITE
AVAILABILITY AND ACCURACY
ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
Prior to flight, verify by CPU readout on
initialization page that following approved
3
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
computer program (or subsequently
approved program) has been installed and
that applicable operator's manual is
available:
Program 52
The following are specific and individual
limitations applicable to various sensor
modes of GNS X. When all sensors are
operating normally, composite navigation
information is output. In this case,
limitations which apply are a composite of
the following list:
GNS X with only VLF/Omega mode is
approved for:
VFR/IFR enroute RNAV operation
within the counterminous United
States and Alaska in accordance with
AC 20-130 or AC 20-101C.
During RNAV operation of GNS X, in
VLF/Omega mode only, additional
navigation equipment required for the
specific type of operation in the
National Airspace System must be
installed and operable.
GNS X position information must be
checked for accuracy
(reasonableness) prior to use as a
means of navigation and under the
following conditions:
Prior to each compulsory reporting
point during IFR RNAV operation
when not under radar surveillance
or control.
At, or prior to, arrival at each
enroute waypoint during IFR
operation along approved RNAV
routes.
Prior to requesting off-airway
routing and at hourly intervals
thereafter during RNAV operation
off approved RNAV routes.
GNS X position should be updated
when a cross-check with other
approved navigation equipment
reveals an error greater than 3 NM
along-track or cross-track during
RNAV operation.
GNS X with only VPU sensor operable is
approved for enroute and terminal RNAV
operation within the National Airspace
System.
GNS X with only Loran-C sensor
operable is approved for enroute and
terminal RNAV operation in the National
Airspace System under the following
conditions:
Within the area depicted in the
referenced operators manual.
During RNAV operation of the GNS X
in the Loran-C only mode, additional
navigation equipment required for the
specific type of operation in the
National Airspace System must be
installed and operable.
GNS X position information must be
checked for accuracy
(reasonableness) prior to use as a
means of navigation.
GNS X, with only GPS sensor operable,
shall not be used for navigation, nor
shall the composite position be used
within a terminal area in the event GPS
is the sole available sensor. The GPS
sensor input is designed to enhance
other sensor(s) input resulting in a
composite position output. When the
GPS sensor has sufficient
measurements and acceptable sensor
geometry (an accurate altitude may be
required) it will contribute to the GNS X
composite position. Under these
conditions, the GNS X composite
position is approved for enroute and
terminal RNAV operation.
During periods of dead reckoning,
navigation shall not be predicated on the
use of GNS X as a means of operation in
the National Airspace System.
Following a period of dead reckoning, the
helicopter position should be verified by
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
visually sighting ground reference points When latitude/longitude, transferred
and/or using other navigation equipment from IDB, is displayed on CDU, pilot will
such as VOR, DME, TACAN, Loran-C, ensure that it is a reasonable position
Doppler, NDB, or radar fix. for the requested identifier.
The fuel mode is for advisory purposes
The GNS X is not approved for approach only, and it should not replace primary
operation. helicopter fuel quantity gages.
When operating outside the magnetic 1-25. DATA NAV
variation model area (north of 70

north
latitude or south of 60

south latitude), Refer to Global Navigation System


pilot must manually insert magnetic Operators Manual for data on Data Nav III
variation. GNS X equipment.
Internal Data Base (IDB) 1-26. WEATHER RADAR
IDB must be updated to latest revision Refer to Weather Radar Operator's Manual
every 28 days. Updating may be for weather radar system limitations.
accomplished with a Global-Wulfsberg
Systems update disk, or equivalent.
Update disks will be received by mail (to
subscribers) or obtained at authorized
Global-Wulfsberg installation centers or
update centers.
5
NOTE:
1. Pedal critical wind
azimuth-hovering with
the relative wind within
SEE these azimuth angles
NOTE can result In inability to SEE
1 maintain heading due
NOTE
to large left pedal
requirements for
certain wind velocities.
2. Longitudinal cyclic
90 critical wind azimuth - 270
95

aft cyclic may be


limited with
longitudinal AFCS
hardover.
SEE NOTE SEE NOTE
180
OGE CRITICAL RELATIVE WIND AZIMUTH IGE CRITICAL RELATIVE WIND AZIMUTH
14,000 FT. DENSITY ALTITUDE
LIMITED FOR IGE MANEUVERS
412-FS39.3-1-1
Figure 1-1. Maximum speed - sideward and rearward flight, crosswind and tailwind at a
hover
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
FAA APPROVED
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Section 2
2-1. INTRODUCTION Refer to Weather Radar Operator's Manual
for weather radar system normal
This section contains instructions and procedures.
procedures for operating the helicopter
from the planning stage, through actual 2-2. FLIGHT PANNING
flight conditions, to securing the
helicopter after landing.
Each flight should be planned adequately
Normal and standard conditions are to ensure safe operations and to provide
assumed in these procedures. Pertinent the pilot with the data to be used during
data in other sections is referenced when flight. Essential weight, balance, and
applicable. performance information should be
compiled as follows:
The instructions and procedures contained
herein are written for the purpose of
standardization and are not applicable to Check type of flight to be performed
all situations. and destination.
The minimum, normal, maximum, and Select appropriate performance charts
cautionary operation ranges for the to be used.
helicopter and its subsystems are
indicated by instrument markings and 2-2-A. TAKEOFF AND LANDING
placards. 2-2-A. TAKEOFF AND LANDING
DATA
Anytime an operating limitation is
exceeded, an appropriate entry shall be Refer to Basic Flight Manual for takeoff
made in the helicopter logbook. The entry and landing weight limits, and for takeoff
shall state which limit was exceeded, the and landing distance information.
duration of time, the extreme value
attained, and any additional information SAR operations are restricted to OGE
essential in determining the maintenance hover weights.
action required.
The limits depicted on instrument 2-2-B. WEIGHT AND BALANCE
markings and placards represent careful
aerodynamic calculations that are Determine proper weight and balance of
substantiated by flight test data. the helicopter as follows:
Refer to Section 1 of this and other Consult Manufacturers Data for
applicable supplements, and the Basic instructions.
Flight Manual for subsystems restrictions.
Compute takeoff and anticipated landing
gross weight, check helicopter center of
7
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
gravity (CG) locations, and determine All areas checked shall include a
weight of fuel, oil, payload, etc. visual check for evidence of
corrosion, particularly when
Ensure loading limitations listed in helicopter is flown near or over
Section 1 of Basic Flight Manual and salt water or in areas of high
BHT-412-FMS-26 have not been industrial emissions.
exceeded.
2-3-A. BEFORE EXTERIOR
WARNING CHECK
Flight planning - Completed.
HOIST LOAD CAN CAUSE
LONGITUDINAL OR LATERAL CG
TO EXCEED LIMITS. GROSS Gross weight and CG - Compute. Refer
WEIGHT AND CENTER OF to BHT-412-MD-3orBHT-412-FM-4.
WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY SHALL BE COMPUTED
TO ASSURE LOADING WITHIN Publications-Checked.
APPROVED LIMITS.
Portable fire extinguishers - Condition I
and security.
NOTE
If additional loads are carried Battery - Connected.
during hoisting operations, loads
should be placed on side of Aft fuel sumps - Drain samples as
helicopter opposite hoist position. follows:
When hoist operations are anticipated, FUEL TRANS switches - OFF.
compute CG and gross weight with and
without hoist load. BOOST PUMP switches - OFF.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL
2-3. PREFLIGHT CHECK switches - OFF.
The pilot is responsible for determining BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON.
whether the helicopter Is in condition for
safe flight. Refer to figure 2-1 for preflight Aft fuel sump drain buttons (left and
check sequence. right) - Press.
NOTE NOTE
The pilot walk-around and interior
The pilot walk-around and interior If aft sumps fail to drain, the sump
following procedures. The valves may be operated manually.
preflight check is not intended to
be a detailed mechanical check, Forward and middle fuel sumps - Drain
but simply a guide to help the samples as follows:
pilot check the condition of the
helicopter. It may be made as
comprehensive as conditions Press-to-drain valves -Press.
warrant at the discretion of the
pilot.
Fuel filters - Drain before first flight of
day as follows:
8 Rev.3
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
BOOST PUMP switches - ON. Battery vent and drain tubes -
Unobstructed.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL
switches - ON. Searchlight and landing light - Stowed.
Fuel filter (left and right) - Drain Antennas - Condition and security.
samples.
samples. 2. FUSELAGE - CABIN LEFT SIDE.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL
ENGINE 2 FUEL Copilot door - Condition and operation;
OFF. glass clean. Check security of
BOOST PUMP switches - OFF. emergency release handles.
BATTERY BUS 1 switch - OFF. ELT - Condition.
Position lights - Condition.
2-3-B. EXTERIOR CHECK Passenger door - Condition and
operation; glass clean. Condition of pop-
out windows.
CAUTION
Landing gear - Condition; handling
wheels removed.
IF HELICOPTER HAS BEEN
EXPOSED TO SNOW OR ICING Emergency floats - Stowed; covers and
CONDITIONS, SNOW AND ICE supports clean and secured.
SHALL BE REMOVED PRIOR TO
FLIGHT.
NOTE
1. FUSELAGE--FRONT.
-FRONT. Ensure emergency floats have
had periodic inflation and
Cabin nose - Condition; all glass clean; inspection.
wipers stowed.
Passenger step - Condition and
Remote hydraulic filter bypass indicator security.
- Verify green.
Underside
Pitot tube(s) - Cover(s) removed;
unobstructed. Emergency float activation switches -
Condition.
Static ports (left and right) -
Unobstructed. Doppler housing - Condition.
Rotor blade (forward) - Remove 3. FUSELAGE - AFT LEFT SIDE.
tiedown. Visually check condition and
cleanliness. Rotor blade (aft) - Remove tiedown.
Visually check condition and
Cabin nose ventilators - Unobstructed. cleanliness.
No. 1 engine compartment - Check.
Nose compartment - Condition; circuit No.1 ment - Check
breakers in; door secured.
Radar dome - Condition.
9
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
FAA APPROVED
No. 1 engine oil level - Verify actual Tail rotor (90

) gearbox - Verify actual


presence of oil in sight gage. Visually presence of oil in sight gage. Visually
check oil level and filler cap. check oil level, check filler cap and chip
detector plug for security.
Governor spring - Check condition.
GPS antenna and coaxial connector -
Engine fire extinguisher - Check bottle Condition and security.
pressure gage and temperature range.
Tail rotor blade - Remove tiedown.
Combining gearbox filter - Check Visually check condition and
bypass indicator retracted. cleanliness.
Oil cooler blower - Unobstructed. Tail rotor - Condition and free
movement on flapping axis.
Avionics compartments - Security of
components; check OVER TRQ warning Tail skid - Condition and security.
flag (cat's eye) for indication of
overtorque.
Intermediate (42 ) gearbox - Verify
actual presence of oil in sight gage.
AFCS computers - Secured; Visually check oil level. Check filler cap,
compartment door secured. and chip detector plug for security.
Access doors and engine cowling - Elevator - Condition and security.
Secured.
Tailboom - Condition.
Drain lines - Unobstructed.
Baggage compartment - Cargo
Engine exhaust ejectors - Covers secured; smoke detector condition; door
removed; unobstructed.
secured.
Oil coolers - Unobstructed. 5. FUSELAGE - AFT RIGHT SIDE.
4. TAILBOOM.
Aft compartment - Check unobstructed.
Tailboom - Condition; access covers Tail rotor actuator - Check.
secured.
Engine fire extinguisher - Check bottle
Radio altimeter antennas - Condition; pressure gage and temperature range.
directional alignment arrows.
Combining gearbox oil level - Verify
Tail rotor driveshaft covers - Secured. actual presence of oil in sight gage.
Visually check oil level.
CAUTION Oil cooler blower - Unobstructed.
No. 2 engine compartment - Check.
DO NOT BEND ELEVATOR
TRAILING EDGE TAB. No. 2 engine oil level - Verify actual
presence of oil in sight gage. Visually
Elevator - Condition and security. check oil level. Filler cap secured.
Check for spring condition by moving
elevator toward the leading edge down Access doors and engine cowling -
position.
Secured.
10
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Fuel filler - Visually check quantity; Main rotor hub - Check general
secure cap. condition:
6. FUSELAGE - CABIN RIGHT SIDE. Mast retaining nut - Secured.
Passenger door - Condition and Yoke assembly - Condition.
operation; glass clean. Condition of pop-
out windows. Pitch horns - Security and condition.
Transmission oil - Verify actual Elastomeric bearings, lead-lag
presence of oil in sight gage. Visually dampers - Check general condition.
check oil level.
Blade retention bolts - Security and
Position lights - Condition. proper latching.
Landing gear - Condition; handling Droop restrainers - Security and
wheels removed, condition.
Emergency floats - Stowed; covers and Simple pendulum absorbers -
Simple pendulum absorbers -
supports clean and secured. Security and condition.
NOTE Rotor blades - Visually check condition
and cleanliness.
Ensure emergency floats have
had periodic inflation and Main driveshaft and coupling -
inspection. Condition and security where visible;
coupling for grease leakage and
Passenger step - Condition and appearance of overheating.
security.
Transmission oil filler cap - Secured.
Underside
No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic reservoirs -
Emergency float activation switches - Visually check fluid levels; caps
Condition.
secured.
Doppler housing - Condition. Antenna(s) - Condition and security.
Pilot door - Condition and operation; Combining gearbox oil filler cap -
glass clean. Check security of Secured.
emergency release handles.
7. CABIN TOP. Anticollision light - Condition and
7. CABIN TOP.
security.
security.
Hub and sleeve assembly - Check No. 1 and No. 2 engine air intakes-
condition.
Covers removed, unobstructed; check
particle separator doors closed.
Swashplate, support assembly, and particle separator doors closed.
collective lever - Check condition. transmission cowling
Engine and transmission cowling -
Main rotor pitch links - Security and Secured.
condition.
Fresh air inlet screen - Unobstructed.
Rotor brake reservoir cap - Security.
11
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
2-4. INTERIOR AND Hoist - Installed in desired position;
check roof and floor stud adapters and
PRESTART CHECK locking collars properly secured.
Emergency floats: Boom actuator - Installed in proper
position; all fittings secured.
EMER INFLATION handle - Down and
safetied. AIRCRAFT POSITION switch (hoist
Nitrogen bottle - Secured and control box) - Set in proper position.
pressure within allowable limits for
pressure altitude and ambient Hook - Rotates freely on cable.
temperature as shown on chart decal,
located on nitrogen bottle. Cable - Check proper routing through
guide rollers, pulleys, and drums.
Emergency floats safety pin -
Remove for overwater flight. Gearbox oil levels - Check sight
glasses.
Cabin interior - Cleanliness and
security of equipment. Hoist operators pendant - Installed;
connectors secured.
Cargo and baggage (if applicable) -
Check security.
Protective breathing equipment (if
installed) - Condition and properly
serviced.
ACTUATION OF CABLE CUT
SWITCH ON PEDESTAL CAN CUT
For SAR operations - Check life vests, ON PEDESTAL CAN CUT
and life raft, installed and serviceable.
ACTUATION OF CABLE CUT
NOTE SWITCH ON HOIST CONTROL
BOX CAN CUT CABLE, EVEN IF
Opening or removing doors shifts CABLE CUT CIRCUIT BREAKER IS
helicopter center of gravity and OUT.
reduces VNE. Refer to BHT-412-
MD-3 or BHT-412-FM-4. CABLE CUT switches (pedestal and
Secured or hoist)-- Off; covers safetied.
removed. Safety vests, tether straps, hoisting
slings, and litters - Condition and
2-4-A. HOIST INSTALLATION secured or stowed.
CHECK
2-4-B. HOIST OPERATION CHECK
HOIST PWR, CONT, and CABLE CUT
If pilot plans to operate hoist, it circuit breakers - In.
shall be installed in forward right
position. BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2 switches -
ON.
NON-ESNTL BUS switch - MANUAL.
12
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
ICS - Check communication between
pilot and hoist operator.
HOIST PWR switch - ON; check that
green (power on) light and amber 20
FOOT CAUTION lights on hoist control
box illuminate.
Hoist OVERTEMP warning lights -
Press to test.
NOTE
Maintain tension on hoist cable
while reeling in and out to prevent
slack.
HOIST (pilot and operator) and BOOM
switches - Check all hoist functions for
proper operation. Check that pilot HOIST
switch overrides operator pendant
HOIST switch.
Hoist cable - Check for corrosion,
kinks, flat spots, fraying, or broken
strands.
Up limit switch actuator - Raise while
hoist is reeling in and check hoist motor
stops; then release and check hoist
resumes operation.
Hoist speed - Reduce as cable
approaches up limit. Check that hoist
stops when hook reaches up limit
without excess tension on cable.
Hoist stowed for flight; hook restraint
secured.
HOIST PWR switch - OFF.
NON-ESNTL BUS switch - NORMAL.
BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2 switches -
OFF.
NOTE
Instruct ground crewmember to
discharge helicopter static
electricity before attaching load to
hoist when possible.
2-4-C. PRESTART CHECK
Rotor tiedowns - Removed and stowed.
Seat and pedals - Adjust.
Seat belt and shoulder harness -
Fasten and adjust.
Shoulder harness inertia reel and lock -
Check.
Directional control pedals - Check
freedom of movement; position for
engine start.
Flight controls - Friction as desired,-
collective lock removed.
Transmission chip detector indicators -
Check; reset if required.
EEPROM READ switch - Locked in
forward position.
Lower pedestal circuit breakers - In.
Collective control head switches - OFF.
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - OFF.
CABLE CUT switches (pedestal and
hoist) - Off; covers safetied.
NAVIGATION panel - MKR BCN, DPLR,
and DME OFF.
COMPASS CONTROL switches - MAG
(slave position).
ICS - As desired.
Radios and flight management system -
OFF.
EFIS control panel - As desired.
FUEL INTCON switch - NORM.
FUEL TRANS switches - OFF.
BOOST PUMP switches - OFF.
13
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
FUEL XFEED switch - NORM.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 FUEL switches
- OFF.
PART SEP switches - NORM.
ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 GOV switches
- AUTO.
HYDR SYS NO. 1 and NO. 2 switches -
ON.
STEP switch - As desired.
ROTOR RPM audio switch - Spring
loaded to AUDIO.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON, cover down.
Instruments - Static check.
Altimeters - Set.
STATIC SOURCE switch - PRI.
APPROACH PLATE AND MAP LIGHT
knobs - OFF.
FIRE EXT switch - OFF.
FIRE PULL handles - In (forward).
AFT DOME LIGHT rheostat and switch -
OFF.
PITOT STATIC HEATERS switch - OFF.
WIPERS switches - OFF.
CARGO RELEASE switch - OFF.
HEATER switch - OFF.
AFT OUTLET switch - OFF.
VENT BLOWER switch - OFF.
STBY ATT switch - TEST; check
standby attitude instrument light
illuminates and OFF flag retracts
momentarily, then switch OFF.
WSHLD HEAT switches - OFF.
Overhead circuit breakers - In.
All LT rheostats - OFF.
EFIS MASTER switch - OFF.
UTILITY LIGHT switch - OFF.
POSITION LIGHT switch - OFF.
ANTI COLL light - ON.
EMERG LOAD switch - NORMAL.
NON-ESNTL BUS switch - Spring
loaded to NORMAL.
INV 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
GEN 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
IF EXTERNAL POWER IS USED -
CONNECT (1000 AMPS MAXIMUM). CHECK
27 1 VDC; ADJUST POWER SOURCE IF
REQUIRED.
BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2 switches -
ON; check BATTERY caution light
illuminates.
NOTE
Test all lights when night flights
are planned or anticipated.
Accomplish light tests with
external power connected or
during engine runup.
ROTOR BRAKE lights - Test. Pull brake
ON and check that both caution lights
illuminate; return to OFF and check
lights extinguish.
NOTE
Rotor brake shall be off at all
times when the engines are
running.
FIRE 1 and 2 warning lights test switch
- Press to test.
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
BAGGAGE FIRE warning light test and follow through coupling may
switch - Press to test (verify light be increased.
flashes).
Throttles - Rotate engine 1 throttle full
CYC CTR caution lights - Press to test. open, then back against idle stop.
Actuate ENG 1 IDLE STOP release, roll
OVER TORQ caution light - Press. engine 1 throttle to full closed, then
Check light illuminates and MAST apply friction as desired. Repeat
TORQUE indicator reads 105+1%. procedure using engine 2 throttle and
ENG 2 IDLE STOP release.
CAUTION NOTE
When either IDLE STOP release is
IF MAST TORQUE INDICATOR activated, the appropriate idle
INDICATES AN ERROR GREATER stop plunger will not release if
THAN 1% FROM THE 105% pressure is applied toward the
POSITION, THE MAST TORQUE closed position of the throttle.
SYSTEM IS UNRELIABLE.
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS Moderate frictions should be applied to
REQUIRED. overcome follow-through coupling
between throttles.
Clock - Set and running.
RPM INCR/DECR switch - DECR for 8
Caution panel TEST switch - PNL (All seconds.
segments extinguish except CAUTION
PANEL).
Caution panel TEST switch - LT (All Either engine may be started first;
segments illuminate). however, the following procedure
is provided for starting engine 1
Caution Panel RESET switch - Press first.
(MASTER CAUTION light extinguishes).
FUEL SYS test switch - FWD TANK, 2-5-A. ENGINE 1 START
then MID TANK; note digital and needle
indications. ENGINE 1 FUEL TRANS switch - ON;
check NO. 1 FUEL TRANS caution light
FUEL SYS DIGITS TEST switch - extinguished.
PRESS (Digital display reads 888).
ENGINE 1 BOOST PUMP switch - ON;
INV 1 and 2 switches - ON. check NO. 1 FUEL BOOST light
extinguished.
2-5. ENGINE START ENGINE 1 FUEL switch - ON. (FUEL
VALVE caution light will illuminate
momentarily.)
If the helicopter has been cold ENGINE 1 FUEL PRESS indicator -
soaked in ambient temperatures Check.
of -18C (0F) or less, both
throttles will be difficult to move Rotor - Clear.
15
BHT 2. S . .
2 A ENGNE START CONT
AA APPROVED
A
GAS PROD C X RP N
.
A
A C
.
GOV AN A.
ENG O
ENG RP

A
D ROTOR RP
X SN C.
A
ENG R
. GOV A TO
TE PORARY REVSON AR
RESS E 2 AR
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
CONDUCTED AT 97% ROTOR
CAUTION RPM OR ABOVE.
PROLONGED EXPOSURE TO NOTE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OF
0C (32F) OR LESS MAY FREEZE On side slopes greater than five
MOISTURE IN THE ENGINE FUEL degrees, disregard CYC CTR
CONTROL SYSTEM. MONITOR caution lights and position cyclic
ENG RPM (N2) DURING COLD as required.
WEATHER STARTING FOR
OVERSPEED. IF AN OVERSPEED Cyclic - Position as necessary to
APPEARS IMMINENT, ABORT extinguish CYC CTR caution lights.
START AND CLOSE THROTTLE
TO OFF POSITION. NOTE
START switch - ENG 1 position. CYC CTR caution lights are
Observe starter limitations. inhibited between 95 and 105%
ROTOR RPM.
Engine 1 ENGINE OIL pressure -
Indicating.
START switch - Off at 55% GAS PROD
RPM (N1).
Engine 1 throttle - Open to idle at 12%
GAS PROD RPM (N1) minimum. GAS PROD - Check 61 1% RPM (N1)
when throttle is at idle stop.
Engine 1 ITT - Monitor to avoid a hot
start. Maximum ITT during start is
1090C, not to exceed two seconds NOTE
above 960C. If ITT continues to rise,
abort start by activating idle stop During extremely cold ambient
release and rolling throttle fully closed. temperatures, idle rpm will be
Starter should remain engaged until ITT high and the ENGINE, XMSN, and
decreases. Do not attempt restart until GEAR BOX OIL pressures may
corrective maintenance has been exceed maximum limits for up to
accomplished, two minutes after starting. Warm
up shall be conducted at 77 - 85%
ROTOR RPM at flat pitch.
NOTE
Do not increase ROTOR above
If engine fails to start, refer to 85% RPM until XMSN OIL
FALSE START procedures this temperature is above 15C.
section.
ENGINE, XMSN, and GEAR BOX OIL
Collective pitch - Ensure in full down pressures - Check.
position.
Engine 1 PART SEP OFF caution light -
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - ON. Check extinguished.
CAUTION CAUTION
IF STICK CENTERING INDICATOR DURING RPM INCREASE, ANY
SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE, ABNORMAL INCREASE IN ONE-
GROUND OPERATION SHALL BE PER-REV VIBRATION MAY
INDICATE ONE OR MORE MAIN
16 Rev.3
AA APPROVED
BHT 2 C . L .
2 B. ENGNE 2 STAR
A
GAS PRODC RP
2 .
A
A C
S
. GOV AN AL
. EN0 2 O
ENG RP
.

NOTE
D
RP

2
.
ROTOR RP
.
. ENG 2 R .
. GOV A TO.
TE PORARY REVSON AR
RESS E 2 AR
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
ROTOR DROOP RESTRAINERS Engine 2 throttle - Open to idle at 12%
FAILED TO DISENGAGE FROM GAS PROD RPM (N1) minimum.
STATIC POSITION. VERIFY
PROPER OPERATION PRIOR TO Engine 2 ITT - Monitor. Observe ITT
FLIGHT. limitations.
Engine 1 throttle - Increase to 77 - 85% START switch - Off at 55% GAS PROD
ENG RPM (N2). Friction as desired. RPM (N1).
GAS PROD - Check 61 1% RPM when
NOTE engine 2 throttle is on idle stop.
For ground operaion, maintain
Rotor RPM within allowable range.
Higher minimum Rotor RPM CAUTION
reduces blade flapping.
Rotor RPM - Maintain 77 - 85%. ENSURE SECOND ENGINE
ENGAGES AS THROTTLE IS
INCREASED. A NONENGAGED
IF EXTERNAL POWER IS USED, PROCEED ENGINE INDICATES 10 TO 15%
TO ENGINE 2 START. IF BATTERY WAS HIGHER ENG RPM (N2) THAN THE
USED, PROCEED AS FOLLOWS: ENGAGED ENGINE AND NEAR
ZERO TORQUE. IF A
GEN 1 switch -ON. NONENGAGEMENT OCCURS,
CLOSE THROTTLE OF THE
NONENGAGED ENGINE. WHEN
AMPS 1 - Check at or below 150 amps. THE NONENGAGED ENGINE HAS
STOPPED, SHUT DOWN THE
2-5-B. ENGINE 2 START ENGAGED ENGINE.
IF A SUDDEN (HARD)
ENGINE 2 FUEL TRANS switch - ON; ENGAGEMENT OCCURS. SHUT
check NO. 2 FUEL TRANS caution light DOWN BOTH ENGINES.
extinguished. MAINTENANCE ACTION IS
REQUIRED.
ENGINE 2 BOOST PUMP switch - ON;
check NO. 2 FUEL BOOST light out Engine 2 throttle - Increase slowly to
(FUEL XFEED caution light will match Engine 1 RPM (N2). Monitor
illuminate momentarily). tachometer and torquemeter to verify
engagement of second engine.
ENGINE 2 FUEL switch - ON (FUEL
VALVE caution light will illuminate Engine 2 ENGINE OIL pressure - Check.
momentarily).
ENG 2 PART SEP OFF caution light -
ENGINE 2 FUEL PRESS - Check. Check extinguished.
START switch - ENG 2 position. IF EXTERNAL POWER WAS USED -
Observe starter limitations. DISCONNECT. GEN 1 SWITCH - ON.
Engine 2 ENGINE OIL pressure - GEN 2 switch - ON. (BATTERY BUS 1
Indicating. will switch OFF automatically.)
Rev.3 17
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
NOTE 2-5-E. DRY MOTORING RUN
Only one BATTERY BUS switch (1
or 2) should remain ON with both The following procedure is used to clear
generators operating. an engine whenever it is deemed
necessary to remove internally trapped
Caution lights - Check all extinguished fuel and vapor:
(except AFCS).
Throttle - Fully closed.
ENGINE, XMSN, and GEAR BOX OIL
temperatures and pressures - Within BOOST PUMP switch - ON.
limits.
FUEL switch - ON.
AMPS 1 and 2 - Within limits.
IGN circuit breaker - Pull out.
NOTE Starter - Engage for 15 seconds, then
AMPS 2 will indicate a higher load disengage.
than AMPS 1 until battery is fully
charged. UEL switch - OFF.
Radios - ON as required. BOOST PUMP switch - OFF.
ELT - Check for inadvertent IGN circuit breaker- Push in.
transmission.
Allow the required cooling period for the
starter before proceeding. Follow normal
2-5-D. ENGINE FAILS TO START start sequence as described on
preceding pages.
When the engine falls to light off within 15
seconds after the throttle has been opened
to idle, the following action is 2-6. SYSTEMS CHECK
recommended:
IDLE STOP release - Actuate. 2-6-A. STICK CENTERING
INDICATOR CHECK
Throttle - Fully closed. INDICATOR CHECK
Starter - Disengage.
CAUTION
FUEL switch - OFF.
BOOST PUMP switch - OFF. DURING EXTREME COLD
AMBIENT TEMPERATURES LIMIT
After GAS PROD RPM (N1) has CYCLIC MOVEMENTS UNTIL
decreased to zero, allow 30 seconds for XMSN OIL TEMPERATURE
fuel to drain from engine. Conduct a REACHES 15C.
DRY MOTORING RUN before attempting
another start. DO NOT DISPLACE CYCLIC MORE
THAN 1.5 INCHES FROM CENTER
TO CHECK THE SYSTEM. IF CYC
CTR CAUTION LIGHTS DO NOT
ILLUMINATE WITHIN THE 1.5
INCH DISPLACEMENT, THE
18
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE. 2-6-C. PRELIMINARY HYDRAULIC
DO NOT DISPLACE CYCLIC CHECK
BEYOND POINT AT WHICH CYC
C TR C A UTION LIGHT Throttles - Set to idle.
ILLUMINATES.
NOTE
*NOTE Uncommanded control movement
CYC CTR caution lights are or motoring with either hydraulic
inhibited between 95 and 105% system off may indicate hydraulic
ROTOR RPM. system malfunction.
Cyclic - Displace approximately 1.25 inch HYDR SYS NO. 1 switch - OFF, then
(31.7 mm) forward, aft, left and right. ON.
Check CYC CTR caution light illuminates
each time when displaced and HYDR SYS NO. 2 switch - OFF, then
extinguishes when centered. ON.
2-6-B. FORCE TRIM CHECK 2-6-D. ENGINE FUEL CONTROL
CHECK
Flight controls - Ensure cyclic and CHECK
collective friction set to minimum.
Throttles (both) - Idle.
Cyclic and pedals - Move slightly each
direction to check force gradients.
CAUTION
Cyclic FORCE TRIM release switch -
Press; check trim releases with switch
pressed, reengages with switch DO NOT ALLOW GAS PROD TO
released. DECREASE BELOW 50% RPM
(N1).
FORCE TRIM switch - OFF; check trim
disengages and FT OFF caution light
illuminates. NOTE
FORCE TRIM switch - ON, cover down. In the vicinity of 8000 feet
pressure altitude, GAS PROD RPM
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - OFF. Check (N1) may not change significantly
collective and pedal force trim when MANUAL fuel control is
disengage.
selected.
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - ON. GOV switch (ENGINE 1 or 2) - MANUAL;
observe a change in GAS PROD RPM
Flight controls - Move to check PRYC (N1) and GOV MANUAL caution light
OUT OF DETENT caution lights illuminates. Open respective throttle
illuminate (pitch, roll, yaw, and carefully to ensure GAS PROD RPM (N1)
collective).
responds upward, then return to idle
position. Return GOV switch to AUTO.
Check for a return to original GAS PROD
RPM (N1) and GOV MANUAL caution
light extinguishes. Check second
governor in like manner.
19
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
Throttles (both) - Increase slowly above the interconnect valve has been opened
5% ROTOR RPM. by Bus No. 1 power and valve is
functioning properly).
2-6-E. GOVERNOR CHECK FUEL INTCON switch - OVRD CLOSE.
Check FUEL INTCON caution light
illuminates then extinguishes.
FUEL XFEED/INTCON test switch -
TEST BUS 2 and hold.
IF HELICOPTER IS SITTING ON
ICE OR OTHER SLIPPERY OR ENGINE 2 BOOST PUMP switch - OFF.
LOOSE SURFACE, ADVANCE Check engine 2 FUEL PRESS decreases,
THROTTLES SLOWLY TO then returns to normal. Return switch to
PREVENT ROTATION OF ON.
HELICOPTER.
FUEL INTCON switch - OPEN. Check
gine 1 throttle -Fully open. Check FUEL INTCON caution light illuminates
ENG stabilized at 95 + 1% RPM (N2). then extinguishes. (This Indicates that
the interconnect valve has been opened
by Bus No. 2 power and that the valve is
Engine 2 throttle - Fully open. Check functioning properly).
No. 1 engine increases 2% ENG RPM
(N2) and both engines stabilize at 97 FUEL INTCON switch - NORM. Check
1% ENG RPM (N2). FUEL INTCON caution light illuminates
RPM INCR/DECR switch - Full INCR. then extinguishes.
Check ENG does not exceed 101.5% FUEL XFEED/INTCON test switch -
RPM (N2). Set at 100% ENG RPM (N2). NORM.
2-6-F. FUEL CROSSFEED AND FUEL XFEED switch - OVRD CLOSE.
INTERCONNECT VALVE CHECK ENGINE 1 BOOST PUMP switch - OFF.
Check FUEL PRESS drops to zero on
FUEL XFEED/INTCON test switch - affected system. Return switch to ON.
TEST BUS 1 and hold. Repeat procedure for ENGINE 2 BOOST
PUMP switch.
NOTE FUEL XFEED switch - NORM.
After turning either boost pump
off, FUEL BOOST caution light 2-6-G. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
should illuminate on failed side CHECK
only.
ENGINE 1 BOOST PUMP switch - OFF. DC VOLTS - heck 27 +1 vdc.
Check Engine 1 FUEL PRESS decreases, AC VOLTS - Check 104 to 122 vac.
then returns to normal. (This indicates
that the crossfeed valve has been AMPS 1 and 2 - Check within limits.
opened by Bus No. 1 power and check
valve is functioning properly). Return EMERG LOAD switch - EMERG LOAD.
switch to ON. Check that the following items remain
FUEL INTCON switch - OPEN. Check o
FUEL INTCON caution light illuminates
then extinguishes. (This indicates that
20 Rev. 2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
AP2 ROTOR - Set to 100% RPM.
COMM 1 radio Cyclic - Centered, friction removed.
Pilot map light
HYDR SYS NO. 1 switch - OFF. Check
Pilot ICS NO. 1 HYDRAULIC caution light and
Essential engine instruments MASTER CAUTION light illuminate and
Essential flight instruments system 1 pressure drops to zero.
EMERG LOAD switch- NORMAL. Check Cyclic - Check normal operation by
that all loads dropped regain power. moving cyclic forward, aft, left, and right
that all loads dropped regain powerapproximately one inch. Center cyclic.
approximately one inch. Center cyclic.
INV 1 switch - OFF; check INVERTER 1 Collective - Check for normal operation
caution light illuminates. Check No. 1 by increasing collective control 1 to 2
and No. 2 AC VOLTS for indication that inches. Repeat 2 to 3 times as required.
inverter 2 has assumed all ac loads. Return to full down position.
Return INV 1 switch to ON.
INV 2 switch - OFF; check INVERTER 2 Note an increase in force required to
caution light illuminates. Check No. 1 move pedal in each direction.
and No. 2 AC VOLTS for indication that
inverter 1 has assumed all ac loads. HYDR SYS NO.2 switch - OFF. Check
Return INV 2 switch to ON. hydraulic system 2 remains operational,
STBY ATT switch - ON. and system 1 remains off.
HYDR SYS NO. 1 switch - ON. Check
NO. 1 HYDRAULIC caution light
GNS X - ON. extinguishes, and system 1 regains
normal pressure. Check NO. 2
HYDRAULIC caution light illuminates
and system 2 pressure drops to zero.
2-6-H. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Cyclic - Check normal operation by
moving cyclic forward, aft, left, and right
CHECK approximately one inch. Center cyclic.
Collective - Check for normal
operations by increasing collective
The HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS control 1 to 2 inches. Repeat 2 to 3
CHECK is to determine proper times as required. Return to fully down
operation of the hydraulic position.
actuators for each flight control
system. If abnormal forces, Pedals - Displace slightly left and right.
unequal forces, control binding or Note the pedals are now hydraulically
motoring are encountered, it may boosted.
be an indication of a
malfunctioning flight control HYDR SYS NO. 2 switch - ON. Check
actuator. NO. 2 HYDRAULIC caution light
extinguishes, system 2 pressure returns
Check collective fully down, friction to normal, and hydraulic system 1
removed.
remains operational.
FORCE TRIM switch - OFF.
21
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
FAA APPROVED
Cyclic and collective friction - Set as AFCS system - Test as follows:
desired.
Verify AP1 and AP2 are disengaged.
NOTE Cyclic and collective force trim
Cyclic and collective frictions switches - heck ON.
should be set to minimum for SAR eve 1
AFCS TEST switch - ON for level 1
mode operations. test.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON. Verify AL-300 Air Data Command
Display reads LE 1.
CAUTION Verify AP1 light flashes, then press.
BOTH HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS NOTE
SHALL BE OPERATIONAL PRIOR Pilot shall closely monitor
TO TAKEOFF.
controls during test, taking care
not to restrict control movements.
NOTE To prevent nuisance failures,
hands and feet must remain off
System 1 will normally operate 10 controls.
to 20C cooler than system 2.
Collective - Verify movement up then
down approximately one inch.
2-6-J. AFCS CHECK
Cyclic - Verify movement aft right
EFIS MASTER switch - ON. approximately one inch, then return to
neutral.
NOTE Pedals - Verify aft and forward
movement (left pedal then right)
Verification of AFCS actuator approximately one-half inch.
centering is necessary. Failure of
the actuators to center could Verify AP2 light flashes, then press.
result in reduced control margins
(pitch and roll) and abnormal Collective - Verify movement up then
control positions (pitch, roll, and down approximately one inch.
yaw).
Cyclic - Verify movement aft right
Pilot and copilot EFIS attitude indicators approximately one inch, then return to
- Erect and set intensity as necessary. neutral.
Pedals - Verify aft and forward
WARNING movement (left pedal then right)
approximately one-half inch.
Upon completion of test, verify AP1
IF AFCS IS LEFT ENGAGED IN and AP2 lights extinguish and AL-300
ATT MODE DURING GROUND reads END 1.
OPERATION, IT CAN DRIVE THE
CYCLIC STICK TO A CONTROL
STOP.
22
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
If error codes are present, press SBY
(or cyclic NAV STBY switch) once to
view each code until END 1 is
displayed (refer to MANUFACTURER'S
DATA, Section 2 of this supplement
for list of error codes).
Press SBY to continue with level 2 test
if desired, or press TEST switch to
exit AFCS test.
2-6-K. CABIN HEATER CHECK
GAS PROD - Check 75% RPM (N1)
minimum (both engines).
Thermostat knob - Full COLD.
DO NOT OPERATE HEATER
ABOVE 21C OAT.
CAUTION
HEATER SWITCH SHALL BE
TURNED OFF WHEN HEATED
AIRFLOW DOES NOT SHUT OFF
AFTER THERMOSTAT IS TURNED
TO FULL COLD, HEATER AIR LINE
LIGHT ILLUMINATES, OR CABIN
HTR CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPS.
HEATER switch - ON.
VENT BLOWER switch - ON.
Thermostat setting - Increase and
observe heated airflow.
DEFOG lever - ON; check airflow is
diverted from pedestal outlets to
windshield nozzles. Return lever to OFF.
AFT OUTLET switch - ON; check
airflow distributed equally between
pedestal outlets and aft outlets. Return
switch to OFF.
NOTE
Heater operation affects
performance. Refer to Hover
Ceiling and Rate of Climb charts
for HEATER ON in Basic Flight
Manual.
HEATER switch - As desired.
VENT BLOWER switch - As desired.
2-7. BEFORE TAKEOFF
Engine, gearbox, transmission,
hydraulic, and electrical instruments -
Within operating ranges.
Caution and warning lights -
Extinguished.
WARNING
MODERATE FRICTION SHALL BE
APPLIED TO OVERCOME
FOLLOW-THROUGH COUPLING
BETWEEN THROTTLES.
Throttles - Fully open. Adjust frictions.
RPM switch - Minimum beep (DECR for
4-5 seconds).
RPM (trim) switch - Minimum trim (-2
for 4-5 seconds).
ROTOR - Check 95% RPM or greater.
RPM (trim) switch - Adjust to obtain
matching torque at 100% ROTOR RPM.
Flight instruments - Check operation
and set. Select required EFIS display.
When flying IFR check as follows:
IVSI - Needle near zero.
Altimeter - Set and check.
EHSI - Check.
23
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
EADI - Check.
Radio altimeter - Zero altitude; OFF
flag retracted; DH set as desired.
POSITION lights - As required.
ANTI COLL light - Check ON.
PITOT STATIC HEATERS switch - ON.
Check ammeter for load indication.
Leave ON in visible moisture when
temperature is below 4.4C (40F); turn
OFF If not required.
Radio(s) - Check functioning.
Flight management system - Set as
desired. Refer to Global GNS X
Operator's Manual.
Auxiliary navigation panel - MKR BCN,
DPLR, DME - On.
Doppler - After 30 seconds check
operation by pressing HOV switch on
EFIS (DC-811) display controller and
verify doppler is valid.
NOTE
Amber Doppler display and no
velocity bars - use light' lateral
cyclic inputs to gently rock
helicopter. Velocity bars
displayed and amber doppler
extinguished, validates doppler.
DME VOL - OFF switch (rheostat)
will control cockpit display
volume and VPU of GNS X.
Cyclic control - Centered or slightly
into the wind.
AFCS - On and select ATT or SAS
mode as desired (ATT mode shall be
used during IFR flight; SAS mode
recommended for ground operation,
hover, and takeoff).
FDSEL 1 or 2 -As desired.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON in ATT mode;
as desired in SAS mode.
STEP switch - As desired (STOW for
over water or hoist operations).
FLOATS switch - ARMED for over water
operations; check FLOATS ARMED
caution light illuminated.
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER TEST
switch - Press and hold for three
seconds. Verify meter indicates GOOD.
Passenger seat belts - Fastened.
Safety vests and straps - On and
secured to helicopter.
All doors - Secured.
2-7-A. POWER ASSURANCE
CHECK
Power assurance check should be
performed daily in accordance with the
Basic Flight Manual.
2-7-B. PROLONGED GROUND
OPERATION
NOTE
For prolonged ground operation,
AFCS shall not be operated in
ATT mode.
CAUTION
MINIMUM ROTOR - 97% RPM
FOR GROUND OPERATION WITH
STICK CENTERING INDICATOR
SYSTEM INOPERATIVE.
NOTE
For ground operation, maintain
Rotor RPM within allowable range.
Higher minimum Rotor RPM
reduces blade flapping.
ROTOR - 77 - 85% or above, as desired.
Cyclic - Position as necessary to
extinguish CYC CTR caution lights.
24 Rev. 3
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
NOTE Hover power - Check torque required to
hover at four feet skid height.
On side slopes greater than five
degrees, maintain 100% ROTOR
RPM. CYC CTR caution lights are NOTE
inhibited.
Downwind takeoffs are not
recommended since the published
2-8. TAKEOFF takeoff distance performance will
not be achieved.
iDuring takeoff, pitch attitude must
be adjusted commensurate with
power application to prevent
DURING LIFTOFF TO HOVER, ANY entering the AVOID area of the
ABNORMAL INCREASE IN ONE Height-Velocity diagram. Torque
ABNORMAL INCREASE IN ONE
PER REV VIBRATION MAY shall not exceed 15% above IGE
INDICATE ONE OR MORE MAIN hover power while accelerating to
INDICATE ONE OR MORE MAIN
ROTOR DROOP RESTRAINERS Takeoff Climbout Safety Speed
ROTOR DROOP RESTRAINERS
FAILED TO DISENGAGE FROM (Basic Flight Manual. )
STATIC POSITION. VERIFY
PROPER OPERATION PRIOR TO Cyclic control - Apply forward cyclic to
FLIGHT. accelerate smoothly.
Collective pitch - Adjust as desired
NOTE after reaching VTOCS (45 KIAS).
When AFCS is in ATT mode, the AIRSPEED - Within limits (60 KIAS
cyclic FORCE TRIM release and minimum for IFR).
CLTV YAW TRIM REL switches
should be pressed before liftoff
(to trim actuators to center 2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS
positions) and should be held
until desired climbout attitude is Flight Director - Verify Flight Director
attained. selected.
AP1 and AP2 - As required. Flight Director - After reaching 60 KIAS
select modes as desired.
FD1 and FD2 mode selectors - SBY.
Area - Clear. NOTE
To perform any course change,
NOTE other than at station passage,
during NAV, VOR APR, ILS or BC
As collective is increased, it may modes while either ARM or CAP,
be necessary to rematch engine temporarily deselect the mode.
torques prior to reaching hover. Reset the HSI for the new course
and intercept heading, then re-
RPM (trim) switch - Adjust to obtain arm for automatic capture.
matching TORQUE, GAS PROD RPM
(N1), or ITT, as required, and 100% Rotation of the course knob
ROTOR RPM. during NAV, VOR APR, ILS or BC
modes while either ARM or CAP,
outside the cone of confusion can
25
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
falsely trigger the over station retrimmed to new attitude. Attitude may
sensor resulting in degraded also be adjusted with cyclic ATTD TRIM
performance switch.
FLOATS switch - OFF upon reaching For momentary attitude changes, manual
1000 feet above water or when over cyclic movement may be used; however,
land; check FLOATS ARMED caution AFCS actuators may be saturated to
light extinguished. limit authority when cyclic is moved
manually.
CAUTION
CAUTION
WHEN OPERATING NEAR THE
MAXIMUM MAST TORQUE LIMIT, In three cue coupled climb (VS) or
INADVERTENT OVERTORQUE altitude hold, the FZ-706 Flight
MAY OCCUR DURING Control Computer will allow
MANEUVERING FLIGHT commanded airspeed to decrease
CONDITIONS INVOLVING TURNS to preserve commanded climb
AND/OR NOSE DOWN ATTITUDE rate and altitude hold as a
CHANGES. DECREASE POWER collective limit is approached.
TO 90% MAST TORQUE PRIOR TO
MANEUVERING HELICOPTER.
NOTE
ENG - 97 to 100% RPM (N2).
During single system autopilot
AIRSPEED - Within limits for flight operation (AP1 or AP2) at
altitude. airspeeds above 60 KIAS,
autopilot roll axis will normally
Engine, gearbox, and transmission hold heading. However, if
instruments-Within limits. excxcessive roll activity is
experienced due to turbulence,
pilot may wish to fly with yaw
NOTE force trim released. This will
cause autopilot roll axis to hold
Refer to applicable operating wings level.
rules for high altitude oxygen
requirements.
NOTE
2-9-A. MANEUVERING WITH AFCS Inflight use of VG FAST ERECT
switch will disengage the
respective autopilot and decouple
the automatic flight control
Use normal pilot control techniques. modes.
2-9-B. MANEUVERING WITH AFCS NOTE
IN ATT MODE
Under certain helicopter loading
Press cyclic FORCE TRIM release and conditions, smoother flight may
CLTV YAW TRIM REL switches and be obtained in turbulence by
maneuver as desired. Release switches selecting 2-cue coupling instead
when desired attitude is reached. of 3-cue coupling.
Autopilot will hold attitude until
26
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
2-9-C. FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM (GNS X)
Verify PROG 52 appears on bottom line of
initialization page.
2-9-C-1. EFIS INTERFACE
When GNS X is selected as navigation
source, FMS will be displayed in upper
right corner of EHSI.
Course deviation indicator on EHSI
provides center to full scale offset of five
nautical miles crosstrack displacement.
TO/FROM flag on EHSI is activated when a
valid leg has been programmed. The
legend changes from TO to FROM when
passing the TO waypoint.
Master warning of system failure, dead
reckoning, or no-valid leg is indicated by
displaying a red X across the CDI on EHSI.
Additionally, the MSG (message) light will
flash on the CDU, and the remote MSG
(message) light will illuminate whenever
any of these conditions occur. When the
MSG key is activated, a sensor message
page will appear, indicating the
occurrence.
2-9-C-2. AUTOPILOT COUPLING
GNS X may be coupled through autopilot
when:
miles or more, updating is required in
order to meet the enroute RNAV criteria.
2-9-C-4. RATE-AIDING MODE
Automatic True Airspeed (TAS) and
heading are used for rate-aiding.
If automatic TAS is not available and this
event is combined with a condition where
less that three VLF communication
stations are being received, then rate-
aiding must be provided by a manual TAS
entry. If automatic variation is not
available, then rate-aiding must be
supported by manual variation entry.
In the event that either TAS or variation
entry is required, a message light will be
displayed. The message light will remain
on until action noted is taken.
2-9-D. SAR OPERATIONS
2-9-D-1. APPROACH TO HOVER
(APR 1)
NOTE
Primary pilot station for SAR
modes will be right seat.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON.
CLTC/YAW TRIM switch - ON.
FMS is selected as the navigation
source on EFIS.
NAV is selected on FD mode selector.
AP1 switch - ON.
AP2 switch - ON.
APR 1 switch - Press. Verify light
illuminates.
2-9-C-3. ACCURACY CHECK
GNS X position information can be
checked for accuracy (reasonableness) by
reference to known ground position or
VOR, DME, TACAN, Loran-C, NDB, or radar
fix. When accuracy checks reveal the GNS
X position to be in error by three nautical
Verify APR 1 annunciation on EADI and
monitor 500 ft/min rate of descent.
NOTE
RAD ALT mode will engage
automatically, then automatically
27
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
FAA APPROVED
disengage when descent is
initiated.
either cyclic
*Selecting the MOT mode
NOTE
If selected from 200 ft to 2000 ft
AGL, helicopter will decelerate to
60 KIAS and descend to 200 ft
AGL.
Monitor automatic level off at 200 ft AGL
according to radio altimeter, and
airspeed hold at 60 KIAS.
Confirm RAD ALT and IAS annunciation
on EADI and APR 1 annunciation off.
NOTE
During approach profile, airspeed
may be captured at anytime by
momentarily pressing cyclic
FORCE TRIM release switch or
longitudinal beep switch. RAD
ALT may be captured anytime by
momentarily pressing CLTV YAW
TRIM REL switch or beeping
CLTV-YAW TRIM switch UP or DN.
During APR 1 engagement,
heading can be changed by
engaging HDG switch on mode
selector and selecting desired
heading with heading control, or
by using left/right cyclic beep to
change heading manually.
NOTE
The APR1 mode will be cancelled
by:
Completion of the APR1
procedure
*Pressing the APR button on the
SAR engage panel
Selecting SBY through either MS-
700 Flight Director Mode Selector
or remote decouple button on
2-9-D-2. APPROACH TO HOVER
(APR 2)
NOTE
APR 2 can be engaged at altitudes
between 20 ft AGL and 250 ft AGL,
with airspeed less than 65 KIAS.
APR 2 will not engage if these
conditions are not met.
APR 2 switch - Press. Verify light
illuminates.
HOV switch (EFIS display controller) -
On; monitor doppler ground velocity.
Note hover altitude displayed on AL-300.
If desired, select new hover altitude
between 50 and 150 ft AGL.
Monitor descent and check APR 2 and
IAS annunciation on EADI. At 175 ft
AGL, IAS hold will disengage and a slow
deceleration to a hover will commence.
NOTE
During approach, VEL HLD may
be engaged anytime by
momentarily pressing cyclic
FORCE TRIM release switch or
longitudinal beep switch.
During approach, roll axis will
maintain a zero lateral doppler
velocity. Reference can be
changed using lateral beep
switch. Heading can be changed
using CLTV-YAW TRIM switch in L
or R position, and will produce a
flat uncoordinated turn to
selected heading.
Monitor capture of selected altitude on
RAD ALT displays, primarily EHSI
vertical display.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Monitor doppler groundspeed on EHSI doppler is valid.
hover display.
To reduce size of MOT pattern,
EADI - Ensure VEL HLD and RAD ALT MOT mode should be engaged at
annunciators are on and APR 2 is off 200 to 500 feet AGL and 60 knots
when approach 2 profile is complete. groundspeed.
DPLR switch - NORM.
NOTE
The APR2 mode will be cancelled MOT switch - Press ON when directly
by: over target. Verify light illuminates.
*Completion of the APR2 Monitor descent and deceleration to 200
procedure feet AGL and 60 knots groundspeed.
*Pressing the APR button on the NOTE
SAR engage panel
Hover waypoint and final
*Selecting SBY through either MS- approach course into wind will be
700 Flight Director Mode Selector established at MOT mode
or remote standby button on engagement. Wind will continue to
either cyclic be updated during approach until
TAS drops below 30 knots on final
*Selecting the MOT mode approach, indicated by wind
display freezing speed and
*Selecting the climb mode if direction and turning amber. Note
within the engagement parameters any changes in wind direction and
speed prior to final approach.
GNS X wind velocity will be
2-9-D-3. APR 2 - NO DOPPLER displayed down to 5 knots, and
EHSI wind vector and velocity will
If doppler signal is lost, continue with APR be displayed down to 1 knot.
2 profile. If doppler is acquired during
approach, doppler will synchronize and When MOT is selected, helicopter
approach should continue normally. If will turn shortest direction
approach is completed without doppler, downwind, then capture 60 KIAS
helicopter will obtain airspeed between 0 plus wind seen at start of
and 40 KIAS when VEL HLD is captured, approach. A pattern will be flown
and lateral velocity up to 20 knots plus so that helicopter arrives at final
wind drift. Attempt to acquire doppler by descen't point with 60 knot
beeping cyclic aft until airspeed goes to groundspeed at least 5 seconds
zero. If doppler is not acquired by this prior to start of descent.
point, or visual contact is not made,
initiate a go around. EHSI - Adjust range as desired to keep
hover waypoint and final approach
2-9-D-4. MARK ON TARGET course in view.
(MOT) Mission equipment - Check.
NOTE Final approach descent:
MOT mode may be engaged AL-300 - Set desired hover height
anywhere within APR 1 limits if between 50 and 150 feet AGL.
29
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
EFIS mode selector - HOV. 2-9-D-6. HOVER
Doppler groundspeed - Monitor.
MOT light - Extinguished at completion
of approach.
EADI annunciations - Check VEL HLD IF A HARDOVER OCCURS
DURING AUTOMATIC APPROACH
AND HOVER OPERATIONS,
IMMEDIATELY TAKE OVER
NOTE MANUALLY AND INITIATE CLIMB
MODE. RETURN TO A SAFE
The MOT mode will be cancelled ALTITUDE AND CORRECT
by: MALFUNCTION PRIOR TO
RESUMING AUTOMATIC
*Pressing the MOT button on the APPROACH AND HOVER
SAR engage panel
OPERATIONS.
Selecting SBY through either MS-
700 Flight Director Mode Selector
or remote decouple button on
either cyclic
WHEN IN VEL HLD MODE,
*Selecting the VEL HLD mode if SELECTION OF ANY FLIGHT
below 60 knots airspeed DIRECTOR MODES (PILOT OR
*Selecting the RADALT mode COPILOT) WILL DISENGAGE VEL
HLD.
*Selecting the APR1, APR2, or
climb mode if within specific DOPPLER IS REQUIRED FOR
engagement parameters for that EXTENDED AUTOMATIC HOVER
OPERATIONS. IF DOPPLER GOES
INTO MEMORY, AUTOPILOT WILL
MAINTAIN A CONSTANT
2-9-D-5. MARK ON TARGET (MOT) VELOCITY SEEN AT TIME OF
- NO DOPPLER DOPPLER IN-MEMORY. IF PILOT
HAS NO OUTSIDE REFERENCE
Valid doppler is required to engage MOT WHEN IN ACCELEROMETER
mode. If doppler is lost, approach will VELOCITY HOLD, THE CONDITION
continue unless doppler off time exceeds CANNOT BE MAINTAINED FOR
approximately 8 seconds In a turn, or 32 EXTENDED PERIODS OF TIME
seconds level. MOT final hover position WAITING FOR DOPPLER SIGNAL
accuracy will be degraded when doppler Is TO BE REACQUIRED. THE
in memory. If doppler off time is exceeded, ALLOWABLE TIME PRIOR TO
autopilot will disengage MOT mode and INITIATION OF CLIMB MODE WILL
engage IAS and RAD ALT after rolling out VARY DEPENDING ON
on final approach. To complete approach, CONDITIONS, BUT A MAXIMUM
engage APR 2 and refer to APR 2 - NO OF 45 SECONDS IN A STABLE
DOPPLER. HOVER AND 30 SECONDS IF
MOVING AT ANY VELOCITY IS
RECOMMENDED. IF PILOT IS
UNSURE OF HELICOPTER'S
ATTITUDE, AIRSPEED, OR
DIRECTION, CLIMB MODE CAN
30
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
BE ENGAGED ANYWHERE IN
AUTOMATIC HOVER ENVELOPE
BY PRESSING COLLECTIVE GO
AROUND SWITCH.
MONITOR POWER DURING
HOVER OPERATIONS.
COLLECTIVE LIMIT IS 100% MAST
TORQUE OR 810C ITT.
MANUALLY ADJUST COLLECTIVE
WITH COLLECTIVE TRIM
RELEASED AS REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN POWER WITHIN
TRANSITORY LIMITS. DO NOT
PUSH AGAINST COLLECTIVE
TRIM OR A SLOW COLLECTIVE
OSCILLATION MAY DEVELOP.
NOTE
Coupled hover over water has
been demonstrated up to Sea
State 5.
Coupled hover is normally engaged
automatically at completion of APR 2 or
MOT profile, but can be engaged manually
by selecting RAD ALT and VEL HLD modes
on autopilot controller. Hover velocities
can be commanded by using cyclic beeper
in desired direction up to 10 knots laterally
and aft, and 60 knots forward. The velocity
reference will be displayed on AL-300 for
five seconds for direction actuated by
cyclic beeper switch. This will be indicated
by a minus sign for aft or left, and no sign
for right or forward.
Cyclic beeper switch - Select direction
and velocity desired. Press center of
beeper switch to return hover reference
to zero.
memory excursions. Small hover
corrections should be made by
flying against trim, with zero
velocity as the reference. Hover
movements can be made by
momentarily pressing cyclic
FORCE TRIM release switch, but
this is not recommended unless
outside references are available. If
cyclic FORCE TRIM release switch
is pressed, a new hover velocity
reference will be established at
the time of FORCE TRIM switch
release.
CLTV-YAW TRIM UP and DN switch -
As desired. Select RAD ALT altitude as
desired on AL-300.
NOTE
Search and rescue operations will
require extended hover in the
Height-Velocity Diagram AVOID
range. Automatic hover
operations between 50 and 150
feet AGL require that pilot be
attentive to controls in the event
of a sudden engine failure.
Altitudes below 50 feet AGL can
be selected using CLTV-YAW
TRIM UP and DN switch. Below
100 feet AGL, pilot is required to
have both hands lightly on
controls to respond to engine
failure or autopilot malfunction.
Pilots HOIST EN switch - Press to
transfer limited hover control to hoist
operator (if desired).
NOTE
Hoist operator has limited hover
control by operating hover trim
switch on hoist pendant in
desired direction. White dot on
HOIST EN switch will illuminate to
indicate hoist operator is making
control inputs. Helicopter can be
flown up to 5 knots around a
reference hover velocity
established by the pilot. Pendant
NOTE
If in IMC, a maximum of 5 knots
laterally and aft is recommended,
depending on gross weight and
wind conditions. If doppler return
conditions over water are
marginal, maintaining hover
velocities less than 5 knots will
reduce the possibility of doppler
31
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
FAA APPROVED
switch is held in a given direction
until desired speed is reached
using outside references, then
released to capture that velocity.
To return to zero velocity, switch
is operated in opposite direction
until velocity is zero, then
released. Pilot must monitor
doppler bars to ensure helicopter
is responding properly. Pilot may
take hover trim control away from
hoist operator by pressing HOIST
EN switch, or simply by overriding
hoist operator's inputs using
cyclic stick or cyclic beep switch.
COLLECTIVE TRIM OR A SLOW
COLLECTIVE OSCILLATION MAY
DEVELOP.
NOTE
When CLIMB mode is selected,
helicopter will begin a slow,
smooth transition into forward
flight. Collective will maintain
reference hover height during
forward acceleration, then capture
a 200 ft/min climb rate.
EADI - Check CLIMB annunciation.
2-9-D-7. CLIMB
NOTE
NOTE
CLIMB mode is selected by pressing
collective GO AROUND switch, or CLIMB
switch located on instrument panel. CLIMB
mode may be selected anywhere in SAR
mode envelope if RAD ALT is between 20
and 200 feet AGL and less than 60 KIAS.
Initiation of CLIMB mode will return
helicopter to 200 feet RAD ALT and 60
KIAS hold.
NOTE
CLIMB mode may be initiated at
anytime during SAR mode hover
when doppler returns are lost.
CLIMB mode will function with or
without doppler inputs to
autopilot.
Collective GO AROUND switch - Press.
CAUTION
MONITOR POWER DURING
INITIAL FORWARD TRANSITION.
COLLECTIVE LIMIT IS 100% MAST
TORQUE OR 810C ITT.
MANUALLY ADJUST COLLECTIVE
WITH COLLECTIVE TRIM
RELEASED AS REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN POWER WITHIN
LIMITS. DO NOT PUSH AGAINST
When helicopter reaches 60 KIAS,
IAS hold mode will engage. Upon
reaching 200 feet AGL, RAD ALT
mode will engage. When both
modes are engaged, CLIMB mode
will extinguish.
During climb, VEL HLD may be
engaged at anytime by
momentarily pressing cyclic
FORCE TRIM release switch or
longitudinal beep switch. RAD
ALT may be engaged at anytime
by momentarily pressing CLTV
YAW TRIM REL switch or beeping
CLTV-YAW TRIM switch UP or DN.
During climb, roll axis will
maintain zero lateral doppler
velocity. Heading can be changed
using CLTV-YAW TRIM switch in L
or R position, and will produce a
flat uncoordinated turn to
selected heading.
EADI - Monitor for completion of CLIMB
mode.
2-9-D-8. HOIST OPERATIONS
REFER TO APPROPRIATE FLIGHT
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR APPROVED
LIMITATIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR
HOIST OPERATIONS.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
NOTE
The Height-Velocity Diagram is
not a limitation for internal hoist
operations under an appropriate
operating certificate.
HOIST PWR switch - ON.
Pilots HOIST EN switch - Press to
transfer limited hover control to hoist
operator (if desired).
HOIST OPERATOR SHALL BE
SECURED TO HELICOPTER WITH
AN APPROVED SAFETY
HARNESS DURING HOIST
OPERATIONS.
Establish hover over hoist operation
area.
Hoist hook restraint - Removed.
BOOM switch (or pilot HOIST switch) -
OUT.
NOTE
As hook nears the up or down
limits, hoist speed automatically
slows.
HOIST switch - UP.
CAUTION
USE CARE TO PREVENT CABLE,
HOOK, AND LOAD FROM
FOULING ON FUSELAGE OR
LANDING GEAR.
Maintain zero groundspeed until load is
clear of obstructions.
BOOM switch - IN to swing hoist boom
and load into cabin, if possible.
Take off into wind, if possible, allowing
adequate hoist load clearance over
obstacles if load is not internal.
CAUTION
AIRSPEED WITH EXTERNAL
LOAD IS LIMITED BY
CONTROLLABILITY. CAUTION
SHOULD BE EXERCISED WHEN
CARRYING AN EXTERNAL LOAD,
AS HANDLING
CHARACTERISTICS MAY BE
AFFECTED BY SIZE, WEIGHT,
AND SHAPE OF LOAD.
HOIST switch - DOWN.
Discharge static electricity, when
possible, and connect hook to load,
observing allowable hoist load.
NOTE
Pilot may need to provide
assistance with roll cyclic when
load is lifted off surface or
released.
AIRSPEED - As required for adequate
controllability, not to exceed limits for
hoist operations (20 or 60 KIAS, as
applicable).
2-9-D-9. LITTER HOISTING
When emergency transportation of a
patient by litter is essential, every effort
should be made to land helicopter for litter
loading. Litter hoisting can be hazardous
and should be accomplished only when a
landing is not feasible and condition of
patient precludes use of personnel
hoisting sling.
33
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
In addition to all other procedures
contained herein, the following shall apply
to litter hoisting operations.
EMPTY LITTER
WARNING
HOISTING OR LOWERING AN
EMPTY LITTER IN OPEN
POSITION IS PROHIBITED. AND
EMPTY LITTER SUSPENDED
FROM HOIST IN OPEN POSITION
CAN OSC I LLATE
UNCONTROLLABLY IN ROTOR
WASH AND CAN FLY UPWARD,
STRIKING FUSELAGE OR TAIL
ROTOR.
Prior to hoisting or lowering an empty
litter, litter shall be closed and secured
with straps. Litter should be suspended in
a near-vertical position and sling straps
should be drawn tight.
LOADED LITTER
CAUTION
A LOADED LITTER CAN ROTATE
ABOUT CABLE DURING
HOISTING. HOIST OPERATOR
MAY HAVE TO GRASP LITTER
SLING STRAPS TO CONTROL
ROTATION AS LITTER
APPROACHES LANDING GEAR.
2-10. DESCENT AND
LANDING
2-10-A. DESCENT
WARNING
IF DIGITAL AFCS COMPUTER
DOES NOT RECEIVE RADIO
ALTITUDE SIGNAL WHEN IN A
COUPLED ILS MODE, AUTO-
LEVEL WILL NOT OCCUR AND
HELICOPTER WILL CONTINUE TO
FOLLOW GLIDESLOPE SIGNAL.
LITTER PATIENT SHALL BE
SECURED TO LITTER WITH
SAFETY STRAPS.
HOIST HOOK CATCH SHALL BE
SECURED WITH SAFETY PIN
PRIOR TO HOISTING LITTER
PATIENT.
NOTE
If litter is suspended too far below
hook, litter cannot be loaded into
helicopter with hoist hook at
upper limit.
Flight controls - Adjust (minimum
friction for ATT mode operation).
AFCS - Engage ATT or SAS mode as
desired.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON in ATT mode;
as desired in SAS mode.
Throttles - Fully open.
ENG - 100% RPM (N2).
Flight path - Stay clear of AVOID area
of Height-Velocity diagram in the Basic
Flight Manual. For landing distance
information in the event of engine failure
during approach, refer to Basic Flight
Manual.
Litter sling straps should be adjusted so
that litter is 24 to 28 inches (61 to 71
centimeters) below hoist hook.
NOTE
The FZ-706 Flight Control
Computer does not recognize
34 Rev. 2
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
engine failure. Following engine Stick centering check - Complete;
failure, the computer will continue center cyclic and friction as necessary
to limit the remaining engine to to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights.
approximately normal cruise
power until pilot disengages
collective coupling or manually NOTE
overrides collective limiting. On side slopes greater than five
degrees, disregard CYC CTR
Irregular terrain may affect DECEL caution lights and position cyclic
capture and auto-level as required.
performance.
FLOATS switch - OFF; check FLOATS
Weather radar - Both control panels off ARMED caution light extinguished.
or standby.
. FLOATS switch - ARMED when over 2-11. ENGINE SHUTDOWN
water; check FLOATS caution light
illuminated. AP1 and AP2 - Disengage; check
autopilot lights extinguish.
STEP switch - As desired (STOW when
operating over water). EFIS MASTER switch - OFF.
Cyclic - Frictioned as desired. Maintain
CAUTION cyclic stick as near center as possible at
all rotor speeds.
RUN ON LANDINGS MAY RESULT
IN ROLL OSCILLATIONS WHILE NOTE
ON THE GROUND. IF THIS Minimize blade flapping by
maintaining highest rotor RPM
COLLECTIVE FULLY DOWN O
DISENGAGING AP1 AND AP2 (NR) within allowable range.
WILL STOP THE OSCILLATIONS.
Throttles - Reduce to 77 - 85% Rotor
RPM, as desired.
2-10-B. LANDING
ITT - Stabilize for one minute.
Collective pitch - Fully down.
Check for inadvertent
Pedals - Centered.
transmission.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON. STBY ATTD switch - OFF
AFCS - SAS mode.
EMERG LT switch - DISARM.
Engine instruments - Within limits.
CAUTION IDLE STOP release switch - ENG 1
position.
MINIMUM ROTOR - 97% RPM
FOR GROUND OPERATION WITH Engine 1 throttle - Fully closed. Check
STICK CENTERING INDICATOR ITT and GAS PROD RPM (N1)
SYSTEM INOPERATIVE. decreasing.
Rev. 3 35
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON. Pilot - Remain at flight controls until
rotor has come to a complete stop.
IDLE STOP release switch - ENG 2 Lighting and miscellaneous switches -
position. OFF.
BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2 switches -
Engine 2 throttle - Fully closed. Check BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2 switches
ITT and GAS PROD RPM (N1)
decreasing.
Collective down lock - Secured as
desired.
GEN 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
2-12. POSTFLIGHT CHECK
INV 1 and 2 switches - OFF.
Emergency floats safety pin - Installed.
ENGINE 1 and 2 FUEL switches- OFF. If conditions require, perform the
following:
ENGINE 1 and 2 BOOST PUMP switches
- OFF.
NOTE
Refer to Manufacturers Data
ENGINE 1 and 2 FUEL TRANS switches Manual for additional information.
- OFF.
Check general condition of droop
Avionics - OFF. restraint system and verify that the
droop restraint arms are engaged in
the lower detent of the cam window.
Install main rotor blade tiedown socks
on blades and secure to mooring
points.
DO NOT USE COLLECTIVE TO DO NOT USE COLLECTIVE TO Install tall rotor tiedown strap and
SLOW ROTOR RPM. USE OF secure to vertical fin.
COLLECTIVE TO SLOW ROTOR
CAN CAUSE EXCESSIVE Install exhaust covers, engine inlet
FLAPPING AND OR CONING. protective plugs, and pitot tube
covers.
CAUTION
AVOID RAPID ENGAGEMENT OF
ROTOR BRAKE IF HELICOPTER IS
ON ICE OR OTHER SLIPPERY OR
LOOSE SURFACE TO PREVENT
ROTATION OF HELICOPTER.
Rotor brake - As desired. Apply at or
below 40% ROTOR RPM. Return to
stowed position after main rotor stops.
36 Rev.2
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Figure 2-1. Pref412.FS39.3-2-1
Figure 2-1. Preflight check sequence
37
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
Section 3
3-1. INTRODUCTION OAT CONDITIONS, AFCS
COMPUTER MAY EXCEED SINGLE
ENGINE TORQUE LIMIT.
For emergency procedures relating to ENGINE TORQUE LIMIT
emergency floats, refer to BHT-412-FMS-2;
for emergency procedures relating to NOTE
hoist, refer to BHT-412-FMS-26.
SAR operations require flight
within the Height-velocity diagram
3-3. ENGINE AVOID range (Basic Flight Manual.
Engine failure (OEI) while flying in
3-3-A. SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE these conditions requires
immediate pilot action to
maximize helicopter performance
CAUTION
during recovery.
AIRSPEED above VTOCS (45 KIAS):
RUN ON LANDINGS MAY RESULT
RUN ON LANDINGS MAY RESULT Collective - Reduce as required to
ON THE GROUND. IF THIS maintain ROTOR RPM and power within
OCCURS, LOWERING
COLLECTIVE FULLY DOWN OR
AIRSPEED - Maintain 55 to 65 KIAS.
DISENGAGING AP1 AND AP2
WILL STOP THE OSCILLATIONS.
WILL STOP THE OSCILLATIONS. RPM switch - INC. Set ENG at 100%
RPM (N2) if possible.
CAUTION Fly helicopter to safe enroute altitude.
Refer to Basic Flight Manual for
THE FZ-706 FLIGHT CONTROL additional procedures.
COMPUTER DOES NOT
RECOGNIZE ENGINE FAILURE. AIRSPEED below VTOCS (45 KIAS), and
FOLLOWING ENGINE FAILURE, hover:
COMPUTER WILL CONTINUE TO
LIMIT REMAINING ENGINE TO Collective - Reduce as required to
THE APPROPRIATE LIMITS maintain ROTOR RPM and power within
STATED IN SECTION 1 - OEI limits.
LIMITATIONS UNTIL PILOT
DISENGAGES COLLECTIVE AIRSPEED - Increase to VTOCS (45
COUPLING OR MANUALLY KIAS), if possible.
OVERRIDES COLLECTIVE
LIMITING. UNDER CERTAIN LOW
38
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
If flyaway is not possible, or hover accelerometers, or by other electrical
cannot be maintained, prepare for malfunctions. Failure of No. 1 hydraulic
ditching. system will render AFCS yaw axis
inoperative but will not affect pitch or roll
Refer to BHT-412-FMS-2 for additional SAS or ATT mode functions. Failure of No.
procedures. 2 hydraulic system will not affect AFCS.
If both autopilots are disengaged, the
3-7. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM following procedures do not apply.
3-7-A. AC POWER FAILURE 3-9-A. AFCS FAILS TO ENGAGE
INDICATION:
OR DISENGAGES
NO. 1 or NO. 2 INVERTER caution light INDICATION:
illuminates.
AFCS caution light illuminated.
Possible loss of power to certain ac NO. 1 AUTOPILOT/NO. 2 AUTOPILOT
instruments (with no INVERTER caution
light). caution light illuminated.
PROCEDURE: AP1 or AP2 off (light not illuminated).
Possible erratic API indications on AP1
illuminates, proceed as follows:
AC VOLTS - Check to determine that Possible ATT FAIL flag displayed on
remaining inverter has assumed all ac pilot or copilot EADI.
loads.
Possible illumination of NO. 1 or NO. 2
INV PWR circuit breakers - Check in. INVERTER caution light.
AP1 or AP2 switch (affected system) - NOTE
Press to reengage autopilot.
If inverter 1 or 2 fails, AP1 or AP2
If power is lost only to certain ac will disengage, but can be
instruments, but INVERTER caution lights reengaged by pressing respective
remain out, proceed as follows: switch on AFCS control panel.
AC FEEDERS circuit breakers (8 each) PROCEDURE:
- Check in.
AIRSPEED - Reduce to 115 KIAS or
During IFR flight, if both inverters fail, land less.
as soon as practical; or continue flight
under VFR, if desired. INV 1 and 2 switches - ON; check NO. 1
and NO. 2 INVERTER caution lights
3-9. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT extinguished.
CONTROLS SYSTEM Pilot and copilot EADIs - Check ATT
FAIL flags retracted, indicators
The automatic flight control system can be functioning properly.
affected by malfunctions of any of the
vertical gyros, yaw rate gyros, inverters, Check the following circuit breakers in:
39
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
SAS/ATT switch - Check ATT light
CAUTION illuminated.
If AUTOTRIM caution light illuminated -
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET ANY Follow procedure for AUTOTRIM
CIRCUIT BREAKER MORE THAN FAILURE.
ONCE.
If malfunction persists, follow procedure
for AFCS FAILS TO ENGAGE OR
INV 1 PWR and INV 2 PWR DISENGAGES.
AC FEEDERS (8)
3-9-C. AFCS HARDOVER OR
NO. 1 and NO. 2 ESNTL BUS FEEDERS ABNORMAL CONTROL
(ON MAIN DC) DISTURBANCE
AFCS (No. 1 and No. 2)
NOTE
AFCS 26V (No. 1 and No. 2) NOTE
Maximum demonstrated altitude
PILOT ATT SYS and CPLT ATT SYS loss with an autopilot malfunction
was 25 feet during a SAR coupled
AP1 or AP2 switch (affected system) - hover or during a coupled ILS
Press to reengage. approach with a 3

glideslope.
PROCEDURE
If either autopilot will not reengage, or
if abnormal control disturbance occurs,
proceed as follows: WARNING
Affected autopilot - Disengage.
IF AP1 OR AP2 FAILS OR IS
If IFR, land as soon as practical; or DISENGAGED, REDUCE
continue flight under VFR, if desired. AIRSPEED TO 115 KIAS OR LESS.
If both autopilots fail to reengage, Cyclic FORCE TRIM release switch -
proceed as follows:
AIRSPEED - As desired. CLTV YAW TRIM REL switch - Press.
AIRSPEED - As desired.
Correct helicopter attitude with cyclic
If IFR, land as soon as practical; or and pedals, then release cyclic FORCE
and pedals, then release cyclic FORCE
continue flight under VFR, If desired. TRIM switch and CLTV YAW TRIM REL
switch.
3-9-B. AFCS FAILS TO HOLD AIRSPEED - Reduce to 115 KIAS or
ATTITUDE
less.
PROCEDURE: Actuator position indicators - Check
both systems. If any API shows
FORCE TRIM switch - Check ON. maximum displacement or erratic
operation of any actuator, switch
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - ON. affected autopilot OFF.
40
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
If IFR, land as soon as practical, or If an attitude source fails, pitch scale, roll
continue flight under VFR, if desired. pointer, and aircraft symbol will be painted
blue and a red ATT FAIL will be displayed
in the middle of the sphere.
3-9-D. AUTOTRIM FAILURE
INDICATION: 3-14-A-2. GLIDESLOPE, EXPANDED
LOCALIZER, AND RATE-
AUTOTRIM caution light illumination. OF-TURN FAILURES
PROCEDURE: If any of these systems fail, the respective
pointer will be removed and a red X will be
Ensure cyclic friction set at minimum. drawn through the respective scale.
Attempt to reset AUTOTRIM light by
cycling either AP1 or AP2 off, then ON. 3-14-A-3. INTERNAL FAILURES
If fault condition cannot be cleared, use Certain internal failures within the symbol
error code displayed on AL-300 to generator will result in display being
determine failed axis. Refer to replaced by a red X centered on EADI with
MANUFACTURER'S DATA, Section 2 of notation SG FAIL.
this supplement for list of error codes.
3-14-B. EADI CAUTIONS (AMBER
For yaw trim failures: ANNUNCIATIONS)
CLTV/YAW TRIM switch - OFF.
3-14-B-1. SAME ATTITUDE
Cycle either AP1 or AP2 off, then ON. SOURCE
Continue flight with manual control of If pilot and copilot have selected the same
collective and pedals. ATT mode may attitude source, the attitude source will be
still be used, including pitch/roll FD annunciated in amber.
coupled operation.
3-14-B-2. COMMON SYMBOL
For pitch or roll trim failures: GENERATOR
Pilot may choose to remain in ATT When in SG REV mode, one symbol
mode, using cyclic FORCE TRIM release generator is driving both pilot and copilot
switch and APIs to manually re-trim as display tubes. During this mode, a
required to keep actuators working near reversionary annunciation is given in
center; or, pilot may select SAS mode amber indicating the display source. This
with FORCE TRIM switch ON or OFF as annunciation appears in the upper left
desired. corner of the attitude sphere and will
display SG1 or SG2, depending on source.
3-14. EFIS MALFUNCTIONS
3-14-B-3. DECISION HEIGHT
3-14-A. EADI FAILURES (RED When radio altitude is within 100 feet of
ANNUNCIATIONS) decision height, a white box will appear to
the left of radio altitude display. When at
or below decision height, an amber DH will
3-14-A-1. ATTITUDE FAILURE appear inside the white box.
41
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
3-14-B-4. FLIGHT DIRECTOR HDG FAIL is displayed at the top of the
FAILURE compass card.
An amber FD FAIL warning will be 3-14-C-2. COURSE DEVIATION OR
displayed in the upper left quadrant of GLIDESLOPE DEVIATION
EADI. Also, flight director command bars FAILURE
and all mode annunciations will be
removed.
A failure of these systems results in
removal of course or glideslope pointer,
NOTE and a red X being drawn through scale.
The letter G will appear at the zero
FD FAIL is also displayed while deviation position of vertical scale to
the Digital AFCS TEST mode is identify invalid information.
engaged.
3-14-C-3. INTERNAL FAILURES
3-14-B-5. DECISION HEIGHT
FAILURE Certain internal failures within the symbol
generator will result in display being
Amber dashes will replace numerical replaced by a red X centered on EHSI with
values of decision height display. notation SG FAIL.
3-14-B-6. 3-14--6. RADIO ALTITUDE 3-14-D. EHSI CAUTIONS (AMBER
FAILURE
ANNUNCIATIONS)
Amber dashes will replace numerical
values and rising runway will be removed 3-14-D-1. HEADING SOURCE AND
from display.
NAVIGATION SOURCE
3-14-C. EHSI FAILURES (RED Whenever pilot and copilot share same
ANNUNCIATIONS) heading source or select same NAV radio,
appropriate source annunciation will turn
amber. Annunciation will also be amber if
both sides are displaying cross-side short-
3-14-C-1. HEADING FAILURES range NAV sources of the same type.
A failure in the heading system will result
in removal of bearing pointers and their 3-14-d-2 WAYPOINT
annunciators, course select pointer,
course deviation indicator and scale, and An amber WPT annunciation will be
compass sync indicator. The digital course displayed to the left of the NAV source
select and heading select readouts will be annunciation to indicate the passage of a
replaced with amber dashes and a red long range NAV waypoint.
42
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
3-14-E. FAILURE DISPLAYS AND
CORRECTIVE ACTION
The following table is provided as a quick
reference to certain failure displays and
the recommended corrective action.
ANNUNCIATION FAULT FLIGHT CORRECTIVE
OR INDICATION CONDITION DIRECTOR ACTION
Red X and SG FAIL Symbol generator Flight director Press SG REV switch
or both displays failure. inoperative (no FD to revert to cross-side
blank. cues). display and flight
director.
Display reverts to Display controller NAV modes may No action required.
power-up failure. disengage. Display Controller will
configuration and not operate.
bearing pointers
revert to NAV 1 and
NAV 2.
Display goes blank, Electronic display NAV modes may Turn failed display DIM
or color and picture failure. disengage. knob OFF to obtain
quality failure. Composite Mode on
remaining display.
HDG or CRS pointers Remote instrument None. If only one side is
jitter. controller failure. affected, SG REV may
be used at pilot's
discretion.
Blue sphere and ATT Attitude gyro Command bars out Press ATT REV switch
FAIL on EADI. failure. of view. to revert to cross-side
source.
Red HDG FAIL on Directional gyro Roll command bar Press HDG REV switch
EHSI. Loss of HDG, failure. may bias out of to revert to cross-side
CRS, etc. view. source.
Red X over CDI NAV invalid. None. Check NAV tuning and
scale; loss of station range. Select
bearing pointer. alternate NAV source if
required.
3-15. SAR MODE APR1, APR2, MOT, VEL HLD, RAD ALT, or
CLIMB. AP1 and AP2 shall be engaged in
MALFUNCTIONS ATT mode.
All required equipment shall be operable
prior to commencement of SAR modes
43
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
During SAR coupled mode operation, NOTE
failure or abnormal disengagement of
either AP1 or AP2 will not decouple the At airspeeds above 60 KIAS,
system. AFCS operation will revert to the command bars will provide cues
remaining autopilot without interruption. for holding 70 KIAS and 700 fpm
climb.
Reengagement of the autopilot may be
attempted without affecting mode Loss of both AP1 and AP2 during APR 2 or
operation. VEL HLD/RAD ALT modes:
In the event of any succeeding failure of Select CLIMB mode by pressing
required equipment, the coupled SAR collective GO AROUND switch or
mode operation shall be terminated by the instrument panel CLIMB switch.
pilot.
Manually fly helicopter to follow pitch
and roll command bars and collective
NOTE cue.
The AFCS, if coupled in APR 1
mode, will remain coupled to NOTE
heading mode following failure or
abnormal disengagement of either At airspeeds below 60 KIAS,
AP1 or AP2. command bars will provide cues
for holding 60 KIAS and 200 fpm
3-15-A. SINGLE AFCS FAILURE climb to 200 ft AGL.
PROCEDURE: Reengagement of AP1 or AP2 may
be attempted after helicopter has
Attempt reengagement of affected system. conditions.
3-15-B. DUAL AFCS FAILURE Failed autopilot - Engage.
PROCEDURE:
3-15-C. RAD ALT FAILURE
NOTE If coupled to failed RAD ALT, collective
command cue will bias out of view. A red
During SAR coupled mode X will appear over RAD ALT display,
operation, failure or abnormal indicating collective axis is no longer
disengagement of both AP1 and coupled to AFCS.
AP2 will decouple the system.
THE PILOT MUST ASSUME COLLECTIVE
Loss of both AP1 and AP2 during APR 1 AND ALTITUDE CONTROL BY CROSS
mode:
REFERENCING THE ANALOG DISPLAY.
Select CLIMB mode.
CONTINUATION OF AN UNCOUPLED IMC
Manually fly helicopter to follow pitch APPROACH IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
and roll command bars and collective
PROCEDURE:
3-15-C-1. SINGLE RAD ALT
FAILURE
44
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
If cross-side RAD ALT is valid, collective 3-15-C-3. WEATHER RADAR
may be re-coupled by pressing FDSEL FAILURE
switch.
Refer to Weather Radar Operator's Manual
for weather radar emergency and
3-15-C-2. DUAL RAD ALT malfunction procedures.
FAILURE
Manually fly collective/altitude and
discontinue SAR operations under IMC
conditions.
Table 3-1. Warning lights (Red)
PANEL
WORDING FAULT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION
RPM (with audio) Rotor rpm at or below Adjust collective pitch and/or
95% RPM
INCR-DECR switch as
required.
or or
RPM (without audio) Rotor rpm at or above Refer to Engine Fuel Control
105%. Malfunction procedures.
45
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-2. Caution lights
PANEL
WORDING FAULT CONDITION
NO. 1 INVERTER/NO. Failure of ac power
2 INVERTER inverter;
or
NO. 2 INVERTER
AUTOTRIM
EMERG LOAD switch -
EMERG LOAD position.
Pitch, roll, or yaw trim
inoperative.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check ac voltmeters to determine
that remaining inverter
automatically assumed load for
failed Inverter.
Check INV PWR circuit breakers in.
Reengage AP1 or AP2. During IFR
flight, if both inverters fail, land as
soon as practical; or continue flight
under VFR, if desired.
Place EMERG LOAD switch in
NORMAL position, if electrical load
shedding is not required.
Cycle either AP1 or AP2 off, then
ON. If light does not extinguish,
follow AUTOTRIM FAILURE
procedures in this section.
Turn CLTV/YAW TRIM switch ON.
Check excessive adjustable
collective friction. Cycle either AP1
or AP2 off, then ON. If light does not
extinguish, continue flight with
manual collective inputs.
Engage affected autopilot. If unable
to engage, continue flight on
remaining system.
Pull EFIS NO. 1 or 2 circuit breakers
if OAT is above 49C (120F). Push
circuit breakers in prior to landing.
CLTV
Collective autotrim
inoperative.
NO. 1 AUTOPILOT/ Autopilot 1 or 2 inoperative.
NO. 2 AUTOPILOT
NO. 1 EFIS FAN/NO. EFIS blower fan 1 or 2
2 EFIS FAN inoperative.
46
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Table 3-3. Advisory lights
PANEL
WORDING
DCPL
FT OFF
MSG
DR
BATT
XTRK (Green)
WP (Green)
P:R:Y:C: OUT
DETENT
FAULT CONDITION
Flight director not coupled.
Force trim inoperative.
GNS X message.
No NAV sensor information
for GNS X. System is in
dead reckoning mode and
is using only HDG and IAS
to compute position.
GNS X is operating on its
own battery.
Pilot selected XTRK course
offset.
Helicopter is within 30
seconds of next leg
change.
OF Pitch, roll, yaw, and/or
collective out of detent.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Ensure that AP1 and AP2 are
engaged in ATT mode. Engage flight
director modes as desired. Ensure
CPL switch and COLL switch are
ON.
Check FORCE TRIM switch ON and
FORCE TRIM circuit breaker in.
Check GNS X CDU for message.
Rely on other NAV sources.
Restore primary power if practical.
Informational.
Informational.
Release force trim of affected
system and center control.
47
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-4. Digital AFCS error codes
PWR
UP
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PRE
FLT
CONT AL-300
TEST DISPLAY
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Table 3-4. Digital AFCS error codes (Cont)
PWR PRE CONT AL-300
UP FLT TEST DISPLAY
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 FAA APPROVED
Table 3-4. Digital AFCS error codes (Cont)
PWR PRE CONT AL-300 ERROR CODE
UP FLT TEST DISPLAY DESCRIPTION
X E139 YAW SERIES ACT MOVED
X E140 COLL ACT MOVED
X E141 PITCH TRIM (H) E/A ON
X E142 PITCH TRIM (L) E/A ON
X E143 ROLL TRIM (H) E/A ON
X E144 ROLL TRIM (L) E/A ON
X E145 YAW TRIM (H) E/A ON
X E146 YAW TRIM (L) E/A ON
X E147 TRIM ENABLE FAIL
X E148 TRIM ONE-SHOT FAIL
X E149 PITCH TRIM (H) E/A OFF
X E150 PITCH TRIM (L) E/A OFF
X E151 ROLL TRIM (H) E/A OFF
X E152 ROLL TRIM (L) E/A OFF
X E153 YAW TRIM (H) E/A OFF
X E154 YAW TRIM (L) E/A OFF
X E155 SERVO VALID FAIL
X E156 TRIM END AROUND FAIL
X E157 APON OTHER INPUT FAIL
X E201 AL-300 KNOB MOTION
X E202 AIRSPEED MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
X E203 PRIMARY RADALT MORE THAN 20 FT
X E204 ANALOG GROUND FAIL
X E205 LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FAIL
X E206 LONGITUDINAL ACCELEROMETER FAIL
X E207 VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FAIL
X E208 ROLL ATTITUDE MORE THAN 10 DEG
X E209 PITCH ATTITUDE MORE THAN 10 DEG
X E210 YAW RATE GYRO MORE THAN 10 DEG/SEC
X E211 DIRECTIONAL GYRO FAIL
X E212 VERTICAL GYRO NOT VALID
X E213 DIRECTIONAL GYRO NOT VALID
X E214 PRIMARY RADIO ALTIMETER NOT VALID
X E215 AIR DATA SENSOR NOT VALID
X E216 SERIAL I/O NOT VALID
X E217 OTHER AUTOPILOT NOT IN TEST
X E218 MODE SELECTOR BUTTON(S) PRESSED
X E219 AP CONTROLLER BUTTON(S) PRESSED
X E220 SAR CONTROLLER BUTTON(S) PRESSED
X E221 HARDWARE NOT VALID
X E222 FOUR-WAY BEEP SWITCH PRESSED
X E223 ENC ALT LESS THAN -600 FT OR GREATER
THAN 12,000 FT
X E224 BARO ALT LESS THAN -600 FT OR
GREATER THAN 12,000 FT
X E225 POD DURING TEST
X E226 ROD DURING TEST
X E227 YOD+YFTR DURING TEST
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Table 3-4. Digital AFCS error codes (Cont)
PWR
UP
PRE CONT AL-300
FLT TEST DISPLAY
ERROR CODE
DESCRIPTION
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
E228
E229
E230
E231
E232
E233
E234
E235
E236
E237
E238
E239
E240
E241
E242
E243
E244
E245
E246
E247
E248
COD DURING TEST
FTR DURING TEST
CFTR DURING TEST
TRIM SWITCH OFF DURING TEST
COLL TRIM SWITCH OFF DURING TEST
ENG TORQUE LESS THAN 5% OR GREATER
THAN 30%
ENG TEMP LESS THAN 150 DEG OR
GREATER THAN 900 DEG C
AIRSPEED INPUT OPEN
HEADING NOT VALID
ENCODING ALTIMETER NOT VALID
DOPPLER ARINC 429 BUS NOT VALID
LNAV ARINC 429 BUS NOT VALID
C/A RESET BUTTON PRESSED
CYCLIC BEEP ACTIVE ON DURING TEST
ERASE EEPROM SWITCH ON DURING TEST
READ EEPROM SWITCH ON DURING TEST
VELHLD SYNC SWITCH ON DURING TEST
SECONDARY RADALT MORE THAN 20 FEET
SECONDARY RADIO ALTIMETER NOT VALID
Section
4
NOTE
Due to the safety margin designed
into the collective coupling
system, Flight Manual
Performance may not be obtained
during three cue coupled mode.
51/52
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Section
No cchange from basic manual.
53
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Section 1
1-1. INSTRUMENT PANEL AND
CONSOLES
Figures 1-1 through 1-5 provide instrument
panel, collective control panel, pedestal,
overhead console, and hourmeter panel.
All caution and advisory lights are dimmed
using DIM switch on caution panel.
54
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Figure 1-1. Instrument panel
55
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
PILOT SIDE
Figure 1-2. Collective control panels
56
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
57
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412-FSMD39.3-2-4-1
Figure 1-4. Overhead console (Sheet 1 of 2)
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
412-FSMD39.3-2-4-2
Figure 1-4. Overhead console (Sheet 2 of 2)
59
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412-FSMD39.3-2-5
Figure 1-5. Hourmeter panel
60
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
1-2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1-2-A. DC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Table 1-5. DC electrical system bus loading (Nonessential buses)
NONESSENTIAL DC BUS 1
NAV-COMM SYSTEMS
LF ADF (receiver)
DME
NAV 1
WX RADAR
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Position lights
Console lights
Pedestal lights
Secondary instrument lights
Copilot instrument lights
Copilot map lights
Landing light power
Landing light control
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Cabin heater
Windshield heat controls (LH/RH)
Windshield heat power (LH/RH)
A NONESSENTIAL DC BUS 2
NAV-COMM SYSTEMS
VHF 2 COMM
VLF NAV
IDENT XPDR
ENC ALT
LR NAV
DATA NAV
DPLR
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Anticollision light
Baggage compartment light
Cabin dome light
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Air blower
Vent blower
Hoist power
Hoist control
NOTES:
1. Automatically sheds with one generator inoperative, but can be reenergized by
placing the NON-ESNTL BUS switch in the MANUAL position.
2. Automatically sheds for 30 and 90 minute flight with electrical power supplied by
the battery only.
61
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-6. DC electrical system bus loading (essential buses)
ESSENTIAL DC BUS 1 ESSENTIAL DC BUS 2
NAV-COMM SYSTEMS NAV-COMM SYSTEMS
Copilot ICS NAV 2
RAD ALT 1 RAD ALT 2
ICS CABIN
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM
EFIS NO. 1 BLWR
EFIS NO. 1 SG/DC
EFIS NO. 1 HSI
EFIS NO. 1 ADI
ENGINE 1 SYSTEMS
Fuel transfer
Fuel control heater
Fuel boost
Fuel crossfeed
Fuel control
Ignition
Starter relay
Particle separator
Generator 1 reset
NO 1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic system power
Hydraulic temperature indicator
CAUTION/WARNING SYSTEMS
Engine 1 RPM
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM
EFIS NO 2 BLWR
EFIS NO 2 SG/DC
EFIS NO 2 HSI
EFIS NO 2 ADI
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Pilot Instrument lights
Engine instrument lights
Utility lights
ENGINE 2 SYSTEMS
Fuel control heater
Fuel boost
Fuel crossfeed
Fuel control
Ignition
Starter relay
Particle separator
Generator 2 reset
NO 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic system power
Hydraulic temperature indicator
CAUTION/WARNING SYSTEMS
Engine 2 RPM
Rotor RPM
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Copilot pitot heater Pilot windshield wiper
Copilot windshield wiper
Governor control
Nonessential bus power
Hourmeter
FLIGHT CONTROLS
AFCS NO 1 PWR
AFCS NO 1 ADD/CAUT
NOTES:
1. Sheds for 90 minute flight with electrical power supplied by the battery only and
with emergency load switch in EMERG LOAD position.
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
Table 1-7. DC electrical system bus loading (emergency buses)
EMERGENCY DC BUS 1 EMERGENCY DC BUS 2
NAV-COMM SYSTEMS
VHF 1 COMM
NAV COMM SYSTEMS
Pilot ICS
ENGINE 1 SYSTEMS
Fuel valve
Fuel quantity indicator
Fuel interconnect
ITT indicator
Oil temperature indicator
Engine 1 torque indicator
CAUTION/WARNING SYSTEMS
Master caution panel
Engine 1 fire detector
Main fire extinguisher
Baggage compartment fire detector
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Mast torque indicator
Idle stop release
Cargo hook release
Combining gearbox oil temperature
indicator
Inverter 1 power
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM
Standby attitude indicator
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Searchlight power
Searchlight control
Pilot map light
ENGINE 2 SYSTEMS
Fuel transfer
Fuel valve
Fuel quantity indicator
Fuel interconnect
ITT indicator
Oil temperature indicator
Engine 2 torque indicator
CAUTION/WARNING SYSTEMS
Caution fail light
Engine 2 fire detector
Reserve fire extinguisher
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Passenger step
XMSN oil temperature indicator
Pilot pitot heater
Emergency floats
Hoist cable cut
Inverter 2 power
FLIGHT CONTROLS
Force trim
AFCS NO 2 PWR
AFCS NO 2 CAUT
63
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 1-8. AC electrical system bus loading
NO. 1 INVERTER
115 VAC BUS 1
Bus 1 voltmeter
26 VAC BUS 1
No. 1 hydraulic pressure indicator
Transmission oil pressure indicator
Engine 1 oil pressure indicator
Engine 1 fuel pressure indicator
LF ADF (bearing pointers)
115 VAC EMERGENCY BUS
No. 2 attitude gyro
115 VAC BUS 2
Bus 2 voltmeter
No. 2 directional gyro
26 VAC BUS 2
No. 2 hydraulic pressure indicator
CBOX oil pressure indicator
Engine 2 oil pressure indicator
Engine 2 fuel pressure indicator
No. 2 EFIS
26 VAC EMERGENCY BUS
No. 2 AFCS
No. 2 rate gyro
115 VAC BUS 3
Weather radar stabilizer
No. 1 directional gyro
No. 1 attitude gyro
NO. 2 INVERTER
26 VAC BUS 3
No. 1 AFCS
No. 1 rate gyro
No. 1 EFIS
NOTES:
1. Does not shed when emergency load switch is in EMERG LOAD position.
1-3. FLIGHT CONTROL
SYSTEM
1-3-A. FORCE TRIM SYSTEM
The force trim system is activated by the
master FORCE TRIM switch on the
pedestal. Cyclic force trim can be released
momentarily by pressing the FORCE TRIM
switch on cyclic grip.
Collective and antitorque force trim can be
released by placing the CLTV/YAW TRIM
switch (located on collective control head)
in the OFF position or momentarily
released individually by toggling in desired
direction or jointly released by pressing
straight down.
1-4. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
CONTROL SYSTEM (AFCS)
The DFZ-760 dual digital AFCS consists of
two independent autopilot systems, AP1
and AP2, either of which Is capable of four
axis (pitch, roll, yaw, and collective)
control, and flight director coupling. The
system also incorporates other workload
reducing features such as auto trim,
heading hold, automatic turn coordination,
and auto level..
Either autopilot can be operated in SAS
(Stability Augmentation System) mode or
ATT (Attitude Retention) mode. SAS mode
provides short term stabilization for
hands-on flying. ATT mode can be used
for hands-off flight when coupled to flight
director.
The flight director provides steering
commands which can be manually flown
by the pilot or can be coupled to
64
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-39.3 & -39.4
autopilots for fully automatic flight path target, and climbout modes for search and
control. With the addition of doppler rescue operations.
navigation system, doppler sensor, and
SAR engage controller, SPZ-7600 provides Refer to Section 3 for a complete list of
automatic approach to hover, mark on error codes.
Section 2
No change from basic manual.
Section 3
No change from basic manual.
Section 4
No change from basic manual.
65/66
BHT-412-FMS-40
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR
INCREASED GENERATOR
CAPACITY KIT
(412-706-026)
CERTIFIED
29 OCTOBER 1992
This supplement shall be attached to the Models 412 and 412EP
Flight Manuals when the Increased Generator Capacity Kit is
installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information of
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the
basic Flight Manual
Bell Helicopter
POST OFFICE BOX 482 . FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 1994
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
AND BELL HEUCOPTER TEXTRON
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LTD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
REISSUE - 5 OCTOBER 1994
BHT-412-FMS-40
0
0
0
0
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron
P.O. Box 482
Fort Worth. Texas 76101-0482
BHT-412-FMS-40
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original .......... 0 .......... 29 Oct 92
Reissue .......... 0 .......... 05 Oct 94
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO.
REVISION
NO.
PAGE PAGE
Title ......................... 0
N P .......................... 0
A - B ....................... 0
i/ii .......................... 0
1-18 ...................... 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A
BHT-412-FMS-40
FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original .......... 0 ........... 29 Oct 92
Reissue .......... 0 ........... 05 Oct 94
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-40
INTRODUCTION
The Increased Generator Capacity Kit increases the amperage limit
from 150 to 200 amps on each generator. The incremental
performance losses for the additional 50 amps each is presented in
Section 4.
i/ii
EGHTCG L TATONS
GENERATOR L TATONS
C
0 200

.000
0

200
D RNG SNGLE GENERATOR
OPERATON. ELECTRCAL LOADS
SHALL SE RED CED BE ORE
RESTORNG PO ER TO
NONESSENTAL B S TO ENS RE
GENERATOR LOAD L T S NOT
EXCEEDED.
A ETER
0 200 A PS C
0 A PS 0
000 H
200 A PS
NSTR ENT AR NGS
BHT-412-FMS-40 FAA APPROVED
Section 3
ELECTRICAL POWER FAILURES
DC POWER FAILURE
INDICATIONS:
DC GENERATOR caution light illuminates.
All lighting and avionics on nonessential buses
inoperative.
PROCEDURE:
GEN FIELD and GEN RESET circuit breakers -
Check in.
GEN switch (affected generator) - RESET,
then ON.
If generator remains inoperative, proceed as
follows:
GEN switch (affected generator) - OFF.
If No. 2 Generator failed:
BATTERY BUS 2 switch - OFF;
BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON.
If nonessential bus power is required, proceed as
follows:
Switch off all unnecessary equipment.
CAUTION
DO NOT SET NON-ESNTL BUS
SWITCH TO MANUAL BEFORE
TURNING OFF UNNECESSARY
EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE GENERATOR
LOAD LIMIT IS NOT EXCEEDED.
NON-ESNTL BUS switch - MANUAL.
DC AMPS - Monitor.
Equipment switches - As desired/off as
necessary to maintain generator load below
maximum limit.
NOTE
During single engine operation, avoid
generator load above 150 amps to
attain climb performance presented in
basic Flight Manual.
2
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-40
Section
4
PERFORMANCE VARIATIONS
Performance variation charts are provided to
determine hover and climb performance
decrements due to the additional power
requirements for the generators when operating
at 200 amps each.
The charts are organized into three performance
sections according to helicopter configuration
and respective flight manual and supplements to
which the charts apply.
PERFORMANCE SECTION APPLICATION
PERFORMANCE
SECTION
Section 4A
Section 4B
HELICOPTER
SERIAL NUMBERS
33001-33107
33108-33213
36001-36019
EQUIPMENT
REQUIRED
None
None
FLIGHT MANUAL/
SUPPLEMENT
*BHT-412-FM-1
*BHT-412-FM-2
33001-33107 Increased Gross Weight and
Takeoff Horsepower
(412-075-008-111)
BHT-412-FMS-19.1
Section 4C 36020 - 36086
AND
36087 AND SUB
None *BHT412-FM-3
*BHT-412-FM-4
33108-33213
36001-36019
Improved Hover
Performance Modification
(412-570-001-103)
or
Increased Maximum
Continuous Power Kit
(412-706-029)
BHT-412-FMS-34.2
BHT-412-FMS-41
33001-33107 Increased Maximum
Continuous Power Kit
(412-706-029)
BHT-412-FMS-41
* Basic Flight Manual or appropriate optional equipment supplement.
3
BHT-412-FMS-40 FAA APPROVED
Section 4A
TWIN ENGINE HOVER AND RATE OF
CLIMB DECREASE DUE TO 200 AMP
GENERATOR LOADS.
Enter appropriate chart with pressure altitude
and OAT to determine whether or not
performance reduction is required. If applicable,
decrease performance data in basic flight
manual or appropriate optional equipment
supplement as indicated on chart (rate of climb
reduction of 30 feet per minute or hover gross
weight reduction of 50 pounds out of ground
effect or 60 pounds in ground effect).
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-40
14000
13000
12000
11000
10000
9000
HOVER PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-1
TAKEOFF POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
Figure 4A-1. Hover performance variation - takeoff power
5
BHT-412-FMS-40
FAA APPROVED
HOVER PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-1
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
14000
13000
Figure 4A-2. Hover performance variation - maximum continuous power
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-40
CLIMB PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-1
TAKEOFF POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
14000
13000
Figure 4A-3. Climb performance variation - takeoff power
7
14000
13000
12000
11000
10000
9000
Figure 4A-4. Climb performance variation - maximum continuous power
8
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-40
Section 4B
BHT-412-FM-2
BHT-412-FMS-19.1
TWIN ENGINE HOVER AND RATE OF
CLIMB DECREASE DUE TO 200 AMP
GENERATOR LOADS.
Enter appropriate chart with pressure altitude
and OAT to determine whether or not
performance reduction is required. If applicable,
decrease performance data in basic flight
manual or appropriate optional equipment
supplement as indicated on chart (rate of climb
reduction of 30 feet per minute or hover gross
weight reduction of 50 pounds out of ground
effect or 60 pounds in ground effect).
9
14000
13000
12000
11000
FAA APPROVED
HOVER PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-2 AND BHT-412-FMS 19.1
TAKEOFF POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
9000
w
LU
8000
Figure 4B- 1. Hover performance variation - takeoff power
10
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-40
HOVER PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-2 AND BHT-412-FMS-19.1
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
14000
13000
12000
11000
10000
FOR POINTS BELOW CURVE
- NO PERFORMANCE LOSS.
0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0
Figure 4B-2. Hover performance variation - maximum continuous power
11
BHT-412-FMS-40
FAA APPROVED
14000
13000
12000
11000
9000
- 2200
- 2000
OAT - C
Figure 4B-3. Climb performance variation - takeoff power
14000
13000
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-40
CLIMB PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-2 AND BHT-412-FMS-19.1
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
12000
11000
10000
Figure 4B-4. Climb performance variation - maximum continuous power
13
BHT-412-FMS-40 FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FM-3
TWIN ENGINE HOVER AND RATE OF
CLIMB DECREASE DUE TO 200 AMP
GENERATOR LOADS.
Enter appropriate chart with pressure altitude
and OAT to determine whether or not
performance reduction is required. If applicable,
decrease performance data in basic flight
manual or appropriate optional equipment
supplement as indicated on chart Irate of climb
reduction of 30 feet per minute or hover gross
weight reduction of 50 pounds out of ground
effect or 60 pounds in ground effect).
14
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-40
HOVER PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-3, BHT-412-FM-4, BHT-412-FMS-34.2, AND BHT-412-FMS-41
TAKEOFF POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
14000
13000
12000
HEATER OFF
- - -- HEATER ON
- - WINTERIZATION KIT
FOR POINTS ABOVE CURVE
SUBTRACT 50 POUNDS FOR
OGE HOVER AND SUBTRACT
60 POUNDS FOR IGE HOVER
FROM BASIC FLIGHT MANUAL
OR SUPPLEMENT DATA
11000
10000
9000
FOR POINTS BELOW CURVE
NO PERFORMANCE LOSS.
Figure 4C-1. Hover performance variation - takeoff power
15
BHT-412-FMS-40 FAA APPROVED
HOVER PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-3, BHT-412-FM-4, BHT-412-FMS-34.2. AND BHT-412-FMS-41
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
14000
13000
12000
11000
Figure 4C-2. Hover performance variation - maximum continuous power
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-40
CLIMB PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-3, BHT-412-FM-4, BHT-412-FMS-34.2, AND BHT-412-FMS-41
TAKEOFF POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
14000
13000
12000
11000
10000
FOR POINTS BELOW CURV
Figure 4C-3. Climb performance variation - takeoff power
17
14000
13000
12000
11000
10000
BHT-412-FMS-40 FAA APPROVED
CLIMB PERFORMANCE VARIATION
FOR BHT-412-FM-3, BHT-412-FM-4, BHT-412-FMS-34.2, AND BHT-412-FMS-41
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER
GENERATOR 200 AMPS (EACH)
Figure 4C-4. Climb performance variation - maximum continuous power
18
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
CUSTOMIZED EQUIPMENT
412-799-405-101
S/N 36355
CERTIFIED
23 DECEMBER 2004
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412EP Flight
Manual (BHT-412-FM-4) when the Customized Equipment
have been installed in accordance with 412-799-405.
Information contained herein supplements information in
the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and
Performance Data not contained in this supplement, refer to
the basic Flight Manual.
BHT-412-FMS-42.4
23 DECEMBER 2004
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 2004
BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON
CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
NOTICE PAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NP23 DEC 2004
BHT-412-FMS-42.4
These data are proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other than helicopter
operation is forbidden without prior written authorization from Bell
Helicopter Textron Inc.
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Original ..................... 0...................... 23 DEC 04
23 DEC 2004A
BHT-412-FMS-42.4
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
LOG OF REVISIONS
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION REVISION
NO. NO. PAGE PAGE
FLIGHT MANUAL
Title.............................................................0
NP...............................................................0
A/B..............................................................0
i ii ...........................................................0
1 2 ..........................................................0
3/4...............................................................0
BHT-412-FMS-42.4
B23 DEC 2004
LOG OF FAA APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ..................... 0...................... 23 DEC 04
APPROVED DATE APPROVED DATE 23 DEC 2004
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
BHT-412-FMS-42.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
23 DEC 2004i
HIGH POWER VOICE AMPLIFIER SYSTEM
The High Power Voice Amplifier System provides a high gain tactical sound system. It is
designed to give point to point dissemination of sound. The system consists of an NAT AA22 PA/
Siren Control. NAT PA700 High Power Voice Amplifier, and TS94-04XN standard four bell mini-
speaker array with drivers. Voice transmission is via the AUX position on the pilot and copilot
ICS panels.
ELT INSTALLATION
ARTEX ELT C406-1 HM meets or exceeds the requirements of TSO C91a, TSO C126 and FAR Part
91. The ELT also satisfies the requirements of Canadian Aviation Regulations (CAR) Part V,
Subpart 51, Airworthiness Manual Section 551.104 and Eurocae ED-62.
STROBE LIGHT INSTALLATION
The Strobe Light Installation consists of an additional white strobe on the tailboom. The Whelen
Strobe Light System is turned ON or OFF by the 5-amp toggle-type circuit breaker labeled
STROBES located in the overhead circuit breaker panel.
AVIONICS MASTER SYSTEM INSTALLATION
The Avionics Master System controls power to all avionics on the #1 Non Essential Bus and #2
Non Essential Bus. The Avionics Master System is controlled by the 1/2-amp toggle-type circuit
breaker labeled AVI MASTER- PRI or the 1/2-amp toggle-type circuit breaker labeled AVI
MASTER- BACKUP, located adjacent to each other in the overhead circuit breaker panel. With
both switches OFF, only COM 1 is powered.
NOTE
The AVI MASTER- PRI switch and the AVI MASTER- BACKUP switch should not be used
simultaneously. The AVI MASTER- BACKUP switch can be tested, but should only be used if the
AVI MASTER- PRI switch malfunctions.
In the event that the AVI MASTER- PRI should malfunction, the 1/2-amp toggle-type circuit
breaker labeled AVI MASTER- BACKUP located in the overhead circuit breaker panel can be used
to power all avionics on the #1 Non Essential Bus and #2 Non Essential Bus.
SCENE LIGHT INSTALLATION
Exterior Lights are mounted above the passenger doors to provide additional lighting for
passenger loading. The lights are controlled by a toggle-type switch labeled DOORS FLD LT
located in the overhead circuit breaker panel.
BHT-412-FMS-42.4
ii23 DEC 2004
CABIN ICS INSTALLATION
The Cabin ICS Installation consists of an NAT AA38-501 Audio Loop Amplifier that provides
keyed ICS for four users with low impedance headsets.
BLACKOUT CURTAIN INSTALLATION
The blackout Curtain provides a flame-resistant curtain that may be used to separate the cockpit
and cabin so as to permit passengers to use cabin lighting at night. The curtain must be open
during takeoff and landing in order for the pilot to clearly see emergency exits and litter door
latches.
TAIL FLOOD LIGHT SYSTEM
The Tail Flood Light System consists of two flood lights mounted on the tailboom. The Tail Flood
Light System is turned ON or OFF by the switch labeled TAIL FLD LTS located in the overhead
circuit breaker panel.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-42.4
23 DEC 20041
Section 1
LIMITATIONS
1
1-20. INSTRUMENT MARKINGS
AND PLACARDS
Refer to Figure 1-6.
1-24. OPERATING LIMITATIONS
The Whelen Strobe Light System shall be
turned off while taxiing in the vicinity of other
aircraft, while flying through clouds, fog, or
haze, and all night takeoffs and landings.
The Blackout Curtain shall be open during
takeoff and landing.
BHT-412-FMS-42.4 FAA APPROVED
223 DEC 2004
Figure 1-6. Placards and Decals
WARNING: TURN OFF STROBE LIGHTS WHEN TAXIING IN THE VICINITY OF
OTHER AIRCRAFT OR DURING FLIGHT THROUGH CLOUDS, FOG OR HAZE.
STANDARD POSITION LIGHTS TO BE ON FOR ALL NIGHT OPERATIONS.
THE WHITE STROBE LIGHT MUST BE TURNED OFF
DURING ALL NIGHT TAKEOFFS AND LANDINGS
Location: Pilot's view
412FMS_42.4_0001_c00
CURTAIN MUST BE OPEN DURING
TAKEOFFS AND LANDINGS
Location: Front and rear sides of blackout curtain
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-42.4
Section 2
NORMAL PROCEDURES
2
2-7. BEFORE TAKEOFF 2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS
2-10. DESCENT AND LANDING
2-10-A. BEFORE LANDING
Avionics Master- Backup OFF
Avionics Master- PRI ON
Strobe Lt OFF
DOOR FLD LT As Desired
TAIL FLD LT As Desired
Blackout Curtain Stowed Open
Strobe Lt As Desired
Blackout Curtain As Desired
Strobe Lt OFF
Blackout Curtain Stowed Open
23 DEC 20043/4
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND 43.4
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
SPECIAL MISSION SEARCH AND
RESCUE CONFIGURATION
412-899-052
BHT-36020 - 36086
BHT-36087 AND SUB
CERTIFIED
8 MARCH 1993
This supplement shall be attached to Model
412&412EP Flight Manual when SPECIAL
MISSION SEARCH AND RESCUE
CONFIGURATION kit has been installed.
Information contained herein supplements
information of basic Flight Manual. For
Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data
not contained in this supplement, consult basic
Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter I
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc
BELL HELICOPTER INC
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC
A DIVISION OF TEXTRON CANADA LT. REISSUE - 2 FEBRUARY 1995
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND 43.4 FAA APPROVED
NOTICE PAGE
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
Manufacturer's Data portion of this supplement is
proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other
than helicopter operation is forbidden without prior written
authorization from Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. 0. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
FAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND 43.4
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 ............... 8 MAR 93
Revision..........1 .............. 22 APR 93
Reissue ........... 0 .............. 16 SEP 93
Reissue ........... 0 ............... 2 FEB 95
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION
NO. PAGE
REVISION
NO.
PAGE
FLIGHT MANUAL
T itle .................................... 0
N P ...................................... 0
A - B .................................. 0
i/ii ....................................... 0
1 - 4 ................................... 0
5/6 ...................................... 0
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
7-14 .................................. 0
15/16 ................................... 0
NOTE
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of
superseded pages.
A
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND 43.4
FAA APPROVED
LOG OF APPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... 0...............8 MAR 93
Revision .......... 1 .............. 22 APR 93
APPROVED:
MANAGER
ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FT. WORTH, TX 76193-0170
Reissue ........... 0............16 SEP 93
Reissue...........0 ............... 2 FEB 95
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND 43.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Special Mission Search And Rescue
Configuration helicopter is equipped with
the following optional equipment kits:
Rotor brake
Dual controls
Copilot clock
FAA/IFR
VHF comm 2 (KTR-908)
NAV #2 VOR/LOC with glideslope (KNR-634)
Emergency floats (reservoir/nose)
Emergency floats (L/G with floats)
Auxiliary fuel, left hand (84 gallons)
Increased horsepower transmission
Standby attitude indicator
NAT 15 Station ICS
Radio operator station (provisions)
MS-AVCIDIA digital FM radio (provisions)
High tiedown fittings
#2 Radio altimeter
Primus 700 weather radar
Data nav III
SX-16C nightsun
Infrared scanner (FLIR Safire)
External hoist (Lucas Western, 42325-1),
Three 10A 28VDC outlets
Ground handling cable and claw assembly
When above equipment is installed on
helicopters other than Special Mission
Search And Rescue Configuration, refer to
3-Place litter
Radar altimeter
Cargo hook
ADF (KDF806)
NAV #1 VOR/LOC with glideslope (KNR-634)
Transponder (KXP-756)
Emergency floats provisions
Auxiliary fuel provisions (168 gallons)
Increased generator capacity
Copilot instruments
HF communication (provisions)
DF931-1 and VHF/UHF AM guard receivers
HF cypher (provisions)
Tow rings
DME 670
EFIS display (EDZ-705)
RACAL system 91 Doppler
Rappeling rings
Loudhailer, AEM 400
ELT 100 HM (provisions)
Dual digital automatic flight control system,
Search and Rescue (SAR)
GNS-X NO LORAN with VLF/OMEGA and
GPS and video output
appropriate Flight Manual Supplement
(FMS) for applicable limitations and
operations.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4
Section 1
1-1. INTRODUCTION
1-5-A-2.
Limitations specified in BHT-412-FM-3,
BHT-412-FM-4 and supplements remain
applicable. Operation of SPZ-7600 system
does not relieve flight crew of
responsibility to monitor and comply with
all helicopter limitations.
For Search and Rescue, Dual Digital
Automatic Flight Control System
Limitations, refer to BHT-412-FMS-39.3 or
BHT-412-FMS-39.4.
For External Hoist Limitations, refer to
Premier Aviation Flight Manual
Supplement for hoist installed in
accordance with STC SH7860SW.
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION
Special Mission Search And Rescue
Configuration helicopters are certified for
IFR/VFR operations under day or night
non-icing conditions.
1-5. CONFIGURATION
1-5-A. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
1-5-A-1. NIGHTSUN
SEARCHLIGHT
Do not use nightsun searchlight below 50
feet AGL.
Do not use nightsun searchlight in foggy
or cloudy conditions.
Operation of nightsun searchlight is
restricted to copilot or operator position.
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY
1-6-A. WEIGHT
Actual weight change shall be determined
after helicopter has been properly
configured and ballast readjusted, if
necessary, to maintain CG limits within
limits shown on Gross weight center of
gravity charts in BHT-412-FM-3 and BHT-
412-FM-4.
1-6-B. CENTER OF GRAVITY
For flights with no internal loading and any
optional equipment kits removed, a weight
and balance check must be calculated to
determine a new minimum cockpit weight
required to maintain helicopter within aft
CG limits.
For flights with more than seven (7)
passengers or crewmembers in forward
and aft facing seats and all optional
equipment kits installed, a weight and
balance must be calculated to determine if
any baggage compartment weight is
required to maintain helicopter within
forward CG limits.
1-6-C. LATERAL AND
LONGITUDINAL CENTER OF
GRAVITY
Maximum hoist load shall be adjusted to
remain within helicopter lateral and
longitudinal CG limits. Refer to hoist
1
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4 FAA APPROVED
loading schedule in Premier Aviation
Flight Manual Supplement for hoist
installed in accordance with STC
SH7860SW.
1-20. INSTRUMENT
MARKINGS AND PLACARDS
Refer to figure 1-1.
CAUTION
DO NOT USE NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT BELOW
50 FT AGL OR IN FOG CONDITIONS.
FOR TAXI TAKEOFF AND LANDING
SEARCHLIGHT MUST BE IN HORIZONTAL OR UP
STOWED POSITION.
MONITOR LOADMETER WHEN USING NIGHTSUN
SEARCHLIGHT.
LOCATED ON INSTRUMENT PANEL
WITH FLIR TURNED ON. VHF COMM NO. 2 IS
UNRELIABLE WHEN TUNED TO 128.00 MHz.
UHF/MARINE GUARD RECEIVER FUNCTION IS
UNRELIABLE DURING RADIO TRANSMISSION OR
ACTUATION OF NIGHTSUN GIMBAL.
LOCATED ON PEDESTAL
Figure 1-1. Decal
BHT-412-FS-42.3-1-1
Section 2
2-1. INTRODUCTION
Normal Procedures specified in BHT-412-
FM-3, BHT-412-FM-4 and supplements
remain applicable.
For Search and Rescue, Dual Digital
Automatic Flight Control System Normal
Procedures, refer to BHT-412-FMS-39.3 or
BHT-412-FMS-39.4.
For External Hoist Normal Procedures,
refer to Premier Aviation Flight Manual
Supplement for hoist installed in
accordance with STC SH7860SW.
For Forward Looking Infrared Radar (FLIR)
Normal Procedures, refer to TM 85000750
(FLIR Systems Inc.) Operator's Manual.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4
2-3. PREFLIGHT CHECK
2-3-A. NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
Nightsun searchlight - Security and
wiring. Lens for cleanliness. Stowed
position.
2-4. INTERIOR AND
PRESTART CHECK
NIGHTSUN circuit breaker - In.
Loudhailer POWER switch - Off.
2-6. SYSTEMS CHECK
NIGHTSUN FREE/STOW switch - Check
STOW segment illuminated.
NIGHTSUN FREE/STOW switch - Press
and release, check FREE segment
illuminated.
NIGHTSUN FREE/STOW switch - Press
and release, check STOW segment
illuminated.
WARNING
USE EXTREME CARE DURING
GROUND OPERATION OF
LOUDHAILER TO PREVENT
INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
GROUND SUPPORT PERSONNEL
IN VICINITY OF HELICOPTER
SHOULD WEAR PROTECTIVE
HEARING DEVICES.
2-9. IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS
SEARCHLIGHT IS OPERATING.
NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT SHALL
BE TURNED OFF WHEN
ENTERING CLOUDS OR FOG.
NIGHTSUN FREE/STOW switch - Press
and release, check FREE segment
illuminated.
START switch - ON.
CAUTION
HOLDING SWITCH IN START
AFTER IGNITION MAY DAMAGE
EQUIPMENT.
START switch - START. Hold in START
approximately 5 seconds or until ignition
has occurred. Allow switch to return to
ON.
WARNING
DO NOT AIM BEAM TOWARD
OTHER AIRCRAFT OR VEHICLES
BECAUSE OF TEMPORARY
BLINDING EFFECT.
UP/DOWN/LEFT/RT switch - Position to
aim light.
FOCUS switch - Press to focus light.
Loudhailer POWER switch - ON.
ICS control panel - Rotate switch to AUX/
HAIL.
WAILSIREN/YELP switch - As desired.
VOL switch - As desired.
Loudhailer POWER switch - Off, when
loudhailer operation is completed.
WARNING
MAGNETIC COMPASS MAY BE
UNRELIABLE WHEN NIGHTSUN
3
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4 FAA APPROVED
2-10. DESCENT AND
LANDING
NIGHTSUN FREE/STOW switch - Press
and release. FREE/STOW lights remain
Section 3
extinguished for approximately 30 seconds
until searchlight returns to stowed
position. STOW segment then illuminates.
Emergency and Malfunction Procedures
specified in BHT-412-FM-3, BHT-412-FM-4
and supplements remain applicable.
For Search and Rescue, Dual Digital
Automatic Flight Control System
Emergency and Malfunction Procedures,
refer to BHT-412-FMS-39.3 or BHT-412-
FMS-39.4.
For External Hoist Emergency and
Malfunction Procedures, refer to Premier
Aviation Flight Manual Supplement for
hoist installed in accordance with STC
SH7860SW.
For Forward Looking Infrared Radar (FLIR)
Malfunction Procedures, refer to TM
85000750 (FLIR Systems Inc.) Operator's
Manual.
Section 4
4-7. CLIMB AND DESCENT
Rate of climb performance derived from
Twin Engine Rate of Climb Charts,
Maximum Continuous Power and Single
Engine Rate of Climb Charts, Maximum
Continuous Power shown in BHT-412-FM-3
or BHT-412-FM-4 shall be reduced by 110
feet per minute.
Additional rate of climb loss may result
from Increased Generator Capacity
Operation (refer to BHT-412-FMS-40).
4-8. AIRSPEED
CALIBRATION
As a result of increased drag caused by
installation of optional kits, reduce
airspeeds derived from Fuel Flow vs
Airspeed Charts in Section 3 of BHT-412-
MD-3 or BHT-412-MD-4 by 10 knots.
Performance data shown In BHT-412-FM-3,
BHT-412-FM-4 and supplements (except as
stated above) remain applicable.
For Search and Rescue, Dual Digital
Automatic Flight Control System
Performance Data, refer to BHT-412-FMS-
39.3 or BHT-412-FMS-39.4.
FAA APPROVED BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4
For External Hoist Performance data, refer
to Premier Aviation Flight Manual
Supplement for hoist installed in
accordance with STC SH7860SW.
For Increased Generator Capacity
Performance data, refer to BHT-412-FMS
40.
4-10. NOISE LEVELS
4-10-A. CERTIFICATED FAR PART
36 STAGE 2 NOISE LEVELS
This aircraft is certified as a Stage 2
helicopter as prescribed in FAR Part 36,
Subpart H, for gross weights up to, and
including, the certified maximum takeoff
and landing weight of 11,900 pounds (5398
kilograms). There are no operating
limitations in meeting the takeoff, flyover,
or approach noise requirements.
The following noise levels comply with
FAR Part 36, Appendix H, Stage 2 noise
level requirements. These levels were
obtained by analysis of approved data
from noise tests conducted under
provisions of FAR Part 36, Amendment 36-
14.
The certified noise levels are:
NOTE
No determination has been made
by the Federal Aviation
Administration that the noise
levels of this aircraft are, or
should be, acceptable or
unacceptable for operations at,
into, or out of any airport.
VH is defined as the airspeed in level flight
obtained using minimum specification
engine torque corresponding to maximum
continuous power available for sea level,
25C (77F) ambient conditions at the
relevant maximum certified weight. The
value of VH thus defined for this aircraft is
112 KTAS.
4-10-B. SUPPLEMENTAL ICAO
ANNEX 16, CHAPTER 8 NOISE
LEVEL INFORMATION
The test and analysis procedures used to
obtain these noise levels are essentially
equivalent to those required by the
International Civil Aviation Organization
(ICAO) in Annex 16, Volume 1, Chapter 8.
ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1, Chapter 8
approval is applicable only after
endorsement by the Civil Aviation
Authority of the country of aircraft
registration.
FLIGHT
CONDITION
Takeoff
Flyover
Approach
EPNL (EPN dB)
93.7
92.9
95.3
5/6
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4
Section 5
5-5. COCKPIT AND CABIN
LOADING
5-5-A. STATION DIAGRAMS
5-8. SAMPLE LOADING
PROBLEM
A sample loading problem is presented in
both English and Metric.
Figure 1-1 presents fuselage station (FS)
and buttock line (BL) data to aid in weight
and balance computation.
5-5-B. PERSONNEL LOADING
Table 1-1 presents personnel weights and
moments in both English and Metric units
to aid in weight and balance computation.
7
REF
DATUM
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
NOTE
Station 0 (reference datum) is located 20 inches
(508 millimeters) aft of the most forward point of
the cabin nose.
FUSELAGE
STATIONS
23
FORWARD
FACING
I
243
COPILOTOR PASSENGER SEAT
Figure 5-1. Station diagrams (Sheet 1 of 2)
(Forward row seats - forward facing)
REF
DATUM
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4
NOTE
Station 0 (reference datum) is located 20 inches
(508 millimeters) aft of the most forward point of
the cabin nose.
FUSELAGE
STATIONS
23
AFT
FACING
Figure 5-1. Station diagrams (Sheet 2 of 2)
(Forward row seats - aft facing)
9
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 5-1. Personnel loading tables
PILOT AND PASSENGER TABLE OF MOMENTS (IN-LB)
Passenger Passenger
(1-Man (1-Man
Pilot and Seats Seats
Facing
Passenger PASSENGER
Weight Copilot Facing Aft)
(LB) FS 47 FS 79.7
100 4700 7970
110 5170 8767
120 5640 9564
130 6110 10361
140 6580 11158
150 7050 11955
160 7520 12752
170 7990 13549
180 8460 14346
190 8930 15143
200 9400 15940
210 9870 16737
220 10340 17534
Fwd)
FS 85.7
8570
9427
10284
11141
11998
12855
13712
14569
15426
16283
17140
17997
18854
(5-Man Seat FACING OUTBOARD
Facing
Fwd) Fwd Seat Aft Seat
FS 114.7 FS 139.7 FS 156.8
11470 13970 15680
12617 15367 17248
13764 16764 18816
14911 18161 20384
16058 19558 21952
17205 20955 23520
18352 22352 25088
19499 23749 26656
20646 25146 28224
21793 26543 29792
22940 27940 31360
24087 29337 32928
25234 30734 34496
*Left Forward Seat
PILOT AND PASSENGER TABLE OF MOMENTS
(KG * MM)
100
Passenger Passenger Passenger PASSENGER
(1-Man (1-Man
Pilot and Seats Seats (5-Man Seat FACING OUTBOARD
Weight Copilot* Facing Aft) Facing Fwd) Facing Fwd) Fwd Seat Aft Seat
(KG) 1194 MM 2024 MM 2177 MM 2913 MM 3548 MM 3983 MM
50 597.0 1012.0 1088.5 1456.5 1774.0 1991.5
55 656.7 1113.2 1197.4 1602.2 1951.4 2190.7
60 716.4 1214.4 1306.2 1747.8 2128.8 2389.8
65 776.1 1315.6 1415.1 1893.5 2306.2 2589.0
70 835.8 1416.8 1523.9 2039.1 2483.6 2788.1
75 895.5 1518.0 1632.8 2184.8 2661.0 2987.3
77.1 920.6 1560.5 1678.5 2245.9 2735.5 3070.9
80 955.2 1619.2 1741.6 2330.4 2838.4 3186.4
85 1014.9 1720.4 1850.5 2476.1 3015.8 3385.6
90 1074.6 1821.6 1959.3 2621.7 3193.2 3584.7
95 1134.3 1922.8 2068.2 2767.4 3370.6 3783.9
100 1194.0 2024.0 2177.0 2913.0 3548.0 3983.0
105 1253.7 2125.2 2285.9 3058.8 3725.4 4182.2
110 1313.4 2226.4 2394.7 3204.3 3902.8 4381.3
*Left Forward Seat
(TABLE I.D. 911317)
MANUFACTURER'S DATA BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4
SAMPLE LOADING PROBLEM (ENGLISH)
The helicopter is chartered to transport nine passengers and 180 pounds of baggage on a
trip that will require approximately 235 U.S. gallons of fuel one way. The helicopter will be
refueled to full fuel and both pilots will make the return trip. Determine extreme CG
conditions for both flights.
OUTBOUND FLIGHT
Weight Empty
+Oil
+Crew (2)
+Passenger, Aft Row (5)
+Passenger, Aft Facing (4)
+Baggage
+Fuel to maximum GW
GW and most aft CG
-Fuel to critical forward CG
Most forward CG
WEIGHT
8223
25
340
850
680
180
1602
11900
-1205
10695
LONGITUDINAL
CG MOMENT
140.85 1158196
4146
15980
114.7 97495
79.7 54196
261.0 46980
150.4 240941
136.0 1617934
-185401
133.9 1432533
LATERAL
CG MOMENT
+0.6 +5007
0 0
0 0
0 0
+17
0 0
-5.78 -9260
-0.4 -4236
+9260
+0.5 +5024
RETURN FLIGHT
Weight Empty
+Oil
+Crew (2)
+Fuel, including auxiliary fuel
GW and most aft CG
-Fuel to critical forward CG
Most forward CG
WEIGHT
8223
25
340
2802
11390
-2405
8985
LONGITUDINAL
CG MOMENT
140.85 1158196
4146
15980
422822
140.6 1601144
-367282
137.3 1233862
LATERAL
CG MOMENT
+0.6 +5007
0 0
0 0
-6.03 -16896
-1.0 -11889
+16896
+0.6 +5007
11
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
SAMPLE LOADING PROBLEM (METRIC)
The helicopter is chartered to transport nine passengers and 80 kilograms of baggage for
a trip that will require approximately 890 liters of fuel one way. The helicopter will be
refueled to full fuel and both pilots will make the return trip. Determine extreme CG
conditions for both flights.
OUTBOUND FLIGHT
LONGITUDINAL LATERAL
Weight Empty
+Oil
+Crew (2)
+Passenger, Aft row (5)
+Passengers, Aft facing (4)
+Baggage
+Fuel to maximum GW
GW and most aft CG
-Fuel to critical forward CG
Most forward CG
MOMENT
WEIGHT CG KG*MM
(KG) (MM) 100
3729.9 3578 133455.8
11.3 485.3
154.2 1194 1841.1
385.6 2913 11232.5
308.4 2024 6242.0
80.0 6629 5303.2
728.3 3822 27835.6
5397.7 3453 186395.5
-548.4 -21443.8
4849.3 3402 164951.7
MOMENT
CG KG*MM
(MM) 100
+15 +559.5
0 0
0 0
0 0
+1 +2.0
0 0
-147 -1070.6
-9 -509.1
+1070.6
+12 +561.5
RETURN FLIGHT
LONGITUDINAL
Weight
+Oil
+Crew (2)
+Fuel including auxiliary fuel
GW and most aft CG
-Fuel to critical forward CG
Most forward CG
WEIGHT
(KG)
3729.9
11.3
154.2
1271.0
5166.4
-1091.1
4075.3
MOMENT
CG KG*MM
(MM) 100
3578 133455.8
485.3
1194 1841.1
3834 48730.1
3571 184512.3
-42338.3
3489 142174.0
LATERAL
MOMENT
CG KG*MM
(MM) 100
+15 +559.5
0 0
0 0
-153 -1944.6
-27 -1385.1
+1944.6
+14 +559.5
(TABLE I.D. 910527)
Nightsun searchlight operates on 28 VDC
power obtained from non-essential bus
through NIGHTSUN circuit breaker ( amp)
located in overhead console. A 70 amp
remote control circuit breaker is also
installed below roof, aft of overhead
console.
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
BHT-412-FMS-43.3 AND BHT-412-FMS-43.4
Section 1
1-1. NIGHTSUN
SEARCHLIGHT
( LOCATED ON PEDESTAL )
1-1-A. CONTROLS
1-1-A-1. FREE/STOW SWITCH
NIGHTSUN FREE/STOW switch (figure 1-1)
is a pushbutton press-to-display condition
switch located on miscellaneous control
panel. When helicopter power is on and
NIGHTSUN circuit breaker in, STOW
(green) segment is illuminated. When
switch is pressed and released, FREE
(amber) segment illuminates and nightsun
searchlight may be started and operated.
After nightsun searchlight is turned off,
segments are extinguished for
approximately 30 seconds until nightsun
searchlight automatically returns to
stowed position. Once nightsun
searchlight is stowed, STOW segment is
illuminated.
1-1-A-2. START SWITCH
Figure 1-1. Miscellaneous control panel
START switch (figure 1-2) is a three-
position toggle switch located on control
box. Switch is springloaded to return to
ON from START after switch is released.
When NIGHTSUN FREE/STOW switch
(figure 1-1) FREE segment is illuminated,
placing START switch to ON, then holding
in START (for approximately 5 seconds)
illuminates the nightsun searchlight.
When operation of nightsun searchlight is
completed, positioning START switch to
OFF removes power from nightsun
searchlight.
CAUTION
HOLDING SWITCH IN START
PO